Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
HIGHLIGHTS
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 25
__________
25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 3
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08
IAC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 3
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08
IAC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 3
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
25-L.E.P. Page 1
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 2
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 3
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 4
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 5
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 6
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 7
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 8
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 9
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 10
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 11
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 12
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 13
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 14
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 15
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 16
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 17
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 18
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 19
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 20
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-L.E.P. Page 21
May 01/08
IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
25-70-00 1 Feb01/96
25-70-00 2 Feb01/96
25-70-00 3 Feb01/96
25-70-00 4 Feb01/96
25-70-00 5 Feb01/96
25-L.E.P. Page 22
May 01/08
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL
_______________________________ 25-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
________________________________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL 25-00-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Removal of Air Bubbles under 801 ALL
Decorative Foil
Minor Repair to the Decor Foil of 804 ALL
Flat Composite Components
Repairs to Decor Foil with 808 ALL
Pressure Sensitive Adhesive
Repairs to Polycarbonate (PC) 811 ALL
Sheet Components
Repairs to Cabin Polycarbonate 817 ALL
(PC) Composite Components with
Honeycomb Core
Repairs to Nonstructural 824 ALL
Components (not in the Cargo
Compartments)
Repairs to Surface Damage of 833 ALL
Composite Components (not in the
Cargo Compartments)
Repair to the Moisture Barrier 839 ALL
Foil (Mylar)
Repair to the Nontextile Floor 841 ALL
Covering (NTF)
Replacement of the Aluminum 854 ALL
Profile on the Lower
Sidewall-Panel
Repair of Insert Nut Connections 858 ALL
Installed in Components with
Honeycomb Core
Repair of an Overhead Stowage 865 ALL
Compartment (OHSC)
Repair of the Plastic Wash Basin 877 901-999,
in a Lavatory
Repair of Painted Components 889 ALL
Toilet Shroud - Repair 896 101-199, 901-999
Toilet Seat - Repair A800 ALL
Repair of the Lavatory Floor Pan A804 ALL
Cargo Compartment Linings with A815 ALL
Honeycomb Core - General
25-CONTENTS Page 1
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Repair/Protection Information
Repair to the Flanges of the A829 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Decompression
Panels
Filler Repair Method (Damage not A836 ALL
Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core
Patch and Filler Repair Method A840 ALL
(Damage not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) A845 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patches (on View Side) A849 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Through) -
All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling
Panels
Replacement of Cargo Compartment A853 ALL
Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and
Partition Panel
Patches and Filler Repair Method A857 ALL
(Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage A862 ALL
not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
Speed Patches and Filler Repair A867 ALL
Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling
Panels
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair A872 ALL
Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patches and Filler Repair A877 ALL
Method (Damage not Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Stainless Steel-Patch Repair A881 ALL
Method (Damage not Through) - All
25-CONTENTS Page 2
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge A886 ALL
Repair Method (Damage Not Through
from the Edge) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
Protection of Cargo Compartment A890 ALL
Linings with S-Glass Patch - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
_______
COCKPIT 25-10-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General Description 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
________
COCKPIT 25-10-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Flight-Compartment 801 ALL
Ceiling Panels
Repair of the Flight-Compartment 805 ALL
Side Panels
Repair of the Flight-Compartment 810 ALL
Rear Panels
25-CONTENTS Page 3
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Captain and First Officer Seats 21 ALL
Third Occupant Seat 39 ALL
Fourth Occupant Seat 51 001-012, 014-099
25-CONTENTS Page 4
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS, 25-11-00
4MS)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Captain 501 ALL
and First Officer Seats (3MS, 4MS)
25-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Captain/First Officer Seat (3MS,
4MS)
Check of Adjustment of Seat 603 ALL
Control Cables
CUSHIONS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-61
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Cushion
Installation of the Captain (First 409 ALL
Officer) Seat Cushion
SHROUD ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-62
OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 405 ALL
Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-63
OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Harness Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 416 ALL
Officer) Seat Harness Assy
HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-64
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the Captain (First 401 101-199, 901-999
Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 404 101-199, 901-999
Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-65
OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 408 ALL
Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-65
OFFICER
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Captain 501 ALL
(First Officer) Seat Inboard
Armrest-Assy
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-66
OFFICER SEAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 405 ALL
Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST 25-11-66
OFFICER SEAT
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Captain 501 ALL
(First Officer) Seat Side Stick
Armrest-Assy
LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ 25-11-67
FIRST OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
Installation of the Captain (First 406 ALL
Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST 25-11-68
OFFICER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
Installation of the Captain (First 404 ALL
Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER 25-11-69
SEAT PAN AND BASE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Captain (First 401 ALL
Officer) Seat Pan and Base
Accessories
Installation of the Captain (First 407 ALL
Officer) Seat Pan and Base
Accessories
25-CONTENTS Page 7
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-01 401 ALL
b)
Reactivation of the Captain and/or 402 ALL
First Officer Sliding-Tables
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-01 402 ALL
b)
Deactivation of the Captain and/or 403 ALL
First Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-02 403 ALL
b)
Reactivation of the Captain and/or 404 ALL
First Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-13-02 404 ALL
b)
25-CONTENTS Page 8
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
First-Officer Retractable
Foot-Rests
FOOT REST ASSEMBLY 25-13-14
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest 601 ALL
Actuator
LINING PANELS 25-13-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ceiling Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 405 ALL
Removal of the Sidewall Panels 407 ALL
Installation of the Sidewall 416 ALL
Panels
ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW 25-13-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Sliding Window 401 ALL
Roller-Blind
Installation of the Sliding Window 403 ALL
Roller-Blind
ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW 25-13-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Fixed Window 401 ALL
Roller-Blind
Installation of the Fixed Window 403 ALL
Roller-Blind
CARPET - COCKPIT 25-13-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cockpit Textile 401 ALL
Floor Covering (Carpet)
Installation of the Cockpit 404 ALL
Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)
COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS 25-13-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Foam Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Foam Panels 406 ALL
COAT STOWAGE 25-13-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Coat Stowage 401 ALL
Installation of the Coat Stowage 406 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 9
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Rack Center Section 1 ALL
Rack Upper Section 4 ALL
Access to the various components 4 ALL
_____________________
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-20-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
The cabin is divided into 1 ALL
utility areas and seating areas.
The passenger/crew doors and
emergency exits are also
included in the cabin
25-CONTENTS Page 10
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
______________________
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-20-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of Overhead Stowage 401 ALL
Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage
Compartment
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-28-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of Overhead Stowage 403 ALL
Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage
Compartment
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-28-01 403 ALL
______________________
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-20-00
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Refurbishment of the Cabin 701 ALL
Sidewall Linings and the Doors of
the Overhead Stowage Compartments
25-CONTENTS Page 11
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Visual Inspection of Seats
Structure
Detailed Visual Inspection of Seat 603 ALL
Belts Attachment, Seat Belts and
Locks Check of Locks
MASTER CONTROL UNIT - SEAT POWER 25-21-34
SUPPLY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 902-999
Removal of the Master Control Unit 401 101-199, 902-999
(MCU)
Installation of the Master Control 409 101-199, 902-999
Unit (MCU)
SEAT - PASSENGER 25-21-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Passenger Seats 401 ALL
Installation of the Passenger 410 ALL
Seats
SEAT ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS 25-21-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the In-Seat 401 101-199, 902-999
Power-Supply (ISPS) Unit
Installation of the In-Seat 406 101-199, 902-999
Power-Supply (ISPS) Unit
Removal of the Seat Belts 410 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the Seat Belts 413 101-199, 901-999
CABLE - SEAT TO SEAT 25-21-61
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 902-999
Removal of the Cable - Seat to 401 101-199, 902-999
Seat
Installation of the Cable - Seat 406 101-199, 902-999
to Seat
25-CONTENTS Page 12
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-22-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of a Defective Cabin 403 ALL
Attendant Seat
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-22-01 403 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 13
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Ceiling Panels 6 ALL
Sidewall Panels 6 ALL
Door and Door Frame Linings 15 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Door and Door Frame Linings 17 101-199,
PANELS - CEILING 25-23-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ceiling Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 407 ALL
PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA 25-23-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - 401 ALL
Forward Utility Area
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - 410 ALL
Aft Utility Area
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 416 ALL
- Forward Utility Area
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 423 ALL
- Aft Utility Area
PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL 25-23-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Upper Sidewall 401 ALL
Panel(s)
Removal of the Blinds on the 418 ALL
Sidewall Panel(s)
Installation of the Upper Sidewall 421 ALL
Panel(s)
Installation of the Blinds on the 433 ALL
Sidewall Panel(s)
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL 25-23-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lower Sidewall 401 ALL
Panels
Installation of the Lower Sidewall 404 ALL
Panels
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL 25-23-44
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Lower Sidewall Panel and of the
Area Behind the Lower Sidewall
Panel for Foreign Material
Accumulation.
LINING - DOOR FRAME 25-23-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 14
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 401 ALL
at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 415 ALL
Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 425 ALL
at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 437 ALL
Linings at the Right FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 446 ALL
at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 458 ALL
Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 465 ALL
at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Installation of the Door Frame 475 ALL
Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
LINING - DOOR 25-23-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Linings at the 401 ALL
FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Removal of the Blinds on the 408 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors
Installation of the Blinds on the 411 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors
Installation of the Door Linings 413 ALL
at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Removal of the Door Linings at the 418 ALL
AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
Installation of the Door Linings 424 ALL
at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT 25-23-47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1 401 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Removal of the Lining from the 401 001-012, 014-099
Emergency Exit Hatches 901-999,
Installation of the Lining on the 403 001-012, 014-099
Emergency Exit Hatches 901-999,
Removal of the Upper Sidewall 411 001-012, 014-099
25-CONTENTS Page 15
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, 901-999,
(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
Installation of the Upper Sidewall 420 001-012, 014-099
Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, 901-999,
(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 401 101-199,
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 401 101-199,
of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door,
zone 231
Installation of the Door Frame 408 101-199,
Linings of the LH FWD Emergency
Exit Door, zone 231
Removal of the Door Linings of the 415 101-199,
LH FWD Emergency Exit Door, zone
231
Installation of the Door Linings 421 101-199,
of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door,
zone 231
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 426 101-199,
of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door,
zone 232
Installation of the Door Frame 433 101-199,
Linings of the RH FWD Emergency
Exit Door, zone 232
Removal of the Door Linings of the 439 101-199,
RH FWD Emergency Exit Door at zone
251 or RH AFT at zone 252 or LH
AFT at zone 232.
Installation of the Door Linings 444 101-199,
of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door
at zone 251, or RH AFT at zone
252, or LH AFT at zone 232.
Removal of the Door Frame Linings 448 101-199,
of the LH/RH AFT Emergency Exit
Doors, zones 251/252.
Installation of the Door Frame 455 101-199,
Linings of the LH/RH AFT Emergency
Exit Doors, zones 251/252.
PANEL - COVE LIGHT 25-23-48
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cove Light Panels 401 ALL
Installation of the Cove Light 405 ALL
Panels
Replacement of the Light Screen 408 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 16
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 17
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Operation/Control and Indication 12 ALL
Attendant Call 12 001-012, 014-099
901-901,
Lighted Signs and Loudspeakers 12 001-012, 014-099
901-901,
Attendant Call 13 101-199, 902-999
Lighted Signs and Loudspeakers 13 101-199, 902-999
Fresh Air Outlets 13 ALL
Reading Lights 13 001-012, 014-099
901-901,
Reading Lights 13 101-199, 902-999
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT 25-25-11
(PSIU)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of 401 ALL
the Passenger Service/Information
Unit(s) (PSIU)
Installation of the Filler 404 ALL
Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-CONTENTS Page 18
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Partition (Zone 230)
Installation of a Class Divider 415 101-199, 901-999
Partition (Zone 230)
DIVIDER - CLASS 25-26-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 902-999
Removal of the Center Class 401 101-199, 902-999
Divider
Installation of the Center Class 404 101-199, 902-999
Divider
Removal of the MCD Rail System 406 101-199, 902-999
Installation of the MCD Rail 408 101-199, 902-999
System
25-CONTENTS Page 19
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Panel System.
Operational Check of the Floor 505 101-199,
Panel Heating System by using the
Test Button on each Control Unit.
STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R 25-27-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-012, 014-099
101-199,
Removal of an Emergency Equipment 401 001-012, 014-099
Stowage 101-199,
Installation of an Emergency 404 001-012, 014-099
Equipment Stowage 101-199,
CONTROL UNIT - DOOR AREA HEATING 25-27-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199,
Removal of the Control Unit 4DS, 401 101-199,
14DS
Installation of the Control Unit 405 101-199,
4DS, 14DS
STOWAGE 25-27-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-012, 014-099
901-901,
Removal of a Stowage FWD LH (Zone 401 001-012, 014-099
231)
Installation of a Stowage FWD LH 406 001-012, 014-099
(Zone 231)
Removal of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 412 001-012, 014-099
232)
Installation of a Stowage FWD RH 415 001-012, 014-099
(Zone 232)
Removal of a Stowage AFT RH (Zone 422 901-901,
262)
Installation of a Stowage AFT RH 425 901-901,
(Zone 262)
DOG HOUSE 25-27-46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-012, 014-099
Removal of a Doghouse 401 001-012, 014-099
Installation of a Doghouse 402 001-012, 014-099
FLOOR PANEL - HEATED, DOOR AREA 25-27-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199,
Removal of the Heated Floor Panel 401 101-199,
5DS (6DS), 15DS (16DS)
Installation of the Heated Floor 405 101-199,
Panel 5DS (6DS), 15DS (16DS)
25-CONTENTS Page 20
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Component Location 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
The floor covering gives 1 ALL
passenger-comfort, soundproofing
and is the protection for the
floor panels and the floor
structure. The floor
Passenger Area 1 ALL
Utility (Wet) Area 4 ALL
COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE 25-28-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Textile 401 ALL
Floor-Covering
Installation of the Textile 404 ALL
Floor-Covering
COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE 25-28-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Non-Textile Floor 401 ALL
Covering (NTF)
Installation of the Non-Textile 420 ALL
Floor Covering (NTF)
Removal of NTF (Welding Procedure) 442 ALL
Installation of NTF (Welding 452 ALL
Procedure)
Replacement of the Non-Textile 469 ALL
Floor Covering (NTF) in the
Lavatories
PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER 25-28-43
FOIL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of Moisture Barrier Foil 401 ALL
(MYLAR)
Installation of Moisture Barrier 406 ALL
Foil (MYLAR)
_________________
BUFFET AND GALLEY 25-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 21
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Forward Galleys (Ref. 25-31-00) 1 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Aft Galleys (Ref. 25-33-00) 1 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Galley Equipment (Ref. 25-35-00) 1 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
System Description 1 101-199,
Forward Galleys (Ref. 25-31-00) 1 101-199,
Mid Galleys (Ref. 25-32-00) 4 101-199,
Aft Galleys (Ref. 25-33-00) 4 101-199,
Galley Equipment (Ref. 25-35-00) 4 101-199,
Power Supply 4 ALL
Interface 4 ALL
__________________
BUFFET AND GALLEY 25-30-00
SERVICING 301 ALL
Remove and Discard Filter Element 301 ALL
Replacement of the Galley 302 ALL
Water-Filter Elements (if
installed)
Replacement of the Air Extraction 308 ALL
Filter
__________________
BUFFET AND GALLEY 25-30-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Galley Attachment Points
25-CONTENTS Page 22
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
GALLEY UNIT 25-31-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-012, 014-099
Removal of the FWD Galley Unit 401 001-012, 014-099
(6475MM)
Installation of the FWD Galley 411 001-012, 014-099
Unit (6475MM)
GALLEY 25-31-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the Forward Galley Unit 401 101-199, 901-999
(6475MM)
Installation of the Forward Galley 418 101-199, 901-999
Unit (6475MM)
GALLEY 25-31-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199,
Removal of the Forward Galley Unit 401 101-199,
(6479MM)
Installation of the FWD Galley 409 101-199,
Unit (6479MM)
25-CONTENTS Page 23
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Aft Galley 419 101-199, 901-901
(6483MM)
25-CONTENTS Page 24
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the 527 101-199, 901-999
Wine-Chiller
COFFEE MAKER 25-35-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Coffee Maker 401 ALL
Installation of the Coffee Maker 408 ALL
OVEN 25-35-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Oven 401 ALL
Installation of the Oven 406 ALL
BEVERAGE MAKER 25-35-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 902-999
Removal of the Beverage Maker 401 101-199, 902-999
Installation of the Beverage Maker 404 101-199, 902-999
HOT CUP 25-35-25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Hot-Cup 401 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the Hot-Cup 404 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the Hot-Jug 406 ALL
Installation of the Hot-Jug 410 ALL
WATER BOILER 25-35-27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 901-901,
Removal of the Water Boiler/Heater 401 901-901,
Installation of the Water 404 901-901,
Boiler/Heater
WINE CHILLER 25-35-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the Wine-Chiller 401 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the Wine-Chiller 404 101-199, 901-999
CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY 25-35-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Galley 401 ALL
Control-Panel
Installation of the Galley 405 ALL
Control-Panel
__________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Lavatory Identification 1 ALL
Quantity of Lavatories 1 ALL
Lavatory Equipment 4 ALL
Power Supply 4 ALL
Component Description 4 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 25
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Each lavatory is assembled as a 4 ALL
modular unit with a ceiling,
rearwall, sidewalls and
floorpan. The floorpan has a
slip-resistant floor covering.
Lavatory Installation 4 ALL
___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors 201 ALL
Opening/Closing of the Movable 206 101-199,
Wall Section of the Lavatory D to
Move a Stretcher
Shimming Procedure for Lavatory 209 ALL
Installation
___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Toilet 401 ALL
Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-40-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of the Toilet 404 ALL
Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 25-40-01 404 ALL
___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Lavatory Door 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Lavatory 505 ALL
Door
___________
LAVATORIES 25-40-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of the Waste 601 ALL
Compartment Including Waste Flap
and Operational Check of Waste
Flap
Detailed Inspection of the 604 ALL
Lavatory Attachment Points
25-CONTENTS Page 26
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
General Characteristics 1 ALL
Structure 1 ALL
Lavatory Equipment 1 ALL
Lavatory Doors 1 ALL
LAVATORY A 25-41-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lavatory A 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory A 448 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 27
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Component Description 4 ALL
Static Inverter 4 001-012, 014-099
Mini Inverter 4 101-199, 901-999
25-CONTENTS Page 28
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Service Cabinet 401 ALL
Installation of the Service 406 ALL
Cabinet
MIRROR 25-45-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lavatory Mirror 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory 403 ALL
Mirror
DISPENSER - SOAP 25-45-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Soap Dispenser 401 ALL
Installation of the Soap Dispenser 405 ALL
FLAP - WASTE CHUTE 25-45-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Waste Chute Flap 401 ALL
Installation of the Waste Chute 405 ALL
Flap
ASH TRAY 25-45-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ash Tray 401 ALL
Installation of the Ash Tray 403 ALL
WASTE BOX 25-45-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Waste Box 401 ALL
Installation of the Waste Box 404 ALL
ACCESS DOOR 25-45-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Access Door on the 401 ALL
Lavatory Front Wall
Installation of the Access Door on 403 ALL
the Lavatory Front Wall
Removal of the Access Door Inside 405 ALL
the Lavatory
Installation of the Access Door 407 ALL
Inside the Lavatory
DOOR - LAVATORY 25-45-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lavatory Door 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory Door 405 ALL
Replacement of a Lavatory Door 414 ALL
Damper
LOCK - DOOR 25-45-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Lock 401 ALL
Installation of the Door Lock 405 ALL
Removal of the Door Latch 407 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 29
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Door Latch 411 ALL
SHROUD - TOILET 25-45-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Toilet Shroud and 401 ALL
the Seat
Installation of the Toilet Shroud 406 ALL
and the Seat
HAND GRIP 25-45-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Hand Grip 401 ALL
Installation of the Hand Grip 403 ALL
DISPENSER - SEAT COVER 25-45-24
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Seat Cover 401 ALL
Dispenser
Installation of the Seat Cover 403 ALL
Dispenser
TABLE - BABY NURSING 25-45-25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Baby Nursing Table 401 ALL
Installation of the Baby Nursing 407 ALL
Table
LINING 25-45-26
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Lining 401 ALL
Installation of the Lining 405 ALL
MICROSWITCH - DOOR 25-45-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Microswitch 401 ALL
Installation of the Door 405 ALL
Microswitch
WASH BASIN 25-45-38
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 901-999,
Removal of the Wash Basin 401 901-999,
Installation of the Wash Basin 406 901-999,
__________________
CARGO COMPARTMENTS 25-50-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 1 001-012, 014-099
General 1 001-012, 014-099
System Description 1 001-012, 014-099
FWD and AFT Lower Holds 1 001-012, 014-099
FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment 1 001-012, 014-099
Bulk Loading 10 001-012, 014-099
Bulk Cargo Compartment 13 001-012, 014-099
Linings and Floor Panels 15 001-012, 014-099
Cargo Compartment Lighting 15 001-012, 014-099
25-CONTENTS Page 30
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Loading Area Lights 15 001-012, 014-099
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 901-999,
General 1 901-999,
System Description 1 901-999,
FWD and AFT Lower Holds 1 901-999,
FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment 6 901-999,
Bulk Loading 6 901-999,
Bulk Cargo Compartment 13 901-999,
Linings 13 901-999,
Rapid-Decompression Safety 13 901-999,
System
Cargo Compartment Lighting 15 901-999,
Loading Area Lights 15 901-999,
Drainage of FWD and AFT Cargo 15 901-999,
Compartments
Fire Protection 15 901-999,
Fixed Partitions 15 901-999,
Quick Connect System 16 901-999,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 101-199,
General 1 101-199,
System Description 1 101-199,
FWD and AFT Lower Holds 1 101-199,
FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment 6 101-199,
Bulk Loading 6 101-199,
Bulk Cargo Compartment 13 101-199,
Linings and Floor Panels 13 101-199,
Repid Decompression Panels 13 101-199,
Cargo Compartment Lighting 13 101-199,
Loading Area Lights 15 101-199,
Drainage of FWD and AFT Cargo 15 101-199,
Compartments
___________________
CARGO COMPARTMENTS 25-50-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Inspection of the Cargo 601 ALL
Compartment and the Components of
the Cargo Loading System
General Visual Inspection of Cargo 605 ALL
Compartment Decompression, Lining
and Floor Panels
___________________
CARGO COMPARTMENTS 25-50-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Door Nets and the 801 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 31
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Divider Nets
25-CONTENTS Page 32
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Divider Net and Door Net 8 001-012, 014-099
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 8 001-012, 014-099
Points
Loading Area Light 8 001-012, 014-099
Cargo Compartment Lighting 9 001-012, 014-099
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 901-999,
General 1 901-999,
Component Location 1 901-999,
System Description 1 901-999,
Sidewall Linings and Ceiling 1 901-999,
Panels
Deflector Strips 4 901-999,
Smoke Detector Panel 4 901-999,
Rapid Decompression Panels 4 901-999,
Divider Net and Door Net 4 901-999,
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 4 901-999,
Points
Loading Area Light 5 901-999,
Cargo Compartment Lighting 5 901-999,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 101-199,
General 1 101-199,
Component Location 1 101-199,
System Description 4 101-199,
Sidewall Linings and Ceiling 4 101-199,
Panels
Deflector Strips 4 101-199,
Smoke Detector Panel 4 101-199,
Rapid Decompression Panels 4 101-199,
Divider Net and Door Net 5 101-199,
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 5 101-199,
Points
Loading Area Light 5 101-199,
Cargo Compartment Lighting 5 101-199,
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO 25-54-11
COMPARTMENT FR24
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the FWD 401 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
Installation of the FWD 404 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO 25-54-12
COMPARTMENT FR34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the FWD Cargo 401 ALL
Compartment Partition FR34
Installation of the FWD Cargo 410 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 33
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Compartment Partition FR34
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in 414 ALL
the FWD Cargo Compartment
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 420 ALL
in the FWD Cargo Compartment
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in 425 ALL
the FWD Cargo Compartment
Installation of the Sidewall 430 ALL
Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO 25-54-12
COMPARTMENT FR34
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Fasteners Missing from the Lining 801 ALL
Panels of the FWD Cargo
Compartment
STANCHION - DOOR NET 25-54-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Net Stanchions in 401 ALL
the FWD Cargo Compartment
Installation of the Net Stanchions 404 ALL
in the FWD Cargo Compartment
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD 25-54-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net 401 ALL
Attachment Fittings of the FWD
Cargo- Compartment
Installation of the Tie-Down and 418 ALL
Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD
Cargo- Compartment
25-CONTENTS Page 34
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Divider Net and Door Net 9 001-012, 014-099
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 9 001-012, 014-099
Points
Loading Area Light 10 001-012, 014-099
Cargo Compartment Lighting 10 001-012, 014-099
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2 1 901-999,
General 1 901-999,
Component Location 1 901-999,
Description and Operation 4 901-999,
Sidewall Linings and Ceiling 4 901-999,
Panels
Deflector Strips 4 901-999,
Smoke Detector Panels 4 901-999,
Air Conditioning Inlets and 4 901-999,
Outlet
Rapid Decompression Panels 5 901-999,
Divider Net and Door Net 5 901-999,
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 5 901-999,
Points
Loading Area Light 5 901-999,
Cargo Compartment Lighting 5 901-999,
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3 1 101-199,
General 1 101-199,
Component Location 1 101-199,
Description and Operation 4 101-199,
Sidewall Linings and Ceiling 4 101-199,
Panels
Air Conditioning Inlets and 5 101-199,
Outlets
Deflector Strips 5 101-199,
Smoke Detector Panels 5 101-199,
Rapid Decompression Panels 5 101-199,
Divider Net and Door Net 5 101-199,
Tie-Down and Net Attachment 5 101-199,
Points
Loading Area Light 6 101-199,
Cargo Compartment Lighting 6 101-199,
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-11
COMPARTMENT FR47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the AFT Cargo 401 ALL
Compartment Partition FR47
Installation of the AFT Cargo 410 ALL
Compartment Partition FR47
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in 413 ALL
the AFT Cargo Compartment -
25-CONTENTS Page 35
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
FR47/FR59
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 419 ALL
in the AFT Cargo Compartment
-FR47/FR59
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in 423 ALL
the AFT Cargo Compartment -
FR47/FR59
Installation of the Sidewall 428 ALL
Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-11
COMPARTMENT FR47
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Fasteners Missing from the Lining 801 ALL
Panels of the AFT Cargo
Compartment
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-12
COMPARTMENT FR65
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the AFT Cargo 401 ALL
Compartment Partition FR65
Installation of the AFT Cargo 408 ALL
Compartment Partition FR65
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in 413 ALL
the AFT Cargo Compartment -
FR59/FR65
Installation of the Ceiling Panels 418 ALL
in the AFT Cargo Compartment -
FR59/FR65
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in 423 ALL
the AFT Cargo Compartment -
FR59/FR65
Installation of the Sidewall 428 ALL
Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment - FR59/FR65
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO 25-55-12
COMPARTMENT FR65
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Fasteners Missing from the Lining 801 ALL
Panels of the BULK Cargo
Compartment
STANCHION - DOOR NET 25-55-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Net Stanchions in 401 ALL
the AFT and/or BULK Cargo
Compartment
25-CONTENTS Page 36
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Net Stanchions 407 ALL
in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo
Compartment
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT 25-55-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Tie Down and Net 401 ALL
Attachment Fittings of the AFT and
BULK Cargo- Compartments
Installation of the Tie Down and 442 ALL
Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT
and BULK Cargo-Compartments
_________
EMERGENCY 25-60-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 37
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Interface 6 ALL
Component Description 7 ALL
Door Escape Facilities 22 ALL
Offwing Escape Facilities 27 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Operation/Control and Indicating 28 ALL
Door Escape Facilities 28 ALL
Offwing Escape Facilities 30 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
25-CONTENTS Page 38
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
25-60-05-B)a)
Visual Check of the Pressure 416 101-199,
Indication of the Inflation
Reservoir - Escape-Slides at Doors
2/3
Pre-Flight Installation of the 419 001-012, 014-099
Enclosure Door, when the 901-999,
Escape-Slide is Removed
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 419 001-012, 014-099
25-60-02-B) 901-999,
Reactivation of the Enclosure 424 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 424 001-012, 014-099
25-60-02-B) 901-999,
Pre-Flight Installation of the 425 101-199,
Enclosure Door, when the
Escape-Slide is Removed
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 425 101-199,
25-60-02-C)
Reactivation of the Enclosure 430 101-199,
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 430 101-199,
25-60-02-C)
25-CONTENTS Page 39
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Hydrostatic Test of Door 2/3 613 101-199,
Escape-Slide Inflation Reservoir
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING 25-62-42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal 401 001-012, 014-099
after Inflation 901-999,
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal 412 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Offwing Escape-Slide - Remove for 416 001-012, 014-099
Restoration 901-999,
Offwing Escape-Slide - 417 001-012, 014-099
Installation 901-999,
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING 25-62-42
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 001-012, 014-099
Detailed Inspection of Offwing 601 001-012, 014-099
Escape Slide Container for Cracks
and Delamination (from Outside)
RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE 25-62-43
SLIDE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
Removal of the Flexible Control 401 001-012, 014-099
Assembly 901-999,
Installation of the Flexible 407 001-012, 014-099
Control Assembly 901-999,
Removal of the Rigid Control 415 001-012, 014-099
Assembly 901-999,
Installation of the Rigid Control 420 001-012, 014-099
Assembly 901-999,
Removal of the Emergency 426 001-012, 014-099
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism 901-999,
Assembly
Installation of the Emergency 462 001-012, 014-099
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism 901-999,
Assembly
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT 25-62-44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Escape-Slide 401 101-199, 901-999
Pack-Assembly
Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft 409 001-012, 014-099
Pack-Assembly
Removal of the Inflated 422 101-199, 901-999
Escape-Slide
Installation of the Escape-Slide 429 101-199, 901-999
Pack-Assembly
25-CONTENTS Page 40
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Inflated 450 001-012, 014-099
Escape-Slide Raft
Installation of the Escape-Slide 461 001-012, 014-099
Raft Pack-Assembly
Remove the Pack-Assembly for 478 ALL
Restoration
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE 25-62-46
SLIDE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing 401 001-012, 014-099
Escape-Slide - Removal 901-999,
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing 411 001-012, 014-099
Escape-Slide - Installation 901-999,
SLIDE - ESCAPE, DOOR 2/3 25-62-47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199,
Escape-Slide - Removal after 401 101-199,
Inflation
Escape-Slide Enclosure - Removal 405 101-199,
Escape-Slide Enclosure - 410 101-199,
Installation
Escape-Slide Enclosure - Removal 415 101-199,
for Restoration
RELEASE MECHANISM - ESCAPE SLIDE, DOOR 25-62-48
2/3
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199,
Removal of the Emergency 401 101-199,
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Assembly
Installation of the Emergency 417 101-199,
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Assembly
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, DOOR 2/3 25-62-49
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199,
Inflation Reservoir, Escape-Slide 401 101-199,
- Removal
Inflation Reservoir, Escape-Slide 408 101-199,
- Installation
25-CONTENTS Page 41
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
- FWD Utility Area
Evacuation Signaling Components 7 001-012, 014-099
- AFT Utility Area
CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) Components 8 001-012, 014-099
- Avionics Compartment
Evacuation Signaling Components 8 101-199, 901-999
- Cockpit
Evacuation Signaling Components 8 101-199, 901-999
- FWD Utility Area
Evacuation Signaling Components 9 101-199, 901-999
- AFT Utility Area
CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) Components 9 101-199, 901-999
- Avionics Compartment
Interface 10 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 10 ALL
Evacuation Signaling Equipment 10 ALL
Control
Cockpit Controls and Indications 10 ALL
Controls and Indications in the 12 ALL
Cabin
25-CONTENTS Page 42
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
System Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Emergency Locator Transmitter 1 101-199, 901-999
(ELT) System
Interface 10 101-199, 901-999
Component Description 10 ALL
Megaphone 10 001-012, 014-099
101-199, 902-999
Megaphone 13 901-901,
Flashlight 13 ALL
Crash Axe (Cockpit - 19MM), 14 ALL
(Cabin - 7620MM)
Emergency Locator Transmitter 14 ALL
(ELT)
Protective Gloves (Cockpit - 19 101-199, 901-999
32MM), (Cabin - 7700MM)
Safety On Board Card 19 ALL
ELT System 20 101-199, 901-999
Antenna (112MX) 24 101-199, 901-999
Operation/Control and Indicating 24 101-199, 901-999
ELT System 24 101-199, 901-999
25-CONTENTS Page 43
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator 401 101-199, 901-999
Transmitter) - Removal
Antenna 112MX (Emergency Locator 404 101-199, 901-999
Transmitter) - Installation
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT 25-65-18
EMERGENCY LOCATOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 901-999
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX 401 101-199, 901-999
(Emergency Locator Transmitter) -
Removal
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) 111MX 404 101-199, 901-999
(Emergency Locator Transmitter) -
Installation
TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, 25-65-35
AIRCRAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the Emergency Locator 401 101-199, 901-999
Transmitter (ELT) 110MX
Installation of the Emergency 405 101-199, 901-999
Locator Transmitter (ELT) 110MX
Removal of the Programming Dongle 409 101-199, 901-999
141MX
Installation of the Programming 411 101-199, 901-999
Dongle 141MX
STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER 25-65-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Safety Barrier Strap - Removal 401 ALL
Safety Barrier Strap - 405 ALL
Installation
MEGAPHONE 25-65-51
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Replacement of the Megaphone 201 ALL
Batteries
Operational Test of the Megaphone 208 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 44
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Operation/Control and Indicating 9 ALL
Survival kits 9 001-012, 014-099
Supplemental Life Raft/s 9 001-012, 014-099
Life Vests 10 ALL
Life Lines 10 001-012, 014-099
901-999,
25-CONTENTS Page 45
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Compartment
DECOMPRESSION PANEL 25-68-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Replacement of the Decompression 401 ALL
Panels
______________________
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS 25-70-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Avionics Compartments 1 ALL
Landing Gear 4 ALL
Equipment Compartments 4 ALL
___________________________________
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) 25-80-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Fuselage Primary Insulation 1 ALL
Cabin Secondary Insulation 1 ALL
____________________________________
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) 25-80-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Removal of the Insulation Blankets 201 ALL
Installation of the Insulation 204 ALL
Blankets
Visual inspection of the 206 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 46
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 25
__________
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Insulation Blankets or the
Insulation and the Junction Panel
____________________________________
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) 25-80-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
General Repair Information 801 ALL
Repair of the Wrapper 805 ALL
Repair with Blanket Insert 809 ALL
Replacement/Local Manufacturing 812 ALL
25-CONTENTS Page 47
May 01/08
IAC
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the aircraft give
R comfort to passengers and crew.
R The equipment and furnishings are installed in the cargo compartments for
R handling and safety of the cargo.
R The emergency equipment is installed in the aircraft for the safety of the
R passengers and the crew.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. System
__________________
Description
The different areas of the equipment and furnishings are:
- The cockpit (Ref. 25-10-00),
- The passenger compartment (Ref. 25-20-00),
- The buffet and galleys (Ref. 25-30-00),
- The lavatories (Ref. 25-40-00),
- The cargo compartments (Ref. 25-50-00),
- The emergency equipment (Ref. 25-60-00),
- The accessory compartments (Ref. 25-70-00),
- The thermal and acoustic insulation (Ref. 25-80-00).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 1
Nov 01/05
IAC
Compartments - Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 2
Feb 01/96
IAC
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - REPAIRS
_________________________________________
TASK 25-00-00-340-018
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 801
May 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-077
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-087
(1) Examine the decorative foil and use a MARKER - CHALK, STICK to put
circular marks around the bubbles (repair area).
(2) Use a NEEDLE to make a hole in the bubble and remove the air.
(3) Wait some minutes for the decorative foil to get its initial shape.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 802
May 01/07
IAC
R NOTE : Start from the center of the repair area.
____
R (6) Let the bonding and adhesive compound cure for approx. 20 sec.
R (8) Let the air and the redundant adhesive compound flow out of the
R hole(s).
R (a) Put a BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-038) on the
R repair area.
R
R (b) Soak the tape with a mixture of liquid soap and clean water.
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-077
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 803
May 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-350-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 804
May 01/07
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-065
Subtask 25-00-00-020-062
B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-055
A. Do the Repair
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 805
May 01/05
R
IAC
NOTE : Do not increase the temperature of the decor foil to more than 100
____
DEG.C (212 DEG.F).
R (1) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with a BLOWER-
R HOT AIR.
R (3) Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (6.0
R in.) wide strips, while the hot air is applied.
R (4) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (5) Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).
R (6) Apply the adhesive to the area of the repair and the decor foil with
R a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM.
(7) Mix 2 parts by weight of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-006B) and 1 part by weight of CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
(8) Let the adhesive dry for a minimum of 12 hours at room temperature or
45 minutes at 70 DEG.C (158.00 DEG.F).
(9) Cut the decor foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-074) to the
correct dimensions.
(10) Put the decor foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-074) on the
repair area.
(11) Bond the decor foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-074) to the
R repair area with a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 0.4 BAR (6 PSI).
R NOTE : To apply the decor foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
____
R 074) to smaller areas you can use an electric iron at a
temperature of 90 DEG.C (194.00 DEG.F), slowly and smoothly
with a medium hand pressure.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 806
Nov 01/05
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-420-063
(1) If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the
component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-070
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-066
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 807
May 01/05
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-350-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
No specific 1 ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 808
May 01/05
R
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-066
Subtask 25-00-00-020-064
B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-064
A. Do the Repair
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an
adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to max
100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)
(3) Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9
in.) wide strips while the max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot air is
applied.
R (4) Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 809
Nov 01/05
IAC
(5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) .
(d) Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil on to the
repair area.
Subtask 25-00-00-420-064
(1) If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the
component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-071
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-067
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 810
May 01/05
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 811
Feb 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-057
Subtask 25-00-00-020-063
B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-052
A. Do the Repair
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 812
Nov 01/05
IAC
Repairs to a Single Sheet of PC
Figure 801/TASK 25-00-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 813
May 01/05
R
IAC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) If the component is cracked, you must stop-drill the ends of the
crack.
R (2) Remove the damage that has gone through the component with a CUTTER -
R THIN BLADE.
R
R (3) Clean the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : Only do this repair when the distance from the damaged area to
____
a support or attachment point is more than 40 times the
component thickness.
(a) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(3).
R (b) Put the component (3), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).
(c) Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025) (4).
(d) Let the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) cure
for 1 hour.
(e) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (3).
(f) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 814
Nov 01/05
IAC
R (g) If necessary, smooth the repair with a emery cloth, 320-400
R grade.
R (d) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).
R (e) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).
R (f) Make the repair smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (g) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(h) Bond the insert (7) to the component (5) with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).
(j) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to
the repair area.
(k) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033), (6) to the
repair area.
R (l) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 815
Nov 01/05
IAC
(m) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).
R (n) If necessary, make the area of the repair smooth with emery
R cloth, 320-400 grade.
Subtask 25-00-00-420-065
(1) If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the
component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-072
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-058
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 816
Nov 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-007
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 817
Feb 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-062
Subtask 25-00-00-020-065
B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-060
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 818
Nov 01/05
IAC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R NOTE : The clearance to edges must be more than 300 times of SPECIAL
____
R MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033) thickness or 100 times of damaged
PC surface layer thickness.
The distance from the adjacent attach or support point of the
component, or from the connection to another component:
- must be more than 800 times of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-033) thickness,
- must be more than 250 times of damaged PC surface layer
thickness.
The distance between two repairs must be more than 500 times of
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-033) thickness or 150 times
of damaged PC surface layer thickness.
NOTE : The maximum width of the crack must be equal to the component
____
thickness.
R (2) Stop-drill the ends of the crack with a DRILL DIA 3 MM (0.1 IN).
R (3) Remove the damage that has gone through the component with a CUTTER -
R THIN BLADE.
R
R (4) Make the repair area smooth with the emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 819
Nov 01/05
IAC
Repair of Polycarbonate Composite Components
Figure 802/TASK 25-00-00-991-012
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 820
May 01/05
R
IAC
R (6) Repair damage that is less than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in diameter at upper
R surface and at core material on flat and rounded components:
R (a) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).
R (b) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).
(c) Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025).
R (e) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).
(f) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).
R (g) If necessary, make the repair smooth with the emery cloth, 320-
R 400 grade.
NOTE : The minimum distance from the edge of the stiffener (7) to the
____
damaged area must equal 20 times component thickness.
(c) Make a stiffener (9) from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
033).
R (d) Make an insert from rigid foam SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
R 05-075) or alternative from NOMEX comb (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 821
Nov 01/05
IAC
R (e) Chamfer the edges of the PC surface layer (4) to 45 degrees.
R (g) Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component
(5).
R (h) Put the component (5), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
(2).
(i) Bond the repair plug (3) to the component (5) with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).
(j) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair area.
(k) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
stiffener (7), the insert (8) and the honeycomb.
(l) Bond the stiffener (7) and the insert (8) with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).
R (n) Make the repair smooth with the emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (o) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(p) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair area.
R (r) Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (5).
(s) Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 822
Nov 01/05
IAC
R (t) If necessary, make the area of the repair smooth with the emery
R cloth, 320-400 grade .
Subtask 25-00-00-420-062
B. If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the component
in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-068
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-062
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 823
Nov 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-330-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 824
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-054
Subtask 25-00-00-020-066
B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-330-053
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 825
Nov 01/05
IAC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
R (1) For damage deeper than 1 mm (0.04 in.) and less than 50 mm (2.0 in.)
R diameter.
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 25-00-00-991-004)
R (c) Make the repair rough with the emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (e) Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 826
Nov 01/05
IAC
Repair with Filler and a Patch
Figure 803/TASK 25-00-00-991-004
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 827
May 01/05
R
IAC
R 1
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) to
the repair area and the plug (2).
R 2
_ Put the plug (2) in the repair.
R (g) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair.
R (i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
external doubler (1).
R (d) Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-010) and a lint-free cloth.
R (f) Fill the gap around the plug (2) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C) (3).
R (g) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
area of the repair.
R (i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
doubler.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 828
Nov 01/05
IAC
Repair with a Honeycomb Core
Figure 804/TASK 25-00-00-991-005
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 829
May 01/05
R
IAC
(3) For areas where the honeycomb has become debonded:
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 25-00-00-991-006)
R (c) Use a SYRINGE to fill the damaged area with the compound.
R (4) Make the repair area smooth with the emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
R (5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(6) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-001).
R (7) If necessary, make the repair area smoot with the emery cloth, 320-
R 400 grade.
R (8) If necessary, clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
R No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).
Subtask 25-00-00-420-066
(1) If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the
component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-073
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 830
Nov 01/05
IAC
Repair to a Debonded Area
Figure 805/TASK 25-00-00-991-006
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 831
May 01/05
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-862-055
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 832
May 01/05
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-330-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 833
Feb 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-055
Subtask 25-00-00-020-067
B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-054
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 834
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
(1) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(a) Prepare the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-036).
(b) Apply the compound to the repair area with a SPATULA - NON
METALLIC.
(3) For damage deeper than 1 mm (0.04 in.) and less than 50 mm (2.0 in.)
diameter:
(b) Mix the weight of 100 parts of the compound and 40 parts of the
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A) (hardener).
(c) Apply the compound to the repair area with a SPATULA - NON
METALLIC.
(4) For damage deeper than 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) and more than 50 mm (2.0
in.) diameter:
(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 25-00-00-991-003)
(a) If the component is cracked, you must stop-drill the ends of the
cracks.
(b) Make the edges of the damage smooth with emery cloth, 320-400
grade.
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
repair.
(f) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
patch.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 835
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Repair with Three Patches
Figure 806/TASK 25-00-00-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 836
May 01/05
R
IAC
(h) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
patch.
(j) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to the
patch.
(5) When the repair is dry, make the repair area smooth with emery cloth,
320-400 grade.
(6) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-010A).
(7) Make the area smooth with emery cloth, grade 320-400.
(8) Clean the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-420-067
Subtask 25-00-00-942-074
B. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-056
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 837
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-00-00
Page 838
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-350-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-067
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 839
Nov 01/05
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-060
R (1) Carefully cut and remove the damaged area of the mylar sheet
R (Ref. TASK 25-28-43-000-001).
R (2) Cut a patch of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-104)
R to the applicable dimensions.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-075
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 840
Nov 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-350-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific TRIANGLE
No specific TRIMMING PLANE
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
No specific 2 CHISEL - NON FERROUS
No specific 2 CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific 1 GUN - SEALANT
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
R No specific 1 KNIFE - SHARP
No specific 1 MARKER - FELT TIP
No specific 2 ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific 1 RULER - STEEL
No specific 2 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 SPATULA - TOOTHED
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 841
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-068
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-061
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 842
May 01/08
R
IAC
R Example of Silicone NTF Repair
Figure 807/TASK 25-00-00-991-030
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 843
Nov 01/07
IAC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Clean the area of the damage with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
R (b) Carefully cut out and remove the damaged top layer of the
R silicone NTF with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE and a CHISEL - NON
R FERROUS.
R
R (a) Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 18 deg.C (64
R deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86 deg.F).
R (b) Make sure that the ambient humidity is not more than 75%.
R (c) Cut a repair patch of AIRFLOOR FLOOR COVERING to align with the
R repair dimensions and surface structure.
R (d) Clean the mating surface of the repair area and the repair patch
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 844
Nov 01/07
IAC
(e) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-004) to the mating surface of the repair area and the
repair patch with a SPATULA - TOOTHED.
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around
the edges of the repair.
(b) Seal the space between the edge of the patch and the edge of the
repair with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054), use a SPATULA - NON
METALLIC or a GUN - SEALANT.
(d) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-350-068
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 845
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
R NTF Information
Figure 808/TASK 25-00-00-991-028- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 846
Feb 01/08
IAC
R NTF Information
Figure 808/TASK 25-00-00-991-028- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 847
Feb 01/08
IAC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Cut a round (damage less than 160 mm (6.3 in.) dia.) or a square
patch of the new PVC FLOOR COVERING top layer as necessary to
cover the area to be repaired.
(b) Clean the area of the damage with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
(c) Put the repair patch in position and align the surface structure.
(d) Transfer the contour of the repair patch to the NTF with a MARKER
- FELT TIP.
(a) Carefully cut through the top layer of the floor covering with a
CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(b) Carefully remove the top layer with a CHISEL - NON FERROUS from
the laminate.
(c) Remove the unwanted adhesive from the laminate with a SPATULA -
NON METALLIC.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 848
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
R (3) Install the Repair Patch:
(a) Clean the repair area and the smooth side of the patch with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Carefully put the patch in position and push it down with a
ROLLER - RUBBER.
(e) If necessary clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
Subtask 25-00-00-310-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 849
May 01/07
IAC
R Welded Joint Repair
R Figure 809/TASK 25-00-00-991-053- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 850
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Welded Joint Repair
R Figure 809/TASK 25-00-00-991-053- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 851
Aug 01/06
IAC
(a) Chamfer the edges of the NTF-covering at the joints with a
TRIANGLE.
(b) Make sure that the maximum depth of the groove is not more than
2.5 mm (0.10 in.).
(c) Remove loose particles from the groove, use a VACUUM CLEANER if
necessary.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA. FUMES FROM WELDING ARE POISONOUS.
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS. HOT PARTS CAN CAUSE BURNS. IF YOU
_______
GET A BURN, HOLD IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10 MINUTES AND GET
MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : WHEN YOU PUT THE HOT AIR BLOWER DOWN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU
_______
PUT IT ON A HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE. THE HOT PARTS OF THE
BLOWER CAN CAUSE A FIRE.
R (a) Cut the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) some
centimeters / inches longer than the necessary length.
R (b) Put the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) into
the inlet of the speed welding nozzle.
R (c) Set the working temperature of the HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING
R 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) between 160 deg.C (320.00 deg.F) and 200
deg.C (392.00 deg.F).
R NOTE : Obey the manufactures instructions when you use the hot
____
R air blower.
R (d) Move the speed welding nozzle along the grove with light pressure
and constant speed.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 852
May 01/07
IAC
(e) Let the welded joint cool for at least 10 min and remove the
R unwanted material with a KNIFE - SHARP or a TRIMMING PLANE.
(a) Make sure that the welded joint is clean and in the correct
condition.
(b) Use a RULER - STEEL with pressure to make sure that there is no
separation between the welding material and the NTF.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-068
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 853
May 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-350-010
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 854
May 01/08
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-090
Subtask 25-00-00-020-087
B. Remove the lower sidewall-panel you will repair from the aircraft
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-073
R (1) If necessary remove the damaged profile with a WEDGE - NON METALLIC.
R (2) Remove the remaining sealant from the lower sidewall-panel with a
R SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
R (3) Transfer the length of the damaged profile to the new semi-finished
R material PROFILE ABS5310-01, (Ref. IPC 25-23-44).
R (4) Cut the semi-finished material ABS5310-01 to the correct lenght and
R identify the new profile with the part number of the removed profile.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 855
May 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-350-074
R (1) Clean the mating surface of the sidewall-panel and the new profile
R with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
R cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002D) with a GUN - SEALANT to seal
the new profile along the radius and the edge.
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 25-00-00-991-052)
R (3) Put two cords MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) in the sealant, one
R along the radius and one along the edge.
R (5) Hold the new profile in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-074).
Subtask 25-00-00-420-085
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-087
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 856
May 01/08
IAC
Lower Sidewall Panel Aluminum Profile
Figure 810/TASK 25-00-00-991-052
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 857
May 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-350-009
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 SYRINGE
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 858
May 01/07
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-085
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-069
(a) Carefully remove the damaged insert and/or the unwanted material
from the component.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 859
Aug 01/07
IAC
Metal Inserts in Honeycomb Core Panel
R Figure 811/TASK 25-00-00-991-029- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 860
Aug 01/06
IAC
Metal Inserts in Honeycomb Core Panel
R Figure 811/TASK 25-00-00-991-029- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 861
Aug 01/06
IAC
(c) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(e) When the adhesive is cured, use an emery cloth, grade 80-120 to
make e repair area smooth.
(g) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(a) Install the new insert and hold it in position with the
positioning washer (part of the new insert).
(b) If necessary put BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074) on the opposite side of the positioning washer (for insert
through).
(c) Use a SYRINGE and fill the area around the insert through the
injection hole with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-001) until the adhesive flows out of the overflow hole.
(d) When the adhesive is cured, remove the positioning washer and if
necessary the masking tape.
(e) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 862
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-350-070
(a) Remove the damaged insert and/or the unwanted material from the
panel.
(c) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(d) Apply the filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-053) to the
prepared area.
(e) When the adhesive is cured, use an emery cloth, grade 80-120 to
make the repair area smooth.
(f) Drill a hole into the filler +0.5 mm (+0.02 in) wider than the
flange diameter of the insert you want to install.
(g) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) to the
mating surface of the new insert and put it in position.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 863
Aug 01/07
IAC
(b) Make sure that the insert is smooth and level with the surface of
the component.
(e) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Install the new screw (refer to the related IPC of the component).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-083
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 864
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-011
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 865
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-069
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 866
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-067
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(3) Clean the repair area and the seal with a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-010).
(4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to the
bonding area.
(5) Put the seal (2) in position and carefully push it on to the
structure of the OHSC.
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 867
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Seal - OHSC
Figure 812/TASK 25-00-00-991-047
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 868
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-340-107
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (1) Remove the equipment and the brackets/supports from the related OHSC
R as necessary.
(2) Cut the sheet of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-110) to the
dimensions of the related bottom panel as necessary.
(3) Transfer-drill the access holes to the existing inserts of the bottom
panel to the repair sheet (1) as necessary.
(4) Clean the surface of the damaged bottom panel and the lower surface
of the repair sheet with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(a) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-017A)
to the mating surfaces with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(b) Carefully put the repair sheet (1) in position and apply pressure
to the repair area.
(c) Apply a bed of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) around the repair sheet (1).
R (5) Install the brackets/supports and the equipment of the related OHSC
R as necessary.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 869
Aug 01/07
IAC
Overhead Stowage Compartment - Bottom Panel
Figure 813/TASK 25-00-00-991-032
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 870
Nov 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-340-108
(3) Rub the damaged area with emery cloth, 200-300 grade.
R
NOTE : Rub the two sides, if the damage goes through the handrail
____
assembly
(4) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(5) If necessary apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074) to cover the damaged area of the rear side.
NOTE : Only if the damage goes through the handrail assembly, use
____
masking tape (Material No. 08-074)
(6) Use a SPATULA - PLASTIC when you fill the damaged area.
(a) Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-017A) if the damage goes through the handrail
assembly.
(b) Fill the damaged area with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
045).
(c) Make the filled area smooth with emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(d) If you applied masking tape to the rear side, remove it.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 871
Aug 01/07
IAC
(e) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R
Subtask 25-00-00-340-109
(3) Make the mating surfaces smooth with an emery cloth, grade 320-400.
(4) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-006) or
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(5) Immediately dry the repair area with a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(6) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A) to the
mating surfaces and put the repair patch in position on the hand
rail.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 872
Aug 01/07
IAC
Handrail Attachment
Figure 814/TASK 25-00-00-991-054
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 873
Nov 01/06
R
IAC
(7) Remove the unwanted adhesive with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(8) Hold the repair patch in position with masking tape BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).
(9) When the repair has cured, remove the masking tape.
(10) Transfer and drill the new attachment hole(s) from the OHSC to the
hand rail.
(11) Drill the large hole(s) 15.0 mm (0.60 in.) dia. in the distance A of
23.0 mm (0.91 in.) in accordance to the existing hole configuration.
R Subtask 25-00-00-340-110
R (1) Carefully remove the damaged edge profile of the partition or the
R stiffener with a CHISEL - NON FERROUS.
R (2) To remove the unwanted material, abrade the surface with an emery
R cloth, 200-300 grade..
R (3) Fill the damaged area of the partition or the stiffener with:
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-008)
R or
R - BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B).
R (4) Mix the filler with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-057) until it
R is sufficiently thick for application.
R (5) Let the filler cure and remove unwanted material with an emery cloth,
R 200-300 grade..
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 874
Nov 01/07
IAC
R OHSC Partition/Stiffener.
R Figure 815/TASK 25-00-00-991-055
R
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 875
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (6) Use an emery cloth, 200-300 grade. to make the mating surfaces along
R the edges of the partition or
R stiffener sides rough (20 mm (0.8 in.)) from the edge.
R (7) Use BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-116) or SPECIAL
R MATERIALS (Material No. 05-050) to give protection to the filled
R surface and edges of the
R partition or the stiffener.
R (8) Put the laminate on the surface around the edges (not more than 20 mm
R (0.8 in.) from the edge) of the partition or stiffener.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-862-069
R
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 876
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 901-999,
TASK 25-00-00-340-012
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 877
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-070
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-330-059
A. Removal of Scratches
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 878
Nov 01/07
IAC
NOTE : Scratches deeper than 0.3 mm (0,012 in.) have to be repaired as
____
convenient to the customer:
- in the customers work shop with a repair kit.
- in the manufacturers work shop.
(1) Remove the scratches up to a depth 0.3mm (0.012 in.) with abrasive
paper.
NOTE : The grade of grain of the abrasive paper depends on the depth
____
of the scratches.
(2) Clean and polish the wash basin (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-009).
Subtask 25-00-00-340-070
(2) Use a Emery Cloth, 320-400 grade to remove the old bonding material
from the hinge (1) and the waste-chute flap (4) (Step 1).
(3) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) to clean the bonding
surfaces of the hinge (1) and the waste-chute flap (4).
(4) Install the screws (3) on the hinge (1) and put the hinge (1) to the
loaded position (Step 2).
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 879
Nov 01/07
IAC
Waste Chute Flap - Repair
R Figure 816/TASK 25-00-00-991-019
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 880
Nov 01/07
IAC
(5) Put the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-084) (2) 10
mm (0.4 in.) wide around the hinge (1) until the tape holds it in the
loaded position.
(6) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-051) to the
surface of the hinge (1) to be bonded.
(7) Put the hinge (1) in position and tighten the screws (3).
(8) Put the waste-chute flap (4) in position from under the wash basin
and hold it.
(9) Cut the tape (2) and allow the hinge (1) to come against the
waste-chute flap (4) (Step 3).
NOTE : The bond between the joints will take approximately 2 hours to
____
dry.
(10) Visually examine the waste-chute flap (4) to make sure it is engaged
correctly.
(11) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to remove unwanted bonding
material.
(12) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
waste-chute flap for 2 hours.
(15) Push and release the waste-chute flap (4) to make sure it operates
correctly.
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 881
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-340-106
(a) Push the waste flap (1) and set it in the open position.
(b) Transfer the contour of the replacement part (3), item of the
DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit to the damaged area of the wash basin
(2).
(d) Chamfer the lower contoured edge of the replacement part (3).
(e) Put the replacement part (3) in position on the wash basin (2)
and make sure that it has the correct dimensions.
(a) Make sure that the ambient temperature of the repair area is not
less than 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F).
(b) Clean the mating surfaces of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-006) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
(c) Put the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) in
position on the lower surface of the wash basin (2).
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 882
Nov 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-00-00
Page 883
Nov 01/07
IAC
Wash Basin Waste-Flap Area
R Figure 817/TASK 25-00-00-991-031- 14 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 884
Nov 01/07
IAC
Wash Basin Waste-Flap Area
R Figure 817/TASK 25-00-00-991-031- 24 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 885
Nov 01/07
IAC
Wash Basin Waste-Flap Area
R Figure 817/TASK 25-00-00-991-031- 34 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 886
Nov 01/07
IAC
Wash Basin Waste-Flap Area
R Figure 817/TASK 25-00-00-991-031- 44 (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 887
Nov 01/07
IAC
(d) Apply the prepared adhesive, item of the DCIN900 VARICOR repair
kit to the repair area of the wash basin.
(e) Put the replacement part (3) in position with a light pressure
and set it with a PLIERS - NOSE, SOFT, LONG or a wooden block.
(g) Remove the pliers or the wooden block and the masking tape.
(4) Release the flap (1) and make sure that it closes correctly.
(5) Clean and polish the wash basin (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-076
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-070
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-00-00
Page 888
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-00-00-370-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 889
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-089
Subtask 25-00-00-010-097
B. If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft
(refer to the related AMM chapter).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-370-052
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 890
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-370-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : The procedure that follow agrees with the JAR/FAR. 25.853 heat
____
release/smoke density component repairs to the passenger
compartment.
(1) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Apply masking paper and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074) to the adjacent components and areas.
(3) Make the surface smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(4) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(a) If necessary use pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
046) to smooth the surface.
(b) Apply the pore filler several times to optimize the surface.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 891
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(c) Let the pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time
to cure.
(d) Make the painted surface smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(e) Clean the smooth surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(a) Mix the top coat STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) with
hardener and thinner.
NOTE : Obey the reaction and the pot life time, before you use
____
the mixture.
(c) For a smooth finish apply the mixture in 1-2 cross coats with a
GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT and a NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16
IN).
(e) The smooth finish is dust dry after 15 minutes, transport dry
after 25 minutes, and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.
(a) Mix the top coat STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) with
hardener and thinner.
NOTE : Obey the reaction and the pot life time, before you use
____
the mixture.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 892
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(b) The temperature must be between 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F) and 30
DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), relative humidity 35-75%.
(c) For a textured finish apply the mixture in 1-4 cross coats with a
GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT and a NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16
IN).
(e) The textured finish is dust dry after 20 minutes, transport dry
after 8 hours, and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.
(f) If necessary you can make the cure faster. Add heat 60 DEG.C
(140.00 DEG.F) to the surface.
(g) The textured finish is then transport dry after 40 minutes and
fully dry after 12 hours.
(7) Remove the masking tape and the masking paper from the adjacent
components or areas.
Subtask 25-00-00-370-054
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : The procedure that follow agrees with the JAR/FAR 25.853 heat
____
release/smoke density component repairs to the passenger
compartment.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 893
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
NOTE : The procedure is approved for repair of surfaces larger than 24
____
in.2 (154.83 cm2) , but only for parts of the component.
(1) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Apply masking paper and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074) to the adjacent components and areas.
(3) Make the surface smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(4) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(a) If necessary use pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
046) to smooth the surface.
(b) Apply the pore filler several times to optimize the surface.
(c) Let the pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-046) time
to cure.
(d) Make the painted surface smooth with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(e) Clean the smooth surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(a) Mix the top coat STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047) with
hardener and thinner.
NOTE : Obey the reaction and the pot life time, before you use
____
the mixture.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 894
Nov 01/07
IAC
(c) For a textured finish apply the mixture in 1-4 cross coats with a
GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT and a NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16
IN).
(e) The textured finish is dust dry after 20 minutes, transport dry
after 8 hours and fully dry after 7 days at room temperature.
(f) If necessary you can make the cure faster. Add heat 60 DEG.C
(140.00 DEG.F) to the surface.
(g) The textured finish is then transport dry after 40 minutes and
fully dry after 12 hours.
(6) Remove the masking tape and the masking paper from the adjacent
components or areas.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-091
A. Close Access
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-086
R
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page 895
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-00-00-340-013
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-071
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-00-00
Page 896
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-010-077
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-074
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Use a emery cloth, 320-400 grade to remove old bonding material from
the toilet shroud (1) and the spacer (2).
(2) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean the surfaces on
the toilet shroud (1) and the spacer (2) to be bonded.
(3) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-051) to the
surfaces on the spacer (2) to be bonded.
(4) Put the spacer (2) in position on the toilet shroud (1).
NOTE : The bond between the joints will take approximately 2 hours to
____
dry.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-00-00
Page 897
Nov 01/07
IAC
Toilet Shroud
R Figure 818/TASK 25-00-00-991-021
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-00-00
Page 898
Nov 01/07
IAC
(5) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to remove unwanted bonding
material.
Subtask 25-00-00-410-072
B. Close Access
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-077
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-071
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-00-00
Page 899
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-00-00-340-014
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A800
Nov 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-072
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-075
WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN
_______
YOU DO THIS TASK.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Lift the toilet seat cover (1) and the toilet seat (2).
(2) Use a emery cloth, grade 320-400 to remove old adhesive from the area
to be repaired on the toilet seat (2).
(3) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) to clean the area to be
repaired on the toilet seat (2).
(4) Apply the Sicomet 85 to the surface of the new Buffer PN 11593 (3) to
be bonded.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A801
Nov 01/07
IAC
Toilet Seat
R Figure 819/TASK 25-00-00-991-022
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A802
Nov 01/07
IAC
(5) Install the new buffer (3) on the toilet seat (2).
(6) Use the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a lint-free cotton
cloth CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) to remove any unwanted
adhesive.
(7) Lower the toilet seat (2) and make sure the fit between the seat (2)
and the toilet shroud (4) is correct.
(8) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to use the
toilet seat for approximately 1 hour.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-942-078
A. Close-up
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-072
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A803
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-016
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A804
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A805
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-075
Subtask 25-00-00-010-079
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-081
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A806
Nov 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Floor Pan - Repair
R Figure 820/TASK 25-00-00-991-023
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-00-00
Page A807
Nov 01/07
IAC
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(a) Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(a) Stop-drill the ends of the cracks with a DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185
IN)
(c) Make the repair area smooth with an emery cloth 320-400 grade
(d) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(e) Fill the repair area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025).
(f) Remove any unwanted adhesive from the repair area with a SCRAPER-
NON METALLIC
(g) Let the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) cure
for 1 hour.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A808
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(h) Cut a patch of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-056)
sufficient in size to cover the repair area.
(j) Allow the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001C)
to cure for 1 hour.
(k) If necessary, make the repair area smooth with an emery cloth
320-400 grade.
(l) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-082
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A809
Nov 01/07
IAC
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Clean the damaged area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and the lint free cloth.
(3) Remove the damage with the milling cutter and/or the drill.
(4) Smooth the damaged area with the emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(5) Clean the damaged area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and the lint free cloth.
(6) Fill the damaged area with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-025).
(7) Remove any unwanted compound from the repair area with a nonmetallic
scraper.
(8) Allow the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to
cure for 1 hour.
(9) Cut a patch of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109) sufficient
in size to cover the damaged area.
(10) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) on the
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-109) and install the patch on the
damaged area.
(11) Allow the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025) to
cure for 1 hour.
(12) If necessary, smooth the repair with the emery cloth 320-400 grade.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A810
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(13) Clean the repair area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and the lint free cloth.
(14) If necessary, apply the PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL)
(Material No. 07-012) to the repair area.
(15) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-083
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(2) Clean the damaged area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
and the lint free cloth.
(3) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
damaged area around the NTF covering.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A811
Nov 01/07
IAC
(4) Remove any unwanted compound from the repair area with the
nonmetallic scraper.
(5) Allow the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
cure for 1 hour.
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-086
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) If necessary remove the floorpan (refer to the related AMM chapter).
(3) Make pads 2 in. x 2 in. (50 x 50 mm) from laminate SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-109) or polycarbonat DAN 197/198
or similar.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A812
Nov 01/07
IAC
Repair of the Lavatory Floorpan (Preventive Pad Solution).
R Figure 821/TASK 25-00-00-991-024
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-00-00
Page A813
Nov 01/07
IAC
(4) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cloth.
(5) Bond the pads to the floorpan with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-017A) and let the adhesive harden.
(6) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cloth.
(7) Paint the pads with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-047).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-074
A. Close Access
Subtask 25-00-00-862-075
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A814
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-200-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A815
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A816
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A817
Feb 01/08
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-082
Subtask 25-00-00-010-083
B. Get Access
(1) Open the related cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-910-052
A. General Information
NOTE : The repair of decompression panel flanges and floor panel are not
____
includet in this procedure.
Subtask 25-00-00-210-056
B. General Procedure
NOTE : Dents that have crushed honeycomb and delamination, but no cracks
____
in the skin of the lining panel are not considered as a damage.
But, if these dents are located at the panel edge filler area,
they should then be considered as a damage to the edge.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A818
Feb 01/08
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch - General Information
R Figure 822/TASK 25-00-00-991-048
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A819
Nov 01/07
IAC
(1) Identify the damage type.
R (Ref. Fig. 823/TASK 25-00-00-991-027)
(a) Do the repair within 100 flight hours if the damage not through
has:
- a maximum diameter of 30 mm (1.18 in.)
or
- a maximum length of 200 mm (7.87 in.) and a maximum width of 25
mm (0.98 in.).
(c) The total damaged area of a lining panel must be less than 25% of
its surface.
(d) If the damage is more than the permitted limits, replace the
panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-019).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A820
Nov 01/07
IAC
General Damage Limits and Repair Identification Chart
R Figure 823/TASK 25-00-00-991-027
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A821
Nov 01/07
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Edge Damage
R Figure 824/TASK 25-00-00-991-033
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A822
Nov 01/07
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Through
R Figure 825/TASK 25-00-00-991-034
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A823
Nov 01/07
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Not Through
R Figure 826/TASK 25-00-00-991-035
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A824
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-020-085
(1) Remove the damaged linings if necessary for the selected repair
procedure.
Subtask 25-00-00-210-064
(1) Examine the support struts behind the removed linings and replace
them if necessary:
(2) Make sure that all the equipment components are not damaged and in
correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A825
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-340-097
(1) Do the repair of the damaged lining(s) as described in the tasks that
follow:
- Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-005)
- Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-008)
- Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling
Panels
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-015)
- Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-022)
- Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-025)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A826
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
- Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not
Through from the Edge) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-028)
Subtask 25-00-00-420-083
Subtask 25-00-00-918-050
(1) If necessary, install new placards on the repaired linings (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-400-007) and
- FWD cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001)
- AFT cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-36-25 P.Block 001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-077
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A827
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-862-080
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A828
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A829
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-058
Subtask 25-00-00-010-057
B. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
AFT cargo-compartment door. (3)
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the control panel of the FWD cargo loading
system to tell persons not to use it.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A830
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-020-069
(1) Remove the FWD cargo-compartment partition at FR24 (Ref. TASK 25-54-
11-000-001).
(2) Remove the ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-
54-12-000-002).
(3) Remove the ceiling panels in the AFT cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-
55-12-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-350-063
A. Do the Repair
R (Ref. Fig. 827/TASK 25-00-00-991-007)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) from
the back of the flange that is damaged.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A831
Nov 01/07
IAC
Repair to a Decompression Panel
R Figure 827/TASK 25-00-00-991-007
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A832
Nov 01/07
IAC
(2) Remove the unwanted material from the flange that is damaged.
(3) Chamfer the edges of the damage with a emery cloth, grade 80-120 .
(4) Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
010).
(7) Prepare the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001).
(a) Put the first layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-007) on
the repair.
(b) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) to the
glass cloth.
(c) Put the second layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-007)
on the repair.
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) to the
glass cloth.
(e) Put the third layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-007) on
the repair.
(f) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) to the
glass cloth.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A833
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(i) Remove the unwanted resin.
(10) Make sure the thickness of the repair is not more than 0.8 mm (0.0314
in.).
(11) If necessary, correct the thickness with a emery cloth, grade 80-120
.
(12) If necessary, cut the repair to the correct shape (ref. detail A).
(13) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) to the
rear side of the repair.
(14) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-005) to the
rear side of the repair.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-420-058
(2) Install the FWD cargo-compartment partition at FR24 (Ref. TASK 25-54-
11-000-001).
(3) Install the ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-000-002).
(4) Install the ceiling panels in the AFT cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-000-002).
Subtask 25-00-00-410-054
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A834
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-059
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A835
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-004
Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-058
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A836
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-063
Subtask 25-00-00-340-055
B. Repair of the Core and/or Edge of the Cargo Compartment Lining with
Filler
R (Ref. Fig. 828/TASK 25-00-00-991-038)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(3) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A837
Nov 01/07
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler - Damage Not Through
R Figure 828/TASK 25-00-00-991-038
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A838
Nov 01/07
IAC
(4) Fill the
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
into the prepared area.
(5) Make the cured repaired area smooth with emery cloth, grade 80-120
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-063
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A839
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-005
Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A840
Nov 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-060
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-062
NOTE : The repair patch must overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00
____
in.) minimum in all directions
Subtask 25-00-00-340-057
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A841
Nov 01/07
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) - Damage Not Through
R Figure 829/TASK 25-00-00-991-036
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A842
Nov 01/07
IAC
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-077).
NOTE : If the damage exceeds the dimension of the biggest repair patch,
____
it is allowed to overlap patches in one direction only.
Make sure that the minimum overlap width is 6.4 mm (0.25 in.).
(1) Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining panel.
(2) If necessary remove a portion of the layers of Tedlar film from the
repair area at least as large as the used patch(es).
NOTE : The lining panel has a Tedlar film if the resin below the
____
white film is of a different color.
(3) Smooth the repair area with emery cloth, grade 80-120 and make sure
that all the gloss finish is
removed.
(4) Remove the grit and dust from the repair area with the towel supplied
in the repair kit(s).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A843
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(6) Fill the
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
it into the prepared area.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-056
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A844
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-008
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-061
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-061
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A845
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-340-061
B. Do the Repair
(2) Rework the contour of the damaged area in order to get a regular
shape.
NOTE : This will let you to cut and install the inlay patch
____
correctly.
(3) Remove the rough edges with emery cloth, grade 80-120.
(4) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint
free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(5) Cut two repair patches (1) and (3) to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE : The repair patches must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
(6) Deburr the edges of the two repair patches with emery cloth grade 80-
120..
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A846
Feb 01/08
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Three Patches - Damage Through
R Figure 830/TASK 25-00-00-991-039
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A847
Nov 01/07
IAC
(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (1).
(8) Put the patch (1) over the damaged area on the rear side of the panel
and push it in position.
(9) Cut an inlay patch (2) to the dimension of the damaged area.
(10) Remove the protective backing from the inlay patch (2).
(a) Bond the inlay patch (2) onto the adhesive side of the rear side
patch (1)
(b) Make sure that patch (2) fully covers the adhesive side of the
rear side patch (1).
(12) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (3).
(13) Put the repair patch (3) over the damaged area on the view side of
the panel and push it in position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-057
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A848
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-015
Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-078
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A849
May 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-220-064
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-076
R A. Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-114A)
R (2) Remove the rough edges with an emery cloth, grade 80-120.
R (3) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint
R free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : Make sure that all components behind the lining you will
____
repair are not damaged.
NOTE : The repair patch (1) must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
NOTE : The repair patch (2) must be 50 mm (2.0 in.) larger than
____
repair patch (1) in all directions.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A850
May 01/08
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Two Patches - Damage Through
R Figure 831/TASK 25-00-00-991-043
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A851
Nov 01/07
IAC
R NOTE : Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.
____
R (6) Deburr the edges of the two repair patches with an emery cloth grade
80-120..
(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (1).
(8) Put the patch (1) over the damaged area and push it in position.
(9) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (2).
(10) Put the repair patch (2) over the patch (1) and push it in position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-073
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A852
May 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-019
Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and Partition
Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A853
May 01/08
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-082
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-088-A
A. Replacement
(1) Remove all anchor-nuts, clip-nuts and other items from the damaged
panel.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE THICKNESS OF THE NEW PANEL IS THE SAME
_______
AS THE THICKNESS OF THE REMOVED PANEL. IF IT IS NOT THE
SAME, THERE WILL NOT BE SUFFICIENT FIRE-PROTECTION IN THE
CARGO COMPARTMENT.
(3) Smooth and deburr the edges with emery cloth, 80-120 grade .
(4) Use the removed panel as a template and transfer all the holes from
the removed panel to the replacement panel.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A854
May 01/08
IAC
(6) Remove the honeycomb-core to a minimum depth of 6 mm (0.24 in.) from
along the edges you have cut.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(7) Clean the replacement panel with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(8) Apply filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-053) into the edges
and let the filler harden.
(9) Smooth and deburr the edges with emery cloth, 80-120 grade .
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A855
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(10) Install all the removed anchor-nuts, clip-nuts and other items to the
replacement panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-076
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A856
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-020
Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A857
Nov 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-092
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-065
NOTE : The repair patch must overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00
____
in.) minimum in all directions
Subtask 25-00-00-340-089
(1) Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining panel.
(2) If necessary remove a portion of the layers of TELDAR film from the
repair area at least as large as the used patches.
NOTE : The lining panel has a TELDAR film if the resin below the
____
white film is of a different color.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A858
Feb 01/08
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) - Damage Through
R Figure 832/TASK 25-00-00-991-040
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A859
Nov 01/07
IAC
(3) Smooth the repair area with emery cloth, grade 80-120 and make sure
that all the gloss finish is
removed.
(4) Remove the grit and dust from the repair area with the towel supplied
in the repair kit(s).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(5) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(a) Install the repair patch on one side of the damaged panel.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A860
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(d) Fill the
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115B)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-115C)
into the prepared area.
(e) Install the repair patch on the other side of the damaged panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-086
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A861
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-021
Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings
with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A862
May 01/08
IAC
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-085
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-056
Subtask 25-00-00-340-090
R B. Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-114A)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A863
May 01/08
IAC
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(2) Smooth and deburr the repair with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
R damaged area in all directions. It is not allowed to overlap
R patches.
R
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(7) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch if necessary.
(8) Put the patch over the damaged area and push it into position.
R NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
R damaged area in all directions.
(9) For Isovolta RHM Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-083) only:
(a) Use a heat blanket between 100 DEG.C (212 DEG.F) and 110 DEG.C
(230 DEG.F)
with a soft force to bond the repair patch to the panel.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A864
May 01/08
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch - Damage Not Through
Figure 833/TASK 25-00-00-991-041
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A865
May 01/08
R
IAC
R (10) FOR AKRO FIREGUARD (AF 800 SERIES) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-114) only:
R (a) Transfer/drill the holes from the repair patch to top layer of
R the panel.
R (b) Install the steel blind with a GUN - RIVET rivets (part of the
R repair Kit).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-079
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A866
May 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-022
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A867
May 01/08
R
IAC
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-086
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-057
Subtask 25-00-00-340-091
B. Do the Repair
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A868
May 01/08
R
IAC
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(2) Smooth and deburr the repair with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120..
(8) Put the patch over the damaged area on the rear side and push it into
position.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A869
May 01/08
R
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Through
Figure 834/TASK 25-00-00-991-037
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A870
May 01/08
R
IAC
it into the prepared area.
NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
(12) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120..
(14) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and
push it into position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-080
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A871
May 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-023
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A872
May 01/08
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-087
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-058
Subtask 25-00-00-340-092
B. Do the Repair
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A873
May 01/08
R
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch/Rivets - Damage Through
Figure 835/TASK 25-00-00-991-045
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A874
May 01/08
R
IAC
(2) Smooth and deburr the repair with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(5) Cut two patches BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-083)
to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE : The repair patches must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
(6) Deburr the edges of the patches with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(7) Use a heat blanket between 100 DEG.C (212.00 DEG. F) and 110 DEG.C
(230.00 DEG.F) with a soft force to bond the first repair patch to
the rear side of the panel.
(9) Use a heat blanket between 100 DEG.C (212 DEG.F) and 110 DEG.C (230
DEG.F) with a soft force to bond the second repair patch to the view
(cargo compartment) side of the panel.
(a) Drill holes along the edges of the patch, through the entire
patch/panel/patch assembly, regularly spaced with a 3.3 mm (0.128
in.) to 3.5 mm (0.137 in.) drill..
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A875
May 01/08
R
IAC
NOTE : The distance to the edges should not be less than 15 mm
____
(0.5 in.).
NOTE : The distance between the holes should not be more than 100
____
mm (3.8 in.).
(11) Install the rivets from the view (cargo compartment) side of the
panel with the necessary rivet length.
NOTE : In order to select the correct length for the rivets refer to
____
the thickness of the panel with the patches.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-081
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A876
May 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-025
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A877
May 01/08
R
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-089
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-059
Subtask 25-00-00-340-094
B. Do the Repair
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A878
May 01/08
R
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Not Through
Figure 836/TASK 25-00-00-991-044
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A879
May 01/08
R
IAC
(1) Remove the damaged area from the panel.
(2) Smooth and deburr the repair with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(10) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and
push it into position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-083
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A880
May 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-026
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A881
May 01/08
R
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-090
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-060
(a) You can use the subsequent repair patches to do the repair.
- a sheet of Stainless Steel 0.6 mm (0.024 in.) to 2 mm (0.08
in.)
with
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
or
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
Subtask 25-00-00-340-095
B. Do the Repair
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A882
May 01/08
R
IAC
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(2) Smooth and deburr the repair with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with emery cloth grade 80-120.
(7) Apply:
- BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010A)
- or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001)
- or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066)
on one side of the repair patch.
(8) Put the repair patch over the damaged area and push it into position.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A883
May 01/08
R
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Stainless Steel Patch - Damage Not Through
Figure 837/TASK 25-00-00-991-042
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A884
May 01/08
R
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-084
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A885
May 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-028
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not Through from the
Edge) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A886
May 01/08
R
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-010-093
A. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-220-066
Subtask 25-00-00-340-099
B. Do the Repair
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Remove the damaged material from the core and the edge of the lining
panel.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A887
May 01/08
R
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch and Filler - Damage on the Edge not through the
Panel
Figure 838/TASK 25-00-00-991-046
EFF :
ALL
25-00-00 Page A888
May 01/08
R
IAC
(2) Make smooth and deburr the edges of the repair with a emery cloth
grade 80-120.
(3) Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the
____
damaged area in all directions.
(6) Deburr the edges of the patch with a emery cloth grade 80-120.
(9) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and
push it into position.
(11) Make the edge of the cured repaired area smooth with a emery cloth
grade 80-120.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-410-087
A. Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-00-00-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A889
May 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-00-00-340-029
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A890
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A891
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-088
Subtask 25-00-00-010-096
B. Get Access
(1) Open the related cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-086
NOTE : This is only necessary if you will do the procedure given in para
____
4. in the workshop.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A892
Nov 01/07
IAC
(b) Aft cargo compartment:
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-003)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002)
- (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003)
Subtask 25-00-00-210-065
D. General Information
(1) Make sure the linings are clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Select the related procedure A or B, see para. 4. of this task.
R (Ref. Fig. 839/TASK 25-00-00-991-011)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-00-00-340-101
A. Procedure A
- Installation of a Protection Patch (S-Glass Layer Assembly
D2557651900200) with Double Sided Adhesive Layer
NOTE : The weight of the lining will increase by 790 g (27.86 oz)
____
per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2).
(2) Transfer/drill all holes from the lining before you install the
protection patch.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A893
Nov 01/07
IAC
Repair Procedure Identification Chart
R Figure 839/TASK 25-00-00-991-011
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A894
Nov 01/07
IAC
CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch
R Figure 840/TASK 25-00-00-991-049
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A895
Nov 01/07
IAC
(3) Clean the mating surface.
(a) Clean the mating surface of the lining with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION PATCH DOES NOT TOUCH:
_______
- THE FASTENERS AND THE WASHERS
- THE FLANGES AND H-PROFILES
OF THE DECOMPRESSION PANEL.
IF THE PATCH TOUCHES THESE ITEMS, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
(b) Carefully put the protection patch in position on the view side
of the lining.
(c) Make sure that all holes are aligned and that there is a
sufficient clearance to the adjacent components (e.g.
decompression panel).
(e) Push the protection patch onto lining with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
NOTE : Move the roller from the center to the edges to avoid or
____
remove air bubbles.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A896
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(f) Make sure that all interface holes and cutouts are in the correct
position so that you can install the panel and/or the related
equipment.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-102
B. Procedure B
- Installation of a Protection Patch (S-Glass Layer D2557651900000) with
2 Component Adhesive
NOTE : The weight of the lining will increase by 690 g (24.33 oz) per 1
____
m2 (10.76 ft.2).
(2) Transfer/drill all holes from the lining before you install the
protection patch.
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the lining and the protection patch
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A897
Nov 01/07
IAC
(a) Apply 200 g (7.05 oz) (fluid weight) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-001) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) to the
mating surface of the protection patch with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION PATCH DOES NOT TOUCH:
_______
- THE FASTENERS AND THE WASHERS
- THE FLANGES AND H-PROFILES
OF THE DECOMPRESSION PANEL.
IF THE PATCH TOUCHES THESE ITEMS, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
(a) Carefully put the protection patch in position on the view side
of the lining.
(b) Make sure that all holes are aligned and that there is a
sufficient clearance to the adjacent components (e.g.
decompression panel).
(d) Carefully push the protection patch onto lining with a ROLLER -
RUBBER.
NOTE : Move the roller from the center to the edges to avoid or
____
remove air bubbles.
(f) Make sure that all interface holes and cutouts are in the correct
position so that you can install the panel and/or the related
equipment.
(g) Attach the protection patch in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) for 3 hours.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A898
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-00-00-420-084
Subtask 25-00-00-918-051
(b) Location:
- Forward cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-35-25 P.Block 001)
- Aft cargo compartment (Ref. AMM 11-36-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-00-00-410-090
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page A899
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-00-00-862-085
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page B800
Nov 01/07
IAC
Handrail - OHSC
R Figure 841/TASK 25-00-00-991-050
EFF :
ALL 25-00-00
Page B801
Nov 01/07
IAC
COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________
1. ___________________
General Description
The cockpit comprises the area above the floor structure between frames 1
and 12. Access to the cockpit is gained via the left forward passenger/crew
door and the cockpit door. The cockpit is equipped with adjustable seats for
two crew members, a third occupant seat and a folding seat for a fourth
occupant. Various furnishings and equipment are fitted in the cockpit for
the comfort, convenience and safety of the occupants.
The cockpit comprises the area above the floor structure between frames 1
and 12. Access to the cockpit is gained via the left forward passenger/crew
door and the cockpit door. The cockpit is equipped with adjustable seats for
two crew members and a folding seat for a further occupant. Various
furnishings and equipment are fitted in the cockpit for the comfort,
convenience and safety of the occupants.
A. Description
The cockpit, furnishings consist of :
- crew members seats
- heat and sound insulation panels
- lining and furnishing panels
- equipment racks.
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
COCKPIT - REPAIRS
_________________
TASK 25-10-00-330-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job set up
Subtask 25-10-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 801
Aug 01/06
IAC
R
Subtask 25-10-00-010-050
(1) If necessary remove the panel from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-
000-001).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 |211GC | COVER ASSY | Laminate | 25130103 |Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 |211HC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130103 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 |211JC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 |211FC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 |
|212FC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 |211EC | DOOR ASSY | Laminate | 25130101 | Non repairable
|212EC | DOOR ASSY | Laminate | 25130102 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 |211DC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130101 |
|212DC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 |211CC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130101 |
|212CC | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 |211BC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 |
|212BC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 |211AC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130101 |
|212AC | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130102 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 802
Aug 01/06
IAC
Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels
Figure 801/TASK 25-10-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 803
Feb 01/96
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-10-00-330-050
5. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-050
(1) If necessary, install the panel in the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-
400-001).
Subtask 25-10-00-865-051
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1LE, 3LE.
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 804
Feb 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-10-00-330-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 805
Feb 01/96
IAC
3. __________
Job set up
Subtask 25-10-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04
Subtask 25-10-00-010-051
(1) If necessary, remove the reading lights 17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 20LE, 21LE,
22LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-15-000-001) and 25LE, 26LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-12-
000-001).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 |211MW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 |Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 |211LW | PANEL ASSY | Laminate | 25130111 |Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 |211LC | OUTLET ASSY | Joggling | 25130106 |
|212LC | OUTLET ASSY | Joggling | 25130106 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 |211PW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130111 |
|212PW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130111 |
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 806
Aug 01/06
IAC
Flight-Compartment Side Panels
Figure 802/TASK 25-10-00-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 807
Feb 01/96
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 |211NW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 | Non repairable
|212NW | LINING ASSY | Laminate | 25130110 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 |211DW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 |
|212DW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 |211KL | OUTLET ASSY | Foam | 25130105 | Non repairable
|212KL | OUTLET ASSY | Foam | 25130105 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 |211GW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 |
|212GW | PANEL ASSY | Joggling | 25130109 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 |211EW | PLATE ASSY-COVER| Foam | 25130116 | Non repairable
|212EW | PLATE ASSY-COVER| Foam | 25130117 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 |211FW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130116 |
|212FW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130117 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 |211BW | PANEL ASSY-REAR | Joggling | 25130114 |
|212BW | PANEL ASSY-REAR | Joggling | 25130114 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 |211CW | PANEL ASSY-UPPER| Polycarbon/Foam | 25130114 | Non repairable
|212CW | PANEL ASSY-UPPER| Polycarbon/Foam | 25130114 | Non repairable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. procedure
_________
Subtask 25-10-00-330-051
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 808
May 01/06
R
IAC
5. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-051
(1) If necessary, install the reading lights 17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 21LE, 22LE
(Ref. TASK 33-12-15-400-001) and 25LE, 26LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-12-400-
001).
Subtask 25-10-00-865-053
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1LE, 2LE, 4LE, 5LE.
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 809
Feb 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-10-00-330-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job set up
Subtask 25-10-00-010-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 |212JW | PANEL-UPPER | Foam | 25130119 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 |212HW | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130119 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 | | PANEL ASSY | Laminate | 25130112 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 | | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130122 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 | | PANEL-FRONT | Sandwich | 25130122 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 810
Feb 01/96
IAC
Flight-Compartment Rear Panels
Figure 803/TASK 25-10-00-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 811
Feb 01/96
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|PANEL | | | IPC |
ITEM|IDENT | DESCRIPTION | MATERIAL | CROSS REF. | REMARKS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 | | PANEL ASSY-SIDE | Sandwich | 25130122 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 | | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130113 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 |212KW | PANEL ASSY | Sandwich | 25130112 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-10-00-330-052
5. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-052
EFF :
ALL 25-10-00
Page 812
Feb 01/96
IAC
R SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL| ZONE| ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3MS SEAT-CAPTAIN 211 25-11-51
4MS SEAT-FIRST OFFICER 212 25-11-51
14MM SEAT-THIRD OCCUPANT 212 25-11-41
13MM SEAT-FOURTH OCCUPANT 212 25-11-42
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 2
Feb 01/07
IAC
Cockpit Seats - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 3
May 01/06
IAC
Cockpit Seats - Component Location
Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 4
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL| ZONE| ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3MS SEAT-CAPTAIN 211 25-11-51
4MS SEAT-FIRST OFFICER 212 25-11-51
14MM SEAT-THIRD OCCUPANT 212 25-11-41
3. _____________________
Component Description
(1) General
The Captain and First Officer seats are secured to the cockpit floor.
The seat moves longitudinally and vertically. In the rearmost
position the seat moves sidewise towards the console, which increases
the space between the pedestal and the seat and therefore enables
passage of the seat occupant. This is the seat stowed position.
(2) Description
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 5
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-00
Page 6
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
(3) Controls
Manual controls are fitted to the seats. They serve to unlock the
seat and allow to position it in different configurations.
Electrical controls are also available. They consist of a motor
coupled to two reduction gears. The motor is controlled by two
three-position switches. The gear motor assembly is overriden by the
manual controls.
Additional manual controls are used to adjust the backrest and lumbar
rest positions. All the controls are of easy access and enable the
occupant to select the desired position.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 7
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 8
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View
R Figure 002B
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 9
May 01/06
IAC
Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 028-099, 25-11-00
Page 10
May 01/06
IAC
Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View
Figure 003A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 11
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View
R Figure 003B
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 25-11-00
Page 12
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025, 028-099,
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 13
Feb 01/07
IAC
adjust the pedestal side armrest by means of a knurled knob located
in the front.
The armrest is hinged to the backrest. It is therefore possible to
lift it vertically and stow it behind the backrest.
The sidestick armrest located on the outboard side of the seat is
provided with two adjustment knobs. These knobs are used to adjust
the height and the tilt angle of the side stick armrest so that the
pilot can rest his arm in its optimum position with respect to the
side stick controller. Two position indicators show the selected
position. The armrest is fixed to the seat pan structure and is not
affected by backrest movements. It can be folded back to a vertical
position to enable easy access to the crew briefcase or console.
The safety harness comprises four straps and an inertia reel. The
inertia reel can be locked by a control lever located behind the seat
on the right side.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The safety harness comprises five straps and an inertia reel. The
inertia reel can be locked by a control lever located behind the seat
on the right side.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 14
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025, 028-099,
Two position indicators are located on the inner side of the seat.
One is for vertical travel and the other for horizontal travel.
They give a visual indication of the position of the seat to the seat
occupant.
Four lamps which serve to light the floor are located under the
Captain and First Officer seats (one under each corner of the seat
pan). This lighting is controlled from the instrument panel.
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical and their
____
operation is identical.
Four lamps which serve to light the floor are located under the
Captain and First Officer seats (one under each corner of the seat
pan). This lighting is controlled from the instrument panel.
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical and their
____
operation is identical.
(1) General
The 3rd Occupant seat is a folding seat attached to the right rear
panel in the cockpit.
It can slide along the Y-axis to take up a position on the aircraft
centerline. No longitudinal adjustment is provided.
Three positions are provided along the lateral axis.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 004)
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 15
Feb 01/07
IAC
Third Occupant Seat
Figure 004
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-00
Page 16
May 01/06
R
IAC
(3) Controls
A manual control enables the seat to be moved from its stowage
position to its utilization position on the aircraft centerline.
A second control serves to unlock the headrest.
A third control serves to lock the inertia reel.
(1) General
The 3rd Occupant seat is a folding seat attached to the right rear
panel in the cockpit.
It can slide along the Y-axis to take up a position on the aircraft
centerline. No longitudinal adjustment is provided.
The seat pan unfolds and locks only in the unfolded position, in the
aircraft centerline.
(2) Description
(3) Controls
A manual control enables the seat to be moved from its stowage
position to its utilization position on the aircraft centerline.
A second control serves to unlock the headrest.
A third control serves to lock the inertia reel.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 17
Feb 01/07
IAC
Third Occupant Seat
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
020-099, 25-11-00
Page 18
May 01/06
IAC
Third Occupant Seat
Figure 004B
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 19
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,
(1) General
The Fourth Occupant seat is a folding seat located against the left
rear partition in the cockpit. The seat cushion is folded down into
place. It is returned to its stowed position by pressing upwards and
against the partition.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 20
Feb 01/07
IAC
The lower section of the seat is provided with a compartment
containing a life vest and closed by VELCRO tapes.
The straps of the safety harness can be clicked into the buckle in
any order. Turning the unlocking control through a 1/4 turn, either
clockwise or anticlockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the
lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the
shoulder straps alone.
The inertial reel locking control is located in the coat storage
compartment.
(2) Description
4. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 21
Feb 01/07
IAC
Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-00
Page 22
May 01/06
IAC
Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
020-099, 25-11-00
Page 23
May 01/06
IAC
Manual Control
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-00
Page 24
May 01/06
IAC
Manual Control
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 25
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
1
_ Up travel
To move the seat in the up direction pull the control handle,
marked V and located on the inboard side of the seat pan,
upwards in order to unlock the seat. Then, by taking your
weight off the seat, adjust the seat to required position,
then release the handle. A gas cylinder compensates for the
weight of the seat (2 grasp handles are located above each
pilot seat).
2
_ Down travel
To move the seat in the down direction, pull the control
handle upwards in order to unlock the seat. The weight of the
occupant is sufficient to move the seat downwards. To lock the
seat in position, release the handle. The down movement is
slowed down by means of a gas cylinder.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 26
May 01/06
IAC
Manual Control
R Figure 006B
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 27
May 01/06
IAC
Seat - Functional Diagram
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 28
May 01/06
R
IAC
R **ON A/C 022-027, 101-199, 901-999,
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-027, 101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 29
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 020-099, 901-999,
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 30
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 31
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-021,
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 32
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Lumbar rest adjustment
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 33
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025, 028-099,
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 34
Feb 01/07
IAC
Side stick Armrest
Figure 008
R
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 35
May 01/06
IAC
(b) Side stick armrest
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The side stick armrest is composed of three main sections. These
are the fixed arm, the carrier arm and the side stick table.
The fixed arm supports the carrier arm and side stick table
assembly and is attached to the seat pan.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 36
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Safety Harness
Figure 009
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-00
Page 37
May 01/06
R
IAC
Safety Harness
Figure 009A
R
EFF :
020-025, 028-099, 25-11-00
Page 38
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025, 028-099,
The straps can be clicked into the buckle in any order. Turning the
unlocking control through a 1/4 turn, either clockwise or
counterclockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the
shoulder straps alone.
A control lever, located on the pedestal side of the seat backrest,
serves to lock the inertia reel. To lock the mechanism the lever must
be in the up position. To unlock the mechanism the lever must be in
the down position.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 39
Feb 01/07
IAC
Safety Harness
Figure 009B
R
EFF :
901-999,
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 101-199, 25-11-00
Page 40
Feb 01/07
IAC
The translation movement is given by two guide tubes attached to the
rear upper and lower sections of the seat. The tubes are guided by
ball-sleeves attached to the rear panel. The seat is held in position
by a locking pin which engages in the upper guide tube (Part 1).
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The seat bottom folds down and locks automatically in the low
position.
Locking is achieved by a hook attached to the right upright of the
seat which locks one of the rollers guiding the seat bottom movement.
The headrest is folded up into its extended position where it
automatically locks in place. It is held in position by two locking
pins which engage in lateral holes.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 41
Feb 01/07
IAC
Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat
Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-00
Page 42
Feb 01/07
IAC
Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat
Figure 010A
EFF :
020-099, 25-11-00
Page 43
May 01/06
IAC
Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat
Figure 010B
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 44
Feb 01/07
IAC
The headrest is folded up into its extended position where it
automatically locks in place. It is held in position by two locking
pins which engage in lateral holes.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 45
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,
The seat bottom folds down and locks automatically in the low
position. The opening of the seat bottom can be done only when the
seat is in utilization position on the aircraft centerline.
Locking is achieved by a hook attached to the right upright of the
seat which locks one of the rollers guiding the seat bottom movement.
The headrest is folded up into its extended position where it
automatically locks in place. It is held in position by two locking
pins which engage in lateral holes.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 46
Feb 01/07
IAC
Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat
Figure 010C
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-00
Page 47
Feb 01/07
IAC
- pull up the seat bottom to override the locking force then the seat
bottom will rise automatically. Move the control handle marked SEAT
UNLOCK upwards and move the seat to the stowed position.
Three utilization positions are provided for the Third Occupant seat.
The normal utilization position is on the aircraft centerline.
An intermediate position, 70 mm to the right of the aircraft
centerline, enables the passage way to the cockpit to be cleared.
Another position which is the seat stowed position enables easy
access to the equipment and documents installed in the right console
with the Third Occupant seated with the seat belt fastened.
However, when the intermediate position is exceeded, the seat bottom
unlocks enabling automatic stowage of the seat, when not occupied.
This prevents any interference with the First Officer seat when it is
moved backwards (Par 2).
NOTE : When the seat bottom is raised, a load limiter located in the
____
armrests avoids any damage in case of operation of the
armrests.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 48
Feb 01/07
IAC
Safety Harness
Figure 011
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-00
Page 49
May 01/06
IAC
Safety Harness.
Figure 011A
R
EFF :
020-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 50
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
The straps can be clipped into the buckle in any order. Turning the
unlocking control through a 1/4 turn, either clockwise or
anticlockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the
shoulder straps alone.
A control lever, located behind the seat on the left side, serves to
lock the inertia reel. To lock the mechanism, the lever must be the
in up position.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 51
May 01/06
IAC
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-00-040-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-056
R (1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-040-050
(3) Remove the upper back shroud (1) from the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest
(3).
(4) Loosen the screw (4) on the left and right lock levers (6).
(5) Remove the cable (5) from the left and right lock levers (6).
(6) Push on the left and right lock levers (6) at the same time and push
the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3) to the vertical position.
(8) Make sure that the seat backrest (3) is correctly locked in the
vertical position.
(9) Put the upper back shroud (1) in position on the CAPT (F/O) seat
backrest (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 402
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
R Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
R Figure 401/TASK 25-11-00-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 403
Aug 01/06
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-057
R (1) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
R 400-001).
R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 404
Aug 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-11-00-440-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-058
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-440-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-059
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 405
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-11-00-040-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-060
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-040-051
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 406
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-11-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
R
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
R
FOR 4MS
R
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-061
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 407
Aug 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-00-440-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-062
A. Not Applicable
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 408
Aug 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-440-051
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-063
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 409
Aug 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
R TASK 25-11-00-040-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-11-00-860-064
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-11-00-040-052
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 410
Nov 01/06
IAC
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-11-00-860-065
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 411
Nov 01/06
IAC
R TASK 25-11-00-440-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-11-00-860-066
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-11-00-440-052
R (1) Do the trouble shooting of the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TSM 25 PB
R 201).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 412
Nov 01/06
IAC
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-11-00-860-067
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 413
Nov 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
R TASK 25-11-00-040-004
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-11-00-860-068
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-11-00-040-053
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 414
Aug 01/07
IAC
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-11-00-860-069
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 415
Aug 01/07
IAC
R TASK 25-11-00-440-004
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-11-00-860-070
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-11-00-440-053
R (1) Do the trouble shooting of the Fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TSM 25 PB
R 201).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 416
Aug 01/07
IAC
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-11-00-860-071
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 417
Aug 01/07
IAC
R SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Captain and First Officer Seats (3MS, 4MS)
WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE THE V
_______
(VERTICAL) CONTROL LEVER.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH YOUR
FINGERS BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Captain and/or the First Officer seat(s) operate(s)
correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 501
Aug 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-11-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-710-050
WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE
_______
THE V (VERTICAL) CONTROL LEVER.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH
YOUR FINGERS BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Operate the H control lever - The seat moves slowly and smoothly.
and put the seat in the - The position indicator is in the 9
maximum forward position. position.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 502
Aug 01/06
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Operate the H control lever - The seat must move by 8 in. (203.1996
and put the seat in the mm).
maximum rearward position.
- Operate the H control lever - The seat stays locked in the stowed
and put the seat in the position.
stowed position.
Release the H control lever.
- Operate the V control lever. - The seat moves freely by 6.5 in.
- Let the seat move up. (165.0997 mm) to the maximum up
position.
- Operate the V control lever - The seat moves back to the maximum
and push the seat to move it down position.
down.
- Operate the R control lever and - The maximum angle is 34 deg.C from
slowly put the backrest at an the vertical.
angle.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-00
Page 503
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-11-00-710-050-A
WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE
_______
THE V (VERTICAL) CONTROL LEVER.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH
YOUR FINGERS BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Operate the H control lever - The seat moves slowly and smoothly.
and put the seat in the
maximum forward position.
- Operate the H control lever - The seat must move by 8 in. (203.1996
and put the seat in the mm).
maximum rearward position.
- Operate the H control lever - The seat stays locked in the stowed
and put the seat in the position.
stowed position.
Release the H control lever.
- Operate the V control lever. - The seat moves freely by 6.5 in.
- Let the seat move up. (165.0997 mm) to the maximum up
position.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-00
Page 504
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Release the V control lever. - The seat stays locked in this
R position.
R - Operate the V control lever - The seat moves back to the maximum
R and push the seat to move it down position.
R down.
R - Operate the R control lever and - The maximum angle is 34 deg.C from
R slowly put the backrest at an the vertical.
R angle.
Subtask 25-11-00-710-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Seat movement
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 505
May 01/06
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the control switch. - The seat stays locked in this
position.
- Set the control switch S2 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
the forward position until the seat gets to the maximum forward
the seat is in the maximum position.
forward position.
- Set the control switch S2 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
the rearward position until the seat gets to the maximum rearward
the seat gets to the maximum position.
rearward position.
A. Seat movement
- Set the control switch S1 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
up until the seat is in the the seat gets to the maximum up
maximum up position. position.
- Set the control switch S1 to - Make sure that the motor stops when
down until the seat gets to the seat gets to the maximum down
the maximum down position. position.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 506
May 01/06
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-051
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 507
May 01/06
IAC
R SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-00-200-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-210-050
Subtask 25-11-00-210-050-A
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 601
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-00-200-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-00-210-051
R NOTE : Fraying is when the web has broken fibers from the
____
R longitudinal or transversal yarns.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 602
Nov 01/07
IAC
R NOTE : Replacement of the belt is not necessary if you find
____
R felting. Felting is when the web becomes less compact and
R has a soft texture. This causes the thickness of the web
R to increase.
R (e) More than 15 broken yarns (strands) which are not on the edges.
NOTE : You find stitch patterns at the belt ends and near the
____
buckles where there are two thicknesses of web.
(2) Make sure that the lap buckle is installed on the outboard side of
the seat to prevent damage to the center pedestal.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-00-860-052
EFF :
ALL 25-11-00
Page 603
Nov 01/07
IAC
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT (14MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Third Occupant Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-41-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-41
Page 402
May 01/06
IAC
Third Occupant Seat
Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-41-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-41
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-11-41-020-050
(2) Pull up on seat release lever to disengage lockpin from upper guide
tube before removal.
(3) Hold the seat (2) and remove the guide tubes (4) from the sleeves
(3).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-11-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-11-41-420-050
4. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-11-41-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
R TASK 25-11-41-000-002
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-11-41-860-054
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-11-41-020-051
R (4) Disconnect the cable (13) from the restraint system assy (14).
R (5) Remove the harness (2) through the headrest of the seat (3).
R (6) Remove the two nuts (8) and the two washers (7).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 407
Nov 01/06
IAC
R Restraint System Assy
R Figure 402/TASK 25-11-41-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 408
Nov 01/06
IAC
R (7) Remove the two spacers (6) and the two screws (5).
R (8) Remove the four nuts (10) and the four spacers (9).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 409
Nov 01/06
IAC
R TASK 25-11-41-400-002
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-11-41-860-055
R (1) Make sure that the third occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-
R 41-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 410
Nov 01/06
IAC
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-11-41-420-051
R (1) Put the restraint system assy (14) in position on the seat (3).
R (3) Install the four spacers (9) and the four nuts (10).
R (4) Install the two spacers (6) and the two screws (5).
R (5) Install the two washers (7) and the two nuts (8).
R (6) Connect the cable (13) to the restraint system assy (14).
R (7) Put the backrest cover (12) in position on the seat (3).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-11-41-860-056
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 411
Nov 01/06
IAC
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT (14MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________
TASK 25-11-41-200-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
Visual inspection of seat structure and attachment.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-41-210-050
(1) Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.
(2) Make sure that the cushion of the back of the seat is in the correct
condition.
(3) Make sure that the seat is not loose and that the fittings are in the
correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the holes for the bolts are in the correct condition
and have no corrosion.
(5) Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct
condition.
(7) Make sure that the nuts that attach the seat to the partition are in
the correct position and have no corrosion.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 601
Nov 01/96
IAC
(11) Make sure that the operation of the locking/unlocking system is
correct.
(12) Make sure that the retaining pins are not damaged.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-41
Page 602
Feb 01/96
IAC
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT (13MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-42
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-42-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-42
Page 402
Feb 01/96
IAC
Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-42-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-42
Page 403
Feb 01/96
IAC
Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-42-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
020-099, 25-11-42
Page 404
Feb 01/96
IAC
Fourth Occupant Seat
Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-42-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
020-099, 25-11-42
Page 405
Feb 01/96
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-11-42-020-050
(a) Hold the seat (10), loosen the two screws (11).
(b) Turn the seat (10) so that you can release the rollers (15) from
their guides, remove the seat (10).
(b) Loosen the screws (9), remove the back frame (8).
(b) loosen the screws (3), remove the headrest frame (2).
(a) Remove the two circlips (13), remove the two pins (14), remove
the safety belt (12).
(b) When you have removed the headrest, loosen the screws (4),
disconnect the cable (5) and remove the reel (6).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-42
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-11-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-42
Page 407
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-11-42-420-050
(a) Install the seat (10) so that you can engage the rollers (15) in
their guides.
(a) Install the back frame (8), install the screws (9) and tighten
them.
(b) Install the cover (7) and push it to get correct attachment of
the velcro tapes.
(a) Install the reel (6), install the screws (4) and tighten them.
Connect the cable (5).
(b) Install the safety belt (12), install the two pins (14) and the
circlips (13).
(a) Install the headrest frame (2), install the screws (3) and
tighten them.
(b) Install the cover (1) and push it to get correct attachment of
the velcro tapes.
4. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-42-942-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-42
Page 408
May 01/06
IAC
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT (13MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-42-200-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-42-210-050
(1) Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.
(2) Make sure that the velcro pads on the cushions of the back of the
seat and the headrest are in the correct condition.
(3) Make sure that all the bolts that attach the seat have no corrosion
and are correctly installed.
(4) Make sure that the seat is not loose and that the fittings are in the
correct condition.
(5) Make sure that the control cable of the seat belt is not worn.
(6) Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct
condition.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-42
Page 601
May 01/06
IAC
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-51-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06
Subtask 25-11-51-010-050
(1) Put an access platform near the access door 811 of the avionics
compartment.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-51-020-051
(2) Put a blanking cap on the electrical connectors (1) and (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-51-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 028-099, 25-11-51
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
Captain Seat
Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-51-991-001-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-51
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain Seat
R Figure 401B/TASK 25-11-51-991-001-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 25-11-51
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
First Officer Seat
Figure 402/TASK 25-11-51-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 028-099, 25-11-51
Page 407
May 01/06
IAC
First Officer Seat
Figure 402A/TASK 25-11-51-991-002-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-51
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
First Officer Seat
Figure 402B/TASK 25-11-51-991-002-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 25-11-51
Page 409
Aug 01/06
IAC
(3) Remove the bolts (8) and the washers (9). Remove the armrest (6) from
the seat (7).
(4) In the cockpit, remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the
seat base (5).
(5) Remove the seat. Move the seat out of the cockpit.
(6) Install the armrest (6) on the seat. Install the bolts (8) and the
washers (9) and TORQUE the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79
and 79.64 lbf.in).
Subtask 25-11-51-020-051-A
(2) Put a blanking cap on the electrical connectors (5) and (6).
(3) Remove the bolts (7). Remove the armrest (1) from the seat.
NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you remove
____
the bolts (7).
(4) In the cockpit, remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the
seat base (2).
(5) Remove the seat. Move the seat out of the cockpit.
(6) Install the armrest (1) on the seat. Install the bolts (7) and TORQUE
the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-51-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-010-051
(1) Make sure that the access platform is near the access door 811 of the
avionics compartment.
Subtask 25-11-51-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025, 028-099,
Subtask 25-11-51-420-051
(1) Remove the bolts (8) and the washers (9). Remove the armrest (6) from
the seat(7).
(3) Install the washers (4) and the bolts (3) and tighten them.
(4) Install the armrest (6) on the seat. Install the bolts (8) and the
washers (9) and TORQUE the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79
and 79.64 lbf.in)
(5) Paint the head of the bolts (3) with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No.
16-007).
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (1) and (2).
(7) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the electrical connector (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-11-51-420-051-A
(1) Remove the bolts (7). Remove the armrest (1) from the seat.
NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you remove
____
the bolts (7).
(3) Install the washers (4) and the bolts (3) and tighten them.
(4) Install the armrest (1) on the seat. Install the bolts (7) and TORQUE
the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64 lbf.in)
(5) Paint the head of the bolts (3) with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No.
16-007).
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (5) and (6).
(7) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the electrical connector (6).
Subtask 25-11-51-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3MS
1MS1, 5LE
FOR 4MS
1MS2, 4LE.
Subtask 25-11-51-861-051
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-11-51
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-11-51-710-055
(1) Do the operational test of the Captain and First Officer seats
(Ref. TASK 25-11-00-710-001).
Subtask 25-11-51-710-050-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-51-862-051
Subtask 25-11-51-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 417
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER (3MS,4MS) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-51-200-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
Visual inspection of seat structure and attachment.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-51-210-050
(1) Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.
(2) Make sure that the cushion of the seat is in the correct condition.
(3) Make sure that the structure of the seat has no damage or cracks.
(5) Make sure that you can read the identification plates. Make sure that
the identification plates and the position indicator are attached
correctly.
(6) Make sure that the welded and riveted sections are in the correct
condition.
(7) Make sure that the clearance is correct at the manual mode
control-levers.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 601
Nov 01/96
IAC
R (8) Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct
R condition (Ref. TASK 25-11-00-200-002).
(9) Make sure that the electrical bundle is in the correct condition.
(10) Make sure that the 8 bolts that attach the seat to the floor have no
corrosion and that they are installed correctly.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 602
Nov 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-11-51-200-002
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ITEMS IN THE FIXTURES, TOOLS, TEST AND SUPPORT
_______
EQUIPMENT PARAGRAPH ARE APPLICABLE TO YOUR AIRCRAFT (THIS LIST IS
NOT CUSTOMIZED). REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SUBTASKS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 603
Aug 01/06
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-860-051
R (4) Remove the four screws (13) and the four washers (12).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-51-220-050
NOTE : This task gives the instructions for inspection of the control
____
levers on the Captain seat. Do the same procedure for the F/O
seat.
NOTE : This task includes a check of the operations of the vertical and
____
horizontal (V and H) mechanical control levers. Do not use the
electrical switches during the check procedure.
(1) Move the seat to the maximum rearward position and to the maximum
down position.
(2) Make sure that the control levers H (1) and V (2) turn freely. Make
sure that there are no points of friction.
(3) Turn the ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT & F/O SEATS (81700ST1-015003)
to the correct side for the seat (Captain or F/O). Install the
adjustment gage (3) behind one lever. The gage is the same for the V
and H control levers.
(4) Align the A axis with the lever axis. The lever is in the normal
position.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 604
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Installation of Adjustment Tool
Figure 601/TASK 25-11-51-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 605
Aug 01/06
IAC
(5) Attach the adjustment gage (3) in position with a small spring-clip
(4).
(6) Move the control lever from the A axis to the B axis. The lever
travel must not cause disengagement of the seat locking mechanism.
The B axis position is the start of the unlocking phase.
(7) Move the lever from the B axis to the C axis. You must unlock the
actuator.In this position (C axis), the lever must touch the stop
screw installed in the control box.
(8) Release the lever. The lever must move back to the normal position.
(9) If the results of the above checks are correct, the seat is
serviceable. If the results are incorrect, remove the seat(Ref. TASK
25-11-51-000-001).
Subtask 25-11-51-220-051
NOTE : This task gives the instructions for inspection of the control
____
lever on the Captain seat. Do the same procedure for the F/O seat.
NOTE : Do not use the electrical switches during the check procedure.
____
(1) Move the seat to the maximum rearward position and to the maximum
down position.
(2) Make sure that the control lever R (5) turns freely. Make sure that
there are no points of friction.
(4) Align the A axis with the lever axis. The lever is in the normal
position.
(5) Attach the adjustment gage (3) in position with a small spring-clip
(4).
(6) Move the control lever from the A axis to the B axis. The lever
travel must not cause disengagement of the seat locking mechanism.
The B axis position is the start of the unlocking phase.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 606
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(7) Move the lever from the B axis to the C axis. You must unlock the
actuator. In this position (C axis), the lever must touch the stop
screw installed in the control box.
(8) Release the lever. The lever must move back to the normal position.
(9) If the results of the above checks are correct, the seat is
serviceable. If the results are incorrect, remove the seat(Ref. TASK
25-11-51-000-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-51-860-052
R (2) Install the four washers (12) and the four screws (13).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-51
Page 607
Aug 01/06
IAC
CUSHIONS - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-61-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-61
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-61-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-61
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-61-991-001
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-61
Page 403
Nov 01/02
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-61-991-001-A
EFF :
020-021, 25-11-61
Page 404
Nov 01/02
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
Figure 401B/TASK 25-11-61-991-001-D
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-61
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
R Figure 401C/TASK 25-11-61-991-001-C
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-61
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
Figure 401D/TASK 25-11-61-991-001-B
R
EFF :
020-099, 25-11-61
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-021,
Subtask 25-11-61-020-050-A
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
(1) Remove the bottom cushion (3) from the seat (4).
(2) Remove the backrest cushion (1) from the seat (4).
(3) Remove the lumbar rest cushion (2) from the seat (4).
NOTE : If necessary, keep the seat cushions in a dry and clean area.
____
Subtask 25-11-61-020-050
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
(1) Remove the bottom cushion (3) from the seat (2).
(2) Remove the backrest cushion (1) from the seat (2).
NOTE : If necessary, keep the seat cushions in a dry and clean area.
____
R
EFF :
ALL 25-11-61
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-61-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-61
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-61-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-61
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 020-099,
Subtask 25-11-61-420-050-A
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
NOTE : To install the seat cushion, find the position of the velcro
____
tapes.
(2) Push the lumbar rest cushion (2) to attach it to the velcro tapes.
(6) Push the bottom cushion (3) down to attach it to the velcro tapes.
Subtask 25-11-61-420-050-B
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
NOTE : To install the seat cushion, find the position of the velcro
____
tapes.
(2) Push the lumbar rest cushion (2) to attach it to the velcro tapes.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-61
Page 411
May 01/06
IAC
(4) Push the backrest cushion (1) to attach it to the velcro tapes.
(5) Move the crotch strap through the slot of the bottom cushion (3).
(7) Push the bottom cushion (3) down to attach it to the velcro tapes.
Subtask 25-11-61-420-050-C
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
NOTE : To install the seat cushion, find the position of the velcro
____
tapes.
(2) Push the backrest cushion (1) to attach it to the velcro tapes.
(4) Push the bottom cushion (3) down to attach it to the velcro tapes.
Subtask 25-11-61-420-050
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
NOTE : To install the seat cushion, find the position of the velcro
____
tapes.
(2) Push the backrest cushion (1) to attach it to the velcro tapes.
(3) Move the crotch strap through the slot of the bottom cushion (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-61
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Put the bottom cushion (3) in position.
(5) Push the bottom cushion (3) down to attach it to the velcro tapes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-61-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-61
Page 413
May 01/06
IAC
SHROUD ASSY - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-62-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-62-861-050
Subtask 25-11-62-010-050
B. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-62
Page 401
May 01/04
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-62-020-050-A
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The
____
removal/installation procedures of the shroud assy of the Captain
and First Officer seats are the same.
(1) Remove the screw (24) and the knob (25) from the control lever (8).
(3) Turn the upper lumbar-rest control-knob (19) clockwise to adjust the
lumbar rest assy to the lowest position.
(5) Pull the lumbar rest control-knobs (19) with force to remove them.
(6) Remove the fourteen screws (18) and the upper back shroud (23) of the
backrest from the seat (1).
(7) Remove the four screws (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (16).
(8) Remove the lower back shroud (20) of the backrest from the seat (1).
(9) Remove the two screws (28), the washers (29), the nuts (26) and
retain the stops (27).
(10) Remove the two screws (9) and the control lever (8) from the control
lever support (10).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-62
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-62-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-11-62
Page 403
May 01/04
IAC
R (11) Remove the two screws (6), the washers (7) and the control lever
R support (10) from the front metal sheet (3).
R (12) Remove the two screws (11), the washers (12) and the front cross beam
R (13).
R (13) Remove the six screws (5), the washers (4) and the front metal sheet
R (3) from the main front shroud (2).
R (14) Remove the four screws (14), the washers (15) and the main front
R shroud (2) from the seat (1).
Subtask 25-11-62-020-050
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The
____
removal/installation procedures of the shroud assy of the Captain
and First Officer seats are the same.
(1) Remove the screw (20) and the knob (19) from the control lever (18).
(2) Remove the fourteen screws (12) and the upper back shroud (11) of the
backrest from the seat (1).
(3) Remove the four screws (10), the washers (9) and the nuts (8).
(4) Remove the two screws (16), the washers (17), the nuts (14) and
retain the stops (15).
(5) Remove the lower back shroud (13) of the backrest from the seat (1).
(6) Remove the four screws (6), the washers (7) and remove the metal
sheet (5) from the main front shroud (2).
(7) Remove the eight screws (4), the washers (3) and the main front
shroud (2) from the seat (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-62
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-62-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-62-860-050
(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-62
Page 405
May 01/06
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-62-420-050-A
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The
____
removal/installation procedures of the shroud assy of the Captain
and First Officer seats are the same.
(1) Put the main front shroud (2) in position on the seat (1) and install
the four screws (14) and the washers (15) on the main front shroud
(2).
(3) Put the front metal sheet (3) in position on the main front shroud
(2) and install the six screws (5) and the washers (4) on the front
metal sheet (3).
(4) Install the front cross beam (13), the two screws (11) and the
washers (12).
(6) Put the control lever support (10) in position on the front metal
sheet (3) and install the two screws (6) and the washers (7).
(8) Put the control lever (8) in position on the control lever support
(10) and install and tighten the two screws (9).
(9) Put the two stops (27) in position and install the lower back shroud
(20) of the backrest on the seat (1).
(10) Install the two screws (28), the washers (29) and the nuts (26).
(11) Install the four screws (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (16).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-62
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (13) Put the upper back shroud (23) of the backrest in position on the
R seat (1).
R (15) Push the lumbar rest control-knobs (19) and install the retainer
R rings (17).
R (16) Install the knob (25) on the control lever (8) and install the screw
R (24).
Subtask 25-11-62-420-050
NOTE : The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The
____
removal/installation procedures of the shroud assy of the Captain
and First Officer seats are the same.
(1) Put the main front shroud (2) in position on the seat (1) and install
the eight screws (4) and the washers (3) on the main front shroud
(2).
(3) Put the metal sheet (5) in position on the main front shroud (2) and
install the four screws (6) and the washers (7) on the metal sheet
(5).
(5) Put the two stops (15) in position and install the lower back shroud
(13) of the backrest on the seat (1).
(6) Install the two screws (16), the washers (17) and the nuts (14).
(7) Install the four screws (10), the washers (9) and the nuts (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-62
Page 407
May 01/06
IAC
(9) Put the upper back shroud (11) of the backrest in position on the
seat (1) and install the fourteen screws (12) on the upper back
shroud (11).
(11) Install the knob (19) on the control lever (18) and install the screw
(20).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-62-410-050
A. Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-
001).
Subtask 25-11-62-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-62
Page 408
May 01/06
IAC
SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-63-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-63
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-63-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-63-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-051
B. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Headrest Assy (Ref. TASK 25-
11-64-000-001).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-052
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
R (2) Remove the three screws (9), the washers (13), the bushes (14) and
R the nuts (12).
R (3) Remove the upper strap guide (6), the two inserts (7), the lower
R strap guide (8) and the doubler (11) from the seat back panel (10).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-63
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (4) Remove the screw (20), the washer (21), the self-locking nut (22) and
R the abdominal strap (19) with the buckle.
R (5) Remove the screw (25), the washer (24), the self-locking nut (23) and
R the abdominal strap (26) with the connector.
R (7) Remove the roll pin (35) and disconnect the cable (27) from the reel
R assy (34).
R (9) Remove the two screws (28), the washers (33), the nuts (32) and then
R the control lever (29).
R
R (10) Remove the four nuts (18), the washers (17), the screws (15) and then
R the reel assies (34) and (16).
R Subtask 25-11-63-020-052-C
R NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
R prevent errors during assembly.
R (2) Remove the three screws (6), the washers (10), the bushes (11) and
R the nuts (9).
R (3) Remove the upper strap guide (3), the two inserts (4), the lower
R strap guide (5) and the doubler (8) from the seat back panel (7).
R (4) Remove the screw (17), the washer (18), the self-locking nut (19) and
R the abdominal strap (16) with the buckle.
R (5) Remove the screw (22), the washer (21), the self-locking nut (20) and
R the abdominal strap (23) with the connector.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 028-099, 25-11-63
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
Safety Harness
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-63
Page 404
Nov 01/01
IAC
Safety Harness
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-63-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-63
Page 405
Nov 01/01
IAC
R Safety Harness
Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-63-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
020-025, 028-099, 25-11-63
Page 406
Nov 01/02
IAC
R Safety Harness
Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-63-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
020-025, 028-099, 25-11-63
Page 407
Nov 01/02
IAC
R (6) Discard the self-locking nuts (19) and (20).
R (7) Remove the roll pin (32) and disconnect the cable (24) from the reel
R assy (31).
R (9) Remove the two screws (25), the washers (30), the nuts (29) and then
R the control lever (26).
R (10) Remove the four nuts (15), the washers (14), the screws (12) and then
R the reel assies (31) and (13).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-052-B
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
(1) Remove the screw (18), the washer (17) and the reel cover (19).
(2) Remove the screw (7), the washer (8), the self-locking nut (9) and
the abdominal strap (6) with the buckle.
(3) Remove the screw (12), the washer (11), the self-locking nut (10) and
the abdominal strap (13) with the connector.
(5) Remove the roll pin (15) from the cable end (16) and disconnect the
cable (14) from the reel assy (5).
(7) Remove the two screws (26), the washers (27), the nuts (29) and then
the control lever (28).
(8) Remove the six nuts (4), the washers (3), the screws (2) and then the
reel assy (5).
R
EFF :
020-025, 028-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-11-63
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-021, 026-027,
Subtask 25-11-63-020-052-A
R NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
R prevent errors during assembly.
R (1) Remove the fourteen screws (2) and the upper back shroud (3) of the
R backrest from the seat (1).
R (2) Remove the three screws (9) and the washers (10).
R (3) Remove the reinforcement fitting (4), the upper strap guide (5), the
R two inserts (6) and the lower strap guide (7) from the harness
R support (8).
R (4) Remove the screw (27), the washer (26) and the reel cover (28).
R (5) Remove the screw (16), the washer (17), the self-locking nut (18) and
R the abdominal strap (15) with the buckle.
R (6) Remove the screw (21), the washer (20), the self-locking nut (19) and
R the abdominal strap (22) with the connector.
R (8) Remove the roll pin (24) from the cable end (25) and disconnect the
R cable (23) from the reel assy (14).
R (10) Remove the two screws (38), the washers (36), the nuts (35) and then
R the control lever (37).
R (11) Remove the six nuts (13), the washers (12), the screws (11) and then
R the reel assy (14).
R
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 25-11-63
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
Safety Harness
Figure 401B/TASK 25-11-63-991-001-C12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-63
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
Safety Harness
Figure 401B/TASK 25-11-63-991-001-C22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-63
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
Safety Harness
R Figure 401C/TASK 25-11-63-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 25-11-63
Page 412
May 01/06
IAC
Safety Harness
R Figure 401C/TASK 25-11-63-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 25-11-63
Page 413
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 020-025, 028-099,
Subtask 25-11-63-020-053
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
(1) Remove the screws (36), the washers (35) and (34) and the
self-locking nuts (33).
(3) Remove the crotch strap (38) from the seat pan (37).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-053-B
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
(1) Remove the screws (20), the washers (21) and (22) and the
self-locking nuts (23).
(3) Remove the crotch strap (25) from the seat pan (24).
R
EFF :
020-025, 028-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-11-63
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-021, 026-027,
Subtask 25-11-63-020-053-A
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
(1) Remove the screws (32), the washers (31) and (30) and the
self-locking nuts (29).
(3) Remove the crotch strap (34) from the seat pan (33).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 25-11-63
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-63-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
9 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03B-060
9 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060
R
10 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03B-060
10 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060
R
18 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03B-060
18 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060
R
19 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03B-060
19 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060
R
20 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03B-060
20 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060
R 22 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03B-060
R 22 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060
R 23 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03B-060
R 23 self-locking nut 25-11-51 03D-060
EFF :
ALL 25-11-63
Page 416
Feb 01/08
IAC
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-63
Page 417
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-63-861-051
A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 25-11-63-410-050
(1) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat headrest assy is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-63-420-050
(2) Put the crotch strap (38) in position on the seat pan (37).
(3) Install the screws (36), the washers (35) and (34) and new self-
locking nuts (33).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-63
Page 418
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-11-63-420-050-B
(2) Put the crotch strap (25) in position on the seat pan (24).
R (3) Install the screws (20), the washers (21) and (22) and new self-
locking nuts (23).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-050-A
(2) Put the crotch strap (34) in position on the seat pan (33).
(3) Install the screws (32), the washers (31) and (30) and new self-
locking nuts (29).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-051
R
EFF :
901-999,
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 101-199, 25-11-63
Page 419
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (2) Put the reel assies (34) and (16) in position on the backrest
R structure and install the four screws (15), the washers (17) and the
R nuts (18).
R (4) Put the control lever (29) in position and install the two screws
R (28), the washers (33) and the nuts (32).
R (6) Put the knob (30) in position and install the screw (31).
R (8) Connect the cable (27) to the reel assy (34) and install the roll pin
R (35).
R
R (9) Put the abdominal strap (19) with the buckle in position, and install
R the screw (20), the washer (21) and a new self-locking nut (22).
NOTE : Make sure that the abdominal strap with the buckle is
____
installed as follows:
- on the left side on the Captain seat
- on the right side on the First Officer seat.
R (11) Put the abdominal strap (26) with the connector in position, and
R install the screw (25), the washer (24) and a new self-locking nut
R (23).
R (13) Put the doubler (11) and the lower strap guide (8) in position on the
R seat back panel (10).
R (14) Put the two inserts (7) in position on the lower strap guide (8).
R (15) Put the upper strap guide (6) in position and install the three
R screws (9), the washers (13), the bushes (14) and the nuts (12).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-11-63
Page 420
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 020-025, 028-099,
R Subtask 25-11-63-420-051-C
R (2) Put the reel assies (31) and (13) in position on the backrest
R structure and install the four screws (12), the washers (14) and the
R nuts (15).
R (4) Put the control lever (26) in position and install the two screws
R (25), the washers (30) and the nuts (29).
R (6) Put the knob (27) in position and install the screw (28).
R (8) Connect the cable (24) to the reel assy (31) and install the roll pin
R (32).
R (9) Put the abdominal strap (16) with the buckle in position, and install
R the screw (17), the washer (18) and a new self-locking nut (19).
R NOTE : Make sure that the abdominal strap with the buckle is
____
R installed as follows:
R - on the left side on the Captain seat
R - on the right side on the First Officer seat.
R (11) Put the abdominal strap (23) with the connector in position, and
R install the screw (22), the washer (21) and a new self-locking nut
R (20).
R (13) Put the doubler (8) and the lower strap guide (5) in position on the
R seat back panel (7).
R
EFF :
020-025, 028-099, 25-11-63
Page 421
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (14) Put the two inserts (4) in position on the lower strap guide (5).
R (15) Put the upper strap guide (3) in position and install the three
R screws (6), the washers (10), the bushes (11) and the nuts (9).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-051-B
(2) Put the reel assy (5) in position on the backrest structure and
install the six screws (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (4).
(4) Put the control lever (28) in position and install the two screws
(26), the washers (27) and the nuts (29).
(6) Put the knob (31) in position and install the screw (30).
(8) Connect the cable (14) to the reel assy (5) and install the roll pin
(15) in the cable end (16).
(9) Put the abdominal strap (6) with the buckle in position, and install
the screw (7), the washer (8) and a new self-locking nut (9).
NOTE : Make sure that the abdominal strap with the buckle is
____
installed as follows:
- on the left side on the Captain seat
- on the right side on the First Officer seat.
R
EFF :
020-025, 028-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-11-63
Page 422
Feb 01/08
IAC
(11) Put the abdominal strap (13) with the connector in position, and
install the screw (12), the washer (11) and a new self-locking nut
(10).
(13) Put the reel cover (19) in position and install the screw (18) and
the washer (17).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-051-A
R (2) Put the reel assy (14) in position on the backrest structure and
R install the six screws (11), the washers (12) and the nuts (13).
R (4) Put the control lever (37) in position and install the two screws
R (38), the washers (36) and the nuts (35).
R (6) Put the knob (40) in position and install the screw (39).
R (8) Connect the cable (23) to the reel assy (14) and install the roll pin
R (24) in the cable end (25).
R (9) Put the abdominal strap (15) with the buckle in position, and install
R the screw (16), the washer (17) and a new self-locking nut (18).
R NOTE : Make sure that the abdominal strap with the buckle is
____
R installed as follows:
R - on the left side on the Captain seat
R
EFF :
901-999,
001-012, 014-021, 026-027, 101-199, 25-11-63
Page 423
Feb 01/08
IAC
R - on the right side on the First Officer seat.
R (11) Put the abdominal strap (22) with the connector in position, and
R install the screw (21), the washer (20) and a new self-locking nut
(19).
R (13) Put the reel cover (28) in position and install the screw (27) and
R the washer (26).
R (15) Put the lower strap guide (7) in position on the harness support (8).
R (16) Put the two inserts (6) in position on the lower strap guide (7).
R (17) Put the upper strap guide (5) and the reinforcement fitting (4) in
R position and install the three screws (9) and the washers (10).
R (19) Put the upper back shroud (3) of the backrest in position on the seat
R (1) and install the fourteen screws (2).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-052
C. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Headrest Assy (Ref. TASK
25-11-64-400-001).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-053
D. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion (Ref. TASK 25-
11-61-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-63
Page 424
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-63-862-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-63
Page 425
Feb 01/08
IAC
HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-64-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-64-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-64-020-050
(1) Push the two pushbuttons (15) of the headrest clips (7) and pull the
headrest (6) up to remove it from the seat (1).
(3) Pull with force to remove the lumbar rest control-knobs (3).
(4) Remove the fourteen screws (5) and the upper back shroud (4) of the
backrest from the seat (1).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-64
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-64-991-001
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-64
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
(5) Remove the headrest clip (7) from the upper strap guide (8).
(6) Remove the three screws (12), the washers (13) and the reinforcement
fitting (14).
(7) Remove the upper strap guide (8), the two inserts (9) and the lower
strap guide (10) from the harness support (11).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-64
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-11-64-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-64-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-64-420-050
(2) Put the lower strap guide (10) in position on the harness support
(11).
(3) Put the two inserts (9) in position on the lower strap guide (10).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-64
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Put the upper strap guide (8) in position and install the three
screws (12), the washers (13) and the reinforcement fitting (14).
(6) Install the headrest clips (7) on the upper strap guide (8).
(9) Put the upper back shroud (4) of the backrest in position on the seat
(1) and install the fourteen screws (5).
(11) Put the headrest (6) in position in the guides of the seat (1) and
push it in.
(12) Make sure it is only necessary to push or pull the headrest (6) to
adjust it to the correct position (up, down or reclined).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-64-862-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-64
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-65-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-861-050
Subtask 25-11-65-010-050
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
NOTE : If necessary, keep the seat cushion in a dry and clean area.
____
(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion (Ref. TASK
25-11-61-000-001).
(2) Remove the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud from the seat
(Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-11-65-020-050
(1) Remove the screw (7), the washer (1) and the nut (2).
(2) Remove the retainer (6) and the ball (5) with a screwdriver or a
magnetic finger.
(3) Disengage the armrest (3) from the armrest fitting (4).
(4) Use a screwdriver to disengage the armcap (8) from the armrest (3).
(5) Carefully disengage the rear part of the lower shroud (11) from the
armrest structure (10).
(6) Push the lower shroud (11) forward to disengage the button of the
equipped lever (9) and remove the lower shroud (11).
(7) Remove the screw (15) and the spacer (14) from the bellcrank (13) of
the armrest structure (10).
(8) Remove the equipped lever (9) from the armrest structure (10).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-65-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-65
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-65-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-65
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-65-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-65
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-65-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-65
Page 407
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-65-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-860-050
(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-11-65-420-050
(2) Install the equipped lever (9) on the armrest structure (10).
(3) Install the spacer (14) and the screw (15) on the bellcrank (13) of
the armrest structure (10).
(4) Tighten and safety the screw (15) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-013).
(5) Engage the lower shroud (11) on the button of the equipped lever (9).
(6) Engage the rear part of the lower shroud (11) on the armrest
structure (10).
(7) Engage the armrest (3) on the armrest fitting (4) and install the
ball (5) and the retainer (6).
(8) Install the screw (7), the washer (1) and the nut (2).
NOTE : Adjust the force of the screw (7) on the ball (5) to hold the
____
armrest back when it moves down.
(10) Do the steps that follow to adjust the armrest locking device:
(a) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 410
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Adjustment of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Figure 402/TASK 25-11-65-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 411
May 01/06
IAC
(b) Make sure that the button of the equipped lever has a travel of 7
mm (0.27 in.) to unlock the armrest (3).
(11) Do the steps that follow to adjust the armrest (3) on the seat:
(b) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).
(d) Make sure that the clearance between the armrest (3) and the
floor is between 405 and 427 mm (15.95 and 16.81 in.).
(f) Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest
(3).
(h) Make sure that the clearance between the armrest (3) and the
floor is between 570 and 590 mm (22.44 and 23.23 in.).
(12) Engage the armcap (8) on the armrest (3) then push it vertically to
lock.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 412
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-65-410-050
NOTE : The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
____
(1) Install the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud on the seat
(Ref. TASK 25-11-62-400-001).
(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion (Ref. TASK
25-11-61-400-001).
Subtask 25-11-65-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 413
May 01/06
IAC
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-65-710-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat inboard armrest-assy
operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-860-051
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 501
May 01/06
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-65-710-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the button and lift the - The armrest moves correctly.
armrest to a position less than
90 degrees.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-65-860-052
EFF :
ALL 25-11-65
Page 502
May 01/06
IAC
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-66-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 401
May 01/04
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-66-020-050
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
(1) Remove the three screws (13), the washers (12) and the assist armrest
assy from the seat pan.
NOTE : Make sure that the seat is in the stowed position before you
____
remove the screws (13) and the washers (12).
(a) Remove the screw (18) and the washer (17) from the cylinder (16).
(d) Disengage the cylinder (16) and the pin (15) from the main pin
(21).
(e) Remove the pin (20), the washer (19), the pin (15) and the
shouldered pin (14).
(a) Remove the screws (3), (5), (6) and the outer shroud (4).
(d) Disengage the main pin (21) from the fitting (11).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 402
May 01/04
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-66-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 403
May 01/04
IAC
(e) Remove the armrest (2) from the fitting (11).
NOTE : Retain the two shouldered bushes (9), (10) and the inner
____
shroud.
(f) Remove the screws (24) and the armcap (1) from the armrest (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 404
May 01/04
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-66-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 405
May 01/04
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-66-420-050
(b) Install the armcap (1) on the armrest (2) and install the screws
(24).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 406
May 01/04
IAC
(g) Safety the setscrews (22) and (8) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-013) and install them in the main pin
(21).
(i) Install the outer shroud (4), the screws (3), (5) and (6).
(a) Install the shouldered pin (14) through the cylinder (16) and the
pin (15).
(c) Engage the cylinder (16) and the pin (15) into the main pin (21).
(d) Safety the setscrew (23) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-013) and install it in the main pin (21).
(f) Install the cylinder (16) on the armrest (2) and install the
screw (18) and the washer (17).
(5) Safety the screws (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-013).
(6) Install the screws (13) and the washers (12) and tighten them.
NOTE : Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you
____
install the washers (13) and the screws (13).
(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 407
May 01/04
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-66-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 408
May 01/04
IAC
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-66-710-001
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Side Stick Armrest-Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat side stick armrest-assy
operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-860-051
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 501
May 01/06
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-66-710-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-66-860-052
EFF :
ALL 25-11-66
Page 502
May 01/06
IAC
LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-67-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-67
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-67-861-050
Subtask 25-11-67-010-050-A
B. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).
Subtask 25-11-67-010-050
(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).
(2) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-11-
62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-67
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-67-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-67
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-11-67-020-050-A
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
(2) Pull with force to remove the two lumbar rest control-knobs (5).
(3) Disengage the connectors (3) from the seat back structure (1).
(4) Disengage the lumbar rest (2) from the seat back structure (1).
Subtask 25-11-67-020-050
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
(1) Remove the screw (8), the knob (7), retain the spring (9) and remove
the washers (6).
(2) Remove the knob (2) from the lumbar rest panel (3).
(3) Remove the two cotter pins (11), the washers (5) and the two pins
(10).
(4) Remove the fitting (4) and the lumbar rest panel (3) from the seat
back structure (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-67
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-67-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-67
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-67-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-67
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-67-860-050-A
(2) Make sure that the Captain (Firt Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
Subtask 25-11-67-860-050
(2) Make sure that the Captain (Firt Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-67
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-11-67-420-050-A
(2) Engage the lumbar rest (2) on the seat back structure (1).
(3) Engage the connectors (3) in the seat back structure (1).
(4) Push the two lumbar rest control-knobs (5) to install them.
Subtask 25-11-67-420-050
(2) Put the lumbar rest panel (3) in position and install the fitting (4)
on the seat back structure (1).
(3) Install the two pins (10), the washers (5) and the two cotter pins
(11).
(4) Install the knob (2) on the lumbar rest panel (3).
(5) Install the spring (9) between the washers (6) and the knob (7).
(6) Hold the knob (7) in position and install the screw (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-67
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-67-410-050-A
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
400-001).
Subtask 25-11-67-410-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-
11-62-400-001).
(3) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
400-001).
Subtask 25-11-67-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-67
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-68-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-68-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-68
Page 401
May 01/04
IAC
Subtask 25-11-68-010-050
(1) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
000-001).
(2) Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-11-
62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-68-020-050
NOTE : Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and
____
prevent errors during assembly.
(2) Remove the nut (14), the screw (9), the washers (10) and (13) and the
shouldered spacer (12) from the lower bracket (11) and the top end of
the cylinder (8).
(3) Hold the cylinder (8) and remove the cotter pin (3), the washer (7),
the pin (4) and the spacer (6) from the bottom end of the lock (2)
and the cylinder (8).
(4) Remove the cylinder (8) from the seat pan (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-68
Page 402
May 01/04
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-68-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-11-68
Page 403
May 01/04
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-68-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-68
Page 404
May 01/04
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-68-860-050
(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy is
removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-11-68-420-050
(2) Put the bottom end of the cylinder (8) in position on the seat pan
(5).
(3) Install the pin (4), the spacer (6), the washer (7) and the cotter
pin (3) on the bottom end of the cylinder (8) and the lock (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-68
Page 405
May 01/04
IAC
(4) Put the top end of the cylinder (8) in position on the lower bracket
(11) and install the shouldered spacer (12), the screw (9), the
washers (10) and (13) and the nut (14).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-68-410-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-
11-62-400-001).
(3) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
400-001).
Subtask 25-11-68-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-11-68
Page 406
May 01/04
IAC
ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER SEAT PAN AND BASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-11-69-000-001
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-69-861-050
Subtask 25-11-69-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06
Subtask 25-11-69-010-050
C. Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
Figure 401/TASK 25-11-69-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-11-69
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-11-69-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
(1) Remove the screws (4), (6), the washers (5), the nuts (15) and the
wiring cover (3).
(2) Remove the screws (7), the washers (8), the nuts (14) and the wiring
cover (9).
(3) Remove the screws (31), the washers (32) and the switch cover (30).
(4) Remove the screws (23) and the electrical control switches (24).
(5) Remove the nuts (22), the washers (21), (20) and the plate (19).
NOTE : Make marks on the switch lugs before disassembly to help you
____
and prevent errors during assembly.
(7) Remove the screw (10), the washer (12), the nut (13) and the bonding
lead (11).
(8) Remove the screw (28), the washer (17), the nut (18) and the bonding
lead (29).
(9) Remove the socket head screws (26) and the H, V and R control
levers (25).
(10) Pull the dust covers (1) up to remove them from the base assy (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-11-69-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-69
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-11-69-020-050
A. Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
(1) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7), the nuts (13) and the wiring
cover (8).
(2) Remove the screws (3), the washers (4), the nuts (14) and the wiring
cover (5).
(3) Remove the screws (30), the washers (19), the nuts (18) and the
wiring cover (29).
(4) Remove the screws (33), the washers (34) and the switch cover (35).
(5) Remove the screws (24) and the electrical control switches (25).
(6) Remove the nuts (23), the washers (22), (21) and the plate (20).
NOTE : Make marks on the switch lugs before disassembly to help you
____
and prevent errors during assembly.
(8) Remove the screw (9), the washer (11), the nut (12) and the bonding
lead (10).
(9) Remove the screw (31), the washer (17), the nut (16) and the bonding
lead (32).
(10) Remove the socket head screws (27) and the H, V and R control
levers (26).
(11) Pull the dust covers (1) up to remove them from the base assy (2).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-11-69
Page 406
Aug 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-11-69-400-001
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-69-860-050
(2) Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001).
Subtask 25-11-69-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
FOR 4MS
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-11-69-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
NOTE : Refer to the marks when you connect the switch lugs.
____
(3) Install the washers (20), (21) and the nuts (22) and tighten them.
(4) Install the electrical control switches (24) and the screws (23) and
tighten them.
(5) Install the switch cover (30) on the seat pan (27) and on the plate
(19).
(6) Install the screws (31), the washers (32) and tighten them.
(7) Install the bonding lead (11), the screw (10), the washer (12) and
the nut (13).
(8) Safety the nut (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-007) and tighten the screw (10).
NOTE : Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install
____
the bonding lead (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).
(9) Install the bonding lead (29), the screw (28), the washer (17) and
the nut (18).
(10) Safety the nut (18) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-007) and tighten the screw (28).
NOTE : Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install
____
the bonding lead (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
(11) Install the wiring cover (3), the screws (4), (6), the washers (5)
and the nuts (15) and tighten them.
(12) Install the wiring cover (9), the screws (7), the washers (8) and the
nuts (14) and tighten them.
(13) Install the H, V and R control levers (25) and the socket head
screws (26) and tighten them.
(14) Push the dust covers (1) down to install them on the base assy (2).
Subtask 25-11-69-420-050
A. Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
NOTE : Refer to the marks when you connect the switch lugs.
____
(3) Install the washers (21), (22) and the nuts (23) and tighten them.
(4) Install the electrical control switches (25) and the screws (24) and
tighten them.
(5) Install the switch cover (35) on the seat pan (28) and on the plate
(20).
(6) Install the screws (33), the washers (34) and tighten them.
(7) Install the bonding lead (10), the screw (9), the washer (11) and the
nut (12).
(8) Safety the nut (12) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-007) and tighten the screw (9).
NOTE : Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install
____
the bonding lead (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).
(9) Install the bonding lead (32), the screw (31), the washer (17) and
the nut (16).
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 410
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(10) Safety the nut (16) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-007) and tighten the screw (31).
NOTE : Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install
____
the bonding lead (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-001).
(11) Install the wiring cover (8), the screws (6), the washers (7) and the
nuts (13) and tighten them.
(12) Install the wiring cover (5), the screws (3), the washers (4) and the
nuts (14) and tighten them.
(13) Install the wiring cover (29), the screws (30), the washers (19) and
the nuts (18) and tighten.
(14) Install the H, V and R control levers (26) and the socket head
screws (27) and tighten them.
(15) Push the dust covers (1) down to install them on the base assy (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-11-69-410-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-
400-001).
Subtask 25-11-69-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3MS
1MS1, 5LE.
FOR 4MS
1MS2, 4LE.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 411
Aug 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-11-69-862-050
R
EFF :
ALL 25-11-69
Page 412
Aug 01/06
IAC
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The heat and sound insulation blankets are covered by lining and furnishing
panels, which also provide cockpit decoration. The lining panels are easily
removable, so as to enable access to the installations behind these panels.
Various furnishings are fitted in the cockpit for the comfort, convenience
and safety of the crew.
2. Description
___________
A. Linings
The shapes and colors of the linings have been designed to provide a
harmonious and sound-insulated cockpit. All the elements located in the
areas near the pilots head have been protected by foam linings.
The linings are made from the following materials :
B. Floor covering
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The cockpit floor is covered with easy-to-clean and sun-and
moisture-resistant carpet.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 1
Feb 01/96
IAC
Cockpit Lining and Furnishings
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 2
Feb 01/96
IAC
Cockpit Carpet Installation
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 3
Feb 01/96
IAC
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 25-13-00-040-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-020-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-052
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 401
Nov 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-13-00-440-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-053
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-420-050
(1) Install new Captain and/or First Officer sliding-tables (Ref. TASK
25-13-14-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-054
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 402
Aug 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-13-00-040-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-055
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-020-051
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-056
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 403
Nov 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-13-00-440-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-057
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-420-051
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-860-058
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 404
Aug 01/06
IAC
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - CLEANING/PAINTING
__________________________________________
TASK 25-13-00-100-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 701
May 01/98
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-00-160-050
A. Cleaning
NOTE : If the foam plastic parts are damaged, send them to the vendor for
____
repair.
(1) If you find stains of mud, chocolate, fruit juice, blood or sweet
drinks on the parts:
- use a soft brush to clean them with soapy water (natural soap or 5
percent liquid detergent)
or
- use a lint-free cloth to clean them with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-017)
(2) If you find stains of ink, tar, engine oil or grease on the parts:
use a lint-free cloth to clean them with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-017).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-00-410-050
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 702
May 01/98
IAC
Subtask 25-13-00-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 703
May 01/98
IAC
R TASK 25-13-00-370-001
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-13-00-861-051
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 704
May 01/02
IAC
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-13-00-370-050
R A. Painting Procedure
R (1) Put masking paper and masking tape on the area adjacent to the
R damage.
R (2) Remove the damaged paint and primer coatings with Grade 220 - 240
R emery cloth.
R (3) Clean the prepared and adjacent areas with a vacuum cleaner to remove
R particles of dust and dirt.
R (4) Apply a thin layer of paint of the applicable color STRUCTURE PAINTS
R (Material No. 16-047).
R NOTE : Make sure that the thickness is not more than 25 micrometers.
____
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-13-00-860-050
R A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R Subtask 25-13-00-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-13-00
Page 705
May 01/02
IAC
SUNVISOR - WINDSHIELD (9MM,10MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 25-13-11-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-11-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-13-11
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-13-11
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Windshield Sunvisor
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-11-991-001
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-13-11
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-13-11-020-050
(1) Remove the three screws (2) from the plate (3).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-13-11
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Windshield Sunvisor
Figure 401A/TASK 25-13-11-991-001-A
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-13-11
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-13-11-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-11-860-051
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-13-11
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-13-11-420-050
R CAUTION : WHEN YOU PUT THE SUNVISOR IN THE STORED POSITION, MAKE SURE
_______
R THAT THE BENT PIN IS CORRECTLY ALIGNED WITH THE CUP NOTCH OF
R THE SUNVISOR SUPPORT.
R THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SUNVISOR.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-11-860-052
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-11
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
R FOOT REST ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 25-13-14-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-020-050
(1) Remove the thermoformed cover from the left (right) instrument panel.
(4) Remove the screws (4) and retain the slot flap (5).
(6) Remove the foot rest and sliding table assembly (1) from the
framework (6).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 401
May 01/99
IAC
Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly.
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-14-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 402
Feb 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-13-14-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-420-050
(1) Install the foot rest and sliding table assembly (1) on the framework
(6).
(3) Install the slot flap (5) and the screws (4).
(6) Install the thermoformed cover on the left (right) instrument panel.
4. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 403
Feb 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-13-14-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-020-051
(1) Pull the table. Do not remove it fully from its housing.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 404
Feb 01/96
IAC
Sliding Table.
Figure 402/TASK 25-13-14-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 405
Feb 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-13-14-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-420-051
4. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 406
Feb 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-13-14-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-020-052
A. Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
000-001)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 407
May 01/03
IAC
Actuator on the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
R Figure 403/TASK 25-13-14-991-003-A
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 408
May 01/03
IAC
Subtask 25-13-14-020-053-A
(1) Put the foot rest assembly (10) on a bench, with the foot rest on the
top and in the stowed position.
(2) Remove the cotter pin (4) (on the actuator rod side) and discard it.
(4) Lightly compress the actuator (5) and disengage the actuator rod from
the hinge pin (1).
(5) Remove the cotter pin (9) (on actuator body side) and discard it.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 409
May 01/03
R
IAC
R
TASK 25-13-14-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-861-052
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 410
May 01/03
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-420-052-A
(1) Install the foot rest assembly (10) on a bench, with the foot rest on
the top and in the stowed position.
(2) Engage the actuator (5) (on actuator body side) in the clevis, engage
the hinge pin (6).
(3) Install the washer (7), the nut (8) and tighten it.
(6) Install the washer (2), the nut (3) and tighten it.
Subtask 25-13-14-420-053
B. Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-
13-14-400-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-14-942-052
A. Removal of Equipement
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items
Subtask 25-13-14-861-053
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 411
May 01/05
R
IAC
R TASK 25-13-14-000-005
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-13-14-840-050
R (1) Remove the actuator on the foot rest assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
R 000-003).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-13-14-020-056
R (4) Remove the retractable foot rest (3) from the foot rest and sliding
R table assembly (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 412
May 01/05
IAC
R Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
R Figure 404/TASK 25-13-14-991-009
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 413
May 01/05
IAC
R TASK 25-13-14-400-005
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-13-14-860-059
R (1) Make sure that the actuator on the foot rest assembly is removed
R (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-003).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-13-14-420-056
R (1) Put the retractable foot rest (3) in position on the foot rest and
R sliding table assembly (4).
R (2) Install the hinge pin (2) through the hole of the retractable foot
R rest (3).
R (3) Safety the hinge pin (2)with a new retaining rings (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 414
May 01/05
IAC
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-13-14-840-051
R (1) Install the actuator on the foot rest assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-
R 400-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 415
May 01/05
IAC
FOOT REST ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 25-13-14-200-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-057
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-14-210-051
(1) On the foot rest assembly (1), push the foot rest (2) down.
(2) Release pressure and let the foot rest come back to its stowed
position.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 601
May 01/03
IAC
Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator
R Figure 601/TASK 25-13-14-991-006
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 602
May 01/03
IAC
(3) Make sure that the foot rest (2) is against the stop (3).
(4) If the foot rest (2) is not against the stop (3), replace the
actuator (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-14-942-055
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-13-14-860-058
EFF :
ALL 25-13-14
Page 603
May 01/03
R
IAC
LINING PANELS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________
TASK 25-13-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 401
May 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-41-020-050
(1) Disengage the clip (12). To do this, pull the panel (11).
(2) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(10).
(4) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(9).
(6) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(8).
(9) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(6).
(11) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(5).
(14) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(4).
(15) Remove the panel (4) and disengage the emergency descent device.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 402
May 01/07
R
IAC
R Ceiling panels.
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-41-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 403
May 01/97
IAC
(16) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel
(3).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 404
May 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-13-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-41-420-050
(2) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (3).
(6) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (4).
(9) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 405
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(12) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (6).
(16) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (8).
(19) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (9).
(22) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (10).
(24) Put the panel (11) in position and push it to engage the clip (12).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-41-865-052
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
R 122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06
Subtask 25-13-41-942-050
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-13-41-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-41-020-051
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 407
May 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-13-41
Page 408
May 01/07
IAC
Sidewall Panels (211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW, 212DW)
Figure 402/TASK 25-13-41-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 409
May 01/06
R
IAC
(2) Removal of the panel 211FW (212FW)
(c) Disconnect the plug behind the panel 17VU (16VU) (13).
Subtask 25-13-41-020-052
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 410
May 01/06
R
IAC
Sidewall Panels (211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW)
Figure 403/TASK 25-13-41-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 411
May 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-13-41-020-053
Subtask 25-13-41-020-054
Subtask 25-13-41-020-055
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 412
May 01/06
R
IAC
Sidewall Panel 211LW
Figure 404/TASK 25-13-41-991-004
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 413
May 01/06
R
IAC
Sidewall Panels (212HW, 212JW)
Figure 405/TASK 25-13-41-991-005
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 414
May 01/06
R
IAC
Sidewall Panel 212KW
Figure 406/TASK 25-13-41-991-006
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 415
May 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-13-41-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-41-210-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 416
May 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-13-41-420-051
(b) Install the washers (9) and the screws (8), tighten them.
(c) Install the washer (10) and the screw (11), tighten it.
(b) Connect the plug behind the panel 17VU (16VU) (13).
(c) Install the washers (11) and the screws (12), tighten them.
(b) Install the washers (3) and the screws (2), tighten them.
Subtask 25-13-41-420-052
(b) Install the washers (1) and the screws (2). Tighten the screws.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 417
May 01/06
R
IAC
(2) Installation of the panel 211BW (212BW)
(b) Install the washer (8), the screw (7) and the ramp (9). Tighten
the screw.
(c) Install the screw (10) and the washer (11). Tighten it.
Subtask 25-13-41-420-053
(2) Install the washers (2) and the screws (1). Tighten the screws.
Subtask 25-13-41-420-054
(b) Install the washers (7) and the screws (6). Tighten the screws.
(b) Install the washers (3) and the screws (2). Tighten the screws.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 418
May 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-13-41-420-055
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-41-410-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-13-41-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-41
Page 419
May 01/06
IAC
ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 25-13-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-42-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-42-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-42
Page 401
May 01/98
IAC
Sliding Window Roller-Blind
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-42-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-13-42
Page 402
May 01/98
IAC
TASK 25-13-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-42-860-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-42-420-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-42
Page 403
May 01/98
IAC
(4) Put the casing (3) in position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-42-860-052
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-42
Page 404
May 01/98
IAC
ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 25-13-43-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-43-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-43-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-43
Page 401
May 01/98
IAC
Fixed Window Roller-Blind
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-43-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-13-43
Page 402
May 01/98
IAC
TASK 25-13-43-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-43-860-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-43-420-050
(2) Install the washer (4) and tighten the screws (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-43-860-052
(1) Put the cover (1) in position and tighten the screws (2).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-43
Page 403
May 01/98
IAC
CARPET - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 25-13-44-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-44-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-44-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-44
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
Textile Floor Covering
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-44-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-13-44
Page 402
Nov 01/05
IAC
(3) Remove the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-
000-001).
Subtask 25-13-44-020-050-A
(2) Remove the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-
000-001).
Subtask 25-13-44-020-051
(a) Use a non-metallic scraper to release the carpet from the floor.
(b) Remove the remaining double-sided adhesive tape (2) with the
non-metallic scraper.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-44
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-13-44-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-13-44
Page 404
Nov 01/05
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-44-860-050
(2) Make sure that the Captain and the First Officer seats are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-51-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the Third Occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-
41-000-001).
(4) Make sure that the Fourth Occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-
42-000-001).
Subtask 25-13-44-860-050-A
(2) Make sure that the Captain and the First Officer seats are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-11-51-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the Third Occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-
41-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-44
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-44-420-050
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
NOTE : Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the floor
____
area.
(2) Install BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-065) (2).
NOTE : Make sure that the installation is correct around the seat
____
bases.
NOTE : Make sure that the floor covering does not cause a blockage of
____
the holes for attachment of the seats.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-44
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
(8) Install the twelve screws (5).
Subtask 25-13-44-420-051
(3) Install the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-
400-001).
Subtask 25-13-44-420-051-A
(2) Install the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-
400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-44-860-051
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-13-44-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-44
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 25-13-45-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-45-020-050
(1) Remove the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) (3CA1)
(Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001).
(2) Remove the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-
000-001).
(3) Remove the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).
(5) Remove the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-
001).
(6) Remove the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) (Ref. TASK 27-92-
14-000-001).
(11) Remove the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-000-001).
(12) Remove the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
(13) Remove the printer (4TW) (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-000-001).
Subtask 25-13-45-020-051
(1) Remove the five screws (4) and the five washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).
(2) Remove the three screws (5) and the three washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).
(3) Remove the two screws (3) and the two washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).
(4) Remove the left foam panel (6) from the center pedestal structure
(1).
Subtask 25-13-45-020-052
(1) Remove the six screws (3) and the six washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).
(2) Remove the three screws (4) and the three washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).
(3) Remove the two screws (5) and the two washers (2) from the center
pedestal structure (1).
(4) Remove the right foam panel (6) from the center pedestal structure
(1).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
Left Foam Panel
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-45-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 404
Nov 01/07
IAC
Right Foam Panel
Figure 402/TASK 25-13-45-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 405
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-13-45-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-45-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04
Subtask 25-13-45-860-050
(1) Make sure that the MCDU (3CA1) is removed (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-
001).
(2) Make sure that the RMP (1RG1) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-
001).
(3) Make sure that the ACP (2RN1) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).
(4) Make sure that the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU is removed.
(5) Make sure that the weather radar control unit (3SQ) is removed
(Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) is
removed (Ref. TASK 27-92-14-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the MCDU (3CA2) is removed (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-
001).
(8) Make sure that the RMP (1RG2) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-
001).
(9) Make sure that the ACP (2RN2) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-
001).
(11) Make sure that the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) is removed (Ref. TASK
34-52-12-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 407
Nov 01/07
IAC
(12) Make sure that the flap and slat control lever is removed (Ref. TASK
27-51-43-000-001).
(13) Make sure that the printer (4TW) is removed (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-45-420-050
(1) Put and hold in position the left foam panel (6) on the center
pedestal structure (1).
(2) Install the two screws (3), the two washers (2) and tighten them.
(3) Install the three screws (5), the three washers (2) and tighten them.
(4) Install the five screws (4), the five washers (2) and tighten them.
Subtask 25-13-45-420-051
(1) Put and hold in position the right foam panel (6) on the center
pedestal structure (1).
(2) Install the two screws (5), the two washers (2) and tighten them.
(3) Install the three screws (4), the three washers (2) and tighten them.
(4) Install the six screws (3), the six washers (2) and tighten them.
Subtask 25-13-45-420-052
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 408
Nov 01/07
IAC
(5) Install the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-400-
001).
(6) Install the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) (Ref. TASK 27-
92-14-400-001).
(11) Install the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-400-001).
(12) Install the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-400-001).
Subtask 25-13-45-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-45-860-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-13-45
Page 409
Nov 01/07
IAC
COAT STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 25-13-46-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-46-861-050
Subtask 25-13-46-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) If necessary, remove the ceiling panels that are against the coat
stowage (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-001).
(2) If necessary, remove the sidewall panels that are against the coat
stowage (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-46
Page 401
May 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-46-020-050
(2) Remove the bolts (1) and (6), the washers (7), the screws (13) and
(14) and the panel (12).
(3) Remove the screws (9), the covers (8) and (10).
(4) Remove the bolts (5), the washers (4) and the panel (11).
(5) Remove the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the panel (15).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-46
Page 402
May 01/08
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-13-46
Page 403
May 01/08
IAC
Coat Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-46-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-13-46
Page 404
May 01/08
IAC
Coat Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-13-46-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-13-46
Page 405
May 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-13-46-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-46-860-050
(2) Make sure that the removal task is completed before you do the
installation task (Ref. TASK 25-13-46-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-13-46-420-050
(1) Put the panel (15) in position and install the washers (3) and the
bolts (2). Tighten the bolts (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-13-46
Page 406
May 01/08
IAC
(2) Put the panel (11) in position and install the washers (4) and the
bolts (5). Tighten the bolts (5).
(3) Put the covers (8) and (10) in position, install and tighten the
screws (9).
(4) Put the panel (12) in position and install the washers (7), the bolt
(1) and (6) and the screws (13) and (14). Tighten the bolts (1) and
(6) and then screws (13) and (14).
(5) Install and tighten the setscrews (16) and put the bar (17) in
position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-13-46-410-050
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-13-46-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-13-46
Page 407
May 01/08
IAC
COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Rear Panel 120VU is installed in the cockpit, it is located on the right
hand side, behind the First Officer seat. This rack houses:
- in the lower section, the AC and DC electrical power centers,
- in the center section, the primary circuit breakers and the power
circuits,
- in the upper section, the system circuit breakers requiring no action in
flight.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
120VU REAR PNL
3. ___________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
EFF :
ALL 25-14-00
Page 1
May 01/96
IAC
Rear Panel 120VU - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-14-00
Page 2
Feb 01/96
IAC
Rear Panel 120VU
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-14-00
Page 3
May 01/96
R
IAC
C. Rack Upper Section
This section of the rack houses, split over two panels, all the
distribution circuit breakers protecting the electrical lines supplying
the systems.
These circuit breakers are grouped per system, their functional
designation is given and they are geographically located by means of
placards.
EFF :
ALL 25-14-00
Page 4
May 01/96
R
IAC
FLIGHT CREW FOOT WARMERS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The flight crew electrical foot warmers consist of heating panels controlled
by a switch located on the Captain and the First Officer lighting / LOUD
SPEAKER control panels.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2DR1 WARMER-FOOT,CAPT R 211 831 25-15-51
2DR3 WARMER-FOOT,CAPT L 211 831 25-15-51
2DR2 WARMER-FOOT,F/O R 212 831 25-15-51
2DR4 WARMER-FOOT,F/O L 212 831 25-15-51
3DR1 SW-FOOT WARMER,CAPT 301VU 211 831 25-15-00
3DR2 SW-FOOT WARMER,F/O 500VU 212 831 25-15-00
3. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
Each pair of foot warmers is controlled by a switch supplied with 115VAC. An
electronic circuit integral with each foot warmer controls the temperature
level.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-00
Page 1
May 01/06
IAC
Flight Crew Foot Warmers - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-00
Page 2
May 01/06
IAC
Flight Crew Foot Warmers - Schematic
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-00
Page 3
May 01/06
IAC
FOOT WARMER - CAPTAIN AND F/O (2DR1,2DR2,2DR3,2DR4) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-15-51-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-15-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU FOOT WARMER 1DR X15
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-15-51-020-050
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the foot warmer (1).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 402
May 01/06
IAC
Foot Warmer.
Figure 401/TASK 25-15-51-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-15-51-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-15-51-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU FOOT WARMER 1DR X15
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-15-51-420-050
(1) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (2).
(2) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the foot warmer (1).
(3) Install the foot warmer (1), the screws (3) and tighten them.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-15-51-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1DR.
Subtask 25-15-51-720-050
(1) On the CAPT lighting/loud speaker control panel 301VU, set the switch
3DR1 to the ON position.
(3) On the F/O lighting/loud speaker control panel 500VU, set the switch
3DR2 to the ON position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-15-51-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
FOOT WARMER - CAPTAIN AND F/O (2DR1,2DR2,2DR3,2DR4) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-15-51-820-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 501
May 01/06
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-15-51-860-050
(2) Remove the Captain/First Officer foot warmer (Ref. TASK 25-15-51-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-15-51-820-050
(3) Remove the cover (1) from the foot warmer assy (4).
(4) Turn the axle of the potentiometer (5) clockwise with a SCREWDRIVER -
SMALL to increase the temperature.
(7) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
1DR.
(9) On the CAPT (F/O) lighting/loud speaker control panel 301VU (500VU),
set the switch 3DR1 (3DR2) to the ON position.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 502
May 01/06
IAC
Captain/First Officer Foot Warmer
Figure 501/TASK 25-15-51-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 503
May 01/06
IAC
(11) On the CAPT (F/O) lighting/loud speaker control panel 301VU (500VU),
set the switch 3DR1 (3DR2) to the OFF position.
(b) Put the cover (1) in position on the foot warmer assy (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-15-51-860-051
(1) Install the Captain/First Officer foot warmer (Ref. TASK 25-15-51-
400-001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-15-51
Page 504
Aug 01/06
IAC
COCKPIT ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The system of the cockpit additional electrical-supply supplies 115VAC/60Hz
power to the CAPT and F/O outlets by means of the static inverter. The
static inverter converts 28VDC input power to 115VAC/60Hz output power.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL | ZONE | ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3NA STATIC INVERTER 122 811 25.18.51
4NA OUTLET-115/60HZ, F/O 16VU 212
5NA OUTLET-115/60HZ, CAPT 17VU 211
3. Description
___________
R
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R - The circuit breaker (1NA) is installed on the rear circuit-breaker panel
R 121VU at the position 25K, and protects the system of the cockpit
R additional electrical-supply.
R - The circuit breaker (2NA) is installed on the rear circuit-breaker panel
R 121VU at the position 23K, and protects the CAPT and F/O outlets.
R - The static inverter (3NA) is installed in the avionics compartment in zone
R 122.
R - The CAPT and F/O outlets (4NA and 5NA) are installed of each side of the
R cockpit, on the CAPT hand-microphone panel 17VU and on the F/O
R hand-microphone panel 16VU.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The service bus 210PP supplies 28VDC through the circuit breaker (1NA) to
the static inverter (3NA).
When a plug is connected to the CAPT and/or F/O outlet(s) (4NA and/or 5NA),
the contact in the outlet(s) closes and the remote on/off control of the
static inverter is supplied.
The 115VAC/60Hz power is supplied by the static inverter through the circuit
breaker (2NA) to the CAPT and/or F/O outlet(s) (4NA and/or 5NA).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-00
Page 2
Feb 01/07
IAC
Electrical Schematic
Figure 002
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-00
Page 3
Feb 01/07
IAC
STATIC INVERTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-18-51-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-18-51-861-050
Subtask 25-18-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/STAT INV 1NA K25
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/115V 60HZ 2NA K23
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-51
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-18-51-010-050
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-18-51-020-050
(1) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3). Be careful not to cause
damage to the electrical circular connector (8).
(2) Remove the electrical circular connector (8) from the static inverter
(7).
(3) Remove and retain for the installation the clip-nuts (1).
(5) Remove the screws (6), the washers (5) and the nuts (2).
(6) Remove the static inverter (7) from the plate assy (9).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-51
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Static Inverter
Figure 401/TASK 25-18-51-991-001
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-51
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-18-51-400-001
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ITEMS IN THE FIXTURES, TOOLS, TEST AND SUPPORT
_______
EQUIPMENT PARAGRAPH ARE APPLICABLE TO YOUR AIRCRAFT (THIS LIST IS
NOT CUSTOMIZED). REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SUBTASKS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-51
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-18-51-861-051
Subtask 25-18-51-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/STAT INV 1NA K25
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/115V 60HZ 2NA K23
Subtask 25-18-51-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position at the access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-18-51-420-050
(1) Carefully clean the support assy (10) and the plate assy (9).
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018B) to the support assy (10).
(4) Install the static inverter (7) on the plate assy (9).
(5) Install the nuts (2), the washers (5) and the screws (6).
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical circular connector (8).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-51
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
(7) Install the electrical circular connector (8) on the static inverter
(7). Be careful not to cause damage to the electrical circular
connector (8).
Subtask 25-18-51-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/STAT INV 1NA K25
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/115V 60HZ 2NA K23
Subtask 25-18-51-710-050
C. BITE Test
(b) On the electrical test plug, push the pushbutton switch, the
light comes on.
(c) Connect the voltmeter to the electrical test plug and make sure
that the voltage is 115VAC.
(b) On the electrical test plug, push the pushbutton switch, the
light comes on.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-51
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
(c) Connect the voltmeter to the electrical test plug and make sure
that the voltage is 115VAC.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-18-51-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-18-51-862-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-18-51
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The passenger compartment is in the upper fuselage section. It is between
the partition on FR12/13 of the flight compartment and the aft pressure
bulkhead on FR70.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. __________________
System Description
A. The cabin is divided into utility areas and seating areas. The
passenger/crew doors and emergency exits are also included in the cabin
area.
The utility areas are adjacent to the cabin entrances.
The passenger seating area is between the forward utility area and the
aft utility area.
Partitions and curtains divide the utility areas from the seating areas.
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 1
May 01/06
IAC
Cabin Layout IC1
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-20-00
Page 2
May 01/06
IAC
- Ancillary equipment has different stowage units (Ref. 25-27-00).
- Nontextile floor coverings (Ref. 25-28-00).
- Vacuum cleaner sockets give electrical power to clean the cabin
interior (Ref. 25-29-00).
- Galleys (Ref. 25-30-00).
- Lavatories (Ref. 25-40-00).
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 3
May 01/06
R
IAC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 25-20-00-040-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 401
Nov 01/05
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-20-00-040-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-20-00-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 402
Nov 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-20-00-440-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-20-00-440-050
(1) Remove the placards UNSERVICEABLE or DO NOT USE from the affected
compartment(s).
(2) Remove the nylon reinforced strapping tape across the compartment(s).
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 403
Nov 01/05
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-20-00-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 404
Nov 01/05
IAC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - CLEANING/PAINTING
_________________________________________
TASK 25-20-00-370-001
Refurbishment of the Cabin Sidewall Linings and the Doors of the Overhead
Stowage Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 701
Nov 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-052
Subtask 25-20-00-910-050
B. General
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 702
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-20-00-370-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 703
Nov 01/07
IAC
(4) Preparation for paint application:
(a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 704
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-20-00-370-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove the door(s) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) (Ref. TASK
25-24-41-000-002).
CAUTION : MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT
_______
ON THE COMPONENTS.
(a) Use the paint borer 518 procedure, or equivalent and make sure
that the paint layer thickness is max. 90 micrometers.
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 705
Nov 01/07
IAC
(4) Preparation for paint application:
(a) Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(b) Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(7) Install the door(s) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) (Ref. TASK
25-24-41-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-20-00-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-20-00
Page 706
Nov 01/07
IAC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The passenger seats are located in the passenger compartment between FR21
thru FR66.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. Description
___________
A. Passenger Seats
The passenger seats are installed on the seat tracks of the cabin floor
structure. Quick release fittings at the front and the rear legs hold the
seats in position. Plastic covers are fitted into the seat tracks to
cover the exposed track sections.
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 1
Nov 01/07
IAC
Seat Layout - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
001-012, 014-027, 25-21-00
Page 2
Feb 01/96
IAC
R Seat Layout - Component Location
R Figure 002
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-21-00
Page 3
May 01/07
IAC
R Seat Layout - Component Location
R Figure 002A
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-21-00
Page 4
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Seat Layout - Component Location
R Figure 002B
R
EFF :
902-999, 25-21-00
Page 5
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
The passenger seats installed in the emergency exit area are of special
design. No other passenger seats are permitted in this area.
For the seat pans:
- the maximum distance permitted between the seat pans is 1 in. (25.4
mm),
- the seat pan support has sufficient strength, to prevent the hands or
feet to slide through or get caught.
D. Emergency Facilities
A emergency escape-path marking light can be installed to aisle seat.
(Ref. 33-51-00)
4. ____________
Power Supply
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-027, 101-199, 902-999, 25-21-00
Page 6
Nov 01/07
IAC
PED Power Supply - Component Location
Figure 003
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-00
Page 7
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. Passenger Seats
(Ref. Fig. 004)
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 8
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(f) Folding Table Assembly
The folding table assembly folds into a recess in the backrest
for stowage. It has movable arms which are attached on the seat
frame.
Some seat units have an in-armrest table assembly. If the
in-armrest table assembly is not in use, keep it inside the
armrest under the upholstered arm cap. The in-armrest table is
attached to the armrest structure.
6. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indication
The PED power system starts to operate as soon as the busbar 200XP is
supplied with 115V AC.
The master control unit 55HP controls the power supply to the related seat
group.
A green LED installed on each power outlet of the related passenger seats
indicates that PED power is available.
It is possible to switch off the PED power at any time with the PED power
switch installed in the forward cabin area.
The LED installed on each power outlet of the related passenger seats
changes from green to red to indicate that no PED power is available.
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 9
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 004 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 10
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 004 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 11
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 004 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 12
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 004 (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 13
Nov 01/07
IAC
Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 004 (SHEET 5)
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 14
Nov 01/07
IAC
Economy-Class Seats - Example
Figure 004 (SHEET 6)
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 15
Nov 01/07
IAC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________
TASK 25-21-00-710-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-053
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-00
Page 501
May 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-00-710-053-A
NOTE : The red LED (if installed) of the seat power outlet is on, the
____
multimeter shows 0 VAC.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Disconnect the multimeter from the power outlet of the passenger
seat.
NOTE : The red LED (if installed) of the power outlet stays on until
____
the aircraft electrical network is de-energized.
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-00
Page 502
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-00-862-053
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-00
Page 503
Aug 01/07
IAC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________
TASK 25-21-00-210-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-00-210-050
(1) Make sure that the seat structure e.g. legs, beams, seat pan and
backrest, as far as visible, are not damaged or cracked.
R (2) Make sure that the seat attach fittings are in the correct condition.
R Make sure that the attach fittings are not cracked or missing.
R (3) Make sure that the seat assembly is correctly installed on the
R aircraft structure.
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 601
Nov 01/05
IAC
R (4) Make sure that the seat belt attachments,the seat belts and the
R buckles are in the correct condition and location.
R (5) Make sure that the seat belt locking system opperates correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-00-210-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-21-00-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 602
Nov 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-21-00-210-002
R Detailed Visual Inspection of Seat Belts Attachment, Seat Belts and Locks Check
R of Locks
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-00-210-052
(1) Make sure that the seat belt attachments, the seat belts and the
buckles are in the correct condition.
(2) Make sure that the operation of the seat belt locking/unlocking
system is correct.
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 603
May 01/01
IAC
R 5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-00-210-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R Subtask 25-21-00-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-21-00
Page 604
Nov 01/98
IAC
MASTER CONTROL UNIT - SEAT POWER SUPPLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 25-21-34-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 401
May 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-34-861-050
Subtask 25-21-34-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-21-34-010-050
C. Get Access
(2) Remove the screws (3), the washers (2) and remove the cover (1).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-34-020-050
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
_______
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the electrical connector
(11).
(3) Hold the MCU (4) tightly, remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and
the MCU (4).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 403
Aug 01/07
IAC
Master Control Unit (MCU)
Figure 401/TASK 25-21-34-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-21-34
Page 404
May 01/07
IAC
Master Control Unit (MCU)
Figure 401/TASK 25-21-34-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-21-34
Page 405
May 01/07
IAC
R Master control unit (MCU)
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-21-34-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
902-999, 25-21-34
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
R Master control unit (MCU)
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-21-34-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
902-999, 25-21-34
Page 407
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-21-34-560-050
(1) Hold the CM (15) tightly, push the fasteners (14) and remove the CM
(15).
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 408
May 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-21-34-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 409
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-34-861-051
(1) Make sure that the door of the related overhead stowage compartment
is open.
Subtask 25-21-34-865-055
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 410
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-34-560-051
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Make sure that the CM (15) is connected to the MCU and lock the
fasteners (14) as follows:
- 100HP1 to 55HP1
- 100HP2 to 55HP2.
Subtask 25-21-34-420-050
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 411
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
(3) Install the washer (7) and the screw (8) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
004).
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
_______
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION : CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF
_______
YOU PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL
DAMAGE.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Safety the electrical connectors (9) with the (Ref. ESPM 20-51-
12).
(g) Lock the electrical connectors (12) with the spring latches (13).
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 412
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-21-34-865-054
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-21-34-869-050
(1) Make sure that you close all the related CBs for each MCU at the same
time.
Subtask 25-21-34-740-050
NOTE : During the startup all indicators come on and go off two
____
times. After the activation of the MCU-outputs all indicators
come on and stay on.
- The one power-state indicator is yellow
- The one general-bite indicator is green
- The five port-power-state indicators are yellow
- The five port-bite-indicators are green.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 413
Aug 01/07
IAC
Master control unit (MCU) - BITE Test
Figure 402/TASK 25-21-34-991-002
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 414
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-34-410-050
A. Close Access
R
R (1) Install the cover (1) with the washers (2) and the screws (3).
R (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-21-34-862-051
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-34
Page 415
May 01/08
IAC
SEAT - PASSENGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 25-21-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-41-860-050
Subtask 25-21-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-21-41-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-41-010-055
A. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002)
R (a) Release the fasteners (7) and open or remove the cover (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 403
May 01/08
IAC
Passenger Seats - Electrical Connections
Figure 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
R (b) Disconnection of the electrical connectors:
R
R 1
_ Disconnect the electrical connectors (13) and (14).
R 2
_ Cut and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical
R cables from the seat structure.
R 3
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (a) Release the fasteners (7) and open or remove the cover (8).
R 1
_ Release the spring latches (10) and disconnect the electrical
R connectors (11), (12).
R 2
_ Cut and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical
R cables from the seat structure.
R 3
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(a) Remove the applicable seat-track covers (5) from the seat tracks.
(b) Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the proctection cap
(4).
(c) If necessary, remove the related carpet (6) (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-
000-001).
1
_ Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
R 2
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R 3
_ Remove the electrical cables (2) and attach it to the seat
R structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074).
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 405
May 01/08
IAC
R
Subtask 25-21-41-020-064
(1) Remove the applicable seat-track covers (4) from the seat tracks.
(2) Put marks on the seat tracks to show the position of the seat
assembly (1) for installation.
(3) Loosen the anti-rattle nuts (2) with a WRENCH - GROOVE NUT.
(4) Loosen the screws (6) to release the track fittings (5) from the seat
tracks.
(5) Move the seat assembly (1) forward or rearward to release the studs
(3) and the track fittings (5) from the seat tracks.
(6) Carefully lift the seat assembly (1) from the seat tracks and remove
it.
Subtask 25-21-41-020-052
(1) Remove the applicable seat-track covers (4) from the seat tracks.
(2) Put marks on the seat tracks to show the position of the seat
assembly (1) for installation.
(3) Loosen the anti-rattle nuts (2) with a WRENCH - GROOVE NUT.
(4) Loosen the screws (6) to release the track fittings (5) from the seat
tracks.
(5) Move the seat assembly (1) forward or rearward to release the studs
(3) and the track fittings (5) from the seat tracks.
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 406
May 01/08
IAC
Passenger Seats
Figure 402/TASK 25-21-41-991-006-C
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-21-41
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
Passenger Seats
Figure 402A/TASK 25-21-41-991-006-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-21-41
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
(6) Carefully lift the seat assembly (1) from the seat tracks and remove
it.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-21-41
Page 409
May 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-21-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 410
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 411
May 01/08
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-41-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
Subtask 25-21-41-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 412
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-21-41-865-076
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-41-560-050
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
(5) Make sure that the seat tracks are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Make sure that the studs are correctly installed in the front legs of
the seat assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-21-41-991-017)
Subtask 25-21-41-420-064
(1) Put the seat assembly (1) in position on the seat tracks.
(2) Make sure that the track fittings (5) and the front studs (3) are
correctly engaged in the seat tracks.
(3) Move the seat assembly (1) forward or rearward to align it with the
marks on the seat tracks.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO PLAY BETWEEN THE SEATLOCKS AND
_______
THE SEAT TRACKS.
IF THE SEAT BECOMES LOOSE, IT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PASSENGERS OR DAMAGE TO THE SEAT.
(a) TORQUE the screws (6) to between 50 and 70 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.79
m.daN).
(5) Tighten the anti-rattle nuts (2) with your fingers up to 1/4 more
with a WRENCH - GROOVE NUT.
(6) Install the seat track covers (4) into the seat track.
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
Front Stud - Installation Limits
Figure 403/TASK 25-21-41-991-017
R
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 415
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-21-41-420-050-A
(1) Put the seat assembly (1) in position on the seat tracks.
(2) Make sure that the track fittings (5) and the front studs (3) are
correctly engaged in the seat tracks.
(3) Move the seat assembly (1) forward or rearward to align it with the
marks on the seat tracks.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO PLAY BETWEEN THE SEATLOCKS AND
_______
THE SEAT TRACKS.
IF THE SEAT BECOMES LOOSE, IT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PASSENGERS OR DAMAGE TO THE SEAT.
(a) TORQUE the screws (6) to between 24 and 26 lbf.in (0.27 and 0.29
m.daN).
(a) If a stop washer (8) is installed, make sure that the lug of the
stop washer is in the aft direction.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE STOP WASHER IN THE
_______
CORRECT POSITION IN THE SEAT TRACK. THE LUG ON THE STOP
WASHER MUST BE IN THE AFT DIRECTION.
IF THE LUG IS IN THE FORWARD DIRECTION:
- THE RESISTANCE OF THE SEAT TO G-FORCE WILL NOT AGREE
WITH THE SPECIFIED G-FORCE STANDARD
- THE SEAT CAN BECOME LOOSE IF A HIGH G-FORCE OCCURS.
(b) Use a WRENCH - GROOVE NUT and TORQUE the anti-rattle nuts (2) to
the seat tracks to between 115 and 133 lbf.in (1.29 and 1.50
m.daN).
(c) Install the seat track covers (4) into the seat track.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-21-41
Page 416
Feb 01/08
IAC
R
Subtask 25-21-41-410-054
D. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-21-41-991-002)
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (13), (14).
(d) Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.
(e) Close the cover (7) and push the quick-release studs (8) into the
locked position.
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 417
May 01/08
IAC
(c) Connection of the electrical connector(s)
R
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (11), (12) and engage the
spring latches (10).
(d) Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.
(e) Close the cover (8) and push the quick-release studs (7) into the
locked position.
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (1).
(d) Put the wire in position and if the carpet was removed, put the
carpet in position (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-400-001).
(e) Install the protection cap (4) and push the quick-release studs
(3) into the locked position.
(f) Install the applicable seat-track covers (5) on the seat tracks.
(g) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 418
May 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-21-41-865-061
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL.
Subtask 25-21-41-865-080
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-21-41-710-050
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 419
May 01/08
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-21-41
Page 420
May 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
Subtask 25-21-41-710-051
H. Do the BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-002).
Subtask 25-21-41-710-056
J. Do an operational test of the in-seat power supply system. (Ref. TASK 25-
21-00-710-002)
Subtask 25-21-41-710-052
K. Operational Test of the Seat Mechanical Functions - Leg rest and Backrest
NOTE : Do this test only for the seats which were installed in the
____
installation procedure.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 421
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-41-942-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-21-41-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-21-41
Page 422
Feb 01/08
IAC
SEAT ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 25-21-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-42-861-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-21-42
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-21-42-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-21-42-020-050-A
R (a) Disengage the quick-release studs (1) and open the cover (2).
R CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
R DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL
R CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
R (b) Release the spring latches (5) and disconnect the electrical
R connectors (6) and (7) from the ISPS unit (3).
R 1
_ Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-42
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-21-42
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
R ISPS Unit
R Figure 401/TASK 25-21-42-991-001-A
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-42
Page 404
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (c) Remove the nut (8), the washer (9) and the electrical bonding
R strap (10).
R (d) Pull the studs (4) and carefully remove the ISPS unit (3).
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-42
Page 405
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-21-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-21-00-710-002 Operational Test of the In-Seat Power-Supply System
(PED Power Supply)
R 25-21-42-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-42-860-050
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-42
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-21-42-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-21-42-420-050-A
R (1) Put the ISPS unit (3) in position and attach it to the studs (4).
R CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
R CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
R INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
R EQUIPMENT.
R (2) Install the bonding strap (10), the washer (9) and the screw (8).
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-42
Page 407
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (3) Connect the Electrical Connectors:
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
R CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
R PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
R RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
R (b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R (c) Connect the electrical connectors (6) and (7) and lock them with
R the spring latches (5).
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (5) Put the cover (2) in position and attach it to the quick release
R studs (1).
Subtask 25-21-42-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-42
Page 408
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
Subtask 25-21-42-710-050
C. Operational Test
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-42-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-42
Page 409
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-21-42-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-42-861-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-42-020-051
R (2) Disengage the snap hook (3) from the anchor stud and remove the seat
R belt (2).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-21-42
Page 410
May 01/08
IAC
R Seat Belts
Figure 402/TASK 25-21-42-991-002
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-21-42
Page 411
May 01/08
IAC
R Seats Belts
Figure 403/TASK 25-21-42-991-003
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-21-42
Page 412
May 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-21-42-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-42-860-051
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-42-420-052
(1) Make sure that the seat belts are installed with the buckle position
as follows:
- For the aisle seats with the buckle on the sidewall side
- For the sidewall seats with the buckle on the aisle side.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-21-42
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (2) Put the seat belt (2) in position and engage the snap hook (3) to the
R anchor stud.
R (3) Make sure that the snap hook (3) is in the locked position.
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-21-42-420-051
R (1) Make sure that you install the seat belts with the buckle positions
R as follow:
R
R - For the aisle seats with the buckle on the sidewall side
R - For the center seats with the buckle on the sidewall side
- For the sidewall seats with the buckle on the aisle side.
R (2) Put the seat belt (2) in position and engage the snap hook (3) to the
R anchor stud.
R (3) Make sure that the snap hook (3) is in the locked position.
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-21-42-710-051
(2) Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-21-42
Page 414
May 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-42-862-051
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-21-42
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
CABLE - SEAT TO SEAT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 25-21-61-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 401
May 01/08
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-61-861-050
Subtask 25-21-61-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 402
May 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 902-999,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-61-020-050
(1) Remove the applicable seat track covers (5) from the seat tracks with
the cable raceways.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) from the In-Seat Power Supply
System (ISPS)
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (13) and (14).
2
_ Remove and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical
wire(s) from the seat structure.
3
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical
connector(s).
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
(b) Disconnection of the electrical connector(s)
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Disengage the spring latches (10) and disconnect the
electrical connector(s) (11) and (12).
2
_ Remove and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical
wire(s) from the seat structure.
3
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical
connector(s).
(a) Remove the applicable seat-track covers (5) from the seat tracks.
(b) Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the protection cap
(4).
(c) If necessary, remove the related carpet (6) (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-
000-001).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
2
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
3
_ Remove the electrical wire(s) (2) and attach it to the seat
structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074).
(b) Record the routing of the cables (11), (12), (13) and (14) in the
raceway.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 404
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(c) Carefully remove the cables (11), (12), (13) and (14) from the
raceway.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 405
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-21-61-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-61-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-21-61-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU SEAT POWER MCU 1 58HP B05
R
Subtask 25-21-61-210-050
Subtask 25-21-61-420-050
(c) Make sure that all cables that come from an PFDB or FDB have
protective sleeves with cable ties at the openings.
(d) Carefully put the cables (11), (12), (13) and (14)in position as
recorded in the removal procedure.
(e) Make sure that the position of the cables in the raceways is
correct.
(f) Make sure that the over length of each cable is less than 250mm
(9.8425 in.).
(g) Make loops with the over lengths of the cables (11) and (12) and
put them into the covers of the seat electronic boxes (SEB) (9).
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
(2) Connect the electrical connector(s) of the In-Seat Power Supply
System (ISPS)
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (13) and (14) to the ISPS
(15).
(d) Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.
(e) Put the cover (8) in position and install the screw (7).
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 409
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING
LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND
THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
UNIT.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (11) and (12) to the SEB
(9) and engage the spring latches (10).
(d) Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.
(e) Put the cover (8) in position and install the screw (7).
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Connect the electrical connector(s) (1).
(d) Put the wire in position and if the carpet was removed, put the
carpet in position (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-400-001).
(e) Install the protection cap (4) and push the quick-release studs
(3) into the locked position.
(f) Install the applicable seat-track covers (5) on the seat tracks
with the cable raceways.
(g) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 410
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-21-61-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL, 21MK, 22MK, 23MK, 24MK, 25MK, 1HP, 2HP, 50HP, 51HP, 52HP, 53HP,
58HP, 59HP.
Subtask 25-21-61-710-050
(1) Do the BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Ref. TASK 23-
33-00-740-002).
(2) Do an operational test of the in-seat power system (Ref. TASK 25-21-
00-710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-21-61-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-21-61
Page 411
Aug 01/07
IAC
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Cabin attendant seats are installed in the cabin for the cabin attendants to
use during take-off and landing.
2. __________________
Component Location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6100MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
WALL-MOUNTED
6101MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
WALL-MOUNTED
6104MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252243
SWIVEL
6106MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252242
FREE STANDING
6108MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252242
FREE STANDING
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
R I I I I DOOR I REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6100MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
R WALL-MOUNTED
R 6101MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
R WALL-MOUNTED
R 6104MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252243
R SWIVEL
R 6106MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252242
R FREE STANDING
R 6114MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 240 831 252242
R FREE STANDING
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 1
May 01/07
IAC
Cabin-Attendant Seats - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-22-00
Page 2
May 01/06
IAC
R Cabin Attendant Seat - Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-22-00
Page 3
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6116MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 250 831 252242
FREE STANDING
6117MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 250 831 252242
FREE STANDING
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
R I I I I DOOR I REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6100MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
R WALL-MOUNTED
R 6101MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 220 831 252241
R WALL-MOUNTED
R 6104MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252243
R SWIVEL
R 6105MM CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT 260 831 252241
R WALL-MOUNTED
3. ___________
Description
The cabin-attendant seats (CAS) are installed in the areas of the
passenger/crew doors and emergency exits.
The floor mounted cabin-attendant seats are installed on the seat tracks or
on the cabin floor-structure (hardpoint mounted).
The wall mounted cabin-attendant seats are installed on:
- the lavatory walls,
- the galley walls,
- the stowage walls.
4. _________
Interface
The cabin-attendant seats have handset/cradles which are available as an
option.
The handset/cradles have interfaces with:
- the Cabin Intercomunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 4
Aug 01/07
IAC
R Cabin-Attendant Seats - Component Location
R Figure 001B
EFF :
901-999, 25-22-00
Page 5
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. _____________________
Component Description
- a seat frame,
- a backrest with a cushion,
- a seatpan with a cushion,
- a headrest with a cushion,
- a stowage compartment.
- a restraint system
R (Ref. Fig. 006)
(2) Headrest
The headrest has a foam cushion which is covered with a fabric
seat-cover.
(3) Backrest
The backrest has a foam cushion which is covered with a fabric
seat-cover.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 6
Aug 01/07
IAC
Cabin Attendant Seat, Free Standing
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-22-00
Page 7
Aug 01/07
IAC
Cabin Attendant Seat, Free Standing
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-22-00
Page 8
May 01/07
IAC
Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall Mounted
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 9
May 01/07
R
IAC
Cabin Attendant Seat, Swivel
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 10
May 01/07
R
IAC
R Double Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall-Mounted
R Figure 005
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-22-00
Page 11
Aug 01/07
IAC
Restraint System
R Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 12
Aug 01/07
IAC
(4) Seatpan
The seatpan is made of a light alloy and has a foam cushion with a
fabric seat-cover. The seat pan is spring loaded to return the seat
to the retracted position when it is not in use.
(a) To put the swivel seat in the sitting position from the stowed
position:
- swing the seatback (against the spring force) across the base
until the seat aligns with the locking device,
- push the seatpan down (against the spring force) into the
locking device.
(b) To put the swivel seat in the stowed position from the sitting
position:
- operate the release lever to the seatpan (when this is done the
seatpan will automatically fold up),
- move the seat over the base until the seat automatically locks
in the stowed position.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 13
Aug 01/07
IAC
Restraint System
R Figure 007 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 14
Aug 01/07
IAC
Restraint System
R Figure 007 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 15
Aug 01/07
IAC
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 25-22-00-040-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-052
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 401
May 01/05
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-00-040-050
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 402
May 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-22-00-440-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-053
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 403
May 01/05
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-00-440-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-00-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 404
May 01/05
IAC
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________
TASK 25-22-00-210-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-00-210-050
(1) Make sure that the structure of the seats is not damaged or cracked.
(3) Make sure that the holes, the bolts and the screws are in the correct
condition and have no corrosion.
R (4) Make sure that the seat assemblies are not loose.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 601
May 01/01
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-00-210-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-22-00-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 602
May 01/01
R
IAC
TASK 25-22-00-210-002
R Detailed Inspection of Seat Belt Attachment, Seat Belt and Lock. Check of Lock
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-00-210-052
(1) Make sure that the metal attach fitting and buckles have no cracks or
other damage.
(3) Make sure you can adjust the length of the seat belt correctly.
(a) Make sure you can pull out the shoulder harnesses smoothly and
that they automatically go back into their reels.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 603
Nov 01/06
IAC
(b) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and
it unlocks when you release the tension.
Subtask 25-22-00-220-050
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 604
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-00-210-053
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-22-00-862-051
R
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 605
Aug 01/07
IAC
R Seat-Belt Webbing Life
Figure 601/TASK 25-22-00-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 606
Nov 01/01
IAC
R Seat-Belt Webbing Life
Figure 601/TASK 25-22-00-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 607
Nov 01/01
IAC
R Seat-Belt Webbing Life
Figure 601/TASK 25-22-00-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 25-22-00
Page 608
Nov 01/01
IAC
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT, WALL MOUNTED - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 25-22-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-861-050
(2) If you remove a cabin-attendent seat which does not have a handset
installed, continue from step 4. A.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-22-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-41-020-051
(2) Open the access flap and remove all the equipment from the stowage
compartment of the seat.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Wall-Mounted Single Cabin Attendant-Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-22-41-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
(3) If a handset is installed:
(5) Remove the seat assembly (2) and the washers (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 404
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-22-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.
(3) If you install a cabin-attendant seat which does not have a handset
installed, continue from step 4. A.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 405
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-22-41-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-41-560-050
(3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in good condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
(4) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and
(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 25-22-41-420-050
(1) Install the washers (1) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-065) to help the installation procedure.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-22-41-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 153RH, 162RH, 1LZ.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 407
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-22-41-710-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the handset from the - the volume and clarity of the voice
handset cradle and speak. is correct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-41-410-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-22-41-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 408
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-22-41-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-41-020-053
(2) Open the seat pan (2) and put some type of weight on it to hold it in
the open position.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 409
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
Figure 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 410
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(4) Remove the bolts (10), the nuts 12, the washers (11) and release the
restraint system assy (1).
(5) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the inertia reel(s) (7).
(6) Remove the screws (6), the strap guides (5) and restraint system assy
(1).
Subtask 25-22-41-020-054
(1) Open the seat pan (2) and put some type of weight on it to hold it in
the open position.
(3) Remove the bolts (8), the nuts (9) and the washers (7).
(4) Remove the screws (5), the headrest (4), the bracket (6), the
restrainer (10) and the restraint system (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 411
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Restraint System
Figure 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-004
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 412
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-22-41-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-860-051
(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-41-210-052
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 413
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-22-41-420-052
(1) Put the restraint system assy (1) in position and install it with the
strap guides (5) and the screws (6).
(2) Install the inertia reel(s) (7) with the washers (9) and the screws
(8).
(3) Install the bolts (10), the restraint system assy (1), the washers
(11) and the nuts (12).
(5) Put the the headrest (4) in the installing position and push it down
until you hear a clicking sound.
(6) Remove the weight from the seatpan (2) and put it in the close
position.
Subtask 25-22-41-420-053
(1) Install the restraint system (1) on the bracket (6) and fasten the
restrainer (10) to the restraint system (1).
(2) Put the bracket (6) with the restraint system (1) and the headrest in
the installing position and install the screws (5).
(3) Install the bolts (8), the washers (7) and the nuts (9).
(5) Remove the weight from the seatpan (2) and put it in the close
position.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 414
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-22-41-710-051
D. Operational Test:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-22-41-991-003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin at the related cabin In the cabin at the given cabin
attendant seat: attendant seat:
- pull the shoulder part of the - the shoulder part must lock.
restraint system with a sudden
movement.
- pull the shoulder part of the - the shoulder part must move freely
restraint system and release onto the inertia rail.
it.
- put the fastener into the - you must hear a clicking sound.
buckle.
Subtask 25-22-41-710-052
E. Operational Test:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-22-41-991-004)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin at the related cabin In the cabin at the given cabin
attendant seat: attendant seat:
- pull the shoulder part of the - the retainer must lock the restraint
restraint system. system.
- put the fastener into the - you must hear a clicking sound.
buckle.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 415
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-41-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-22-41-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-22-41
Page 416
Nov 01/07
IAC
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT FREE STANDING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 25-22-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-861-050
Subtask 25-22-42-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove all of the equipment from the stowage compartment of the seat.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-42-020-050
(1) Pull the end of the synthetic cord to loosen the sealant.
R (2) Open the access flap of the seat assembly (1) and disconnect the
R electrical connector (6).
R (4) Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (3) and the seat assembly (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 402
May 01/06
IAC
R Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-22-42-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-22-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
R
R (2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-42-560-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (a) Clean the component interface and the floor covering with
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton
R cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
Subtask 25-22-42-420-050
R (1) Put the busches (5) in position and install the new packings (3) (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
R (3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-002) to the bolts (2).
R (b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R (6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (a) Put the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) into the area between
R the seat assembly and the cabin floor, add a length of approx.
R 100 mm (4.0 in.).
R (b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) into the area between the
R seat assembly and the cabin floor.
(c) Make a loop in the end of the cord and press the loop into the
sealant.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 407
May 01/06
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-42-410-050
A. Close Access
R
R (1) Install the removed equipment in the stowage compartment of the seat.
R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-22-42-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 408
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-22-42-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-861-054
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-42-020-054
(1) Pull the seat pan (4) down and hold it in the open position.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 409
Nov 01/03
R
IAC
Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
Figure 402/TASK 25-22-42-991-005
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 410
Nov 01/03
R
IAC
(b) Pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the screws (5).
(c) Hold the headrest (1) in position and remove the screws (5) and
the strap guide (6).
(d) Remove the shoulder harness (7) from the seat structure.
(e) Remove the screws (9) and the inertia reel (8).
(a) Remove the bolt (11), the belt assy (10) and the spacer (12).
Subtask 25-22-42-020-055
(1) Pull the seat pan (4) down and hold it in the open position.
(3) Pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the structure (2).
(4) Remove the bracket (6) from the restraint system (5).
(5) Remove the restraint system (5) from the structure (2).
(6) Remove the bolt (9), the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 411
Nov 01/03
R
IAC
Restraint System
Figure 403/TASK 25-22-42-991-006
R
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 412
Nov 01/03
IAC
TASK 25-22-42-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-860-052
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-22-42-210-054
R (1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 413
May 01/99
IAC
Subtask 25-22-42-420-054
(a) Put the inertia reel (8) in position and install the screws (9).
(b) Pull the shoulder harness (7) up through the seat structure and
put it in position.
NOTE : You can use a cord to pull up the shoulder harness through
____
the seat structure.
(c) Put the strap guide (6) in position and install the screws (5).
R (d) Push the headrest (1) down until you hear a click.
R
(a) Put the spacer (12) and the belt assy (10) in position and
install the bolt (11).
Subtask 25-22-42-420-055
(1) Put the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7) in position and
install the bolt (9).
(2) Put the restraint system (5) in position an pull it down through the
structure (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 414
May 01/99
IAC
R (4) Push the headrest (1) down, until you hear a click.
Subtask 25-22-42-710-051
R (2) Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.
(3) Make sure that you can pull out the shoulder harness smoothly and
that it goes back into its inertia reel automatically.
(4) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and that
R it unlocks when you release the tension.
R
Subtask 25-22-42-710-052
R (2) Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-42-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 415
May 01/99
IAC
Subtask 25-22-42-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-22-42
Page 416
May 01/99
R
IAC
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT SWIVEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 25-22-43-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-861-052
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-22-43-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
Subtask 25-22-43-010-053
C. Remove all of the equipment from the stowage compartment in the swivel
seat to get access to the seat attachment bolts.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-43-020-050
(1) Get and pull the end of the synthetic cord to loosen the sealant
between the seat assembly and the cabin floor.
(2) Open the access flap of the seat assembly (1) and remove the
emergency equipment.
(5) Remove the bolts (5) and (6), the washers (4) and the spacers (7).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 402
May 01/07
IAC
R Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-22-43-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
(6) Remove the seat assembly (1).
(9) Remove the old sealant from the floor with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 404
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-22-43-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 405
May 01/07
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.
Subtask 25-22-43-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 406
May 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-43-560-050
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(5) Clean the component interface and the floor covering with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 407
May 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-22-43-420-050
(1) Install the bushes (2) and the new packings (3) (3).
(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-002) on the bolts (5) and (6).
(4) Install the washers (4), the spacers (7) and the bolts (5) and (6).
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R (9) Cut the synthetic fibre cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) to
R the necessary length.
NOTE : The cord must be 100 mm (4.0 in.) longer to make a loop in the
____
end of the cord. This step is done to help the next removal
procedure.
(10) Put the cord in position between the seat assembly and the cabin
floor.
(11) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the area between the cabin
floor and the seatassembly.
R (12) Put the loop of the fibre cord into the sealant.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 408
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-22-43-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
153RH, 162RH.
Subtask 25-22-43-710-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the handset from the - the volume and clarity of the voice
handset cradle and speak. is correct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-43-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Install the removed equipment in the stowage compartment of the seat.
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-22-43-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 409
May 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-22-43-000-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-861-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-43-020-056
(2) Pull the seat pan (4) down into the locking device.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 410
May 01/07
R
IAC
Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
Figure 402/TASK 25-22-43-991-006
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 411
May 01/07
R
IAC
(3) Removal of the Shoulder Harness
(b) Carefully pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the
screws (5).
(c) Hold the headrest (1) in position and remove the screws (5).
(e) Remove the shoulder harness (7) from the seat structure.
(f) Remove the screws (9) and the inertia reel (8).
(a) Remove the bolt (11), the belt assy (10) and the spacer (12).
Subtask 25-22-43-020-057
(2) Pull the seat pan (3) down into the locking device.
(4) Carefully pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the
structure (2).
(6) Remove the restraint system (5) from the structure (2).
(7) Remove the bolt (9), the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 412
May 01/07
R
IAC
Restraint System
Figure 403/TASK 25-22-43-991-007
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 413
May 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-22-43
Page 414
Aug 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-22-43-400-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-860-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-22-43-210-055
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 415
May 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-22-43-420-055
(a) Put the inertia reel (8) in position and install the screws (9).
(b) Pull the shoulder harness (7) up through the seat structure and
put it in position.
NOTE : You can use a cord to pull up the shoulder harness through
____
the seat structure.
(c) Put the strap guide (6) in position and install the screws (5).
(d) Pull the headrest (1) down carefully until you hear a click.
(a) Put the spacer (12) and the belt assy (10) in position and
install the bolt (11).
(3) Open the locking device and put the swivel seat back to the fold in
position.
Subtask 25-22-43-420-056
(1) Put the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7) in position and
install the bolt (9).
(2) Put the restraint system (5) in position an pull it down through the
structure (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 416
May 01/06
R
IAC
(4) Pull the headrest (1) down carefully until you hear a click.
(6) Open the locking device and put the swivel seat back to the fold in
position.
Subtask 25-22-43-710-053
(2) Make sure that you can adjust the lenght of the belt assy correctly.
(3) Make sure that you can pull out the shoulder harness smoothly and
that it goes back into its inertia reel automatically.
(4) Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and that
it unlocks when you release the tension.
Subtask 25-22-43-710-054
(2) Make sure that you can adjust the lenght of the belt assy correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-22-43-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 417
May 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-22-43-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-22-43
Page 418
May 01/06
IAC
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The linings and furnishings are installed in the cabin to give different
parts of the cabin and different components a cover and accessories. The
linings and furnishings include:
- Ceiling panels (Ref. 25-23-41)
- Ceiling panels (utility areas) (Ref. 25-23-42)
- Upper sidewall panels (Ref. 25-23-43)
- Lower sidewall panels (Ref. 25-23-44)
- Door frame linings (Ref. 25-23-45)
- Door linings (Ref. 25-23-46)
- Emergency exit linings (Ref. 25-23-47)
- Cove-light panels (Ref. 25-23-48).
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. Component
_____________________
Description
The cabin linings are formed to the contour of the fuselage. They are
installed to give a cover to these parts:
- The fuselage structure
- The thermal acoustic insulation
- The components of the electrical system
- The components of the airconditioning and ventilation system.
The linings are divided into these primary groups:
- Ceiling panels
- Sidewall panels
- Door and door frame linings.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Panels - Component Locations
R Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 2
May 01/04
IAC
Linings/Panels - Component Locations
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-23-00
Page 3
May 01/06
IAC
R Linings/Panels - Component Locations
R Figure 002A
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-00
Page 4
Feb 01/07
IAC
Linings/Panels - Component Locations
R Figure 002B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-23-00
Page 5
Feb 01/07
IAC
Sealing strips fill the gaps between the panels. Each lining has an identity
number (Ref. 06-41-53).
A. Ceiling Panels
The ceiling panels are made of synthetic honeycomb material. They are
installed along the full length of the cabin and the utility area.
B. Sidewall Panels
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 6
May 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels - Cabin Area
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 7
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Ceiling Panels - FWD Utility Area
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 8
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-23-00
Page 9
Feb 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels - AFT Utility Area
Figure 005 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 10
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Ceiling Panels - AFT Utility Area
Figure 005 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 11
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Cove-Light Panels
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 12
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Upper Sidewall Panels
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-00
Page 13
May 01/07
IAC
R Upper Sidewall Panels
Figure 007A
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-00
Page 14
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 15
Feb 01/07
IAC
Lower sidewall panels
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 16
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
(1) Passenger/Crew Door Linings and Frame Linings
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011, 012)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 17
Feb 01/07
IAC
Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings
Figure 009 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 18
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings
Figure 009 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 19
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings
Figure 010 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 20
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings
Figure 010 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 21
Feb 01/07
IAC
Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 22
Feb 01/07
IAC
Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 25-23-00
Page 23
Feb 01/07
IAC
Lining - Emergency-Exit-Hatch Lining
Figure 013
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-00
Page 24
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Linings - FWD/left Emergency-Exit-Door Frame-Linings
R Figure 014
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-00
Page 25
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Linings - FWD/right and AFT/left and right Emergency-Exit-Door Frame-Linings
R Figure 015
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-00
Page 26
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-23-00
Page 27
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Linings - Emergency-Exit-Door Linings
R Figure 016 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-00
Page 28
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Linings - Emergency-Exit-Door Linings
R Figure 016 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-00
Page 29
Feb 01/07
IAC
PANELS - CEILING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 25-23-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-41
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-41-861-050
Subtask 25-23-41-010-052
Subtask 25-23-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-41-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-41
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-41-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-41
Page 403
Aug 01/07
IAC
(1) Open the left and right overhead compartment doors below the ceiling
panel.
(2) Open the access doors (2) in the left and right overhead stowage
compartments.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) left and right at the access
doors (2).
(6) Open the two quick release fasteners (5) at the left side of the
ceiling panel (4).
(7) Push the left side of the ceiling panel (4) up.
(8) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the left and out of the spring
fasteners (3).
(9) Move the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the right side down.
(10) Make sure the right side of the ceiling panel (4) is clear from the
overhead stowage compartments.
R Subtask 25-23-41-020-050-B
R (1) Open the access doors (2) in the left and right overhead stowage
R compartments.
R (2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) at the access doors (2).
R (4) Push the springs (6) down and pull out the drawers (5).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 902-999, 25-23-41
Page 404
Aug 01/07
IAC
R Ceiling Panels
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-41-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-41
Page 405
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (5) Push the left side of the ceiling panel (4) up to release the pins
R (3)
R (6) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the right and lift the pins (8) out of
R the brackets (9).
R (7) Move the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the left side down.
R (8) Make sure that the left side of the ceiling panel (4) is clear of the
R overhead stowage compartments.
Subtask 25-23-41-020-050-A
(1) Open the access doors (2) in the left and right overhead stowage
compartments.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) left and right at the access
doors (2).
(4) Open the two quick release fasteners (5) at the left side of the
ceiling panel (4).
(5) Push the left side of the ceiling panel (4) up.
(6) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the left and out of the spring
fasteners (3).
(7) Move the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the right side down.
(8) Make sure the right side of the ceiling panel (4) is clear from the
overhead stowage compartments.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-23-41
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-23-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-41
Page 407
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-41-860-051
Subtask 25-23-41-860-051-A
(2) Make sure that the left and right doors of the overhead
stowage-compartments below the related ceiling panel are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-002).
Subtask 25-23-41-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08
EFF :
ALL 25-23-41
Page 408
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-23-41-560-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the ceiling panel (4) is in good condition.
(6) Make sure that the quick release fasteners (5) and spring fasteners
(3) are in good condition.
(7) Make sure that the fluorescent lights and the electrical connectors
are serviceable.
Subtask 25-23-41-560-050-A
EFF :
ALL 25-23-41
Page 409
Aug 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the ceiling panel (10) is in good condition.
(6) Make sure that the quick-release fasteners (11) and spring fasteners
(12) are in good condition.
(7) Make sure that the fluorescent lights and the electrical connectors
are serviceable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-41-420-050
(1) Make sure that the overhead stowage compartment doors are closed.
(2) Put the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the left side up above the
overhead stowage compartments.
(3) Move the ceiling panel (4) as far as possible to the left.
(4) Lift the right side of the ceiling panel (4) above the overhead
stowage compartment.
(5) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the right and into the spring fasteners
(3).
(6) Put the electrical connectors (1) through the access doors (2).
(7) Put the pins of the quick release fasteners (5) in position.
(8) Pull the ceiling panel (4) down and lock the quick release fasteners
(5).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-41
Page 410
Aug 01/07
IAC
(10) Connect the electrical connectors (1).
(11) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(12) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R Subtask 25-23-41-420-050-B
R (2) Put the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the right side up above
R the overhead stowage compartments.
R (3) Move the ceiling panel (4) as far as possible to the right.
R (4) Lift the left side of the ceiling panel (4) above the overhead
R stowage compartment.
R (6) Put the electrical connectors (1) through the access doors (2).
R (7) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the left until you can move the pins
R (3) into the brackets (7).
R (8) Pull the ceiling panel (4) down and push the drawers (5) into their
R locked position.
R (10) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 902-999, 25-23-41
Page 411
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (12) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
Subtask 25-23-41-420-050-A
(1) Put the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the left side up above the
overhead stowage compartments.
(2) Move the ceiling panel (4) as far as possible to the left.
(3) Lift the right side of the ceiling panel (4) above the overhead
stowage compartment.
(4) Move the ceiling panel (4) to the right and into the spring fasteners
(3).
(5) Put the electrical connectors (1) through the access doors (2).
(6) Put the pins of the quick release fasteners (5) in position.
(7) Pull the ceiling panel (4) down and lock the quick release fasteners
(5).
(9) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(11) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-23-41
Page 412
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-41-865-052
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
304LG, 305LG, 306LG, 307LG
Subtask 25-23-41-710-050
B. Do the operational test on the passenger cabin lights (Ref. TASK 33-21-
00-710-001).
Subtask 25-23-41-410-052
Subtask 25-23-41-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-41
Page 413
Aug 01/07
IAC
PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 25-23-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 401
Aug 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-861-050
Subtask 25-23-42-865-050
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-23-42-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-42-020-050
(1) Hold the panel (1) in position and release the fasteners (15).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-052
NOTE : Special care must be used when removing the ceiling panel(s) (2)
____
and/or (3), because the position of other furnishings decreases
the available working area.
(1) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).
(2) Hold the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and release the
fasteners (15).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-050-A
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE PANEL HANG ON THE ELECTRICAL WIRES. IF THE PANEL
_______
HANGS ON ELECTRICAL WIRES, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
(1) Hold the panel (1) in position and release the fasteners (15).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 403
Aug 01/06
IAC
Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-42-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-23-42
Page 404
Aug 01/06
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-23-42
Page 405
Aug 01/06
IAC
Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area
Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 406
Aug 01/06
IAC
Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area
Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-42-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 407
Aug 01/06
IAC
(2) Carefully lower the panel (1), disconnect the electrical connector
(16) and remove the panel (1).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-052-A
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE PANEL HANG ON THE ELECTRICAL WIRES. IF THE PANEL
_______
HANGS ON ELECTRICAL WIRES, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
NOTE : Special care must be used when removing the ceiling panel(s) (2)
____
and/or (3), because the position of other furnishings decreases
the available working area.
(1) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).
(2) Hold the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and release the
fasteners (15).
(3) Carefully lower the panel(s) (2) and/or (3), disconnect the
electrical connector (16) and remove the panel(s) (2) and/or (3).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-053
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 408
Aug 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).
(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) inboard and off
the mounting rail (14).
(3) Lower the inboard edge of the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) and
pull the outboard edge out of the mounting bracket (16).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-060
D. Removal of the ceiling panel (5) and the trim panel (6)
(1) Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).
(2) Carefully remove the ceiling panel (5) from the mounting rail (14).
(3) Get access through the removed ceiling panels (4), (7) and (5) for
steps (a) to (c).
(c) Hold the trim panel (6) and remove the bolts (9), the washers
(10) and the nuts (11).
(4) Carefully remove the trim panel (6) from the mounting structure (12).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 409
Aug 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-23-42-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-861-051
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 410
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-23-42-865-051
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-42-020-055
(1) Remove the assembly seal (7) from the mounting rail (8).
(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) inboard and off
the mounting rail (8).
(3) Lower the inboard edge of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) and
pull the assembly brackets (10) out of the mounting slots (11).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 411
Aug 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels AFT Utility Area
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-42-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 412
May 01/04
R
IAC
Ceiling Panels AFT Utility Area
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-42-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 413
May 01/04
R
IAC
Subtask 25-23-42-020-058
(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and push and release the
fasteners (9).
NOTE : Two safety straps hold each ceiling panels in two different
____
open positions.
(2) Carefully lower the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) until the first
safety strap (13) stops the travel.
(3) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the first safety
strap (13) from the bracket (16).
(4) Carefully lower the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) until the second
safety strap (14) stops the travel.
(5) Get access to the electrical connector (15) through the opening
behind the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4).
(8) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the second safety
strap (14) from the bracket (16).
(9) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the screws (12)
that attach them to the hinges.
Subtask 25-23-42-020-059
(1) Remove the bolts (17) and the washers (18) from the panel (1) through
the openings behind the ceiling panels (2) and (5).
(2) Lower the trim panel (1) and get access to the electrical connector
(6) 7243VC.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 414
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(5) Carefully remove the trim panel (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 415
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-23-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 416
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-860-051
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-42-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 417
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-42-420-050
A. Installation of the ceiling Panel (5) and the trim panel (6)
(1) Put the trim panel (6) on the mounting structure (12), and hold in
position.
(2) Get access through the removed ceiling panels (4), (7) and (5) for
steps (a) to (d).
(a) Install the bolts (9), the washers (10) and the nuts (11).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 418
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(3) Put the ceiling panel (5) in position and attach it to the mounting
rail (14).
(4) Install the assembly seal (13) into the mounting rail (14). Use the
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
Subtask 25-23-42-420-051
(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) and carefully push the
outboard edge into the mounting bracket (16).
(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) inboard and attach
them on the mounting rail (14).
(3) Install the assembly seal (13) into the mounting rail (14). Use the
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 419
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-23-42-420-052
NOTE : Special care must be used when installing the ceiling panel(s) (2)
____
and/or (3), because the position of other furnishing decreases the
available working area.
(1) Put the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and lock the quick
release fasteners (15).
(2) Install the assembly seal (13) into the mounting rail (14). Use the
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
Subtask 25-23-42-420-053
(1) Carefully put the panel (1) in position and lock the quick release
fasteners (15).
Subtask 25-23-42-420-052-A
NOTE : Special care must be used when installing the ceiling panel(s) (2)
____
and/or (3), because the position of other furnishing decreases the
available working area.
(1) Remove the CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC from the disconnected electrical
connectors.
(2) Lift the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) to connect the electrical
connector(s) (16).
(3) Put the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and lock the quick
release fasteners (15).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 420
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(4) Install the assembly seal (13) into the mounting rail (14). Use the
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
Subtask 25-23-42-420-053-A
(1) Remove the CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC from the disconnected electrical
connectors.
(2) Lift the panel (1) to connect the electrical connector (16).
(3) Carefully put the panel (1) in position and lock the quick release
fasteners (15).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-42-865-053
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 308LG
Subtask 25-23-42-865-059
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15RA
Subtask 25-23-42-820-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 421
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-23-42-710-050
D. Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the forward utility area
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001).
Subtask 25-23-42-710-050-A
D. Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the forward utility area
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001).
Subtask 25-23-42-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 422
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-23-42-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-860-052
(2) Make sure the aft curtain and curtain rail are removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-000-003), if required.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 423
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-42-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-42-420-062
(1) Put and hold the trim panel (1) in position on the mounting structure
(8) .
(2) Through the openings for the ceiling panels (2) and (5), do the steps
(a) to (d).
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 424
Aug 01/07
IAC
(d) Connect the electrical connector (6) 7243VC.
Subtask 25-23-42-420-054
(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) in position next to the
hinges.
(3) Attach the second safety strap (14) to the bracket (16) on the
ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4).
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(7) Push the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) up and attach the safety
strap (13) to the bracket (16).
(8) Close the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and hold in position.
(9) Push in the fasteners (9) that are attached to the ceiling panel(s)
(3) and/or (4).
(10) Make sure the fasteners (9) are flushed with the celing panels.
Subtask 25-23-42-420-055
(1) Hold the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) and carefully push the
assembly brackets (10) into the mounting slots (11).
(2) Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) outboard and
attach them on the mounting rail (8).
(3) Install the assembly seal (7) into the mounting rail (8). Use the
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 425
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-42-865-055
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 308LG
Subtask 25-23-42-710-051
B. Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the aft utility area
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001).
Subtask 25-23-42-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-23-42
Page 426
Aug 01/07
IAC
PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 25-23-43-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 401
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-861-050
Subtask 25-23-43-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Fold down the backrests of the passenger-seats in the area where you
want to remove the sidewall-panel (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-43-020-050
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
(2) With a small screw-driver push the clips in the holes of the
decor-cover (7) to release the decor-cover (7).
(4) Remove the screws (5) and the washers (3) and (4).
(5) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.
(6) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
Subtask 25-23-43-020-052
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
(3) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the sidewall
panel (1) and the adjacent panel.
(4) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 403
May 01/07
IAC
Panel 3-Frame
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-43-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-43
Page 404
May 01/07
IAC
Panel 3-Frame
Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-43-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 405
May 01/07
IAC
Panel 2-Frame with a Seal
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-43-991-004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-43
Page 406
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-43-020-054
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
(2) With a small screw-driver push the clips in the holes of the
decor-cover (6) to release the decor-cover (6).
(6) Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panel.
(7) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
Subtask 25-23-43-020-055
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
(3) Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the
sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.
(4) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-43
Page 407
May 01/07
IAC
Panel 2-Frame with a Seal
Figure 402A/TASK 25-23-43-991-004-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 408
May 01/07
IAC
Panel 3-Frame End
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-43-991-007
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-43
Page 409
May 01/07
IAC
R Panel 3-Frame End
Figure 403A/TASK 25-23-43-991-007-A
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 410
Aug 01/07
IAC
Panel 2-Frame Filler
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-43-991-008
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-43
Page 411
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
Subtask 25-23-43-020-050-A
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
R (2) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the
R sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.
R CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE.
_______
R PUSH OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU
R PUSH OR PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO
R MUCH FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC
R PARTS.
R
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-23-43-991-014)
R
R (a) Push the nose below the gap-cover and pull the gap-cover up to
R remove it.
R (b) Pull the inner edge of the bottom part of the decor-ring until it
R makes a loud click. Do not continue to pull the decor-ring or it
R will break.
R (4) With a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL push the clips in the holes of the
R cover-ring (8) to release the cover-ring (8).
R (6) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (5) and (6).
R
(7) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 412
Aug 01/07
IAC
Panel 2-Frame Filler
Figure 404A/TASK 25-23-43-991-008-A
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 413
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
R Enhanced Cabin-Special Plastic Parts
R Figure 405/TASK 25-23-43-991-014
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 414
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-43-020-052-A
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
R (2) Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the sidewall
R panel (1) and the adjacent panels.
R CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE.
_______
R PUSH OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU
R PUSH OR PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO
R MUCH FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC
R PARTS.
R (a) Push the nose below the gap-cover and pull the gap-cover up to
R remove it.
R (4) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3). the adjacent panels.
R
(5) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
Subtask 25-23-43-020-054-A
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
R (2) Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the
R sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panel.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 415
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (3) Remove the gap-cover (11) and the decor-ring (8):
R CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE.
_______
R PUSH OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU
R PUSH OR PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO
R MUCH FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC
R PARTS.
R (a) Push the nose below the gap-cover and pull the gap-cover up to
R remove it.
R (b) Pull the inner edge of the bottom part of the decor-ring until it
R makes a loud click. Do not continue to pull the decor-ring or it
R will break.
R (4) With a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL push the clips in the holes of the
R cover-ring (7) to release the cover-ring (7).
(8) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
Subtask 25-23-43-020-055-A
(1) Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
R (2) Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the
R sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 416
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (3) Remove the gap-cover (5):
R CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE.
_______
R PUSH OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU
R PUSH OR PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO
R MUCH FORCE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC
R PARTS.
R (a) Push the nose below the gap-cover and pull the gap-cover up to
R remove it.
(5) Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the
brackets and remove it.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 417
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-23-43-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-861-051
Subtask 25-23-43-010-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-43-020-059
(1) Remove the screws (3) and the washers (2) and the window fairing
assembly (1).
(2) Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the screws (9).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 418
Aug 01/07
IAC
Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
R Figure 406/TASK 25-23-43-991-013
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 419
Aug 01/07
IAC
(3) Release the clips (10) and disengage the attachment frame (6) from
the frame window fairing (4).
(4) Move the blind (5) out of the guide-blind (11) and remove it.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 420
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-23-43-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 421
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 422
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-860-051
(2) Make sure that the backrests of the passenger seats, in the area
where you removed the sidewall panel(s), are folded down.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-43-210-051
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-43-560-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 423
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(2) Make sure that the markings on the LH and RH sidewall-panels for
FR35/FR53.8 to FR36 and FR46 to FR47 are in a good condition.
(b) Measure the distances and make marks as shown in (DETAIL B).
(c) Apply masking tape to the area adjacent to the marks you have
made.
(b) Measure the distances and make marks as shown in (DETAIL C).
(c) Install the new placard (30) adjacent to the marks you have made
(Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 424
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Panel 3-Frame - Identification Marking
R Figure 407/TASK 25-23-43-991-005
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 425
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-901,
Subtask 25-23-43-420-050
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
(4) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
(5) Install the washers (3), (4) and the screws (5).
(7) Put the decor-panel (6) and the decor-cover (7) in position and make
sure that the decor-cover (7) is correctly engaged.
Subtask 25-23-43-420-051
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidwall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panel and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
(4) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-43
Page 426
Nov 01/07
IAC
(5) Install the screws (4) and the washers (3).
Subtask 25-23-43-420-053
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
(4) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
(8) Put the decor-panel (5) and the decor-cover (6) in position and make
sure that the decor-cover (6) is correctly engaged.
Subtask 25-23-43-420-054
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-43
Page 427
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(4) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
Subtask 25-23-43-420-050-A
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE. PUSH
_______
OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU PUSH OR
PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO MUCH FORCE,
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC PARTS.
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
(4) Put the gap-cover (10) in position. Carefully turn it outboard and
push it down to make sure that it is correctly engaged.
(5) Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
(6) Install the washers (5), (6) and the screws (7).
(8) Put the decor-panel (4) and the cover-ring (8) in position and make
sure that the cover-ring (8) is correctly engaged.
(a) Put the decor-ring in position on the cover-ring. Make sure that
the top and middle parts of the decor-ring are in the correct
position.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 428
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(b) Move the window blind down to push the decor-ring in its locked
position.
(c) Make sure that the decor-ring is flush with the adjacent panel.
Subtask 25-23-43-420-051-A
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE. PUSH
_______
OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU PUSH OR
PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO MUCH FORCE,
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC PARTS.
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
(4) Put the gap-cover (5) in position. Carefully turn it outboard and
push it down to make sure that it is correctly engaged.
(5) Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidwall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panel and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
Subtask 25-23-43-420-053-A
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE. PUSH
_______
OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU PUSH OR
PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO MUCH FORCE,
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC PARTS.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 429
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(1) Put the sidewall-panel (1) in position as recorded in the removal
procedure.
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
(4) Put the gap-cover (11) in position. Carefully turn it outboard and
push it down to make sure that it is correctly engaged.
(5) Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
(9) Put the decor-panel (6) and the cover-ring (7) in position and make
sure that the cover-ring (7) is correctly engaged.
(a) Put the decor-ring in position on the cover-ring. Make sure that
the top and middle parts of the decor-ring are in the correct
position.
(b) Move the window blind down to push the decor-ring in its locked
position.
(c) Make sure that the decor-ring is flush with the adjacent panel.
Subtask 25-23-43-420-054-A
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH OR PULL THE PLASTIC PARTS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE. PUSH
_______
OR PULL THEM ONLY IN THE SPECIFIED DIRECTION. IF YOU PUSH OR
PULL THEM IN THE INCORRECT DIRECTION OR WITH TOO MUCH FORCE,
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE OR BREAK THE PLASTIC PARTS.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-43
Page 430
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(1) Put the sidewall-panel (1) in position as recorded in the removal
procedure.
(2) Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the
brackets.
(3) Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
(4) Put the gap-cover (5) in position. Carefully turn it outoard and push
it down to make sure that it is correctly engaged.
(5) Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the
adjacent panels, and make sure that they are correctly engaged.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-43-862-051
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 431
Nov 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-23-43
Page 432
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-43-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-860-052
A. Make sure that the Upper Sidewall Panel(s) is(are) removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-43-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-43-210-052
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 433
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-43-420-060
(2) Put the attachment frame (6) in position and attach it to the frame
window fairing (4) with the clips (10).
(3) Install the washers (8), the screws (9) and the nuts (7).
(4) Put the window fairing assembly (1) in position and install the
washers (2) and the screws (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-43-410-052
A. Close Access
Subtask 25-23-43-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-23-43
Page 434
Aug 01/07
IAC
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 25-23-44-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-861-053
Subtask 25-23-44-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) If necessary remove the passenger seats in the area of the panels you
will remove. (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-44-020-050
(1) Use a punch to release the center pins of the quick release pins (1).
(2) Pull the lower edge of the panel (2) away from the compartment wall.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-44
Page 401
Feb 01/96
IAC
Lower Sidewall Panels - Installation
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-44-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-23-44
Page 402
Feb 01/96
IAC
(3) Pull the panel (2) down and remove the fasteners (3) from the
attachment fittings (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-44
Page 403
Feb 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-23-44-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-860-050
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-44
Page 404
Feb 01/96
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-44-420-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Engage the fasteners (3) in the attachment fittings (4) and install
the panel (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-44-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-23-44-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-23-44
Page 405
Feb 01/96
IAC
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 25-23-44-210-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Lower Sidewall Panel and of the Area Behind
the Lower Sidewall Panel for Foreign Material Accumulation.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-861-052
Subtask 25-23-44-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the lower sidewall panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-
000-001).
NOTE : Remove one lower sidewall panel in the FWD, MID and AFT
____
passenger cabin.
Alternate sidewall panel is recommended at the next
inspection.
Interval may be adjusted according to operator experience.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-44
Page 601
Nov 01/00
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-44-210-052
A. Visual Inspection
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-44-410-053
Subtask 25-23-44-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-44
Page 602
Feb 01/96
IAC
Lower Sidewall Panels
Figure 601/TASK 25-23-44-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-23-44
Page 603
Feb 01/96
IAC
LINING - DOOR FRAME - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 25-23-45-000-005
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 401
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-050
Subtask 25-23-45-860-055
(a) Make sure that the switch EMER EXIT LT 4WL on the panel 25VU is
in the OFF position.
(a) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER is in the OFF position.
R (3) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the panels 25VU and 120RH, to tell persons
not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
Subtask 25-23-45-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(2) Remove the emergency exit sign 41WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).
(3) Remove the cabin emergency light 21WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 402
May 01/03
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-020-055
A. Removal of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
221GW, 221HW, 221JW, 221KW, 221LW, 221MW, 221NW, 221PW and 221QW.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006)
(1) Remove the screws (3) and the washers (4) that attach the lining
221HW.
(2) Loosen the clamp (5) and disconnect the hose (6).
(3) Lift the lining 221HW to release the attach brackets from the yo-yo
rolls and remove the lining.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Carefully push the lugs (11) of the handgrip cover (12) with your
finger in the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip
cover (12).
(b) Remove the screws (10) the plates (9) the handgrip (14) and the
spacer (21) (if installed).
(6) At lining 221EW remove the screws (2) and (8) and the washers (1) and
(7).
(7) Lift the lining 221EW to release the attach brackets from the yo-yo
rolls and remove the lining.
(8) Remove the screws (2) and (8), the washers (1) and (7) and remove the
lining 221PW.
(a) Put a small screwdriver with a flat blade between the handgrip
cover (12) and the handgrip (14).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 403
May 01/03
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006- 13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 404
Nov 01/02
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006- 23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 405
Nov 01/02
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006- 33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 406
Nov 01/02
IAC
(b) Carefully push the lugs (11) of the handgrip cover (12) in the
direction ofthe arrows and remove the handgrip cover.
(c) Remove the screws (13) the plates (9), the handgrip (14) and the
spacer (21) (if installed).
(10) Remove the screws (25), the washers (26) and the safety strap
latch-hook (22).
(11) At the linings 221AW, 221BW, 221MW and 221KW remove the screws (17),
(19) and (15) and the washers (13), (20) and (16).
(12) Lift the linings 221AW, 221BW, 221MW and 221KW to release the attach
brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove the linings.
(13) At the linings 221JW, 221GW, 221FW, 221CW, 221QW, 221NW and 221LW
remove the screws (19) and the washers (20).
(14) Remove the linings 221JW, 221GW, 221FW, 221CW, 221QW, 221NW and
221LW.
Subtask 25-23-45-020-055-A
A. Removal of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
221RW, 221SW, 221VW,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A)
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-45
Page 407
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 221SW.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
(c) Lift the lining 221EW to release the attach brackets (24) from
the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the lining 221EW.
(a) Remove the screws (1), (27) and (30), the washers (2), (26) and
(31) and remove the lining 221BW.
(b) Lift the lining 221AW to release the attach brackets (24) from
the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the lining 221AW.
(a) Remove the screws (16) and the washers (17) and the latch-hook
(18).
(b) Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining
221FW.
(a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 221VW.
R
EFF :
027-099, 901-901, 25-23-45
Page 411
May 01/07
IAC
(7) Remove the lining 221CW:
(a) Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining
221CW.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
(b) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining
221RW.
R Subtask 25-23-45-020-055-B
R A. Removal of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
R 221RW, 221SW, 221VW,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A)
R CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
R DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
R (c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 412
May 01/07
IAC
R (d) Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.
R (f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
R and (7) and remove the lining 221SW.
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
R THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
R 1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
R handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
R 3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
R (15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
R (c) Lift the lining 221EW to release the attach brackets (24) from
R the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the lining 221EW.
R (a) Remove the screws (1), (27) and (30), the washers (2), (26) and
R (31) and remove the lining 221BW.
R (b) Lift the lining 221AW to release the attach brackets (24) from
R the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the lining 221AW.
R (a) Remove the screws (16) and the washers (17) and the latch-hook
R (18).
R (b) Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining
R 221FW.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-45
Page 413
May 01/07
IAC
R (6) Remove the lining 221VW:
R (a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 221VW.
R (a) Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining
R 221CW.
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
R THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
R 1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
R handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
R 3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
R (15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
R (c) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining
R 221RW.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-45
Page 414
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-23-45-400-006
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 415
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-053
(2) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the off
position.
(3) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the off
position.
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE are in position on the panels 25VU
and 120 RH to tell persons not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT
EMER.
(7) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 416
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-45-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-420-056
A. Install the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221GW,
221HW, 221JW, 221KW, 221LW, 221MW, 221NW, 221PW and 221QW.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-45-991-006)
(1) Put the linings 221LW, 221NW, 221QW, 221CW, 221FW, 221GW and 221JW in
position and install the screws (19) and the washers (20).
(2) Put the linings 221KW, 221MW, 221BW and 221AW in position and engage
the attach brackets in the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the screws (17), (19) and (15) and the washers (18), (20) and
(16).
NOTE : Do not fully tighten the screws (17), (19) and (15) at this
____
time.
(a) Put the electrical connectors (27) through the grommet (28).
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 417
May 01/07
R
IAC
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connectors 7441VS-A and 7441VS-B (27), use
the ELECTRICAL CONTACTS INSERTION/EXTRACTION TOOL M15570-20.
(5) Put the spacer (21) (if installed) and the handgrip (14) in position.
(6) Install the plates (9) and the screws (13). TORQUE to 0.8 m.daN
(70.79 lbf.in).
(7) Put the lining 221PW in position and install the screws (2) and (8)
and the washers (1) and (7).
(8) Put the lining 221EW in position and engage the attach brackets in
the yo-yo rolls.
(9) Install the screws (2) and (8) and the washers (1) and (7).
(11) Install the plates (9) and the screws (10) and (13). TORQUE to 0.8
m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(13) Engage the attach brackets of lining 221HW with the yo-yo rolls.
(14) Connect the hose (6) and tighten the clamp (5).
(15) Put the lining 221HW in position and install the screws (3) and the
washers (4).
(16) Make sure that there is clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000
-0.0196 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors (Ref. TASK
35-23-00-710-001).
(17) Put the latch hook (22) in position and install the screws (25) and
the washers (26).
(19) Make sure that the lugs of the handgrip covers engage correctly up
until you hear a click.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 418
May 01/07
IAC
(20) Tighten the screws (15), (17) and (19).
Subtask 25-23-45-420-056-A
A. Installation of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
221RW,221SW, 221VW,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A)
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(a) Put the lining 221RW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2), but do not tighten the screws (1).
1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(d) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.
(a) Put the lining 221CW in position and install the screws (29) and
the washers (28).
(a) Put the lining 221VW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).
(a) Put the lining 221FW in position and install the screws (29) and
the washers (28).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-45
Page 419
May 01/07
IAC
(b) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).
(a) Put the lining 221AW in position and engage the attach brackets
(24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).
(a) Put the lining 221BW in position and install the screws (1), (27)
and (30) and the washers (2), (26) and (31).
(a) Put the lining 221EW in position and engage the attach brackets
(24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).
1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
2
_ Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10)
of the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip
cover into position until you hear a click.
(a) Put the lining 221SW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8), the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the screws
(1), (4) and (8).
(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
(c) Tighten the screws (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
R
EFF :
027-099, 901-901, 25-23-45
Page 420
May 01/07
IAC
(f) Connect the electrical connectors:
1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).
R Subtask 25-23-45-420-056-B
R A. Installation of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW,
R 221RW,221SW, 221VW,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-23-45-991-006-A)
R (1) Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
R 11-911-001).
R (a) Put the lining 221RW in position and install the screws (1) and
R the washers (2), but do not tighten the screws (1).
R 1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
R plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
R the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
R (d) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
R the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
R into position until you hear a click.
R (e) Install the sidewall panel that was removed in the removal
R procedure (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R (a) Put the lining 221CW in position and install the screws (29) and
R the washers (28).
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 421
May 01/07
IAC
R (4) Install the lining 221VW:
R (a) Put the lining 221VW in position and install the screws (1) and
R the washers (2).
R (a) Put the lining 221FW in position and install the screws (29) and
R the washers (28).
R (b) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
R and the washers (17).
R (a) Put the lining 221AW in position and engage the attach brackets
R (24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).
R (a) Put the lining 221BW in position and install the screws (1), (27)
R and (30) and the washers (2), (26) and (31).
R (a) Put the lining 221EW in position and engage the attach brackets
R (24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).
R 1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
R plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
R the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
R 2
_ Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10)
R of the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip
R cover into position until you hear a click.
R (a) Put the lining 221SW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
R and (8), the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the screws
R (1), (4) and (8).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-45
Page 422
May 01/07
IAC
R (b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
R +0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
R (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
R (c) Tighten the screws (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
R (e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
R 1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R 2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R 3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).
Subtask 25-23-45-942-054
B. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.
Subtask 25-23-45-865-060
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
Subtask 25-23-45-710-056
D. Do the operational test of the cabin emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-
00-710-008).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 423
May 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-45-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit marker 90WL1 (Ref. TASK
33-51-13-400-001).
(3) Install the cabin emergency light 21WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).
(4) Install the emergency exit sign 41WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).
(5) Close the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-068
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
Subtask 25-23-45-862-051
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 424
May 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-45-000-002
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 425
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-052
Subtask 25-23-45-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(2) Remove the emergency exit sign 40WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).
(3) Remove the cabin emergency light 20WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).
Subtask 25-23-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 1ME D02
Subtask 25-23-45-865-050-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 1ME A03
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 426
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-020-052
A. Remove the door frame linings 222AW, 222BW, 222CW, 222DW, 222EW, 222FW,
222GW, 222HW, 222JW, 222KW, 222LW, 222MW, 222NW, 222PW and 222QW.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003)
(1) Remove the screws (20) and the washers (19) that attach the lining
222HW.
(2) Loosen the clamp (18) and disconnect the hose (17).
(3) Lift the lining 222HW to release the attach brackets from the yo-yo
rolls and remove the lining.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Put a small screwdriver with a flat blade between the handgrip
cover (3) or (11) and the handgrip (8).
(b) Carefully push the lugs (4) of the handgrip cover (3) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (3).
(c) Remove the screws (5), the plates (6), the spacer (9) (if
installed), , the handgrip (8) and the finger protection panel
(10) (if installed).
(6) At the linings 222EW and 222PW remove the screws (2) and the washers
(1).
(7) At the linings 222EW, 222DW, 222BW, 222AW, 222PW, 222MW and 222KW
remove the screws (23) and (14) and the washers (22) and (15).
(8) Remove the screws (21), the washers (20), the nuts (19) and disengage
the vacuum cleaner socket 7ME from the lining 222KW.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 427
May 01/07
R
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003- 13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 428
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003- 23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 429
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003- 33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 430
May 01/07
IAC
(9) Lift the linings 222EW, 222DW, 222BW, 222AW, 222PW, 222MW and 222KW
to release the attach brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove the
linings.
(10) Remove the screws (12), the washers (13) and the safety strap
latch-hook (11).
(11) Remove the screws (12), the washers (13) and remove the linings
222JW, 222GW, 222FW, 222CW, 222QW, 222NW and 222LW.
Subtask 25-23-45-020-052-A
A. Removal of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222VW, 222UW, 222TW,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A)
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 222SW.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-45
Page 431
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side
Figure 402A/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 432
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side
Figure 402A/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 433
May 01/07
IAC
1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
(b) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).
(c) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 222UW.
(a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining
222VW.
(a) Remove the caps (3), the screws (4) and (1), the washers (2) and
remove the lining 222TW.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
(b) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
(c) Carefully tilt the lining to remove the nuts (22) and the socket
(23).
R
EFF :
027-099, 901-901, 25-23-45
Page 434
May 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
R Subtask 25-23-45-020-052-B
R A. Removal of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222VW, 222UW, 222TW,
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A)
R CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
R DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
R (c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
R (f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
R and (7) and remove the lining 222SW.
R
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
R THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
R 1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
R handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
R 3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
R (15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
R (b) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-45
Page 435
May 01/07
IAC
R (c) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 222UW.
R
R (a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining
R 222VW.
R
R (a) Remove the caps (3), the screws (4) and (1), the washers (2) and
R remove the lining 222TW.
R
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
R THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
R 1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
R handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
R 2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
R direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
R 3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
R (15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
R (c) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
R (d) Carefully tilt the lining to remove the nuts (22) and the socket
R (23).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-45
Page 436
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-23-45-400-007
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 437
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-051
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-45-865-057
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 1ME A03
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 438
May 01/07
R
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-420-058
A. Install the door frame linings 222AW, 222BW, 222CW, 222DW, 222EW, 222FW,
222GW, 222HW, 222JW, 222KW, 222LW, 222MW, 222NW, 222PW and 222QW.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-45-991-003)
(1) Put the linings 222LW, 222NW, 222QW, 222CW, 222FW, 222GW and 222JW in
position and install the screws (23) and the washers (22). Do not
fully tighten the screws (23) at this time.
(2) Put the lining 222KW in position and install the vacuum cleaner
socket 7ME in the lining.
(3) Install the screws (21), the washers (20) and the nuts (19).
(4) Put the linings 222KW, 222MW, 222PW, 222AW, 222BW, 222DW and 222EW in
position and engage the attach brackets in the yo-yo rolls.
(5) Install the screws (23) and (14) and the washers (22) and (15). Do
not fully tighten the screws (23) and (14) at this time.
(a) Put the electrical connectors (24) through the grommet (25).
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connectors 7430VS-A and 7430VS-B (24), use
the ELECTRICAL CONTACTS INSERTION/EXTRACTION TOOL M15570-20.
(7) At the linings 222EW and 222PW install the screws (2) and the washers
(1).
(8) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 439
May 01/07
R
IAC
(9) Engage the attach brackets of the lining 222HW with the yo-yo rolls.
(10) Connect the hose (17) and tighten the clamp (18).
(11) Put the lining 222HW in position and install the screws (20) and the
washers (19). Do not fully tighten the screws (20) at this time.
(12) Put the latch hook (11) in position and install the screws (12) and
the washers (13).
(13) Put the finger protection panel (10) (if installed) , the spacer (9)
(if installed) and the handgrip (8) in position.
(14) Install the plates (6) and the screws (5) and (7). TORQUE to 0.8
m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(16) Make sure that the lugs of the grip covers engage correctly up until
you hear a click.
Subtask 25-23-45-420-058-A
A. Installation of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222TW, 222UW, 222VW
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A)
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(a) Put the socket (23) in position and install the nuts (22).
(c) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-45
Page 440
May 01/07
IAC
(d) Install the handgrip:
1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(e) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
(f) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.
(a) Put the lining 222TW in position and install the screws (1) and
(4), the washers (2) and the caps (3).
(a) Put the lining 222VW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).
(a) Put the lining 222UW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).
(b) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).
1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
2
_ Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10)
of the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip
cover into position until you hear a click.
(a) Put the lining 222SW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten.
R
EFF :
027-099, 901-901, 25-23-45
Page 441
May 01/07
IAC
(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
(c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).
R Subtask 25-23-45-420-058-B
R A. Installation of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222TW, 222UW, 222VW
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-45-991-003-A)
R (1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
R 11-911-001).
R (a) Put the socket (23) in position and install the nuts (22).
R (c) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
R tighten the screws (1) and (4).
R 1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
R plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
R the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
R (e) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 442
May 01/07
IAC
R (f) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
R the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
R into position until you hear a click.
R (g) Install the sidewall panel that was removed in the removal
R procedure (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R (a) Put the lining 222TW in position and install the screws (1) and
R (4), the washers (2) and the caps (3).
R (a) Put the lining 222VW in position and install the screws (1) and
R the washers (2).
R (a) Put the lining 222UW in position and install the screws (1) and
R the washers (2).
R (b) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
R and the washers (17).
R 1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
R plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
R the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
R 2
_ Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10)
R of the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip
R cover into position until you hear a click.
R (a) Put the lining 222SW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
R and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten.
R (b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
R +0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
R (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
R (c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-45
Page 443
May 01/07
IAC
R (e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
R 1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R 2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R 3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-45-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the cabin emergency light 20WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).
(4) Install the emergency exit sign 40WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).
(5) Close the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-069
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 444
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-45-865-053
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1ME
Subtask 25-23-45-862-052
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 445
May 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-45-000-003
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 446
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-053
Subtask 25-23-45-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 832 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(2) Remove the attendant indication panel 320RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-000-
001).
(3) Remove the AFT attendant panel 126RH (Ref. TASK 23-73-13-000-001).
(5) Remove the emergency exit sign 45WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).
(6) Remove the cabin emergency light 33WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 447
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-45-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET CARGO Z261 5ME F01
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-020-057
A. Remove the door frame linings 261DW, 261EW, 261FW, 261GW, 261HW, 261JW,
261KW, 261LW, 261MW, 261NW, 261PW, 261QW 261RW and 261SW.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004)
(1) Remove the screws (24) and the washers (25) that attach the lining
261KW.
(2) Loosen the clamp (26) and disconnect the hose (27).
(3) Lift the lining 261KW to release the attach brackets from the yo-yo
rolls and remove the lining.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Put a small screwdriver with a flat blade between the handgrip
cover (7) and the handgrip (13).
(b) Carefully push the lugs (8) of the handgrip cover (7) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (7).
(c) Remove the screws (9) and (14), the plates (10), the spacers (12)
(if installed) , the handgrips (13) and the finger protection
panels (11) (if installed).
(6) Remove the screws (22), the washers (23) and the safety strap
latch-hook (21).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 448
May 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-23-45
Page 449
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 450
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 451
May 01/07
IAC
(7) At the linings 261HW and 261RW remove the screws (2) and (3) and the
washers (1) and (4).
(8) At the linings 261RW, 261PW, 261MW, 261HW, 261FW and 261DW remove the
screws (5) and (19) and the washers (6) and (20).
(9) Remove the screws (18), the washers (17), the nuts (16) and disengage
the vacuum cleaner socket 13ME from the lining 261DW.
(10) Lift the linings 261RW, 261PW, 261MW, 261HW, 261FW and 261DW to
release the attach brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove the
linings.
(11) Remove the screws (19), the washers (20) and remove the linings
261LW, 261SW, 261QW, 261NW, 261JW, 261GW and 261EW.
Subtask 25-23-45-020-057-A
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 261VW.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 452
May 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-23-45
Page 453
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 403A/TASK 25-23-45-991-004-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 454
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Figure 403A/TASK 25-23-45-991-004-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 455
May 01/07
IAC
(2) Remove the lining 261UW:
(a) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 261UW.
(a) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
(c) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
(d) Carefully tilt the lining, remove the nuts (20) and disengage the
socket (21).
(a) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
2
_ Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 456
May 01/07
IAC
(c) Remove the lining 261WW.
R
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 457
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-23-45-400-008
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 458
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-054
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-45-865-058
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN Z222 5ME F01
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 459
May 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-560-050
Subtask 25-23-45-420-060
B. Install the door frame linings 261DW, 261EW, 261FW, 261GW, 261HW, 261JW,
261KW, 261LW, 261MW, 261NW, 261PW, 261QW, 261RW and 261SW.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-45-991-004)
(1) Put the linings 261EW, 261GW, 261JW, 261NW, 261QW, 261SW and 261LW in
position and install the screws (19) and (22) and the washers (20)
and (23). Do not tighten the screws (19) and (22) at this time.
(2) Put the lining 261DW in position and install the vacuum cleaner
socket 13ME in the lining.
(3) Install the screws (18), the washers (17) and the nuts (16).
(4) Put the linings 261DW, 261FW, 261HW, 261MW, 261PW and 261RW in
position and engage the attach brackets in the yo-yo rolls.
(5) Install the screws (5) and (19) and the washers (6) and (20). Do not
tighten the screws (5) and (19) at this time.
(6) At the linings 261HW and 261RW install the screws (2) and (3) and the
washers (1) and (4).
(7) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(8) Engage the attach brackets of the lining 261KW in the yo-yo rolls.
(9) Connect the hose (27) and tighten the clamp (26).
(10) Put the lining 261KW in position and install and tighten by hand the
screws (24) and the washers (25).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 460
May 01/07
IAC
(11) Put the finger protection panels (11) (if installed) , the spacers
(12) (if installed) and the handgrips (13) in position.
(12) Install the plates (10) and the screws (9) and (14). TORQUE to 0.8
m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(14) Make sure that the lugs of the handgrip covers engage correctly up
until you hear a click.
(15) Put the latch hook (21) in position and install the screws (22) and
the washers (23).
Subtask 25-23-45-420-060-A
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(a) Put the socket (21) in position and install the nuts (20).
(c) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).
1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(e) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
(f) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Push the handgrip cover in
position until you hear a click.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 461
May 01/07
IAC
(g) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).
(b) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).
1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(d) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
(e) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Push the handgrip cover into
position until you hear a click.
(a) Put the lining 261UW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).
(a) Put the lining 261VW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the
screws (1), (4) and (8).
(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
(c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 462
May 01/07
R
IAC
2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-45-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the cabin emergency light 33WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).
(4) Install the emergency exit sign 45WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).
(6) Install the AFT attendant panel 126RH (Ref. TASK 23-73-13-400-001).
(7) Install the attendant indication panel 320RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-
400-001).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-070
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 463
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-45-865-055
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5ME
Subtask 25-23-45-862-053
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 464
May 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-23-45-000-004
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 465
May 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-054
Subtask 25-23-45-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
001).
(2) Remove the emergency exit sign 44WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001).
(3) Remove the cabin emergency light 32WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001).
(4) Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit marker 90WL8 (Ref. TASK
33-51-13-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-020-054
A. Remove the door frame linings 262DW, 262EW, 262FW, 262GW, 262HW, 262JW,
262KW, 262LW, 262MW, 262NW, 262PW, 262QW, 262RW and 262SW.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005)
(1) Remove the screws (21) and the washers (22) that attach the lining
262KW.
(2) Loosen the clamp (23) and disconnect the hose (24).
(3) Lift the lining 262KW to release the attach brackets from the yo-yo
rolls and remove the lining.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 466
May 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-23-45
Page 467
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 468
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-026, 25-23-45
Page 469
May 01/07
IAC
(5) Remove the handgrip:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Put a small screwdriver with a flat blade between the handgrip
cover (7) and the handgrip (13).
(b) Carefully push the lugs (8) of the handgrip cover (7) in the
direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (7).
(c) Remove the screws (9) and (14), the plates (10), the spacers (12)
(if installed) , the handgrips (13) and the finger protection
panels (11) (if installed).
(6) Remove the screws (18), the washers (19) and the safety strap
latch-hook (20).
(7) At the linings 262HW and 262RW remove the screws (2) and (3) and the
washers (1) and (4).
(8) At the linings 262HW, 262FW, 262DW, 262RW, 262PW and 262MW remove the
screws (5) and (16) and the washers (6) and (17).
(9) Lift the linings 262HW, 262FW, 262DW, 262RW, 262PW and 262MW to
release the attach brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove the
linings.
(10) Remove the screws (18), the washers (19) and remove the linings
262LW, 262JW, 262GW, 262EW, 262SW, 262QW and 262NW.
Subtask 25-23-45-020-054-A
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 470
May 01/07
IAC
(b) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical
connectors.
(c) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
(f) Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2)
and (7) and remove the lining 262VW.
(a) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 262UW.
(a) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
2
_ Carefully push the the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in
the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
(c) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
(d) Carefully tilt the lining, remove the nuts (22) and disengage the
socket (23) .
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 471
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.
Figure 404A/TASK 25-23-45-991-005-A12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 472
May 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.
Figure 404A/TASK 25-23-45-991-005-A22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 473
May 01/07
IAC
(4) Remove the lining 262WW:
(a) Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS
_______
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
1
_ Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the
handgrip cover (9) and the handgrip (14).
2
_ Carefully push the the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in
the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (9).
3
_ Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer
(15) (if installed) and the handgrip (14).
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 474
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-23-45-400-005
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 475
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-45-420-061
A. Install the door frame linings 262DW, 262EW, 262FW, 262GW, 262HW, 262JW,
262KW, 262LW, 262MW, 262NW, 262PW, 262QW, 262RW and 262SW.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-23-45-991-005)
(1) Put the linings 262NW, 262QW, 262SW, 262EW, 262GW, 262JW and 262LW in
position and install the screws (16) and (18) and the washers (17)
and (19). Do not tighten the screws (16) and (18) at this time.
(2) Put the linings 262MW, 262PW, 262RW, 262DW, 262FW and 262HW in
position and engage the attach brackets in the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the screws (5) and (16) and the washers (6) and (17). Do not
tighten the screws (5) and (16) at this time.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 476
May 01/07
IAC
(4) Put the linings 262RW and 262HW in position and install the screws
(2) and (3) and the washers (1) and (4).
(5) Put the finger protection panels (11) (if installed), the spacers
(12) (if installed) and the handgrips (13) in position.
(6) Install the plates (10) and the screws (9) and (14). TORQUE to 0.8
m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(8) Make sure that the lugs of the handgrip covers engage correctly up
until you hear a click.
(9) Put the latch hook (20) in position and install the screws (18) and
the washers (19).
(11) Engage the attach brackets of the lining 262KW in the yo-yo rolls.
(12) Connect the hose (24) and tighten the clamp (23).
(13) Put the lining 262KW in position and install and tighten by hand the
screws (21) and the washers (22).
Subtask 25-23-45-420-061-A
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(b) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 477
May 01/07
IAC
(c) Install the handgrip:
1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(d) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
(e) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.
(f) Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16)
and the washers (17).
(b) Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1) and (4).
1
_ Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the
plates (13) and the screws (11) and (12) in position. TORQUE
the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(d) Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
(e) Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of
the handgrip cover engage correctly. Press the handgrip cover
into position until you hear a click.
(a) Put the lining 262UW in position and install the screws (1) and
the washers (2).
(a) Put the lining 262VW in position and install the screws (1), (4)
and (8) and the washers (2) and (7), but do not tighten the
screws (1), (4) and (8).
EFF :
027-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-23-45
Page 478
May 01/07
IAC
(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08
+0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of the oxygen container doors
(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
(c) Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
(e) Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
1
_ Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
2
_ Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
3
_ Connect the electrical connector (19).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-45-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the cabin emergency light 32WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).
(4) Install the emergency exit sign 44WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).
(5) Close the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 479
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-45-210-071
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
Subtask 25-23-45-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-45
Page 480
May 01/07
IAC
LINING - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________
TASK 25-23-46-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 401
Nov 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-23-46-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
Subtask 25-23-46-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
Subtask 25-23-46-020-050
(a) Remove the screws (26) the washers (25) and the grip (27).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 402
Nov 01/06
IAC
(2) Remove the lining 831GZ (841GZ) (9)
(b) Release the lining (2) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(4) Remove the hand grip and the lining 831DZ (841DZ) (21)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Carefully push the lugs (28) of the handgrip cover (22) with your
finger in the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip
cover (22).
(b) Remove the screws (17) and (23), the washers (18) and the
handgrip (24).
(e) Release the lining (21) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(5) Remove the handle plate (14) and lining 831CZ (841CZ) (1)
(a) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the screw (15) and the
handle plate (14) from the emergency control handle (16).
(c) Release the lining (1) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 403
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
R Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 404
May 01/02
IAC
R Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 405
May 01/02
IAC
R Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-46-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 406
May 01/02
IAC
(6) Remove the lining 831BZ (841BZ) (10)
(b) Release the lining (10) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(b) Release the lining (11) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 407
May 01/06
R
IAC
R TASK 25-23-46-000-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-23-46-861-052
R Subtask 25-23-46-010-056
R B. Get Access
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-23-46-020-052
R (2) Remove the screws (4) the washers (3) and the lining assembly (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 408
May 01/06
IAC
R Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 402/TASK 25-23-46-991-005
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 409
May 01/06
IAC
R (4) If necessary, remove the screws (8), the springs (9) and the washers
R (7).
R (5) Remove the slide guide (10) and the blind (11).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 410
May 01/06
IAC
R TASK 25-23-46-400-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-23-46-860-053
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-23-46-210-056
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 411
May 01/06
IAC
R Subtask 25-23-46-420-052
R (1) Put the blind (11) with the slide guide (10) in position.
R (3) If removed, install the washers (7), the springs (9) and the screws
R (8).
R (4) Put the lining assembly (1) in position and install the washers (3)
R and the screws (4).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-23-46-410-054
R A. Close Access
R Subtask 25-23-46-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 412
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-23-46-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 413
Nov 01/06
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-860-051
Subtask 25-23-46-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
Subtask 25-23-46-210-054
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 414
Nov 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-23-46-420-050
(a) Engage the lining (11) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).
(2) Install the linings 831BZ (841BZ) (10) and 831DZ (841DZ) (21)
(a) Engage the linings (10) and (21) to the yo-yo rolls and install
the washers (3) and the screws (4).
NOTE : Make sure that you can move the door window-shade
____
correctly.
(b) Install the spacer (19), the handgrip (24), the washers (18) and
the screws (17) and (23).
NOTE : TORQUE the screws to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and
____
79.64 lbf.in).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (28) of the grip cover (22) engage
____
correctly up until you hear a click.
(a) Engage the lining (1) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).
(b) Put the handle plate (14) of the emergency control handle (16) in
position and install the screw (15), the washer (13) and the nut
(12),
NOTE : Make sure that the handle plate is installed so that the
____
emergency control handle will contract into the recess in
the door panel.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 415
Nov 01/06
R
IAC
(5) Install the lining 831EZ (841EZ) (2)
(a) Engage the lining (2) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).
(a) Put the lining (9) in position and install the pin (5).
(b) Safety the pin (5) with a new cotter pin (6).
(b) Turn the brackets into position and install the washers (3) and
the screws (4).
(8) Put the grip (27) in position and install the washers (25) and the
screws (26).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-46-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Do the special precautions after work on the doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-410-001).
Subtask 25-23-46-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15WN, 13WN, 48WV.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 416
Nov 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-23-46-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 417
May 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-23-46-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-861-051
Subtask 25-23-46-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Open the passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 418
Nov 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-23-46-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
Subtask 25-23-46-020-051
(a) Remove the screws (26) the washers (25) and the grip (27).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 419
Aug 01/06
IAC
Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 420
May 01/06
IAC
Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 421
May 01/06
IAC
Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 403/TASK 25-23-46-991-002- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 422
May 01/06
IAC
(3) Remove the lining 832EZ (842EZ) (2)
(b) Release the lining (2) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(4) Remove the handgrip and the lining 832DZ (832DZ) (20)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Carefully push the lugs (28) of the handgrip cover (22) with your
finger in the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip
cover (22).
(b) Remove the screws (17) and (23), the washers (18) and the
handgrip (24).
(b) Release the lining (21) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(a) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the screw (15) and the
handle plate (14) from the emergency control handle (16).
(c) Release the lining (1) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(b) Release the lining (10) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
(b) Release the lining (11) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 423
May 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-23-46-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 424
Nov 01/06
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-860-052
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-46-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN
_______
THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
Subtask 25-23-46-420-051
(a) Engage the lining (11) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 425
Aug 01/06
IAC
(2) Install the linings 832BZ (842BZ) (10) and 832DZ (842DZ) (21)
(a) Engage the linings (10) and (21) to the yo-yo rolls and install
the washers (3) and the screws (4).
NOTE : Make sure that you can move the door window-shade
____
correctly.
(b) Install the spacer (19), the handgrip (24), the washers (18), and
the screws (17) and (23).
(c) TORQUE the screws to between 0.8 and 0.9 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64
lbf.in)
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (28) of the grip cover (22) engage
____
correctly up until you hear a click.
(a) Engage the lining (1) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).
(b) Put the handle plate (14) of the emergency control handle (16) in
position and install the screw (15), the washer (13) and the nut
(12).
NOTE : Make sure that the handle plate is installed so that the
____
emergency control handle will retract into the recess in
the door panel.
(a) Engage the lining (2) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers
(3) and the screws (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 426
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(6) Install the lining 832GZ (842GZ) (9)
(a) Put the lining (9) in position and install the pin (5).
(b) Turn the bracket into position and install the washers (3) and
the screws (4).
(d) Put the grip (27) in position and install the washers (25) and
the screws (26).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-46-410-053
A. Close Access
Subtask 25-23-46-210-055
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 427
Nov 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-23-46-865-055
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15WN, 13WN, 48WV.
Subtask 25-23-46-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-23-46
Page 428
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 25-23-47-000-001
NOTE : The removal and installation of the linings is the same for all the
____
emergency exit hatches.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-070
Subtask 25-23-47-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the emergency exit hatch (1) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-020-050
(1) Remove the screws (3), (5) and the washers (4), (6) that attach the
lining (2) to the emergency exit hatch (1) and remove it.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 401
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
Lining - Emergency Exit Hatch
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-001
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 402
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 403
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-077
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the emergency
exit hatches.
(3) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is removed. (Ref. TASK 52-21-
11-000-001)
(4) Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is put on an applicable
fixture.
(7) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 404
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(a) Make sure that the window panes are free from abrasive particles.
(b) Clean the window pane with a weak solution of soap and water. Use
a clean sponge and or chamois leather.
R (e) If stains or dirt marks stay, you must remove them with plastic
R cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010).
R (f) Mix 7-parts plastic cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 010) with 60-parts of water.
R (k) Do a check and make sure that the window pane is dry. Polish it
R with a clean, lint-free cloth.
(3) Put the lining (2) in position on the emergency exit hatch (1) and
R install the washers (4), (6) and the screws (3), (5).
Subtask 25-23-47-410-071
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 405
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-23-47-420-127
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Engage the brackets (3) of the cover flap (1) and push the cover flap
(1) onto the lining (8).
NOTE : Make sure that the locking plate (7) engages correctly to the
____
fastener (5) of the aircraft structure.
Subtask 25-23-47-720-050
D. Test
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-017)
NOTE : The procedure of the test is the same for all emergency exit
____
hatches.
(a) Attach a spring scale (2) to the grip of the cover flap (1)
(b) Pull the spring scale (2) inboard and at a right angle to the
cover flap (1).
NOTE : Make sure that the force which is necessary to open the
____
cover flap (1) is 4.0 +0.5 -0.5 daN (8.9923 +1.1240 -
1.1240 lbf).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-23-47
Page 406
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
Cover Flap
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-017
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-23-47
Page 407
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
(c) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029A) to
the screws (4).
NOTE : Make sure that the proximity sensor of the door warning
____
system has the correct target value (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-
400-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-420-127-A
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Engage the brackets (3) of the cover flap (1) and push the cover flap
(1) onto the lining (9).
R
R (3) Make sure that the fastener (5) engages correctly to the aircraft
R structure.
R
R (4) If adjustment of the fastener (5) is necessary, loosen the screws (6)
R or (8) and move the adjustment plate (7) to its correct position.
R Tighten the screws (6) or (8).
Subtask 25-23-47-720-050-A
D. Test
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 25-23-47-991-017-A)
NOTE : The procedure of the test is the same for all emergency exit
____
hatches.
(a) Attach a spring scale (2) to the grip of the cover flap (1)
(b) Pull the spring scale (2) inboard and at a right angle to the
cover flap (1).
R NOTE : The force which is necessary to open the cover flap (1) is
____
R 4.0 +0.5 -0.5 daN (8.9923 +1.1240 -1.1240 lbf).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 408
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
Cover Flap
Figure 402A/TASK 25-23-47-991-017-A
EFF :
901-999, 25-23-47
Page 409
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
R
R NOTE : The proximity sensor of the door warning system must have
____
R the correct target value (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-410-065
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-23-47-862-061
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 410
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-000-002
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and
241FW, (242FW)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 411
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-069
Subtask 25-23-47-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF
position.
(3) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF
position.
(4) Put the warning notices on the panels 25VU and 120RH to tell persons
not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
(5) Remove the related passenger seat, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-
000-001)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 412
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
Subtask 25-23-47-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF
position.
(3) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF
position.
(4) Put the warning notices on the panels 25VU and 120RH to tell persons
not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
(5) Remove the related passenger seat, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-
000-001)
(7) Remove the emergency exit sign 42WL (43WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-
001)
Subtask 25-23-47-020-051
B. Remove the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW,
(242CW) (14)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002)
NOTE : The removal procedure for the LH and RH upper sidewall panels are
____
the same.
(1) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) that attach the support (3)
to the upper sidewall panel 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW, (242LW)
(14).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 413
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW (241LW)
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-23-47
Page 414
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW (241LW)
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-23-47
Page 415
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Push the clips in the fives holes of the decor cover (12) radially
out from the window to release the decor cover (12).
(6) Pull the lining strip(s) (8), (15) down and remove it.
(8) Remove the wall-mounted emergency exit markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-
000-001)
(11) Lift the upper sidewall panel assy 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW
(242CW) (14) to release it from the brackets (7) and from the yo-yo
rolls and remove it.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-051-A
(1) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) that attach the support (3)
to the upper sidewall panel 241FW, (242FW) (6)
(3) Pull the lining strip(s) (7), (8) down and remove it.
(4) Remove the wall-mounted emergency exit markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-
000-001)
(6) Lift the upper sidewall panel assy 241FW (242FW) (6) to release it
from the brackets (9) and from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 416
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-23-47
Page 417
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241FW (242FW)
Figure 403A/TASK 25-23-47-991-002-A12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
901-999, 25-23-47
Page 418
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241FW (242FW)
Figure 403A/TASK 25-23-47-991-002-A22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
901-999, 25-23-47
Page 419
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
TASK 25-23-47-400-002
Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW)
and 241FW, (242FW)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 420
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-075
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related
emergency exit hatches.
(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 421
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
Subtask 25-23-47-860-075-A
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related
emergency exit hatches.
(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-47-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
Subtask 25-23-47-210-057
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF
position.
(2) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF
position.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 422
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the warning notices are in position on the panels 25VU
and 120RH to tell persons not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT
EMER.
Subtask 25-23-47-210-057-A
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF
position.
(2) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF
position.
(3) Make sure that the warning notices are in position on the panels 25VU
and 120RH to tell persons not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT
EMER.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-051
A. Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or
241LW (242LW) (14)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-002)
NOTE : The installation procedure for the LH and the RH upper sidewall
____
panel are the same.
(1) Put the upper sidewall panel assy 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW
(242LW) (14) in position on the brackets (7) and on the yo-yo rolls
and push it down.
NOTE : Make sure that the upper sidewall panel assy 241CW (242CW) (6)
____
and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) engage correctly.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 423
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Put the washers (5) in position and install the screws (4).
(4) Put the lining strip (13) in position and push it down between the
upper sidewall panel assy 241CW (242CW) (6) and 241LW (242LW) (14).
NOTE : Make sure that the lining strip (13) engages coccectly.
____
(5) Put the lining strip(s) (8), (15) in position on the the lower end of
the sidewall panel assy 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14)
and the adjacent panel and push it up.
NOTE : Make sure that the lining strip(s) (8), (15) engage correctly.
____
(8) If necessary clean the inner window pane (11) and inboard of the
outer window pane.
(a) Clean the inner window pane (11) and inboard of the outer window
pane with clean warm water.
(b) Make sure that the window panes are free from abrasive particles.
(c) Clean the inner window pane (11) and inboard of the outer window
pane with a weak solution of soap and water. Use a clean sponge
chamois leather
(f) If stains or dirt marks remain, you must remove them with plastic
cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-23-47
Page 424
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
(h) Apply anti-static treatment to the window panes.
(k) Do a check and make sure that the window panes are dry and polish
them with a clean, lintfree cloth.
NOTE : You must wear cotton gloves when you touch the window
____
panes.
(10) Install the inner pane (11) and the decor cover (12) and make sure
that it engages correctly.
(11) Put the support assy (3) in position and install it with the washers
(2) and the screws (1) to the upper sidewall panel assy (6).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-051-A
(1) Put the upper sidewall panel assy (6) in position on the brackets (9)
and on the yo-yo rolls and push it down.
NOTE : Make sure that the upper sidewall panel assy (6) engages
____
correctly.
(2) Put the washers (5) in position and install the screws (4).
(3) Put the lining strip(s) (7), (8) in position on the the lower end of
the sidewall panel assy (6) and the adjacent panel and push it up.
NOTE : Make sure that the lining strip(s) (7), (8) engage correctly.
____
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 425
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-865-053
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL, 3WL.
Subtask 25-23-47-942-050
B. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.
Subtask 25-23-47-410-061
C. Close Access
Subtask 25-23-47-410-050
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-23-47-862-062
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 426
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
Subtask 25-23-47-865-053-A
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL, 3WL.
Subtask 25-23-47-942-050-A
B. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.
Subtask 25-23-47-410-061-A
C. Close Access
Subtask 25-23-47-410-050-A
D. Close Access
(1) Install the emergency exit sign 42WL (43WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-
001)
Subtask 25-23-47-862-062-A
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-23-47
Page 427
Config-1 Feb 01/07
IAC
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 25-23-47-000-004
Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door, zone 231
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-072
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 401
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-010-076
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position on the related emergency exit
door.
(2) Open the related emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(3) Remove the emergency exit sign 47WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001)
(4) Remove the cabin emergency light 35WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-020-053
(1) Remove the screw (2) and the washer (3) and release the attach
brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove the end panel (1).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-054
(1) Remove the screws (5), (6), the washers (7) and the escape slide
lever cover (4) in the sequence as shown.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-008)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 402
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Identify the position of the screws for the installation procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-082
(1) Remove the screws (9), the washers (10) and the hook (8).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-055
(2) Pull upward the door frame lining (11) to release the engage brackets
from the yo-yo rolls.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-056
(2) Pull downward the door frame lining (14) to release the engage
brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove the door frame lining (14).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-057
(2) Remove the screws (18), (20), the washers (19), (21) and the shims
(22)
in the sequence as shown.
(3) Identify the position of the screws and the washers for the
installation procedure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 403
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings - Emergency Exit, Zone 231.
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-008- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 404
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings - Emergency Exit, Zone 231.
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-008- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 405
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(5) Remove the inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-000-001).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-058
(3) Remove the screws (31), the washers (32) and the door frame lining
(29).
(4) Remove the screws (20), the washers (33) and the outlet (34).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-059
(1) Remove the screws (18),(36) and the washers (19) in the sequence as
shown.
(2) Identify the position of the screws for the installation procedure.
(3) Push up the door frame lining (35) to release the attach brackets
from the yo-yo rolls.
NOTE : Pull the upper end of the door frame lining (35) towards you
____
before you push up the door frame lining (35) to remove it.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-060
(1) Remove the screws (42) and the washers (43) and push down the door
frame lining(s) (41) and/or (44) to release the attach brackets from
the yo-yo rolls.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 406
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-020-061
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(1) Carefully push the lugs (48) with your finger in the direction of the
arrows and remove the cover (49).
(a) Remove the screws (50), the washers (51) and the handle section
LWR (47).
(2) Pull up the door frame lining (45) and release the attach brackets
from the yo-yo rolls.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-062
NOTE : The burrtape attach the recessed panel (55) to the door frame
____
lining.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Put a small screwdriver with a flat blade between the cover (49)
and the section LWR (47).
(b) Carefully push the lugs (48) of the cover (49) in the direction
of the arrows and remove the cover (49).
(c) Remove the screws (50), the washers (51) and the handle section
LWR (47).
(3) Pull up the door frame lining (54) to release the attach brackets
from the yo-yo rolls.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 407
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-400-004
Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door, zone
231
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-052
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related
emergency exit door.
(2) Make sure that the related emergency exit door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
22-00-010-001)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 408
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(6) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-47-865-060
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-054
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (55) in position on the door frame
structure and engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the handle section-LWR (47) with the screws (50) and the
washers (51).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (48) of the cover (49) engage
____
correctly and you hear a click.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 409
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(5) If necessary install the recessed panel (55).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-055
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (45) in position on the door frame
structure and engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the handle section-LWR (47) with the screws (50) and the
washers (51).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (48) of the cover (49) engage
____
correctly and you hear a click.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-056
C. Installation of the Door Frame Lining 231KX (41) and/or 231GK (44)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-23-47-991-008)
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (41) and/or (44) in position on the door
frame structure, engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls and
install the screws (42) and the washers (43).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-057
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (35) in position on the door frame
structure and engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the screws (18), (36) and the washers (19).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 410
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Install the screws and the shims as identified in the removal
procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-058
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Remove the blanking plug from the disconnected line end.
(3) Install the outlet (34) with the screws (20) and the washers (33) to
the door frame lining (29).
(4) Install the door frame lining (29) with the screws (31) and the
washers (32) to the door frame structure.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-059
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(4) Put the door frame lining (16) in position on the door frame
structure and install it with the screws (18), (20), the washers
(19), (21) and the shims (22).
(5) Install the screws and the washers as identified during the removal
procedure.
(7) Put the door frame lining (16) in position on the door frame
structure and install it with the screws (20), the washers (33) and
the shims (22).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 411
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-420-060
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (14) in position on the door frame
structure, engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo- rolls and install
it with the screws (15).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-061
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (11) in position on the door frame
structure, engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo- rolls and install
it with the screws (12) and the washers (13).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-077
(1) Install the screws (9), the washers (10) and the hook (8) to the door
frame.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-062
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Install the escape slide lever cover (4) with the screws (5), (6) and
the washers (7) as identified during the removal procedure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 412
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-420-063
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the end panel (1) in position on the structure of the overhead
stowage compartment, engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls
and install the screw (2) and the washer (3).
Subtask 25-23-47-210-068
M. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) If necessary install the new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-
400-002) (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-865-061
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL, 3WL, 153RH
Subtask 25-23-47-410-066
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(2) Close the related emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
(3) Install the cabin emergency light 35WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).
(5) Install the emergency exit sign 47WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 413
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-862-053
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 414
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-000-012
Removal of the Door Linings of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door, zone 231
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-074
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 415
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-010-066
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the related emergency exit(s).
(2) Open the related emergency exit door. (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-865-079
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR, MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR-DAMPER AND EMERGENCY-OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-108
(1) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the door lining (1)
Subtask 25-23-47-020-109
(1) Remove the screws (10), the washers (11) and the door lining (7).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 416
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-020-110
(1) Lift up the cover (30), remove the screw (12), the nut (13) and the
plate (31).
(3) Remove the plugs (32) and the screws (33) and the door lining (2).
(4) Remove the cabin pressure warning light panel (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-
000-003)
(5) Remove the slide armed indicater light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-000-003)
remove the door lining (2).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-111
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(1) Carefully push the lugs (29) of the cover (26) with your finger in
the direction of the arrows and remove the cover (26).
(2) Remove the screw (22), the washer (23) and the cover (21).
(3) Remove the screws (28) and the washers (27) and the LWR handle
section (25).
(4) Pull the door lining (6) up to release the engage brackets from the
yo-yo rolls and remove the door lining (6).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-112
(1) Remove the screws (12), (16), (20), the washers (15), (19) the nut
(13), the bracket (24) and the door lining (3) in the sequence as
shown.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 417
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Linings, zone 231.
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-014- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 418
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Linings, zone 231.
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-47-991-014- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 419
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Identify the position of the screws, the washers, the nut and the
bracket for the installation procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-113
(2) Remove the screws (14) and pull the door lining (4) down to release
the engage brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove the door lining
(4).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 420
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-400-012
Installation of the Door Linings of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door, zone 231
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-068
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related
emergency exit door.
(2) Make sure that the related emergency exit door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
22-00-010-001)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 421
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the door is safe (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003)
(6) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-47-865-082
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-111
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
_______
IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door lining (4) in position, engage the attach brackets to
the yo-yo rolls and attach it with the screws (14).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 422
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-420-112
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door lining (3) in position and attach it with the screws
(12), (16), (20), the washers (15), (19), the nut (13) and the
bracket (24).
NOTE : Install the screws, the washers, the nuts and the bracket as
____
identified during the removal procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-113
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door lining (6) in position and engage the attach brackets to
the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the LWR handle section (25) with the screws (28) and the
washers (27).
(4) Install the cover (26) to the LWR handle section (25).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (29) of the cover (26) engage
____
correctly and you hear a click.
(5) Install the cover (21) the screws (22) and the washers (23).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-114
(1) Install the slide arm indicator light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-400-003)
(2) Install the cabin pressure light panel (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-400-003)
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 423
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Put the door lining (2) in position and attach it with the screws
(32) the plugs (33), the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(5) Lift up the cover (30) and install the plate (31) the screw (12) and
the nut (13).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-115
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door lining (7) in position and attach it with the screws
(10) and the washers (11).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-116
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door lining in position and attach it with the screws (8) and
the washers (9).
Subtask 25-23-47-210-074
G. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
(2) If necessary install the new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-
400-002) (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-865-083
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15WN, 13WN, 48WV.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 424
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-410-068
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the related emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-862-058
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 425
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-000-009
Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door, zone 232
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-076
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 426
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-010-078
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position on the related emergency exit
door.
(2) Open the related emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(3) Remove the emergency exit sign 46WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001)
(4) Remove the cabin emergency light 34WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-020-063
(1) Remove the screws (2), (3), the washers (4) and the escape slide
lever cover (1) in the sequence as shown.
(2) Identify the position of the screws for the installation procedure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 427
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings - Emergency Exit, zone 232
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-009- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 428
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings - Emergency Exit, zone 232
Figure 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-009- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 429
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-020-083
(1) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the hook (5).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-064
(2) Remove the screws (10, (12) the washers (11), (13) and the shims (14)
in the sequence as shown.
(3) Identify the position of the screws and the washers for the
installation procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-065
(2) Remove the screws (23), (25) and the washers (24), (26) in the
sequence as shown.
(3) Identify the position of the screws and the washers for the
installation procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-066
(1) Remove the screws (25), the washers (26) and the door frame lining
(27).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 430
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-020-067
(3) Remove the screws (30), the washers (31) and the door frame lining
(28).
(4) Remove the screws (32), the washers (33) and the outlet (34).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-068
G. Removal of the Door Frame Lining(s) 232GX (35) and/or 232KX (38)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-23-47-991-009)
(2) Pull down the door frame lining(s) (35) and/or (38) to release the
attach brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove the door frame
lining(s) (35) and/or (37).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-069
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(1) Carefully push the lugs (42) of the cover (43) with your finger in
the direction of the arrows and remove the cover (43).
(2) Remove the screws (44), the washers (45) and the handgrip (41).
(3) Pull up the door frame lining (39) and release the attach brackets
from the yo-yo rolls.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 431
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-020-125
NOTE : The VELCRO strips attach the recessed panel (49) to the door
____
frame lining.
(2) Carefully push the lugs (42) with your finger in the direction of the
arrows and remove the handle section UPR (43).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(3) Remove the screws (44), the washers (45) and the handle section LWR
(41).
(4) Pull up the door frame lining (48) to release the attach brackets
from the yo-yo rolls and remove the door frame lining (48).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 432
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-400-009
Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door, zone
232
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-054
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related
emergency exit door.
(2) Make sure that the related emergency exit door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
22-00-010-001)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 433
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-865-063
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-065
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean of tools and other items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (48) in position on the door frame and
engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the handle section LWR (41) with the screws (44) and the
washers (45).
(4) Install the cover (43) to the handle section LWR (25).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (42) of the cover (43) engage
____
correctly and you hear a click.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-066
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean of tools and other items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (39) in position on the door frame and
engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 434
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Install the handle section LWR (41) with the screws (44) and the
washers (45).
(4) Install the cover (43) to the handle section LWR (41).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (42) of the cover (43) engage
____
correctly and you hear a click.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-067
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining(s) (35) and/or (38) in position on the door
frame structure, engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the door frame lining(s) (35) and/or (38) with the screws
(36) and the washers (37).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-068
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Remove the blanking plug from the disconnected line end.
(3) Install the outlet (34) with the screws (32) and the washers (33) to
the door frame lining (28).
(4) Install the door frame lining (28) with the screws (30) and the
washers (31) to the door frame structure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 435
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-420-069
(1) Install the door frame lining (27) with the screws (25) and the
washers (26).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-070
(1) Install the door frame lining (22) with the screws (23), (25) and the
washers (24), (26).
(2) Install the screws and the washers as identified during the removal
procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-071
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(3) Put the door frame lining (8) in position on the door frame structure
and install it with the screws (10), (12) and the washers (11), (13)
and the shims (14).
(4) Install the screws and the washers as identified during the removal
procedure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 436
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-420-072
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Install the escape slide lever cover (1) with the screws (2), (3) and
the washers (4) and the escape slide lever cover (1).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-078
(1) Install the screws (6) the washers (7) and the hook (5) to the door
frame.
Subtask 25-23-47-210-069
K. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct condition and in good condition.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-865-064
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL, 3WL, 153RH
Subtask 25-23-47-410-070
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the related emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
(3) Install the cabin emergency lights 34WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 437
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Install the cabin-wall mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL4 (Ref. TASK
33-51-13-400-001).
(5) Install the emergency exit sign 46WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001).
Subtask 25-23-47-862-054
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 438
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-000-013
Removal of the Door Linings of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door at zone 251 or RH
AFT at zone 252 or LH AFT at zone 232.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-075
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 439
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-010-067
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the related emergency exit
door.
(2) Open the related emergency exit door. (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-865-080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR, MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR-DAMPER AND EMERGENCY-OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-115
(1) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the door lining (1)
Subtask 25-23-47-020-116
(1) Lift up the cover (30), remove the screw (12), the nut (13) and the
plate (31).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 440
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Remove the plugs (32) and the screws (33) and the door lining (2).
(4) Remove the slide armed indicater light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-000-003)
(5) Remove the cabin pressure warning light panel (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-
000-003)
Subtask 25-23-47-020-117
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(1) Carefully push the lugs (29) of the cover (26) with your finger in
the direction of the arrows and remove the cover (26).
(2) Remove the screws (28) and the washers (27) and the handgrip (25).
(3) Remove the screw (22), the washer (23) and the cover (21).
(4) Pull the door lining (6) up to release the engage brackets from the
yo-yo rolls and remove the door lining (6).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-118
(1) Remove the screws (12, 16, 20), the washers (15, 19), the nut (13),
the bracket (24) and the door lining (3).
(2) Identify the position of the screws, the washers, the nut and the
bracket for the installation procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-020-119
(2) Remove the screws (14) and pull the door lining (4) down to release
the engage brackets from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 441
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Linings.
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-47-991-015- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 442
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Linings.
Figure 404/TASK 25-23-47-991-015- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 443
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-400-013
Installation of the Door Linings of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door at zone 251,
or RH AFT at zone 252, or LH AFT at zone 232.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-069
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the related
emergency exit door.
(2) Make sure that the related emergency exit door is open. (Ref. TASK
52-22-00-010-001)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 444
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(6) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-47-865-084
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-117
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
_______
IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door lining (4) in position, engage the attach brackets to
the yo-yo rolls and attach it with the screws (14).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-118
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 445
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Put the door lining (3) in position and attach it with the screws
(12), (16), (20), the washers (15), (19) , the nut (13) and the
bracket (24).
(3) Install the screws, the washers, the nuts and the bracket as
identified during the removal procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-119
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the slide arm indicator light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-400-003)
(3) Install the cabin pressure light panel (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-400-003)
(4) Put the door lining (2) in position and attach it with the screws
(33), the plugs (32), the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(5) Lift up the cover (30) and install the plate (31) the screw (12) and
the nut (13).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-120
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door lining (6) in position on the door and engage the attach
brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the LWR handle section (25) the screws (28) and the washers
(27).
(4) Install the cover (26) to the LWR handle section (25).
(5) Make sure that the lugs (29) of the cover (26) engage correctly and
you hear a click.
(6) Install the cover (21) the screws (22) and the washers (23).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 446
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-420-121
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door lining (1) in position and install it with the screws
(8) and the washers (9).
Subtask 25-23-47-210-075
F. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
(2) If necessary install the new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-
400-002) (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-865-086
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15WN, 13WN, 48WV.
Subtask 25-23-47-410-069
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the related emergency exit door. (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-862-059
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 447
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-000-010
Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH AFT Emergency Exit Doors, zones
251/252.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-073
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 448
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-010-077
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position on the related emergency exit
door(s).
(2) Open the related emergency exit door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(3) Remove the emergency exit sign(s) 43WL (42WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-
000-001)
(4) Remove the cabin emergency light(s) 37WL (36WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-
000-001)
Subtask 25-23-47-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-020-080
(1) Remove the screws (2), (3), the washers (4) and the escape slide
lever cover (1) in the sequence as shown.
(2) Identify the position of the screws for the installation procedure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 449
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings - Emergency Exit, zones 251/252.
Figure 405/TASK 25-23-47-991-010- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 450
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Door Frame Linings - Emergency Exit, zones 251/252.
Figure 405/TASK 25-23-47-991-010- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 451
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-020-079
(1) Remove the screws (7), the washers (6) and the hook (5).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-073
(2) Pull upward the door frame lining (11) to release the engage brackets
from the yo-yo rolls and remove the door frame lining (11).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-074
(2) Pull downward the door frame lining (14) to release the engage
brackets from the yo-yo-rolls and remove the door frame lining (14).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-084
NOTE : Make sure that you remove the cove light panel(s) 251GX and/or
____
252GX before you do this step.
(1) Remove the screws (19), (20), the washers (21) and the door frame
lining (18) in the sequence as shown.
(2) Identify the position of the screws for the installation procedure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 452
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-020-075
F. Removal of the Door Frame Lining(s) 251HX (252HX) (22) and/or 251DX
(252DX) (23)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-23-47-991-010)
(1) Remove the screws (21) and the washers (20), lift up the door frame
lining(s) (22) and/or (23) release the attach brackets from the yo-yo
rolls and remove the door frame lining(s) (22) and/or (23).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-076
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(1) Carefully push the lugs (26) of the cover (27) with your finger in
the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip cover (27).
(2) Remove the screws (28), the washers (29) and the handgrip (25).
(3) Pull up the door frame lining (24), release the attach brackets from
the yo-yo rolls and remove the door frame lining (24).
Subtask 25-23-47-020-077
NOTE : The burrtape attach the recessed panel (31) to the door frame
____
lining (30).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Carefully push the lugs (26) of the handgrip cover (27) with your
finger in the direction of the arrows and remove the handgrip
cover (27).
(3) Remove the screws (28), the washers (29) and the handle section LWR
(25).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 453
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Pull up the door frame lining (30) and release the attach brackets
from the yo-yo rolls.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 454
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-47-400-010
Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH AFT Emergency Exit Doors,
zones 251/252.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-055
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related
emergency exit door.
(2) Make sure that the related emergency exit door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
22-00-010-001)
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 455
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(6) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-23-47-865-067
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-47-420-075
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean of tools and other items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (30) in position on the door frame and
engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the handle section LWR (25) with the screws (28) and the
washers (29).
(4) Install the cover (27) to the handle section LWR (25).
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (27) of the cover (27) engage
____
correctly and you hear a click.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 456
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(5) IF necessary install the recessed panel (31).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-079
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean of tools and other items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (24) in position on the door frame and
engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the handle section LWR (25) with the screws (28) and the
washers (29)
NOTE : Make sure that the lugs (26) cover (27) engage correctly and
____
you hear a click.
Subtask 25-23-47-420-080
C. Installation of the Door Frame Lining(s) 251HX (252HX) (21) and/or 251DX
(252DX) (22)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-23-47-991-010)
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining(s) (22) and/or (23) in position on the door
frame structure, engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the door frame lining(s) (22) and/or (23) with the screws
(21) and the washers (20).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-081
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (18) in position on the door frame.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 457
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Install the door frame lining (18) with the screws (19), (20) and the
washers (21).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-082
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (14) in position on the door frame and
engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the door frame lining (14) with the screws (20) washers (21).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-083
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Put the door frame lining (11) in position on the door frame and
engage the attach brackets to the yo-yo rolls.
(3) Install the door frame lining (11) with the screws (21) washers (12).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-084
(1) Install the hook (5) with the screws (7) and the washers (6) to the
door frame.
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 458
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-23-47-420-085
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Install the escape slide lever cover (1) with the screws (2, 3) and
the washers as identified during the removal procedure.
Subtask 25-23-47-210-070
J. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
(2) If necessary install the new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-
400-002) (Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-47-865-068
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL, 3WL, 153RH
Subtask 25-23-47-410-067
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the related emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).
(3) Install the cabin emergency light(s) 37WL (36WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-
400-001).
(5) Install the emergency exit sign(s) 43WL (42WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-
400-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 459
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
(6) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 25-23-47-862-052
EFF :
101-199, 25-23-47
Page 460
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
PANEL - COVE LIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 25-23-48-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-861-051
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-48-020-050
(1) Move the cove light panel (3) inboard and lift the flange (2) off the
rail (1).
R (3) Lower the inboard edge of the cove light panel (3), but not more than
R 100 mm (3.9 in.).
(5) Lift the cove light panel (3) to disengage the bracket (6) from the
fitting (5).
R Subtask 25-23-48-020-050-A
R (1) Move the cove light panel (3) inboard and lift the flange (2) off the
R rail (1).
R (3) Lower the inboard edge of the cove light panel (3), but not more than
R 100 mm (3.9 in.).
R (4) Lift the cove light panel (3) to disengage the bracket (6) from the
R fitting (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
Cove Light Panels
Figure 401/TASK 25-23-48-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-23-48
Page 403
Aug 01/07
IAC
R Cove Light Panels
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-23-48-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-23-48
Page 404
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-23-48-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 405
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-860-050
NOTE : The installation procedure for the LH/RH cove light panel is the
____
same.
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-48-420-051
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Engage the brackets (6) of the cove light panel (3) in the fitting
(5).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
(3) Connect the bonding strap (8) to the cable socket (7).
(7) Install the seal (4) if removed into the rail (1). Use PULLEY
ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
R Subtask 25-23-48-420-051-A
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Engage the brackets (6) of the cove light panel (3) in the fitting
R (5).
R (6) If removed, install the seal (4) into the rail (1). Use PULLEY
R ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-48-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 407
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-23-48-960-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 408
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-861-052
Subtask 25-23-48-010-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-23-48-960-050
NOTE : Screen light contour has space on each side to let it engage on
____
the cove light panel. Then it is attached to the panel by adhesive
to prevent lateral movement.
(1) Carefully remove all adhesives (3) with CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
NOTE : The adhesives can also be removed by hand after applying soft
____
heat by a light source.
(2) Manually disengage the screen light (2) from the cove light panel
(1).
(3) On the cove light panel (1) remove all the adhesives (3) used to
attach the screen light (2) with cutter.
(4) Clean the cove light panel (1) with cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-010) to remove the remaining adhesives (3).
(5) Carefully engage the new screen light (2) on the cove light panel
(1).
(6) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-025B) (3) at
interval of 50mm (2 in.) around the contour of the screen light (2)
and attach it to the cove light panel (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 409
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Light Screen
Figure 402/TASK 25-23-48-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 410
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-23-48-410-050
Subtask 25-23-48-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-23-48
Page 411
Aug 01/07
IAC
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The overhead stowage compartments (OHSC) are installed above the left and
right seat rows according to the cabin layout of the aircraft.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
3. Component
_____________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
The overhead stowage compartments (OHSC) have a box structure and are of
different lengths:
- spacer,
- 1-frame pitch,
- 2-frame pitch,
- 3-frame pitch and
- 4-frame pitch.
Each OHSC has:
- one or more doors with a handle/latch assembly for each door,
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 1
Feb 01/08
IAC
Overhead Stowage Compartments - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 2
Feb 01/96
IAC
Overhead Stowage Compartment
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-00
Page 3
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Overhead Stowage Compartment
R Figure 002A
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-00
Page 4
Feb 01/08
IAC
- a handgrip along its length,
- hinge mechanisms that attach the door to the OHSC,
- a gas filled damper strut on each hinge mechanism (spacer OHSC only on one
hinge) for a controlled door operation,
- upper attachment brackets,
- lower attachment brackets.
- mounting rails for the installation of the passenger service/information
unit (PSUI) and the emergency oxygen container (Ref. 25-25-11),
Brackets connect the OHSC to each other.
Brackets and turnbuckles attach the OHSC to the fuselage structure.
Cabin temperature control sensors are installed between the OHSC according
to the cabin layout. (Ref. 21-63-17).
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 5
Feb 01/08
IAC
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________________
TASK 25-24-00-710-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-00-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 501
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-00-820-051
(f) Make sure that the door is aligned with the adjacent doors.
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 502
May 01/06
IAC
Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors
Figure 501/TASK 25-24-00-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-24-00
Page 503
May 01/06
IAC
(d) Tighten the screws (5).
(f) Make sure that the door locks correctly. Both hooks fully
engaged. If the hooks are not fully engaged, move the keeper to
inboard (A/C aisle) position (steps (a), (b), (c)) and proceed
with step (d).
(c) Move the support (2) until the bottom lip of the door is 1962 +10
-0 mm (77.2441 +0.3937 -0.0000 in.) above the floor.
Subtask 25-24-00-820-051-A
(f) Make sure that the door is aligned with the adjacent doors.
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 504
Feb 01/07
IAC
Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors
Figure 501A/TASK 25-24-00-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-24-00
Page 505
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (2) Adjustment of the gap between the doors:
R (b) Turn the screw (1) until the bottom lip of the door is 1961 +0 -
R 10 mm (77.2047 +0.0000 -0.3937 in.) above the floor.
R NOTE : The bottom lip of the door at FR20/21 and FR65/66 must be
____
R 1858 +0 -10 mm (73.1496 +0.0000 -0.3937 in.) above the
R floor.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 506
May 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-24-00-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 507
May 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-24-00-710-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-00-861-051
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 508
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-00-820-052
A. Adjustment of the Distance between the a/c Structure and the OHSC (1)
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-24-00-991-002)
(1) Make sure that the distance A (between the bracket-edge (3) and the
bracket rear-edge (2)) is in the limits given in the table (view C).
(b) Hold the bottom of a OHSC (1) with a hand to turn the turnbuckle
body (6) easier.
R Subtask 25-24-00-820-052-A
R A. Adjustment of the Distance between the a/c Structure and the OHSC (1)
R (Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 25-24-00-991-002-A)
R (1) Make sure that the distance A (between the bracket-edge (3) and the
R bracket rear-edge (2)) is in the limits given in the table (view C).
R (2) If necessary adjust the distance A with the turnbuckle (view B):
R (a) Loosen the lock-nut (6) and open the quick fastener (4).
R (b) Hold the bottom of a OHSC (1) with a hand to turn the turnbuckle
R body (5) easier.
R (d) Tighten the lock-nut (6) and close the quick fastener (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 509
Feb 01/08
IAC
Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
Figure 502/TASK 25-24-00-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-00
Page 510
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
R Figure 502A/TASK 25-24-00-991-002-A
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-00
Page 511
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(3) If necessary, tighten the attached parts of the OHSC (Ref. TASK 25-
24-41-400-001).
Subtask 25-24-00-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-24-00
Page 512
Feb 01/08
IAC
COMPARTMENT - SIDEWALL OVERHEAD STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 25-24-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-050
Subtask 25-24-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 300LG H01
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 303LG H02
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304lG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08
Subtask 25-24-41-010-050-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) adjacent to the stowage compartment
you will remove.
(4) Remove the cove light panels adjacent to the stowage compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 403
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Subtask 25-24-41-010-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-020-050
(a) Disengage the panel (2) from the attachment rail (1), pull it
down and remove it.
(b) Remove the screw (46), the washer (47), the nut (48) and
disconnect the bonding strap (6).
(c) If necessary remove the clamps (3) and disconnect the hoses (4).
(d) Remove the nuts (32), the washers (31), (30) and the screws (29).
(e) Remove the lock-pins (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18) and
(21).
(f) Remove the nuts (40), the washers (38), (39), (43) and the screws
(37), (41) and (42).
(b) Remove the split-rings (9), the washers (8) (Ref. Detail A and
B).
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
(c) Remove the nuts (27) the washers (25) and (26) (Ref. Detail
Hand J).
(d) Record the position and the number of the washers (28) for the
installation procedure.
(e) Support the stowage compartment and remove the pins (7) and (10)
(Ref. Detail A and B) or remove the screws (24), (36) and the
washers (25), (26) and (28) (Ref. Detail H and J)
(h) Remove the hose (6) from the cabin temperature sensor (4) outlet
pipe.
(i) Remove the screws (7), and remove the screen (8) from between the
overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2).
Subtask 25-24-41-020-051
(1) Remove the nuts (54), the washers (53), (52) and the screws (51).
(2) Remove the pin-locks (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18).
(3) Remove the nut (48), the washer (47), the screw (46) and disconnect
the bonding strap (6).
(5) Remove the split-ring (9) and the washer (8) (Ref. Detail B).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-41
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
Figure 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-41
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
Figure 401/TASK 25-24-41-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-41
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
R 2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-24-41-991-001-A13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
R 2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-24-41-991-001-A23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
R 2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-24-41-991-001-A33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
Cabin Temperature Sensor Casing - Removal/Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-24-41-991-005
R
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
1-Frame Stowage Compartments/Spacer Bins
Figure 403/TASK 25-24-41-991-012
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-41
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
(6) Remove the nuts (27) and the washers (25) and (26) (Ref. Detail A
and G).
(7) Record the position and the number of the washers (28) for the
installation procedure.
(8) Support the stowage/spacer bin and remove the pin (7) (Ref. Detail
B) and/or the bolts (24), (36) and the washers (25), (26) and (28)
(Ref. Detail A and G).
Subtask 25-24-41-020-052
(1) Remove the nuts (32), the washers (31) and (30) and the screws (29).
(2) Remove the pin-locks (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18).
(3) Remove the nuts (50), the washers (49), (23) and the screws (22).
(4) Remove the nut (48), the washer (47), the screw (46) and disconnect
the bonding strap (6).
(5) Remove the nut (27), the split-ring (9) and the washers (8) and (28).
(6) Record the position and the number of the washers (26) and (28) for
the installation procedure .
(7) Support the spacer bin and remove the pin (7), the screw (24), the
washers (25), (26), (28) and the spacer bin.
R Subtask 25-24-41-020-050-A
R (a) Disengage the panel (2) from the attachment rail (1), pull it
R down and remove it.
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
R 1-Frame Stowage Compartments/Spacer Bins
R Figure 403A/TASK 25-24-41-991-012-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
Spacer Bin at FR38/FR39
Figure 404/TASK 25-24-41-991-013
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-41
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (b) Remove the screw (23), the nut (26), the washer (25) and
R disconnect the bonding strap (24).
R (c) If necessary remove the clamps (3) and disconnect the hoses (4).
R (e) Remove the screws (10), the washers (11) and the brackets (12)
R (Ref. Detail C).
R (f) Remove the lock-pins (16), the washers (15), and the pins (13)
R (Ref. Detail D, E, F, G, H, J).
R (g) Open and remove the clip (21) (Ref. Detail E, F, H).
R (h) Remove the screws (19), the washers (18), and the brackets (17),
R (20) and (34) (Ref. Detail F, G and H).
R (b) Remove the split-rings (8), the washers (7) (Ref. Detail A),
R the split-rings (8) (Ref. Detail B) and/or the nut (27), the
R washers (28) and (29) (Ref. Detail L).
R (c) Record the position and the number of the washers (31) for the
R installation procedure.
R (d) Hold the stowage compartment and remove the pins (6) and (9)
R (Ref. Detail A and B) and/or remove the screw (33), the
R washers (30), (31) and (32) (Ref. Detail L)
R (g) Remove the hose (6) from the cabin temperature sensor (4) outlet
R pipe.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 416
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (h) Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected hose (6).
R (i) Remove the screws (7), and remove the screen (8) from between the
R overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2).
R Subtask 25-24-41-020-051-A
R (1) Remove the lock-pins (14), the washers (15) and the pins (17).
R (2) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the bracket (10).
R (3) Remove the screws (13), the washers (12) and the bracket (11).
R (4) Remove the nut (24), the washer (23), the screw (21) and disconnect
R the bonding strap (22).
R (5) Remove the split-ring (18) and the washer (19) and/or the nut (1) and
R the washers (2) and (3).
R (6) Record the position and the number of the washers (5) for the
R installation procedure.
R (7) Hold the stowage/spacer bin and remove the pin (20) and/or the
R washers (4), (5) and (6) and the bolt (7).
R Subtask 25-24-41-020-052-A
R (1) Remove the screws (2), the washers (1) and the bracket (3).
R (2) Remove the lock-pin (5), the washer (6) and the pin (8).
R (3) Remove the screws (9), the washers (10) and the bracket (4).
R (4) Remove the nut (14), the washer (15), the screw (17) and disconnect
R the bonding strap (16).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 417
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Spacer Bin at FR38/FR39
R Figure 404A/TASK 25-24-41-991-013-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 418
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (5) Remove the split-ring (11) and the washer (12).
R (7) Hold the spacer bin and remove the pin (13) and the spacer bin.
Subtask 25-24-41-020-061
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-022, 101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 419
Feb 01/08
IAC
Application of Adhesive Tape
Figure 405/TASK 25-24-41-991-014
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-022, 25-24-41
Page 420
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-24-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 421
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 422
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-860-050
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-24-41-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 300LG H01
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 303LG H02
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08
Subtask 25-24-41-210-051
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 423
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-420-050
(a) Put the stowage compartment in position and install the pins (7)
and (10) (Ref. Detail A and B) or/and the screws (24), (36)
and the washers (25), (26) and (28) (Ref. Detail H and J).
(b) Install the washers (8) and the split-rings (9) and/or the
washers (25), (26) and the nuts (27).
(a) Install the screws (37), (41) and (42), the washers (38), (39)
and (43) and the nuts (40).
(b) Torque the screws (42) to between 0.80 and 0.90 m.daN (70.79 and
79.64 lbf. in)
(c) Torque the nuts (40) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)
(d) Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18) and
(21), the washers (19) and the lock-pins (20).
(e) Install the screws (29), the washers (30), (31) and the nuts
(32).
(f) Torque the nuts (32) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)
(g) Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46),
the washer (47) and the nut (48). (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004)
(h) Install the panel (2) on the attachment rail (1) and push it onto
the handrail.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 424
Feb 01/08
IAC
(i) If necessary, connect the hoses (4) and install the clamps (3).
(j) Connect the hose (6) to the outlet pipe of the cabin temperature
sensor (4) and tighten the clamp (5).
(k) Install the screen (8), the screws (7) on the sidewalls of the
overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2).
R
Subtask 25-24-41-420-051
(a) Put the stowage/spacer bin in position and install the pin (7)
(Ref. Detail B), the screws (24) (Ref. Detail G) and (36)
(Ref. Detail A) and the washers (25), (26) and (28).
(b) Install the washers (8), (25) and (26), the split-ring (9) and
the nut(s) (27).
(d) Torque the screws (44) to between 0.80 and 0.90 daNm (70.79 and
79.64 lbf. in)
(a) Install the screws (37), the washers (38) and (39) and the nuts
(40).
(b) Torque the nuts (40) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-41
Page 425
Feb 01/08
IAC
(c) Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18), the
washers (19) and the pin-locks (20).
(d) Install the screws (51), the washers (52) and (53) and the nuts
(54).
(e) Torque the nuts (54) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)
(f) Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46),
the washer (47) and the nut (48) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 25-24-41-420-052
(1) Put the spacer bin in position and install the pin (7), the screw
(24) and the washers (25), (26) and (28).
(2) Install the washers (8) and (28), the split-ring (9) and the nut
(27).
(3) Install the screws (22), the washers (23) and (49) and the nuts (50).
(a) Torque the nuts (50) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)
(4) Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18), the
washers (19) and the pin-locks (20).
(5) Install the screws (29), the washers (30) and (31) and the nuts (32).
(a) Torque the nuts (32) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and
70.79 lbf. in)
R (6) Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46), the
R washer (47) and the nut (48) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-24-41
Page 426
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
R Subtask 25-24-41-420-050-A
R (a) Put the stowage compartment in position and install the pins (6)
R and (9) (Ref. Detail A and B) and/or the screws (33), the
R washers (30), (31) and (32) (Ref. Detail L).
R (b) Install the washers (7) and the split-rings (8) (Ref. Detail
R A), the split-rings (8) (Ref. Detail B) and/or the washers
R (28), (29) and the nut (27) (Ref. Detail L).
R (a) Install the screws (19), the washers (18) and the brackets (17),
R (20) and (34) (Ref. Detail F G and H).
R (b) Put the turnbuckles (14) in position and install the pins (13),
R the washers (15) and the lock-pins (16) (Ref. Detail D, E,
R F, G, H and J).
R (c) Put the turnbuckles (22) in position and close the clip (21).
R (Ref. Detail E, F, and H).
R (d) Install the screws (10), the washers (11) and the bracket (12)
R (Ref. Detail C).
R (e) Put the bonding-strap (24) in position and install the screw
R (23), the washer (25) and the nut (26) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
R 004).
R (f) Install the panel (2) on the attachment rail (1) and push it into
R the handrail.
R (g) If necessary, remove the plug blanking from the hoses (4),
R connect the hoses (4) and install the clamps (3).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 427
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (h) Close the stowage compartment door (5).
R (j) Connect the hose (6) to the outlet pipe of the cabin temperature
R sensor (4) and tighten the clamp (5).
R (k) Install the screen (8), the screws (7) on the sidewalls of the
R overhead stowage compartments (1) and (2).
R
Subtask 25-24-41-420-051-A
R (a) Put the stowage/spacer bin in position and install the pin (20)
R and/or the washers (4), (5) and (6) and bolt (7).
R (b) Install the washers (19) and the split-ring (18) and/or the
R washer (2), (3) and the nut (1).
R (c) Install the screws (8), the washers (9) and the brackets (10).
R (a) Install the screws (13), the washers (12) and the brackets (11).
R (b) Put the turnbuckles (16) in position and install the pins (17),
R the washers (15) and the lock-pins (14).
R (c) Put the bonding-strap (22) in position and install the screw
R (21), the washer (23) and the nut (24) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
004).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-24-41
Page 428
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-24-41-420-052-A
R (1) Put the spacer bin in position and install the pin (13), the washers
R (12) and the split-ring (11).
R (2) Install the screws (9), the washers (10) and the bracket (4).
R (3) Put the turnbuckles (7) in position and install the pin (8), the
R washer (6) and the lock-pin (5).
R (4) Install the screws (2), the washers (1) and the bracket (3).
R (5) Put the bonding-strap (16) in position and install the screw (17),
R the washer (15) and the nut (14) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 25-24-41-420-061
NOTE : Make sure that the area is clean, dry and free from grease.
____
(1) Attach the tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-079)
(1).
Subtask 25-24-41-820-051
(1) If necessary, adjust the distance between a/c structure and OHSC
(Ref. TASK 25-24-00-710-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 429
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-41-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-24-41-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 430
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Subtask 25-24-41-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 300LG H01
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW FWD 303LG H02
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 305LG H05
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING FWD 306LG H06
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-CEILING AFT 307LG H08
Subtask 25-24-41-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 431
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-24-41-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-051
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 432
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-020-062
(1) Open the applicable door (1) and hold it so that it does not fall.
(2) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3), and carefully remove the
door (1).
Subtask 25-24-41-020-062-A
(2) Push the pin (3) through the hole (4) of the retainer with a sharp
pointed instrument to release the spline (2).
(3) Move the spline (2) a little out of the housing (5) until the hinge
gets loose.
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 433
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Door - Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Figure 406/TASK 25-24-41-991-015
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-24-41
Page 434
Feb 01/08
IAC
Door - Overhead Stowage-Compartment with quick release hinge
Figure 406A/TASK 25-24-41-991-015-A
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-24-41
Page 435
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-24-41-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 436
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-860-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-420-062
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Put the door (1) in position and align the holes in the door with the
holes in the hinge (4).
(5) Install the screws (2) and the washers (3) and torque the screws (2)
to between 0.22 and 0.26 m.daN (19.46 and 23.00 lbf.in).
Subtask 25-24-41-820-050
(1) If necessary, adjust the distance between the doors (1) (Ref. TASK
25-24-00-710-001), refer to Para. 4. A. (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 437
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-24-41-420-062-A
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Put the door (1) in position into the housing (5).
Subtask 25-24-41-820-050-A
(1) If necessary, adjust the distance between the doors (1) (Ref. TASK
25-24-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-41-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 438
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-24-41-000-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-020-064
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 439
Feb 01/08
IAC
Latch Assembly - Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
Figure 407/TASK 25-24-41-991-016
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 440
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-24-41-020-065
(2) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the cover (4).
(4) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7) and the bracket (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 441
Feb 01/08
IAC
Latch Assembly - Spacer
Figure 408/TASK 25-24-41-991-017
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 442
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-24-41-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-860-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-24-41-420-064
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 443
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-24-41-420-065
(2) Put the bracket in position and install the screws (6) and (7).
(3) Put the latch assembly (5) and the cover (4) in position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-24-41-862-053
EFF :
ALL 25-24-41
Page 444
Feb 01/08
IAC
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNITS (PSIU) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Passenger Service/Information Units (PSIUs) are installed in the
passenger service channel to give service and information to the passengers.
2. __________________
Component Location
EFF :
ALL 25-25-00
Page 1
May 01/07
IAC
Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-25-00
Page 2
May 01/07
IAC
Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) - Component Location
Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-25-00
Page 3
May 01/07
IAC
Fresh Air Outlet Panel (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-25-00
Page 4
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Reading Light Panel (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-25-00
Page 5
May 01/07
IAC
Reading Light Panel (PSU) - Component Location
Figure 003A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-25-00
Page 6
May 01/07
IAC
Class Divider Assy - Component Location
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-25-00
Page 7
May 01/07
IAC
Class Divider Assy - Component Location
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-25-00
Page 8
May 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________________
System Description
The PSIUs are installed in the passenger service supply channels. The
passenger service supply channels are located on the bottom side of the
overhead stowage compartments.
The PSIUs are hung from the attachment rails and held in position with the
section hose. The clamping blocks, installed in different positions, prevent
the PSIUs from moving in a FWD/AFT direction. The spaces between the PSIUs
are filled with blank filler panels. The filler panels have different
dimensions. This will let you position the PSIUs correctly to agree with
customer seat layouts.
- the Passenger Service Unit (PSU), installed above each seat row,
- the Passenger Information Unit (PIU), installed above each second seat
row.
The PSIUs are installed in the passenger service supply channels. The
passenger service supply channels are located on the bottom side of the
overhead stowage compartments.
The PSIUs are hung from the attachment rails and held in position with the
section hose. The clamping blocks, installed in different positions, prevent
the PSIUs from moving in a FWD/AFT direction. The spaces between the PSIUs
are filled with blank filler panels. The filler panels have different
dimensions. This will let you position the PSIUs correctly to agree with
customer seat layouts.
Each PSIU has one or two parts that are installed above each seat row:
R
EFF :
ALL 25-25-00
Page 9
May 01/07
IAC
- the Passenger Service Unit (PSU),
- the Passenger Information Unit (PIU).
4. Power
____________
Supply
For the power supply of the reading lights and the lighted signs, refer to
33-20-00.
5. _________
Interface
The PSIUs have interfaces with:
For access to these system interfaces remove the related PSIU panels
and/or the adjacent filler panels.
6. _____________________
Component Description
R
EFF :
ALL 25-25-00
Page 10
May 01/07
IAC
(2) Reading Light Panel
The number of reading lights on each reading light panel agrees with
the customer seat layout. Each reading light is adjustable and can be
switched ON or OFF independently with its related switch. The Reading
light switches are located on the attendant call panel.
The number of fresh air outlets on each fresh air outlet panel agrees
with the customer seat layout. Each fresh air outlet is adjustable
and can be opened or closed independently.
- a loudspeaker,
- a lighted sign FASTEN SEAT BELT,
- a lighted sign NO SMOKING.
The PIUs are installed only above every second seat row.
EFF :
ALL 25-25-00
Page 11
May 01/07
IAC
The number of reading lights on each reading light and attendant
call panel agrees with the customer seat layout. Each reading light
can be switched ON or OFF independently with the adjacent switch.
The number of fresh air outlets on each fresh air outlet panel agrees
with the customer seat layout. Each fresh air outlet is adjustable
and can be opened or closed independently.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indication
A. Attendant Call
For information about the seat numbers and seat row numbers, the FASTEN
SEAT BELT and NO SMOKING signs, and the loudspeakers of the PSIUs refer
to 23-30-00 and 33-20-00.
EFF :
ALL 25-25-00
Page 12
May 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
A. Attendant Call
For information about the FASTEN SEAT BELT and NO SMOKING signs and the
loudspeakers of the PSIUs refer to 23-30-00 and 33-20-00.
To open the fresh air outlet, turn the nozzle ring to the left. Then you
can adjust the fresh air stream when you turn the nozzle housing. To
close the fresh air outlet, turn the nozzle ring to the right.
D. Reading Lights
A reading light comes on, when you push the related switch on the
attendant call panel. The light goes off, when you push the switch again.
R D. Reading Lights
R
R A reading light comes on, when you push the switch adjacent to the light
R on the reading light and attendant call panel. The light goes off, when
R you push the switch again.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-25-00
Page 13
May 01/07
IAC
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT (PSIU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-25-11-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-25-11-861-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-25-11-020-050
R (1) Remove the section hose (3) from the mounting rail (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-25-11
Page 401
Nov 01/00
IAC
Filler Panel
Figure 401/TASK 25-25-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-25-11
Page 402
May 01/00
IAC
R (3) Loosen the screws (5), release and remove the class-divider-bracket
R (2).
(b) Remove the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-63-
000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-25-11
Page 403
Nov 01/00
IAC
TASK 25-25-11-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-25-11
Page 404
May 01/00
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-25-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-25-11-420-050
(b) Install the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-
63-400-001).
(e) Install the Individual Air outlet 4150 HM(Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-
001).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R (3) Put the filler panel (1) in position and engage it to the mounting
R rail (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-25-11
Page 405
Nov 01/00
IAC
R (5) Install the related seal (3) to the mounting rail (4) , use the
R PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000).
NOTE : Make sure that there is a gap of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.79 +0.00
____
-0.0196 in.) on both sides of the emergency oxygen container.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-25-11-862-053
EFF :
ALL 25-25-11
Page 406
Nov 01/00
IAC
CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Dividers are installed to divide the utility areas and the passenger seating
areas in the cabin.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. _____________________
Component Description
A. Curtains
Curtains divide the utility areas from the passenger seating area.
The curtains hang on hooks which slide in light alloy rails. Brackets
attach the rails to the galleys, lavatories, stowage compartments and/or
the overhead stowage compartments.
EFF :
ALL 25-26-00
Page 1
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Dividers - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-26-00
Page 2
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (3) Single beam class divider
R The single beam class divider slides along rails that are attached
R below overhead stowage compartments.
R Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the single beam class
R divider.
EFF :
ALL 25-26-00
Page 3
Nov 01/07
IAC
CURTAINS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
TASK 25-26-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-051
Subtask 25-26-41-010-074
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-020-050
(1) Remove the screw (8) and the end cap (7).
(2) Remove the screws (3), (10) and (15) and the brackets (4) and (9).
(a) Remove the screws (5), (11) and (14) and the fittings (6), (12)
and (13).
(b) Remove the screws (17), the washers (18) and the straps (16).
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 402
May 01/07
R
IAC
Forward Cabin Divider.
Figure 401/TASK 25-26-41-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-26-41
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-26-41-020-050-B
R (1) Remove the attendant indication panel 320RH1 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-000-
R 001).
R (2) Remove the end panel (7) of the overhead stowage compartments.
R (a) Open the door (3) of the overhead stowage compartments on the
R left side.
R (c) Pull the end panel (7) to the centerline of the aircraft until
R they are free of the holders (4) and remove the end panel.
R (a) Remove the retaining ring (11) and the washer (10).
R (c) Loosen the screw (19) and remove the curtain rail (2).
R (a) Remove the screws (13) and the end caps (12).
R (c) Remove the screws (17) and the curtain rail (1).
R (d) Remove the fittings (16) and (20) from the curtain rail (1).
R (b) Remove the screws (14) and the brackets (15), (18) and if
R installed the bracket (25).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-26-41
Page 404
May 01/07
IAC
R Forward Cabin Divider
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-26-41-991-001-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-26-41
Page 405
May 01/07
IAC
(c) Remove the screws (23), the washers (24) and the straps (22).
Subtask 25-26-41-020-050-A
(a) Remove the screw (9) and the end cap (10).
(c) Remove the screws (13), (14) and (16), the bracket (15) and the
curtain rail (1).
(d) Remove the fittings (11) and (17) from the curtain rail (1).
(2) Remove the attendant indication panel 320RH1 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-000-
001).
(3) Remove the end panels (7) of the overhead stowage compartments:
(a) Open the doors (3) of the overhead stowage compartments on the
left and the right side.
(c) Pull the end panels (7) inboard to release them from the holders
(4). Then remove the end panels (7).
(a) Remove the retaining ring (22) and the washer (21).
(c) Loosen the screws (25) and remove the curtain rail (2).
(d) Remove the screws (25) and the fittings (27) and (12).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-41
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
(5) Remove the brackets:
R (c) Remove the screws (23), the washers (24) and the bracket (26).
(d) Remove the screws (30), the washers (29) and the straps (28).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-41
Page 407
Nov 01/07
IAC
Forward Cabin Divider
Figure 401B/TASK 25-26-41-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-41
Page 408
Nov 01/07
IAC
Forward Cabin Divider
Figure 401B/TASK 25-26-41-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-41
Page 409
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-26-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 410
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the FWD Curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-
013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-210-065
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-26-41-420-075
(a) Put the straps (16) and the washers (18) in position and install
the screws (17).
(b) Put the fittings (6), (12) and (13) in position and install the
screws (5), (11) and (14).
(c) Put the brackets (4) and (9) in position and install the screws
(3) and (10), but do not tighten.
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 411
May 01/07
R
IAC
(2) Install the curtain rail.
(a) Put the brackets (4) in position in the curtain rail (1).
(b) Put the curtain rail (1) and (2) in position and install the
screw (15).
(d) Put the end cap (7) in position and install the screw (8).
R Subtask 25-26-41-420-075-B
R (a) Put the straps (22) and the washers (24) in position and install
R the screws (23).
R (b) Put the brackets (15), (18) and the bracket (25) (if removed) in
R position and install the screws (14).
R (c) Put the bracket (8) in position and install the screws (9).
R (b) Put the curtain rail (1) in position and install the screws (17).
R (d) Install the washer (10) and the retaining ring (11).
R (e) Put the end caps (12) in position and install the screws (13).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-26-41
Page 412
May 01/07
IAC
(4) Install the end panel (7).
(a) Install the end panel (7) on the holders (4) of the overhead
stowage compartment.
(d) Install the attendant indication panel 320RH1 (Ref. TASK 23-73-
22-400-001).
Subtask 25-26-41-420-075-A
(a) Put the straps (28) and the washers (29) in position and install
the screws (30).
(b) Put the bracket (20) in position and install the screws (19).
(c) Put the bracket (26) and the washers (24) in position and install
the screws (23).
(d) Put the brackets (8) in position and install the screws (18).
(b) Put the curtain rail (2) in position and install the screws (25).
(c) Install the washer (21) and the retaining ring (22).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-41
Page 413
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (c) Put the bracket (15) in position and, install the screws (13),
R (14) and (16).
(a) Install the end panels (7) on the holders (4) of the overhead
stowage compartment.
R (c) Put the end cap (10) in position and install the screw (9).
(e) Install the attendant indication panel 320RH1 (Ref. TASK 23-73-
22-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-41-410-060
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.
Subtask 25-26-41-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 414
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-26-41-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-050
Subtask 25-26-41-010-075
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 415
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-020-054
(1) Remove the clip (8) and support the curtain rail (1).
(2) Lift the springs (4) and remove the curtain and curtain rail (1).
(b) Remove the mounting seal (7) from the mounting rails.
(c) Loosen the screws (6), push the panel (5) up to release the hinge
from the mounting rail and remove the panel (5).
(e) Remove the screw (11), the washer (10) and the strap (12).
Subtask 25-26-41-020-054-A
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the curtain rails is the same.
____
(b) Hold the curtain rail(s) (1) in position, remove the screws (2)
and the curtain rail(s) (1).
(2) Remove the fittings (3) from the curtain rail(s) (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 416
Nov 01/07
IAC
Aft Utility-Area Divider
Figure 402/TASK 25-26-41-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-26-41
Page 417
May 01/07
IAC
Aft Utility-Area Divider
Figure 402A/TASK 25-26-41-991-003-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-41
Page 418
Nov 01/07
IAC
(4) Remove the screw(s) (7), the washer(s) (8) and the strap(s) (6).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-41
Page 419
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-26-41-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 420
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the AFT Curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-
013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-210-066
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-26-41-420-053
(a) Put the strap (12) and the washer (10) in position and install
the screw (11).
(b) Put the brackets (2) in position and install the screws (3).
(c) Install the panel (5) to the mounting rails of the service
channel and tighten the screws (6).
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 421
May 01/07
R
IAC
(d) Install the mounting seal (7), use the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD (98A25207503000).
(a) Lift the springs (4) and install the curtain and curtain rail (1)
to the brackets (2).
(b) Push the curtain rail (1) up and install the clip (8).
Subtask 25-26-41-420-053-A
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the curtain rail(s) is the
____
R same.
(1) Put the strap(s) (6) and the washer(s) (8) in position and install
the screw(s) (7).
(2) Put the brackets (4) in position and install the screws (5).
(4) Put the curtain rail(s) (1) in position and install the screws (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-41-410-061
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 422
Nov 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.
Subtask 25-26-41-862-052
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 423
May 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-26-41-000-013
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-055
Subtask 25-26-41-010-073
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-020-076
(a) Remove the screw(s) (3), the cover plate(s) (4) and the cover
clip(s) (6) (if installed).
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 424
May 01/07
R
IAC
Curtains
Figure 403/TASK 25-26-41-991-016
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 425
May 01/07
IAC
(c) Move the curtain (2) with the gliders (7) and the end stop(s) (5)
out of the curtain rail(s) (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 426
May 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-26-41-400-013
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-860-053
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-41-210-067
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 427
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-26-41-420-076
(a) Engage the gliders (7) with the curtain(s) (2) into the curtain
rail(s) (1).
(c) Install the cover clip(s) (6) and the cover plate(s) (4) with the
screw(s) (3) ( if removed).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-41-410-062
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.
Subtask 25-26-41-862-054
EFF :
ALL 25-26-41
Page 428
May 01/07
IAC
PARTITIONS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-26-42-000-001
Removal of a Partition
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-42-861-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-26-42-010-050
B. Get Access
(3) Remove the curtain from the FWD curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-
013), if necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-42-020-055
R NOTE : The removal procedure for the left and right partition is the
____
R same.
(1) Lift the carpet as far as necessary to get access to the screws (7).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-42
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
Forward Utility-Area Partition
Figure 401/TASK 25-26-42-991-001
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-42
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
Class-Divider Partition
Figure 402/TASK 25-26-42-991-005-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-42
Page 404
Nov 01/07
IAC
Class-Divider Partition
R Figure 402A/TASK 25-26-42-991-005
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-26-42
Page 405
May 01/07
IAC
(4) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3) and push the brackets (5)
down over the tubes (4).
R (5) Lift the partition (1) until it is free of the stoppers (8) and the
R seat-track fittings (9) and remove it.
R (6) Record the position of the seat-track fittings (9) for the
R installation procedure.
R (7) Remove the stoppers (8) and the seat-track fittings (9) from the seat
R tracks.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-42
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-26-42-400-001
Installation of a Partition
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-42
Page 407
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-42-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the curtains are removed from the curtain rail
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the passenger/information units (PSIU) are open
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-42
Page 408
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
Subtask 25-26-42-210-055
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-26-42-420-050
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for the left and right partition is
____
R the same.
R (2) Put the seat-track fittings (9) and the stoppers (8) in the seat
R tracks (10) as recorded during the removal procedure.
(3) Push the upper attachment panel (6) and the brackets (5) on the tubes
(4).
R (4) Put the partition (1) in position on the seat-track fittings (9) and
R the stoppers (8).
(5) Put the brackets (5) and the washers (3) in position and install the
screws (2).
(8) Attach the carpet with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-065) to the partition (1).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-42
Page 409
Nov 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-42-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Install the curtain on the FWD curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-
013), if removed.
(3) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.
Subtask 25-26-42-862-050
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-26-42
Page 410
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-26-42-000-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-42-861-051
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 411
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
Subtask 25-26-42-010-059-A
B. Get Access
(2) Remove the curtain from the center class divider, if necessary
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013).
Subtask 25-26-42-010-059
B. Get Access
(3) Remove the curtain from the center class divider (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-
000-013), if necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-42-020-056-A
NOTE : The removal procedure for the left and right partition is the
____
same.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 412
Nov 01/07
IAC
(1) Remove the partition:
(a) Lift the carpet as far as necessary to get access to the screws
(6).
(e) Remove the partition (1) and the support tubes (5) out of the
panel (4).
(f) Record the position of the seat-track fittings (8) for the
installation procedure.
(g) Remove the stoppers (7) and the seat-track fittings (8) from the
seat tracks.
Subtask 25-26-42-020-056
(d) Lift the partitions (1) until it is free of the lower supports
(7) and the stoppers (6) and remove the partitions (1) with the
support tubes (3) out of the panels (2).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 413
Nov 01/07
IAC
(2) Remove the lower supports:
(a) Pull the syntetic fiber cord (8) and remove the sealant from the
seat tracks (9).
(b) Remove the stoppers (6) and the lower support (7).
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-26-42
Page 414
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-26-42-400-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 415
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-42-860-051-A
(2) Make sure that the curtain from the Center Class Divider is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 416
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 901-901,
Subtask 25-26-42-860-051
(2) Make sure that the passenger/information units (PSIU) are open
(Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001).
(3) Make sure that the curtain from the center class divider is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-42-210-057
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-26-42-420-054-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 417
Nov 01/07
IAC
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
NOTE : The installation procedure for the left and right partition is
____
the same.
(a) Put the seat track fittings (8) and the stoppers (7) in position
as recorded in the removal procedure.
(b) Put the partition (1) and the support tubes (5) in position in
the panel (4).
(e) Attach the carpet with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-065) to the partition (1).
Subtask 25-26-42-420-054
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the lower supports
(7) and the stoppers (6) and install them in the seat tracks (9).
(b) Put the cords (8) MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) in position
in the seat tracks (9).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 418
Nov 01/07
IAC
(d) Apply sealants to the seat tracks (9).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
10 AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
1
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) in position in the seat
tracks (9) on a length of 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.).
(a) Put the partition (1) with the tubes (3) in position in the
panels (2).
(b) Make sure that the partitions (1) are in a vertical position.
EFF :
901-901, 25-26-42
Page 419
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-42-410-056-A
A. Install the curtain on the Center Class Divider (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-
013).
(1) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.
Subtask 25-26-42-410-056
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in a good condition.
(4) Install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and (Ref. AMM 11-
32-25 P.Block 001), if necessary.
Subtask 25-26-42-862-051
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-26-42
Page 420
Nov 01/07
IAC
DIVIDER - CLASS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-26-43-000-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-43-861-055
Subtask 25-26-43-010-066
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the curtain from the center class divider (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-
000-013).
(2) Make sure that the Overhead Stowage Doors are closed.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-43-020-053
(1) Make sure that the overhead stowage doors are closed.
(2) Remove the screws (5) and the stoppers (4) from the divider rail (6).
(3) Push the trigger (3) and pull the handle (2) down.
(4) Move the class divider (1) forward and remove it out of the rail (6).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
Center Class Divider
Figure 401/TASK 25-26-43-991-004
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-26-43-400-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-43-860-053
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 404
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-43-420-053
(2) Put the class divider (1) into the rail (6) and move it to the last
position.
(3) Push the handle (2) up to lock the class divider (1).
(4) Put the stoppers (4) into the rail (6) and install the screws (5).
Subtask 25-26-43-210-051
B. Make sure that the placards CURTAIN MUST BE OPEN DURING TAKE OFF AND
LANDING are installed on each side of the center class divider.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-43-410-067
A. Close Access
(1) Install the curtains on the center class divider (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-
400-013).
Subtask 25-26-43-862-053
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 405
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-26-43-000-012
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-43-861-058
Subtask 25-26-43-010-068
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-43-020-061
(2) Hold the rail (1) in position and remove the screws (5) and the
washers (4).
(3) Carefully remove the rail (1) and the shim plates (2).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
MCD-Center Rail
Figure 402/TASK 25-26-43-991-014
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 407
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-26-43-400-012
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-43-860-056
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 408
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-26-43-420-059
(1) Make sure that the door (3) of the overhead stowage compartment is
open.
(2) Put the rail (1) and the shim plates (2) in position and install the
washers (4) and the screws (5). Do not tighten them.
(3) Align the rail system, if necessary install another shim plate (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-26-43-410-064
A. Close Access
Subtask 25-26-43-862-055
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-26-43
Page 409
Nov 01/07
IAC
________________________________________________________
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING DOOR AREA HEATING PANELS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
A. Stowages
2. __________________
Component Location
A. Stowages
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6575MM STOWAGE LH 231 25-27-44
6576MM STOWAGE RH 232 25-27-44
------ EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT STOWAGES 260 25-27-15
R A. Stowages
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6575MM STOWAGE LH 231 25-27-44
R ------ EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT STOWAGE 261 25-27-15
EFF :
ALL 25-27-00
Page 1
May 01/07
IAC
Stowages - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-00
Page 2
May 01/06
IAC
R Stowages - Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 3
May 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
A. Stowages
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6578MM STOWAGE RH 262 25-27-44
6577MM STOWAGE LH 261 25-27-44
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4DS CONTROL UNIT-DOOR AREA HEATING 132 132JW 25-27-34
14DS CONTROL UNIT-DOOR AREA HEATING 152 152FW 25-27-34
5DS FLOOR PANEL-HEATED, DOOR AREA 241 25-27-51
6DS FLOOR PANEL-HEATED, DOOR AREA 242 25-27-51
15DS FLOOR PANEL-HEATED, DOOR AREA 251 25-27-51
16DS FLOOR PANEL-HEATED, DOOR AREA 252 25-27-51
3. __________________
System Description
A. Stowages
The stowage basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
panels are covered with Glassfibre Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) plates.
Extrusions are bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Bonded edge profiles,
stainless-steel kick strips and rub strips are installed to protect the
stowages where applicable. The stowages are attached to the seat tracks
with fittings and to the aircraft structure with tie-rods.
EFF :
ALL 25-27-00
Page 4
Nov 01/07
IAC
Stowages - Component Location
Figure 001B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-27-00
Page 5
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Heated Floor Panel System - Emergency Exits - Component Location
R Figure 002 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 6
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Heated Floor Panel System - Emergency Exits - Component Location
R Figure 002 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 7
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199,
(1) General
The heated floor panels increase the temperature in areas of the
cabin which are much colder than other areas in the cabin.
(3) Description
The heated floor panel system operates when:
- The circuit brakers of the system are closed.
- The galley supply system operates (Ref. 24-56-00).
The heated floor panels:
- Have sensors which measure constantly the temperature of the
panels.
- Are connected to the control units.
- Give data of the measured temperature to the control units.
The control units:
- Supplies electrical power to the heated floor panels if the
temperature is less than a given temperature.
- Removes the electrical power supply from the heated floor panels if
the temperature is more than a given temperature.
4. ____________
Power Supply
5. Interface
_________
A. The heated floor panel system has an interface with the galley supply
(Ref. 24-56-00).
The control unit(s) of the heated floor panel system are supplied with a
discrete 28 VDC signal from a contactor of the galley supply system.
The signal lets the control unit operate to supply the connected heated
floor panel(s) with electrical power.
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 8
May 01/07
R
IAC
Heated Floor Panel System - Schematic (Typical)
Figure 003
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 9
May 01/07
R
IAC
When the galley supply system is not operating or in shed mode, the
contactor de-energizes and cuts-off the 28 VDC signal to the control
unit.
The control unit removes the power supply from the heated floor panel(s).
6. _____________________
Component Description
(1) General
The heated floor panel is made of composite material. It has heating
element(s) to heat the surface of the panel.
(2) Components
The heated floor panel has:
- A heating foil which is protected with an aluminium outer cover
plate
- Insulation material to keep the temperature of the heating foil
- Drain holes to drain fluid
- A sensor to measure the temperature of the heating foil
- One overtemperature thermostat
- One self-locking overtemperature thermostat.
(3) Operation
If a control unit has a malfunction and supplies constant power to a
heated floor panel, the overtemperature thermostat operates.
The overtemperature thermostat operates at approximately 35 deg.C
(95.00 deg.F) and 65 deg.C (149.00 deg.F).
If the heated floor panel temperature increases more than 80 deg.C
(176.00 deg.F) the self-locking overtemperature thermostat will stop
the power supply to the heated floor panel.
B. Control Unit
(1) General
The control unit controls and monitors the heated floor panel(s).
(2) Components
The control unit has:
- Circuit breaker(s) and/or fuse(s)
The circuit breaker(s) and/or fuse(s) protect(s) the power supply
to the heated floor panel(s).
- Test pushbutton(s)
When you push the test pushbutton(s), you start a BITE test of the
control unit.
- Indicator(s)
The indicator(s) come(s) on when the BITE test is satisfactory.
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 10
May 01/07
R
IAC
(3) Interface
The control unit has a discrete 28 VDC interface with:
- The galley supply (Ref. 24-56-00).
(4) Operation
The control unit supplies electrical power to the heated floor
panel(s):
- When a sensor of a heated floor panel senses a temperature less
than 29 deg.C (84.20 deg.F).
The control unit removes the power supply from the heated floor
panel(s):
- When a sensor of a heated floor panel senses a temperature more
than 32 deg.C (89.60 deg.F).
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
(1) General
The heated floor panel system operates automatically when:
- The galley supply system operates.
- The circuit breaker(s) of the heated floor panel system are closed.
(2) Operation
The operation of the system depends on the environmental temperature.
The heated floor panels operate automatically when the sensors of the
panel sense a temperature which is much colder than the temperature
in the cabin.
8. _________
BITE Test
(1) General
Each control unit has a BITE. The BITE starts and operates when you
push and hold the test button on the control unit.
(2) Tests
The self- test does a check of:
- The internal logic of the control unit.
- The connected heated floor panel temperature sensor(s) and heating
element(s).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 11
May 01/07
IAC
(3) Indications
If the test is ok:
- The test indicators come on.
If there is a failure:
- One or all test indicators do not come on.
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 12
May 01/07
IAC
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING DOOR AREA HEATING PANELS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-27-00-740-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-00-861-051
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 501
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-27-00-010-050
B. Get Access
(a) Open the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(a) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 25-27-00-865-052
Subtask 25-27-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 502
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-00-740-050
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(c) Close the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
(c) Close the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 503
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-27-00-862-051
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 504
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-27-00-710-002
Operational Check of the Floor Panel Heating System by using the Test Button on
each Control Unit.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-00-861-052
Subtask 25-27-00-865-055
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 505
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL SERVICE IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU DOOR AREA HEAT/FWD 1DS A08
2000VU DOOR AREA HEAT/FWD 3DS A06
2001VU DOOR AREA HEAT/AFT 11DS F05
2001VU DOOR AREA HEAT/AFT 13DS F03
Subtask 25-27-00-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
Subtask 25-27-00-010-051
D. Get Access
(a) Open the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(a) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 506
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-00-710-051
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(c) Close the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
(c) Close the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 507
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-27-00-862-052
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-00
Page 508
Feb 01/07
IAC
STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-27-15-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-15-861-050
Subtask 25-27-15-010-054
B. Get Access
(2) Remove the emergency equipment from the emergency equipment stowage.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-27-15
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-15-020-056
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-27-15
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
Emergency Equipment Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-15-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-27-15
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-27-15-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-15-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the equipment is removed from the emergency equipment
stowage.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-27-15
Page 404
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-15-420-054
(4) Put the washers (3) in position and install the screws (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-15-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-27-15-862-050
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-27-15
Page 405
Nov 01/07
IAC
CONTROL UNIT - DOOR AREA HEATING (4DS,14DS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-27-34-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-34
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-34-861-050
Subtask 25-27-34-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position adjacent to the FWD or AFT cargo
compartment door as required.
(a) Open the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Set the FWD CARGO COMPT light switch 6LU to ON.
(a) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to ON.
R Subtask 25-27-34-865-050
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
R 2000VU DR AREA HTG PANELS-DR2-HTR 1DS A08
R 2000VU DR AREA HTG PANELS-DR2-CTL 3DS A06
R 2001VU DOOR AREA HTG PNL-DOOR3-HTR 11DS F05
R 2001VU DR AREA HTG PNLS-DOOR 3-CTL 13DS F03
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-34
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-34-020-050
(1) Release the spring latches (2) and disconnect the electrical
connector (1).
(a) Push the locking catch (10) and carefully slide the control unit
(9) out from the adaptor assembly (8).
(a) Support the control unit (4) and remove the screws (6), the
washers (7) and the brackets (5).
R (b) Remove the control unit (4) from the support structure (3).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-34
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
Control Unit 4DS, 14DS
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-34-991-001
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-34
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-27-34-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-34
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-34-860-050
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position adjacent to the FWD
or AFT cargo compartment doors as required.
(a) Make sure that the FWD cargo compartment door is open (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Make sure that the FWD CARGO COMPT light switch 6LU is set to ON.
(a) Make sure that the AFT cargo compartment door is open (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
(b) Make sure that the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to ON.
Subtask 25-27-34-010-052
(a) Make sure that the sidewall panel 132JW is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
54-12-000-003).
(a) Make sure that the sidewall panel 152FW is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
55-12-000-003).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-34
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Subtask 25-27-34-865-051
R C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
R 2000VU DR AREA HTG PANELS-DR2-HTR 1DS A08
R 2000VU DR AREA HTG PANELS-DR2-CTL 3DS A06
R 2001VU DOOR AREA HTG PNL-DOOR3-HTR 11DS F05
R 2001VU DR AREA HTG PNLS-DOOR 3-CTL 13DS F03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-34-420-050
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(a) Carefully slide the control unit (9) on the adapter assembly (8).
NOTE : Make sure that the locking catch (10) holds the control
____
unit (9) in position.
(a) Install the control unit (4) with the brackets (5), the washers
(7) and the screws (6) on the support structure (3).
(7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-34
Page 407
Nov 01/07
IAC
(9) Safety the electrical connector (1) with the spring latches (2).
R Subtask 25-27-34-865-052
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 7MC, 1DS, 3DS, 11DS, 13DS
Subtask 25-27-34-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the heated floor panel system (Ref. TASK 25-27-00-
740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(b) Set the FWD CARGO COMPT light switch 6LU to OFF.
(c) Close the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
(b) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to OFF.
(c) Close the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
Subtask 25-27-34-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-34
Page 408
Nov 01/07
IAC
STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________
TASK 25-27-44-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-861-056-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-27-44
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-27-44-860-070
(a) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the switch EMER EXIT LT 4WL is
in the OFF position.
(a) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER is in the OFF position.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the panels 25VU and 120RH, to tell persons
not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
Subtask 25-27-44-010-058
C. Get Access
(1) Remove and identify the equipment which is kept in the stowage.
R (2) Remove the forward curtain and curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-
R 001), if necessary.
R
Subtask 25-27-44-865-113
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-44-020-058
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
(1) Open the door (4).
(b) Push the support tubes (5) down and lock the pin (6) in the
bottom position.
(5) Remove the screws (20), the the fitting-plates (21) and the spacers
(39).
(6) Record the quantity and the position of the spacers (39).
(9) Record the quantity and the position of the spacers (23).
(10) Carfully move the stowage (1) a short distance inboard until you can
get access to the electrical connectors (11).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(14) Pull the synthetic fibre-cords (33) and remove the sealant from the
seat tracks (26).
(15) Remove the stoppers (24) and the seat-track fittings (25) from the
seat tracks (26).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 403
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
Stowage
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-44-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-27-44-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-860-053
(a) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the switch EMER EXIT LT 4WL is
in the OFF position.
(a) Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER is in the OFF position.
(4) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position, to tell persons not
to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-27-44-865-114
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 2WL H06
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-27-44-210-070-A
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
R MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
R AND 15 MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
R FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (a) Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor-panels with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) a lint-free cotton cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 408
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-27-44-420-058
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the seat-track fittings
(25) and the stoppers (24), and put them in the seat tracks (26) as
recorded in the removal procedure.
NOTE : The cords (33) must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area
____
that you will seal.
(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) in the seat tracks (26) for
a length of 30 mm (1.2 in.).
(4) Carefully put the stowage (1) near to the installation position to
connect the electrical connectors (11).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 409
May 01/06
IAC
(5) Connect the electrical connectors:
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(8) Put the floor-fittings (22) in position, and install the washers (19)
and the bolts (18).
(10) Put the fitting plate (21) in position and install the screws (20).
(11) Put the covers (17) in position and install the screws (16).
(b) Push the support tubes (5) up and lock the pin (6) in the top
position.
(c) Make sure that the support tubes (5) are engaged in the correct
position.
(14) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in good condition.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 410
May 01/06
IAC
(16) Close the door (4).
Subtask 25-27-44-942-056
C. Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.
Subtask 25-27-44-865-115
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1WL, 2WL.
Subtask 25-27-44-710-071
E. Do these Tests
(3) Do a test of the stowage door(s) and door-hinges for free movement.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-44-410-055
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Make sure that the stowage door(s) is(are) closed and locked.
Subtask 25-27-44-862-055-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 411
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-27-44-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-861-054
Subtask 25-27-44-010-052-A
B. Get Access
(1) Remove and identify the equipment which is kept in the stowage.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 412
May 01/06
IAC
(5) Remove the upper sidewall panel 232EW
(Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-44-020-053-A
(2) Remove the screws (9) and release the support (8).
(3) Remove the screws (10) and the cover (7) to get access to the tie-rod
(37).
(a) Remove the bolt (34), the washer (35) and the nut (36).
(b) Remove the quick-release pin (38) and the tie-rod (37).
(5) Remove the nuts (15), the washers (14) and (13), and disconnect the
bonding straps (12).
(7) Remove the screws (20), the fitting-plates (21) and the spacers (39).
(8) Record the quantity and the position of the spacers (39).
(9) Remove the bolts (18) and (27), and the washers (19).
(10) Remove the floor-fittings (22) and (28), and the spacers (23).
(11) Record the quantity and the position of the spacers (23).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 413
May 01/06
IAC
(14) Pull the synthetic fibre-cords (33) and remove the sealant from the
seat tracks (26).
(15) Remove the stoppers (24) and the seat-track fittings (25) from the
seat tracks (26).
(16) Remove the stoppers (29), the packings (30) and the bushes (31) from
the floor-panels (32).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 414
May 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-27-44-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 415
Nov 01/07
IAC
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-860-054-A
(3) Make sure that the forward curtain and curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
(4) Make sure that the ceiling panels 232AC and 231BC are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-44-210-056
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
R MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
R AND 15 MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
R FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 417
Nov 01/07
IAC
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R (a) Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor-panels with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) a lint-free cotton cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-27-44-420-051-A
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (31), the new
packings (30) and the stoppers (29), and put them in the floor panels
(32).
(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the seat-track fittings
(25) and the stoppers (24), and put them in the seat tracks (26) as
recorded in the removal procedure.
NOTE : The cords (33) must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area
____
that you will seal.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 418
Nov 01/07
IAC
(b) Put the cords (33) the seat tracks (26).
(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the seat tracks (26) for
a length of 30 mm (1.2 in.).
(7) Put the floor-fittings (22) and (28) in position, install the washers
(19) and the bolts (18) and (27).
(9) Put the fitting-plates (21) in position and install the screws (20).
(10) Put the covers (17) in position and install the screws (16).
(a) Put the bonding straps (12) in position and install the washers
(13) and (14), and the nuts (15) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(b) Put the tie-rod (37) in position and install the quick-release
pin (38).
(c) Install the bolt (34), the washer (35) and the nut (36).
1
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts on
the tie-rod (37).
2
_ Loosen the lock-nuts.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 419
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
3
_ Turn the tie-rod (37) clockwise or counterclockwise until the
quick-release pin (38) can easily be installed.
4
_ Make sure that the eye-ends of the tie-rod (37) are in safety.
5
_ Tighten the lock-nuts.
6
_ Safety the lock-nuts with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(13) Put the cover (7) in position and install the screws (10).
(14) Put the support (8) in position and install the screws (9).
(15) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in good condition.
Subtask 25-27-44-710-073
C. Do these Tests
(2) Do a test of the stowage door(s) and door-hinges for free movement.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-44-410-051-A
A. Close Access
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 420
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(3) Install the upper sidewall-panel 232EW
(Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(8) Make sure that the stowage doors are closed and locked.
Subtask 25-27-44-862-051
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-44
Page 421
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 901-901,
TASK 25-27-44-000-007
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-861-060
Subtask 25-27-44-010-071
B. Get Access
(1) Remove and identify the equipment which is kept in the stowage.
EFF :
901-901, 25-27-44
Page 422
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-44-020-060
(2) Remove the screws (7) and the upper attachments (6).
(5) Remove the nuts (9), the inner eccentric-bushes (10) and the outer
eccentric-bushes (11).
(9) Remove the stoppers (13) and the seat-track fittings (14) from the
seat tracks (15).
EFF :
901-901, 25-27-44
Page 423
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Stowage
R Figure 402/TASK 25-27-44-991-027-A
EFF :
901-901, 25-27-44
Page 424
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-27-44-400-007
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-860-057
(3) Make sure that the seat-row forward of the stowage is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
EFF :
901-901, 25-27-44
Page 425
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-44-210-061
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-27-44-420-060
(2) Put the seat-track fittings (14) and the stoppers (13) in the seat
tracks (15) as recorded in the removal procedure.
(6) Put the outer eccentric-bushes (11) and the inner eccentric-bushes
(10) in position.
(7) Turn the eccentric bushes (10) and (11) clockwise or counterclockwise
to adjust the horizontal position of the stowage (1).
(9) Put the cover (5) in position and install the screws (4).
(10) Put the upper attachments (6) in position and install the screws (7).
EFF :
901-901, 25-27-44
Page 426
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (11) Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the
R correct position and in good condition.
Subtask 25-27-44-710-076
C. Do these Tests
(2) Do a test of the stowage door(s) and door-hinges for free movement.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-44-410-066
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Make sure that the stowage door(s) is(are) closed and locked.
(5) Make sure that the stowage drawer(s) is(are) closed and locked.
Subtask 25-27-44-862-059
EFF :
901-901, 25-27-44
Page 427
Nov 01/07
IAC
DOG HOUSE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
TASK 25-27-46-000-001
Removal of a Doghouse
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-46-861-050
Subtask 25-27-46-010-052-A
B. Get Access
(1) Record and remove the equipment which is kept in the doghouse.
(2) Remove the seat-row forward of the doghouse if necessary (Ref. TASK
25-21-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-46
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-27-46-400-001
Installation of a Doghouse
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-46-860-050-A
(3) Make sure that the seat-row forward of the doghouse is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-46
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-46-210-053
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-46-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the seatrow forward of the doghouse (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-
001).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.
Subtask 25-27-46-862-050-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-27-46
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
FLOOR PANEL - HEATED, DOOR AREA (5DS,6DS,15DS,16DS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-27-51-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-51-861-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-27-51-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position adjacent to the emergency exit.
(2) Open the emergency exit door from the outside (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
010-002).
(a) Remove the door frame linings 231GX, 231KX (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-004) or 232GX, 232KX (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-009) as
required.
(a) Remove the floor panel 251DG or 252DG as required (Ref. TASK 53-
32-12-000-002).
R Subtask 25-27-51-865-050
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU DR AREA HTG PANELS-DR2-HTR 1DS A08
R 2000VU DR AREA HTG PANELS-DR2-CTL 3DS A06
R 2001VU DOOR AREA HTG PNL-DOOR3-HTR 11DS F05
R 2001VU DR AREA HTG PNLS-DOOR 3-CTL 13DS F03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-27-51-020-050
(3) Pull the cord (10) up to remove the sealant from between the heated
floor panel (4) and the floor.
(4) Remove the sealant from around the outer cover plate (3) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
Heated Floor Panel 5DS (6DS), 15DS (16DS)
Figure 401/TASK 25-27-51-991-001
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
(5) Remove the outer cover plate screws (1) and (2).
(a) Carefully lift up and support the heated floor panel (4) to get
access to the electrical connections installed on the floor
structure below the heated floor panel.
(9) Remove the bolt (7), the washer (6) and the bonding strap (5).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-27-51-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-51-860-050
(1) Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-
00-861-001).
(3) Make sure the emergency exit door is opened (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-
002).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-27-51-010-051
(a) Make sure the door frame linings 231GX, 231KX (Ref. TASK 25-23-
47-000-004) or 232GX, 232KX (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-009) are
removed as required.
(a) Make sure the floor panel 251DG or 252DG is removed as required
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
R Subtask 25-27-51-865-051
R C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU DR AREA HTG PANELS-DR2-HTR 1DS A08
R 2000VU DR AREA HTG PANELS-DR2-CTL 3DS A06
R 2001VU DOOR AREA HTG PNL-DOOR3-HTR 11DS F05
R 2001VU DR AREA HTG PNLS-DOOR 3-CTL 13DS F03
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-27-51-910-050
(1) Remove the old sealant from the heated floor panel (4), the outer
cover plate (3) and the component interface and/or adjacent area with
a nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a lint free cloth.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-27-51-420-050
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(a) Support the heated floor panel (4) above the installation
position.
(b) Install the bolt (7), the washer (6) and the bonding strap (5).
(a) Put the heated floor panel (4) in the installation position.
(b) Get access through the removed floor panel 251DG or 252DG as
required.
(c) Install the bolt (7), the washer (6) and the bonding strap (5).
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
(d) Connect the electrical connector (8).
NOTE : Make sure the drain holes (12) in the heated floor panel
____
(4), align with the drain connections (9).
(5) Position the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) (10) in the gap
between the heated floor panel (4) and the floor.
NOTE : Make sure that approximatly 250.0 mm (10.0 in.) comes out at
____
both ends of the heated floor panel.
(6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the gap between the heated
floor panel (4) and the floor.
(7) Make a loop of the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) (10) ends and
press into the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016).
(8) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the underside and
edges of the inner cover plate (13) and the outer cover plate (3).
(9) Apply paint STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the underside
and edges of the inner cover plate (13) and the outer cover plate
(3).
(10) Put the inner cover plate (13) and the outer cover plate (3) in the
installation positions.
(11) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (1) and
(2).
(12) Install the screws (1) in the inner cover plate (13) and the outer
cover plate (3).
(13) Install the screws (2) in the outer cover plate (3).
(15) Apply a smooth layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
edges of the outer cover plate (3) and between the sides of the
heated floor panel (4) and the floor.
R Subtask 25-27-51-865-052
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1DS, 3DS, 11DS, 13DS
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-27-51-740-050
D. Do the BITE test of the heated floor panel system (Ref. TASK 25-27-00-
740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-27-51-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(a) Install the door frame linings 231GX, 231KX (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
400-004) or 232GX, 232KX (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-009) as
required.
(a) Install the floor panel 251DG or 252DG as required (Ref. TASK 53-
32-12-400-002).
(4) Close the emergency exit door from the outside (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
410-002).
Subtask 25-27-51-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-27-51
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
FLOOR COVERING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The floor covering is installed in the cabin. The cabin is divided into:
R - The passenger area
R - The utility (wet) areas.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
3. _____________________
Component Description
R B. Passenger Area
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R (1) The floor of the passenger area in the cabin has sections of textile
R floor covering on it.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-00
Page 1
Nov 01/05
IAC
R General Arrangement of the Floor Covering
R Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-28-00
Page 2
Nov 01/05
IAC
R Example of the Cabin Floor Covering
R Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-28-00
Page 3
Nov 01/05
IAC
R (2) In the aisle area above the center wing-box, the textile floor
R covering is fully bonded. Plastic covers are installed on the seat
R rails. They make an overlap on the carpet and hold the carpet edges.
R They are installed to give a smooth surface to the carpet at the seat
R rails.
R (1) The floor of each cabin utility (wet) area has a cover of textile
R floor covering (TF) and/or non textile floor covering (NTF) . Floors
R in the galleys and near the passenger doors have usually a cover of
R NTF. The floor panels of the utility (wet) area have a layer of
R Adhesive Foil (MYLAR). This gives protection to the floor structure
R from liquids that can cause corrosion. Adhesive film attaches the
R floor covering to the floor panels. There are cut-outs for the floor
R attachments of the cabin furnishings. The edges and the cut-outs of
R the non textile floor covering are sealed with sealant.
R There are different procedures to close the gap between the NTF
R sections:
R - Sealing procedure
R - Welding procedure.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-00
Page 4
Nov 01/05
IAC
R (b) Floor-Panel Area:
R The Adhesive Foil (MYLAR) is attached to the floor panels. This
R is a moisture barrier and gives protection to the aircraft
R structure from liquids. The (MYLAR) foil has an overlap of each
R other by 50 mm (1.9685 in.). Adhesive film attach the NTF to the
R (MYLAR) foil. Adhesive double-sided tape attaches the TF to the
R (MYLAR) foil.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-00
Page 5
Nov 01/05
IAC
COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 25-28-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-41-861-050
Subtask 25-28-41-010-050
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 401
Nov 01/05
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-41-020-050
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a) Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the protection cap
(4).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 402
May 01/07
IAC
R Textile Floor-Covering (TF)
R Figure 401/TASK 25-28-41-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 403
May 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-28-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-41-860-050
(2) Make sure that the TF area is free from equipment and furnishings.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-41-160-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 405
May 01/07
IAC
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(1) Clean the floor-panel area and the top of the seat-tracks with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) If necessary, use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the old adhesive
tape from the floor-panels.
(3) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other particles.
If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
Subtask 25-28-41-210-050
Subtask 25-28-41-560-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 406
May 01/07
R
IAC
NOTE : This work-step is only applicable for installation of textile
____
R floor-covering with dispersion-adhesive.
(a) Make sure that the lighting in the work-room is bright and that
the work-room is free from dust.
(b) Make sure that the ambient room temperature is between 18 deg.C
(64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
(c) Make sure that the maximum relative room humidity is not more
than 75%.
NOTE : You must monitor the ambient room temperature and the
____
ambient humidity of the work-room with suitable
instruments.
(d) Make sure that the textile floor-covering is clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Apply 120 g (4.23 oz) (fluid weight) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-102) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) with an
application device to the bottom side of the textile
floor-covering.
NOTE : You must apply (fluid weight) 150 g (5.29 oz) of BONDING
____
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-102) per 1 m2
(10.76 ft.2) when you install heavy textile floor-covering
with a rough bottom-structure.
(g) Let the dispersion-adhesive layer become stable and dry for a
minimum of 16 h:
- At a room temperature between 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30
deg.C (86.00 deg.F)
- At a maximum relative room humidity of 75%.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 407
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-28-41-560-051
D. Seat-Track Preparation
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-28-41-991-002)
(1) Seat-tracks areas which stay free from seats or seat-track covers
must be filled with a section (Detail C).
R Subtask 25-28-41-560-052-A
R (1) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.
R (2) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
R deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
R (3) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
R 75 %.
R NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
R humidity of the work area with suitable instruments.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 408
May 01/07
IAC
R Floor Panel Protection Tape
R Figure 402/TASK 25-28-41-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 409
May 01/07
IAC
R Installation of Double-Sided Adhesive Tape
R Figure 403/TASK 25-28-41-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 410
May 01/07
IAC
R (a) Unwind the double-sided tape (6) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-118) from the roll. Do not remove the protective
R paper of the tape in this work-step.
R (c) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the tape (6) onto the floor
R panels (7). Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards for a
R better bond.
Subtask 25-28-41-420-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 411
May 01/07
IAC
R (b) Make sure that the TF (5) is in the correct position.
R 1
_ Make sure that the new TF (5) has the same thickness as the
R adjacent (old) TF.
R 2
_ If necessary, apply (10) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-118) to the bottom surface of the adjacent
R (old) TF (5) to put the height difference to the minimum.
R
R (c) Lift the TF (5) and remove the protective paper from the
R double-sided adhesive tape (10).
R (d) Push the TF (5) down to make sure that there is a good bond with
R the floor panels.
R 1
_ Make sure that the new TF (5) has the same thickness as the
R adjacent (old) TF.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 412
May 01/07
IAC
R 2
_ If necessary, apply (10) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-118) to the bottom surface of the adjacent
R (old) TF (5) to put the height difference to the minimum.
R (5) Put the joint-strips (7) in position and install the screws (6).
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
R (9) Put the protection cap (4) in position and lock the quick-release
studs (3).
R (10) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 413
May 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-28-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-28-41-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-28-41
Page 414
May 01/07
IAC
COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 25-28-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-861-051
Subtask 25-28-42-010-050
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-42-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
(1) Remove the screws (11) and the joining strip (12).
(2) Remove the sealant around the door sill with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
(4) Remove the sealant (15) around the NTF with a non-metallic scraper.
(5) Remove the NTF assy (1), the film (2), and the foil (4) from the
floor panel (6). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help the removal
procedure.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 404
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 405
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-28-42
Page 407
Nov 01/01
IAC
Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 401A/TASK 25-28-42-991-001-B13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 401A/TASK 25-28-42-991-001-B23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 401A/TASK 25-28-42-991-001-B33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-28-42
Page 411
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 412
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006- 23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 413
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006- 33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 414
Aug 01/06
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-28-42
Page 415
Aug 01/06
IAC
Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402A/TASK 25-28-42-991-006-B13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402A/TASK 25-28-42-991-006-B23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 417
Feb 01/07
IAC
Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation
Figure 402A/TASK 25-28-42-991-006-B33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 418
Feb 01/07
IAC
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 419
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-28-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 420
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 421
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 422
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the NTF area is free from equipment and furnishings.
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors of the floor path markings
are disconnected (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-42-160-053
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 423
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Clean the seat tracks and the NTF-Covering installation area:
(a) Clean the seat tracks (10), the component interface and the
adjacent area with a CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), a
soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other
particles. If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.
(5) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
(6) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
75 %.
NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
humidity of the work area with suitable instruments.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 424
Aug 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-28-42-560-052
NOTE : Follow this procedure only when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
____
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R (c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.
R (d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
R self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 425
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).
R NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
R the edges for a better bond.
R (f) Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).
Subtask 25-28-42-560-053
NOTE : Follow this procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to
____
the GFRP (5). (Conventional NTF floor covering)
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R (c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 426
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
R a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
R self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
R (e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).
R NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
R the edges for a better bond.
R (f) Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
R NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. Use
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(d) Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER-
RUBBER.
R NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
R the edges for a better bond.
R (e) Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the
R NTF (1) on the GFRP (5).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 427
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (4) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-082) (2) on the GFRP (5):
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001)
(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film from the
roll and remove the protective paper.
(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the GFRP (5) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
R a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
R self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the GFRP (5).
R NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
R the edges for a better bond.
(f) Do the steps (4)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
GFRP (5) with the adhesive film (2).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 428
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-28-42-160-052
D. Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation
of the NTF-Covering.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-28-42-991-001, 402/TASK 25-28-42-991-006)
1
_ Cut the synthetic fibre-cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002) (8) to the required length.
2
_ Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (8).
3
_ Put the cords (8) in the seat tracks (10).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 429
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
4
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks
(10). Apply the sealant (7) only in the area of the adhesive
promoter in the seat tracks (10).
5
_ Push the loops into the sealant (7).
(2) Apply corrosion preventive compounds into the seat tracks (10):
(a) Apply masking paper and masking tape around the seat tracks (10)
where you will apply corrosion preventive compounds.
(b) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) into the
seat tracks (10).
(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) into the
seat tracks (10).
(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) into the seat
tracks (10).
(e) Cut the section (9) to the required length and push it into the
grease. Do this only in areas where persons walk and not in areas
where furnishings will be installed.
(f) Remove the unwanted grease with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do this
at the top of the seat track (10) to get a flush surface.
NOTE : Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with
____
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) where the adhesive
foil (4) will be installed above the seat track (10).
(g) Remove the masking paper and masking tape from the floor panels.
(a) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If
necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 430
Aug 01/06
IAC
(4) Installation of the adhesive tape (width 102.0 mm (4.02 in.)) (3) to
the floor panels (6):
R (a) Unwind 100 mm (4.0 in.) of the new self adhesive tape BONDING AND
R ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-084) (3) from the roll and
remove the protective paper.
(b) Align the adhesive tape (3) to the floor panel (6) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth and a light pressure of your hand.
NOTE : Install the adhesive tape (3) smooth onto the floor panel
____
(6) with a rubber roller.
(c) Do the steps (5) (a) thru (b) until you have installed the
adhesive tape (3).
(5) Installation of the self-adhesive foil (4) to the floor panel (6):
(a) Unwind 100 mm (4.0 in.) of the self-adhesive foil ADHESIVE FOIL
(4) (4) from the roll and remove the protective paper.
(b) Remove the protective paper from the adhesive tape (3) on the
floor panels (6).
(c) Install the adhesive foil (4) with a soft cotton cloth and with a
light pressure of your hand make it smooth onto the floor panel
(6). Work from the middle of the adhesive foil (4) towards the
sides.
(d) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press the adhesive foil (4) onto the floor
panel (6).
NOTE : Move the rubber roller forwards and backwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.
(e) For the installation of one more piece of adhesive foil (4) do
the steps (4)(a) thru (d).
NOTE : You must make sure that the adhesive foil (4) has an
____
overlap of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on adhesive foil (4) which you
have already installed.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-28-42
Page 431
Aug 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-28-42-560-052-A
NOTE : Follow this procedure only, when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
____
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.
R (d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it
R with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 432
Feb 01/08
IAC
(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).
R NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
R the edges for a better bond.
(f) Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).
Subtask 25-28-42-560-053-A
NOTE : Follow the procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to the
____
GFRP (5).
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R (c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 433
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
R a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
R self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
R (e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).
R NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
R the edges for a better bond.
R (f) Do the steps (2)(d) thru (f) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. Use
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(d) Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER-
RUBBER. Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
the edges for a better bond.
(e) Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) to the GFRP (5).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 434
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (4) Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-082) (2) on the GFRP (5):
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-28-42-991-001-B)
(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film from the
roll and remove the protective paper.
(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the GFRP (5) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth and a light pressure of your hand. Work
R from the middle of the self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the GFRP (5).
R NOTE : Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around
____
R the edges for a better bond.
(f) Do the steps (4)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
GFRP (5) with the adhesive film (2).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 435
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-28-42-160-052-A
D. Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation
of the NTF-Covering.
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-28-42-991-001-B, 402A/TASK 25-28-42-991-006-B)
R 1
_ Cut the synthetic fibre-cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 002) (8) to the required length.
2
_ Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (8).
3
_ Put the cords (8) in the seat tracks (10).
4
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks
(10).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 436
Feb 01/08
IAC
NOTE : Apply the sealant (7) only, in the area of the adhesive
____
promoter in the seat tracks (10).
5
_ Push the loops into the sealant (7).
(2) Apply corrosion preventive compounds into the seat tracks (10):
(a) Apply masking paper and masking tape around the seat tracks (10)
where you will apply corrosion preventive compounds.
(b) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) into the
seat tracks (10).
(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) into the
seat tracks (10).
(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) into the seat
tracks (10).
R (e) Cut the section (9) to the required length and push it into the
R grease (11). Do this only in areas where persons walk and not in
areas where furnishings will be installed.
(f) Remove the unwanted grease (11) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do
this at the top of the seat track (10) to get a flush surface.
NOTE : Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with
____
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) (11) where the
adhesive foil (4) will be installed above the seat track
(10).
(g) Remove the masking paper and masking tape from the floor panels.
(a) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If
necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-28-42
Page 437
Feb 01/08
IAC
(4) Installation of the self-adhesive foil (4) to the floor panel (6):
(a) Unwind 100 mm (4.0 in.) of the self-adhesive foil BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-104) (4) from the roll and
remove the protective paper.
(b) Install the adhesive foil (4) with a soft cotton cloth and with a
light pressure of your hand make it smooth onto the floor panel
(6). Work from the middle of the adhesive foil (4) towards the
sides.
(c) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press the adhesive foil (4) onto the floor
panel (6).
NOTE : Move the ROLLER - RUBBER forwards and backwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.
(d) For the installation of one more piece of adhesive foil (4) do
the steps (4)(a) thru (c).
NOTE : You must make sure that the adhesive foil (4) has an
____
overlap of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on adhesive foil (4) which you
have already installed.
Subtask 25-28-42-420-055
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 438
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
(1) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If
necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
(c) Carefully put the NTF assy (1) in position and align it with the
floor panels (6).
NOTE : Make sure that you leave a gap of 5.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm (0.1968
____
+0.0787 -0.0787 in.) between the NTF assy (1) and the
interior equipment (toilet, galley etc.).
NOTE : Make sure that you leave a gap of 3.0 +1.0 -0.5 mm (0.1181
____
+0.0393 -0.0196 in.) between the NTF-covering sheets.
(d) Remove 100 mm (4 in.) of the protective paper from the NTF assy
(1).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 439
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (e) Install the NTF-covering to the adhesive-foil (4) with a soft
R cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a light
R pressure of your hand. Make sure that the NTF-covering is in the
R correct position.
R (f) Install the NTF assy (1) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Start the work
R from the middle of the NTF assy (1) to the sides, rearwards and
R forwards and around the edges for a better bond.
R (g) Do the steps (3) (c) thru (f) until you have installed all of the
R NTF assy (1) to the floor panel (6).
R (i) Make the cut outs for the furnishing location points, if
R necessary.
R (a) Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057)
R into the space between the NTF-covering sheets and/or
R NTF-covering and interior equipment (toilet, galley, etc.).
R (a) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) around the
R NTF assy (1), to the gap between the NTF panels and the gap
R between NTF and interior equipment. If necessary seal the gap
R around the floor path marking (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001).
R (a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (11).
R (b) Install the cover strip (12) with the screws (11).
R (a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (13).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 440
Aug 01/06
IAC
R (c) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) (15)
R around the threshold (14) and on the gap between the NTF assy and
R the interior equipment.
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-28-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-28-42-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 441
Aug 01/06
IAC
TASK 25-28-42-000-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 442
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-861-054
Subtask 25-28-42-010-054
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-42-020-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove the screws (11) and the joining strip (12).
(2) Remove the sealant around the door sill with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 443
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-011- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 444
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-011- 23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 445
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
Figure 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-011- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 446
Aug 01/06
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-28-42
Page 447
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - Conventional Processed
Figure 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-012- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 448
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - Conventional Processed
Figure 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-012- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 449
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - Conventional Processed
Figure 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-012- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 450
Aug 01/06
IAC
(4) Removal of the sealant:
(5) Remove the sealant (15) around the NTF with a non-metallic scraper.
(6) Remove the NTF assy (1), the film (2) and the moisture barrier foil
(4) from the floor panel (6). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help
the removal procedure.
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 451
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-28-42-400-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 452
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 453
Aug 01/06
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-860-053
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the NTF area is free from equipment and furnishings.
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors of the floor path markings
are disconnected (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-42-160-057
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Clean the seat tracks and the NTF-Covering installation area:
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 454
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(a) Clean the seat tracks (10), the component interface and the
adjacent area with a CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), a
soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other
particles. If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.
(5) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
(6) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
75 %.
NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
humidity of the work area with suitable instruments.
Subtask 25-28-42-560-055
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : Follow this procedure only when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
____
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 455
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
NOTE : It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.
____
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.
(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the of the
self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.
(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).
NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.
(f) Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 456
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-28-42-560-056
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : Follow this procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to
____
the GFRP (5). (Conventional NTF floor covering)
(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(c) Apply the primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
006B) to the NTF with a ROLLER - RUBBER, FOAM.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 457
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(d) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from
the roll and remove the protective paper.
(e) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the NTF (1) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.
(f) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the NTF (1).
NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.
(g) Do the steps (2)(d) thru (f) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film (2).
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. Use
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(d) Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER-
RUBBER.
NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.
(e) Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the
NTF (1) to the GFRP (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 458
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(c) Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film from the
roll and remove the protective paper.
(d) Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the GFRP (5) and install it
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the
self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.
(e) With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto
the GFRP (5).
NOTE : Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond.
(f) Do the steps (4)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the
GFRP (5) with the adhesive film (2).
Subtask 25-28-42-160-056
D. Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation
of the NTF-Covering.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-28-42-991-011, 404/TASK 25-28-42-991-012)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 459
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(1) Preparation of the Seat Tracks (10):
1
_ Cut the synthetic fibre-cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002) (8) to the required length.
2
_ Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (8).
3
_ Put the cords (8) in the seat tracks (10).
4
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks
(10). Apply the sealant (7) only in the area of the adhesive
promoter in the seat tracks (10).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 460
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
5
_ Push the loops into the sealant (7).
(2) Apply corrosion preventive compounds into the seat tracks (10):
(a) Apply masking paper and masking tape around the seat tracks (10)
where you will apply corrosion preventive compounds.
(b) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) into the
seat tracks (10).
(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) into the
seat tracks (10).
(d) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) into the seat
tracks (10).
(e) Cut the section (9) to the required length and push it into the
grease. Do this only in areas where persons walk and not in areas
where furnishings will be installed.
(f) Remove the unwanted grease with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do this
at the top of the seat track (10) to get a flush surface.
NOTE : Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with
____
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) where the adhesive
foil (4) will be installed above the seat track (10).
(g) Remove the masking paper and masking tape from the floor panels.
(a) Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If
necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 461
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(4) Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (4) on the floor panel (6):
(a) Unwind the moisture barrier foil BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-104) (MYLAR) (4) from the roll and cut the
R (MYLAR) (4) to the required length.
(b) Remove the protective paper and install the Moisture Barrier Foil
(MYLAR) (4) on the floor-panels (6). Install it with a soft
cotton cloth and with a light pressure of your hand. Work from
the middle and press towards the edges to prevent formation of
wrinkles or air pockets.
(c) With a rubber roller press the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4)
onto the floor-panels (6).
NOTE : Move the rubber roller forwards and backwards and around
____
the edges for a better bond and a smooth surface.
(d) For the installation of one more piece of the Moisture Barrier
Foil (MYLAR) (3) do the steps (a) thru (c).
NOTE : You must make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
____
(4) has an overlap of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on (MYLAR) foil (4)
which you have already installed.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 462
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-28-42-420-057
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Make sure that the installation area is free from dust and particles.
If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
(d) Make the cut outs for the furnishing location points as
necessary.
NOTE : You must leave a gap of 5.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm (0.1968 +0.0787 -
____
0.0787 in.) between the NTF assy (10) and the interior
equipment (toilet, galley etc.).
NOTE : You must leave a gap of 1.5 +1.0 -1.0 mm (0.0590 +0.0393 -
____
0.0393 in.) between the NTF-covering sheets.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 463
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(e) Remove the protective paper from the NTF assy (10) and install it
to the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4) / Floor Panels (6).
(f) Install the NTF-covering on the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4)
with a soft cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the NTF
and press towards the edges to prevent wrinkles or air pockets.
(g) Install the NTF assy (10) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Work from the
middle of the NTF assy (10) to the sides, backwards and forwards
and around the edges for a better bond.
(h) Do the steps (3) (c) thru (g) until you have installed all of the
NTF assy (10) to the floor panel (6).
NOTE : The depth of the groove must not be deeper than 2/3 of the
____
R floor covering thickness.
(b) Remove loose particles out from the groove. Use a vacuum cleaner
if necessary.
WARNING : WHEN YOU PUT THE HOT AIR BLOWER DOWN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU
_______
PUT IT ON A HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE. THE HOT PARTS OF THE
BLOWER CAN CAUSE A FIRE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA. FUMES FROM WELDING ARE POISONOUS.
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS. HOT PARTS CAN CAUSE BURNS. IF YOU
_______
GET A BURN, HOLD IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10 MINUTES AND GET
MEDICAL AID.
NOTE : You must obey the manufactures instructions when you use the
____
hot air blower.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 464
May 01/07
IAC
Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - Welding Procedure
Figure 405/TASK 25-28-42-991-013
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 465
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(a) Set the working temperature of the HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING
370 DEG C (700 DEG F) between 160 deg.C (320.00 deg.F) and 200
deg.C (392.00 deg.F).
R (b) Cut the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128) some
R centimeters / inches longer than the necessary length.
R 1
_ Put the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-128)
R into the inlet of the speed welding nozzle.
2
_ Move the speed welding nozzle with light pressure and constant
speed along the groove.
R 1
_ Put the end of the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
R 05-128) into the groove.
2
_ Point the hot air blower directly at the lifted part of the
welding rod.
3
_ Push the welding rod into the groove with a hand roller. Use a
light pressure.
4
_ At the same time, move the hot air blower and the hand roller
along the groove at a constant speed.
(e) When the welding rod is sufficiently cool, remove the unwanted
weld with a spatular trimming knife. Make a smooth surface.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 466
May 01/07
IAC
(5) Apply primer:
(a) Make sure that the NTF surface is dry, dust and oil free. If
necessary clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004).
(b) Install a Masking Tape around the edges and cut-outs of the NTF
sheets, where the primer will be applied.
(c) Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057)
with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL:
- Into the space between the NTF-assy (10) and interior equipment
- Around all outer NTF contours equipment (toilet, galley, etc.).
- Around all cut-outs.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 467
Aug 01/06
IAC
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (11).
(b) Install the cover strip (12) with the screws (11).
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws (13).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-28-42-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-28-42-862-054
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 468
Aug 01/06
IAC
R TASK 25-28-42-960-001
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 469
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories
R Figure 406/TASK 25-28-42-991-022
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 470
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-28-42-861-056
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-28-42-020-055
R (1) Remove the sealant (3) around the NTF (1) with a SCRAPER - NON
R METALLIC.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 471
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (2) Make sure that you do not damage the lavatory floor pan when you
R remove the NTF.
R (3) Carefully lift a corner of the NTF (1) and pull it from the floor
R panel.
R (4) Remove the NTF (1) and the adhesive film (2) with a SCRAPER - NON
R METALLIC and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
R Subtask 25-28-42-160-059
R (a) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a non
R metallic scraper, CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (2) Use a VACUUM CLEANER to clean the work area from dust and other
R particles.
R (3) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.
R (4) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
R deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
R (5) Make sure that the ambient humidity is not more than 75%.
R NOTE : You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
____
R humidity in the work area with applicable instruments.
R Subtask 25-28-42-420-060
R (1) Make sure that the distance A is between 1 mm (0.04 in.) and 2 mm
R (0.08 in.).
R (3) Install the adhesive film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-082) (2) to the NTF (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 472
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (4) Remove the protective foil from the adhesive film (2).
R (5) Install the NTF (1) to the lavatory floor pan with a light pressure
R of your hand.
R (6) Make sure that the position of the NTF (1) is correct.
R (7) Move a ROLLER - RUBBER forward and backward on the NTF (1) to make
R sure that it is correctly attached to the lavatory floor pan.
R (a) Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-057)
R to the edges of the NTF (1).
R (b) Apply masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
R 08-074) around the area you want to seal.
R (c) Apply the sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-054) (3) on the
R primer.
R (9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-28-42-862-056
EFF :
ALL 25-28-42
Page 473
Nov 01/07
IAC
PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-28-43-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 401
Nov 01/05
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-43-861-050
Subtask 25-28-43-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the Textile Floor Covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-000-
001) and/or the Non-Textile Floor Covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-42-000-
001) is removed.
(2) Make sure that the area of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is free
from equipment and furnishings.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-28-43-020-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (1) Remove the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) from the floor panel
R (2). Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help the removal procedure.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
Figure 401/TASK 25-28-43-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-28-43-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 406
Nov 01/05
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-43-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the area of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is free
from equipment and furnishings.
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 407
Nov 01/05
IAC
Subtask 25-28-43-160-050
(1) Clean the floor panels and the MYLAR-Covering installation area:
R (a) Clean the floor panels (2), the component interface and the
R adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other
particles. If necessary use a vacuum cleaner.
(3) Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.
(4) Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18
deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
(5) Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than
75 %.
(6) Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient
humidity of the work area with applicable instruments.
Subtask 25-28-43-560-050
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
R - The equipment attachment points are installed.
(b) Make sure that the floor panels have no damage, scratches, dents
and holes.
(c) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly fastened on the
floor structure.
R
R (a) Clean the contact areas of the adhesive tape (3) with a lint-free
R cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R (b) Install the adhesive tape (3) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-084) on the center of the seat track.
Subtask 25-28-43-420-050
R (a) Unwind the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) from the roll and
R cut the (MYLAR) (1) to the necessary length.
(b) Make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is in good
condition and has no damage (example: cracks, folds, holes, ...).
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (c) Remove the protective paper and install the Moisture Barrier Foil
R (MYLAR) (1) on the floor-panels (2). Install it with a soft
R cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and with a light
pressure of your hand. Work from the middle and press to the
edges to prevent formation of wrinkles or air pockets.
R (d) Press the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) onto the floor panels
R (2) with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
(e) Move the rubber roller forwards and rearwards and around the
edges for a better bond and a smooth surface.
R (f) For the installation of one more piece of the Moisture Barrier
R Foil (MYLAR) (1) do the steps (a) thru (e).
R NOTE : The Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) must have an overlap
____
R of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on (MYLAR) foil (1) which you have
R already installed. (Detail B).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-28-43-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) If necessary, install the non-textile floor covering (Ref. TASK 25-
28-42-400-001) and/or the textile floor-covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-
400-001).
Subtask 25-28-43-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-28-43
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The electrical service supply-system is installed to supply electrical power
R to sockets which you can use for electrical equipment.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7ME WALL SOCKET 222 831
13ME WALL SOCKET 261 831
R 3. System
__________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R The electrical service supply-system in the passenger cabin is divided into
R 2 sections:
R - the FWD cabin system,
R - the AFT cabin system.
R 4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R The busbar 214XP nad 212XP supply 115 V AC, 400 Hz to each wall-socket. Each
R wall-socket has an isolated electrical circuit and is independently
R protected by a 10 A circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are installed on
R the circuit breaker panels 2000VU and 2001VU.
EFF :
ALL 25-29-00
Page 1
Nov 01/98
IAC
R Sockets for Vacuum Cleaner
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-29-00
Page 2
May 01/02
IAC
R Vacuum Cleaner Sockets - Power Supply
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-29-00
Page 3
May 01/02
IAC
BUFFET AND GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The galleys are installed in the utility areas. The function of the galleys
is to keep and prepare food and hot and cold drinks.
Different installation configurations of the galleys are possible
2. __________________
Component Location
3. __________________
System Description
R 3. __________________
System Description
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
Galley Locations
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-30-00
Page 2
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Galley Locations
R Figure 001A
EFF :
101-199, 25-30-00
Page 3
Feb 01/07
IAC
R B. Mid Galleys (Ref. 25-32-00)
R The mid galleys are installed in the center area of the aircraft near the
R emergency exits immediately in front of the wings.
4. Power
____________
Supply
The galley supply system supplies electrical power to the galleys (Ref.
24-56-00).
5. _________
Interface
If applicable the galleys have interfaces with:
- the water/waste system (Ref. 38-00-00),
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
- the galley supply system (Ref. 24-56-00).
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 4
Feb 01/07
IAC
BUFFET AND GALLEY - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 25-30-00-920-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-010-052-A
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-30-00-920-051
(1) Replace the filter elements of the air extraction system (Ref. TASK
25-30-00-960-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 301
May 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-30-00-960-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 302
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-053
R Subtask 25-30-00-860-050
R Subtask 25-30-00-941-055
R C. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 303
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-30-00-010-056
R D. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-30-00-960-051
(2) Open the water faucet in the galley to release the water pressure.
(4) If applicable, operate the air vent (1) on the filter top (2).
(5) Put a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the filter shell (6).
(6) Release the nut (7) and remove the clamp (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 304
Aug 01/07
IAC
Galley Water Filter
Figure 301/TASK 25-30-00-991-006
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 305
May 01/03
R
IAC
(9) Remove and discard the filter cartridge (5) from the filter shell
(6), if necessary.
(10) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(13) Make sure that the inside of the filter shell (6) is clean.
(14) Install the new cartridge-filter (5) and the new gasket (3), if
necessary.
(16) Put the clamp (4) in position and tighten the nut (7).
Subtask 25-30-00-790-050
B. Leak Check
(2) In the galley, put the water shut-off valve to the OPEN position.
CAUTION: Open the galley potable water faucet to bleed the system (to
evacuate the black water from the new cartridge).
(3) If necessary, open the water-boiler faucets to bleed each boiler and
check the flow of water.
(5) Release the pressure from the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-
00-614-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 306
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-30-00-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R Subtask 25-30-00-942-057
R B. Safety Precautions
Subtask 25-30-00-862-053-A
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 307
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-30-00-960-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-054
Subtask 25-30-00-010-055
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 308
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-30-00-960-050
R (1) Remove the grill/grill with filter pad from the air extraction duct.
R (2) Remove and discard the filter pad/discard the grill with filter pad.
R NOTE : Because of galley type and/or galley vendor, there are two
____
R types of filters.
R On one type, it is necessary to replace all the grill assembly
R with filter pad.
R On the other type, it is only necessary to replace the filter
R pad.
R (7) Install the grill/grill with filter pad on the air extraction duct.
(8) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-30-00-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 309
Aug 01/07
IAC
Galley Air-Filter Element
Figure 302/TASK 25-30-00-991-005
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 310
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-30-00-862-054
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 311
Aug 01/07
IAC
BUFFET AND GALLEY - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 25-30-00-210-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific mirror
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 601
Nov 01/06
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-051
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 602
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-30-00-010-051
B. Get Access
(2) Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the forward galleys (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-000-002).
(3) Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
004), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).
(a) Remove the screws (7) and the upper pelmet (6).
(b) Remove the screws (2) and the access panels (1).
Subtask 25-30-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access
(2) Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the forward galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-000-002).
(3) Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 603
Feb 01/07
IAC
Attachment Points of the Forward Galleys
Figure 601/TASK 25-30-00-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-30-00
Page 604
May 01/06
IAC
Attachment Points of the FWD Galley
Figure 601A/TASK 25-30-00-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-30-00
Page 605
Feb 01/07
IAC
Attachment Points of the Aft Galley
Figure 602/TASK 25-30-00-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-30-00
Page 606
May 01/06
IAC
R (4) Get access to the galley attachment points.
R (Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 25-30-00-991-001-A)
R (b) Remove the screws (3) and the access plate (4).
R (d) Remove the screws (11) and the access plate (12).
R (h) Remove the screws (23) and the access plates (22).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-30-00-210-050
(a) Make sure that the rods and the attach fittings are in the
correct condition.
(b) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are in the
correct condition.
(c) Make sure that the quick-release pins are in the correct
condition.
(d) Make sure that the bolts, the nuts, the supports, the rods and
the attach fittings are correctly installed.
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 607
May 01/06
IAC
(2) Examine the lower attachment points.
(a) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are in the
correct condition.
R (b) Make sure that the mounting points are in the correct condition.
(c) Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are correctly
installed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-30-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(c) Install the access panels (1) and the screws (2).
(d) Put the upper pelmet (6) in position and install the screws (7).
(2) Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the forward galleys (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-007).
(3) Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-
005), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008).
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 608
May 01/06
IAC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Apply new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004A)
into all the joints between the covers of the lower attachment
points and the galley structure.
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(6) Move the galley trolleys into the galley(s) and lock them in
position.
Subtask 25-30-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(c) Install the access plates (22) and the screws (23).
(g) Install the access plate (12) and the screws (11).
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 609
Feb 01/07
IAC
(h) Install the pelmet (10) and the screws (9).
(i) Install the access plate (4) and the screws (3).
(2) Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the forward galleys (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-007).
(3) Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of
the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-
005), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Move the galley trolleys into the galley(s) and lock them in
position.
Subtask 25-30-00-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-30-00
Page 610
Nov 01/06
IAC
FORWARD GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
The forward galleys are installed in the FWD utility area.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. System
__________________
Description
There are two optional configurations of galley, these are the:
- wet unit galley
- dry unit galley.
4. ____________
Power Supply
EFF :
ALL 25-31-00
Page 1
Nov 01/07
IAC
Forward Galley Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-31-00
Page 2
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Forward Galley Locations
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-00
Page 3
Nov 01/07
IAC
Galley Power Supply - Location 1
Figure 002 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-00
Page 4
May 01/06
IAC
Galley Power Supply - Location 1
Figure 002 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-00
Page 5
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
5. _________
Interface
If applicable, each galley has an interface with:
- the water waste system (Ref. 38-00-00)
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00)
- the galley supply system (Ref. 25-56-00).
6. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A. Galley
The galley basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
panels are made from NOMEX with fiberglass cover plates. Extrusions are
bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Edge profiles, stainless-steel kick
strips and rub-strips are installed to protect the galley where
applicable. The main galley attachment points are hard point and/or seat
rail attachments on the floor and tie rod attachments at the upper
fuselage structure.
B. Pelmet
The pelmet is a cover structure on the top of the galley. Behind the
pelmet are all the top galley connections.
EFF :
ALL 25-31-00
Page 6
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Galley Power Supply - G1
R Figure 002A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-00
Page 7
Feb 01/08
IAC
Galley Power Supply - G1
R Figure 002B
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-31-00
Page 8
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Galley Power Supply - G1
R Figure 002C
EFF :
902-999, 25-31-00
Page 9
Feb 01/08
IAC
Galley Installation - Example
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 25-31-00
Page 10
Feb 01/08
IAC
GALLEY UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 25-31-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-31-41-861-057
Subtask 25-31-41-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2
pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
(2) On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors,
put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to connect the
ground air supply.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-31-41-865-081
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
R
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
R
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
R
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D 2MC AD04
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC AF09
R
Subtask 25-31-41-860-062
Subtask 25-31-41-010-056
E. Get Access
(1) If necessary, remove the contents and the equipment from the galley.
(2) Remove the curtain and curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-26-
41-000-001).
(3) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) in the area of the galley.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-31-41-020-062
(a) Remove the screws (35) and the upper pelmet (34).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Make match marks and disconnect the electrical connections
(76).
(d) Open the door (40) and remove the screws (74) and the access
panel (73).
(e) Release the clamp (65) and disconnect the hose (66) of the
ventilation system.
(f) Release the clamp (63) and disconnect the hose (64) of the
exhaust air system.
(h) Remove the screws (5) and the access panels (4).
(i) Remove the quick-release pins (7) and disconnect the rods (6)
from the A/C structure.
(j) Remove the bolts (2) and the supports (1) and (3).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 404
Nov 01/07
IAC
Attachment of the Galley 6475MM at Location 1
Figure 401/TASK 25-31-41-991-001
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 405
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
Splitline of the Galley 6475MM at Location 1
Figure 402/TASK 25-31-41-991-002
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 406
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
Supply of the Galley 6475MM at Location 1
Figure 403/TASK 25-31-41-991-014
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 407
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
(2) Remove the Lower Attachments
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-31-41-991-001, 402/TASK 25-31-41-991-002,
403/TASK 25-31-41-991-014)
(a) Loosen the nut (72) and disconnect the potable water line (69).
(b) Release the clamp (71) and disconnect the drain hose (70).
(e) Remove the screws (9) and (44), the wheel guides (43) and the
covers (8).
(h) Remove the plates (19), the eccentric plugs (17) and the
eccentric bushes (18).
Subtask 25-31-41-020-050
(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(b) Carefully lift the galley and move it to the centerline of the
aircraft.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 408
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(d) Open the door (75) and remove the screws (89) and the access
panel (88).
(e) Release the clamp (86) and disconnect the drain hose (87) from
the sink (90).
NOTE : Make sure that you have removed all the screws which
____
attach the work deck.
(j) Remove the screws (37) and the waste compartment assembly (38).
(m) Remove the screws (85) and the access panel (84).
(n) Remove the screws (68) and the access panel (67).
(o) Disconnect the potable water lines (82) from the water filter
(83).
(p) Release the clamp (80) and disconnect the drain hose (81) from
the muffler (79).
(q) Disconnect the potable water line (77) from the shutoff valve
(78).
(u) Remove the screws (50) and the angle strips (51).
(v) Remove the screws (31), the covers (33) and the bolts (32).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 409
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(2) Remove the Floor Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-31-41-991-001)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 410
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
R
TASK 25-31-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 411
Nov 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 412
Nov 01/07
IAC
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-31-41-860-054
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(c) On the High Pressure (HP) and the Low Pressure (LP) ground
connectors the warning notice is in position to tell persons not
to connect the ground air supply.
(4) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty and all
equipment is removed.
(5) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 413
Nov 01/07
IAC
(6) Make sure that the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the
area of the galley are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001),
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002).
(7) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
001).
R
Subtask 25-31-41-865-082
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
R
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
R
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
R
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D 2MC AD04
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC AF09
R
Subtask 25-31-41-560-053
Subtask 25-31-41-210-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 414
Nov 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-31-41-420-050
NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).
(e) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to the
thread of the bolts (10) and install.
(c) Install the bolts (32), the covers (33) and the screws (31).
(d) Install the angle strips (51) and the screws (50).
(e) Remove the blanking caps and plugs from the disconnected
electrical connectors and line ends.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 415
Nov 01/07
IAC
(f) Connect the electrical connector (91).
(g) Connect the potable water line (77) to the shutoff valve (78).
(h) Connect the drain hose (81) to the muffler (79) and tigthen the
clamp (80).
(i) Connect the potable water lines (82) to the water filter (83).
(j) Install the access panel (67) and the screws (68).
(k) Install the access panel (84) and the screws (85).
(l) Put the door (53) in position and install the screws (52).
(m) Put the panel (36) in position and install the bolts (32).
(n) Put the waste compartment assembly (38) in position and install
the screws (37).
(o) Put the door (40) in position and install the screws (39).
(s) Connect the drain hose (87) to the sink (90) and tighten the
clamp (86).
(t) Install the access panel (88) and the screws (89).
(v) Carefully lift the galley above the shims (16) and lower the
galley.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 416
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-31-41-420-062
NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and washers (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).
(a) Install the eccentric bushes (18), the eccentric plugs (17) and
the plates (19).
(d) Install the wheel guides (43), the covers (8) and the screws (9)
and (44).
(f) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(g) Connect the potable water line (69) and tighten the nut (72).
(h) Connect the drain hose (70) and tighten the clamp (71).
(a) Put the supports (1) and (3) in position and install the bolts
(2).
(b) Put the tie rods (6) in position and install the quick-release
pins (7).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 417
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(c) If necessary, remove and adjust the tie rods (6).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire.
2
_ Loosen the locknut.
3
_ Adjust the tie rod end until the quick-release pins (7) can
easily be installed.
4
_ Tighten the locknut.
5
_ Make sure that the tie rod end is in safety.
6
_ Safety the locknut with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(d) Install the access panels (4) and the screws (5).
(e) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(f) Connect the hose (64) of the exhaust air system and tighten the
clamp (63).
(g) Connect the hose (66) of the ventilation system and tighten the
clamp (65).
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the electrical
connections (76).
(j) Put the upper pelmet (34) in position and install the screws
(35).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 418
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(3) Seal the Splitline Joints
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Apply new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004A)
into all the splitline joints.
R
Subtask 25-31-41-720-050
Subtask 25-31-41-865-080
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1MC, 2MC, 5HU, 6HU, 7MC, 1XA
Subtask 25-31-41-942-051
E. Safety Precautions
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 419
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-31-41-710-051
(2) Do a check of the air supply (if installed) and air extraction
system:
(c) Air must not come out from the individual air outlet.
(d) Examine all the air hoses and the connections for leaks.
(g) Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the
individual air outlet.
(h) Make sure that air is extracted through the galley exhaust.
(d) Operate the water faucet and make sure that water flows.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 420
Nov 01/07
IAC
(h) Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-
002).
(a) On the galley electrical panel, make sure that all the circuit
breakers are closed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push (on) the pushbutton switch - The POWER indicator light comes on.
2XA GAllEY.
- Set the WORKLIGHT switch to the - The galley worklight comes on.
ON position.
- Set the WORKLIGHT switch to the - The galley worklight goes off.
OFF position.
- Push (off) the pushbutton - The POWER indicator light goes off.
switch 2XA GALLEY.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-31-41-410-055
A. Close Access
(a) Put the insulation of the drain hose (70) and the potable water
line (69) in position.
(b) Install the access panel (73) and the screws (74).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 421
Nov 01/07
IAC
(c) Close the door (40).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) in the area of the galley.
(6) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-400-001).
R
Subtask 25-31-41-862-055
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-31-41
Page 422
Nov 01/07
IAC
GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
TASK 25-31-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-31-42-861-050
Subtask 25-31-42-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2
pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
(2) On the High Pressure (HP) and the Low Pressure (LP) ground
connectors, put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to
connect the ground air supply.
(3) On the water service panel, put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell
persons not to pressurize the potable water system.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-31-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D 2MC AD04
R
Subtask 25-31-42-860-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-902,
R Subtask 25-31-42-010-050-A
R E. Get Access
R (1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
R (a) Remove the galley control panel, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-35-
R 34-000-001).
R (3) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-
R 26-41-000-001).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-902, 25-31-42
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-901,
Subtask 25-31-42-010-050
E. Get Access
(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
(3) Remove the curtain and curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-26-
41-000-001).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) in the area of the galley.
EFF :
901-901, 25-31-42
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 903-999,
R Subtask 25-31-42-010-050-B
R E. Get Access
R (1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
R (a) Remove the galley control panel, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-35-
R 34-000-001).
R (3) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-
R 26-41-000-001).
R
EFF :
903-999, 25-31-42
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-31-42-020-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (5).
(b) Loosen the screws (5) and remove the cover (4).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Remove the nuts (6) and disconnect the wires (7).
(d) Remove the screw (10), the washer (9) and the clamps (8).
(e) Remove the locknuts (3), the washers (2) and the clamps (1).
1
_ Remove the nuts (11), the bolts (12), the washers (13) and
disconnect the bonding straps (14).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
Electrical Connections of the Galley - G1
Figure 401/TASK 25-31-42-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
Electrical Connections of the Galley - G1
Figure 401/TASK 25-31-42-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Disconnect the Galley Supply Connections
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-31-42-991-004)
(b) Loosen the clamps (26) and disconnect the exhaust air hose (25)
from the pipe (27).
(c) Loosen the clamp (29) and disconnect the fresh air hose (28) from
the pipe (30).
(d) Remove the screws (22), the washers (21) and the cover (20).
(e) Loosen the nut (32) and disconnect the potable water hose (31)
from the fitting (33).
(f) Loosen the clamps (35) and disconnect the waste water hose (36)
from the pipe (34).
(a) Remove the quick-release pins (40) and disconnect the tie rods
(43) from the A/C structure.
(b) Remove the screws (44) and the wheel guides (45).
(c) Remove the bolt (46), the washer (47) and the bushing (48).
(e) Remove the bolts (52), the washers (53) and the plates (54).
(f) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (55) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
Supply Connections of the Galley - G1
Figure 402/TASK 25-31-42-991-004
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G1
Figure 403/TASK 25-31-42-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G1
Figure 403/TASK 25-31-42-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
(h) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(i) Carefully lift and move the galley in to the centerline of the
aircraft.
Subtask 25-31-42-020-051
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley
____
from the aircraft.
(a) Loosen the clamp (81) and disconnect the exhaust air hose (82)
from the exhaust air duct (80).
(b) Remove the screws (83) and the clamps (85) from the hoses (84).
(a) Remove the screws (103), the washers (104) and the divider panel
(102).
(b) Remove the covers (105), the washers (106) and the screws (107).
(d) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(e) Carefully disconnect the galley modules (100) and (101) and
remove them and the disconnected components from the aircraft.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
Splitline - Supply Connections of the Galley - G1
Figure 404/TASK 25-31-42-991-008
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
Splitlines of the Galley - G1
Figure 405/TASK 25-31-42-991-003
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 416
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Remove the Floor Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-31-42-991-006)
(d) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (65) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
(e) Remove the bolts (60), the washers (61) and floor fittings (64).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 417
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-31-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 418
Feb 01/08
IAC
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 419
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-31-42-860-051-A
R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
R 42-00-861-001).
R (a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
R switches are in the OFF position.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 420
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (3) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
R connect the ground air supply:
R - On the High Pressure (HP) ground connector
R - On the Low Pressure (LP) ground connector.
R (b) Make sure that on the water service panel a WARNING NOTICE is in
R position to tell persons not to pressurize the potable water
R system.
R (5) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
R (d) Make sure that the galley control panel is removed, if necessary
R (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001).
R (e) Make sure that the ovens are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-
R 001).
R (f) Make sure that the coffe maker is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-
R 000-001).
R (g) Make sure that the beverage maker is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-21-
R 000-001).
R (h) Make sure that the hot cup is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
R 001).
R (i) Make sure that the hot jug is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
R 002).
R (j) Make sure that the wine chiller is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-31-
R 000-001).
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-902, 25-31-42
Page 421
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (6) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
R (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
R (8) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
R 001).
R (9) If a cockpit door camera is installed, make sure that the hinge-mount
R fitting is removed (Ref. TASK 53-16-11-000-001).
Subtask 25-31-42-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
switches are in the OFF position.
(3) Make sure that on the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground
connectors, the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
connect the ground air supply.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-902, 25-31-42
Page 422
Feb 01/08
IAC
(5) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
(d) Make sure that the galley control panel is removed, if necessary
(Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001).
(e) Make sure that the ovens are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-
001).
(f) Make sure that the water boilers are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-
000-001).
(g) Make sure that the hot cup is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
001).
(h) Make sure that the hot jug is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
002).
(i) Make sure that the wine chiller is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-31-
000-001).
(6) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and
the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) in the area of
the galley are removed.
(8) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
001).
(9) If a cockpit door camera is installed, make sure that the hinge-mount
fitting is removed (Ref. TASK 53-16-11-000-001).
EFF :
901-901, 25-31-42
Page 423
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
R **ON A/C 903-999,
R Subtask 25-31-42-860-051-B
R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
R 42-00-861-001).
R (a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
R switches are in the OFF position.
R (3) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
R connect the ground air supply:
R - On the High Pressure (HP) ground connector
R - On the Low Pressure (LP) ground connector.
R (b) Make sure that on the water service panel a WARNING NOTICE is in
R position to tell persons not to pressurize the potable water
R system.
R (5) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
R (b) Make sure that the galley control panel is removed, if necessary
R (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001).
R
EFF :
903-999, 25-31-42
Page 424
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (c) Make sure that the ovens are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-
R 001).
R (d) Make sure that the coffe maker is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-
R 000-001).
R (e) Make sure that the beverage maker is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-21-
R 000-001).
R (f) Make sure that the hot cup is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
R 001).
R (g) Make sure that the hot jug is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
R 002).
R (h) Make sure that the wine chiller is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-31-
R 000-001).
R (6) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
R (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
R (8) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
R 001).
R (9) If a cockpit door camera is installed, make sure that the hinge-mount
R fitting is removed (Ref. TASK 53-16-11-000-001).
R
EFF :
903-999, 25-31-42
Page 425
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-31-42-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F 16MC AC10
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D 2MC AD04
R
Subtask 25-31-42-560-050
Subtask 25-31-42-210-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 426
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-31-42-420-050
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you removed the galley from
____
the aircraft.
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(62) and (51) and put them in position.
(c) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolts (60).
(d) Put the floor fittings (64) in position and install the washers
(61) and the bolts (60).
(e) Put the shims (65) in position as identified during the removal
procedure.
(g) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushing (49)
and put them in position.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 427
Feb 01/08
IAC
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you removed the galley
____
from the aircraft.
(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(b) Carefully put the galley modules (100) and (101) in position.
(c) Install the washers (106), the screws (107) and the covers (105).
(d) Put the divider panel (102) in position and install the washers
(104) and the screws (103).
(e) Install all the remaining splitline screws you removed during the
removal procedure.
(a) Remove the used sealant of the splitline joints with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(b) Clean the splitline joints with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003) and a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(c) Apply the new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004A) into all the splitline joints.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Connect the exhaust air hose (82) to the exhaust air duct (80)
and tighten the clamp (81).
(c) Put the clamps (85) and the hoses (84) in position and install
the screws (83).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 428
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
R Subtask 25-31-42-420-051-A
R (1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
R 11-911-001).
R (a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
R (b) Carefully move the galley on to the shims (65) and the floor
R fittings (64).
R (c) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
R (57) and (56) and put them in position.
R (d) Put the shims (55) in position as identified during the removal
R procedure.
R (e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
R the threads of the bolts (52).
R (f) Put the plates (54) in position and install the washers (53) and
R the bolts (52).
R (g) Put the covers (59) in position and install the screws (58).
R (h) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushing (48)
R and put them in position.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-31-42
Page 429
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (i) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
R the threads of the bolt (46).
R (k) Put the wheel guides (45) in position and install the screws
R (44).
R (l) Put the tie rods (43) in position and install the quick-release
R pins (40).
R (m) If necessary, remove and adjust the applicable tie rod (43).
R 1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire on the locknut (42).
R 2
_ Loosen the locknut (42).
R 3
_ Adjust the tie rod end (41) until the quick-release pin (40)
R can be installed easily.
R 4
_ Do a check of the tie rod (43) for correct installation:
R - Put a short piece of the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
R into the safety hole at the tie rod (43).
R - Make sure that the lockwire does not go through the safety
R hole.
R - If it does, adjust the tie rod (43) at the opposite end, to
R give equal adjustment at each end.
R - If the lockwire goes through the safety hole again, replace
R the tie rod (43).
R 5
_ Tighten the locknut (42) and safety it with the lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-31-42
Page 430
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (b) Connect the waste water hose (36) to the pipe (34) and tighten
R the clamps (35).
R (c) Connect the potable water hose (31) to the fitting (33) and
R tighten the nut (32).
R (d) Put the cover (20) in position and install the washers (21) and
R the screws (22).
R (e) Connect the fresh air hose (28) to the pipe (30) and tighten the
R clamp (29).
R (f) Connect the exhaust air hose (25) to the pipe (27) and tighten
R the clamps (26).
R (g) Put the pelmet (24) in position and install the screws (23).
R 1
_ Put the bonding straps (14) in position and install the
R washers (13), the bolts (12) and the nuts (11) (Ref. TASK 20-
R 28-00-912-004).
R (b) Put the clamps (1) in position and install the washers (2) and
R the locknuts (3).
R (c) Put the clamps (8) in position and install the washer (9) and the
R screw (10).
R CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
R YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
R IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
R WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
R 1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the wires (7) with the
R nuts (6).
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-31-42
Page 431
Feb 01/08
IAC
R 2
_ Put the cover (4) in position and tighten the screws (5).
R 3
_ Safety the screws (5) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).
R (5) Install all the decorative material, removed during the removal
R procedure.
R (a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.
R (b) Install the galley control panel, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-
R 400-001).
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-31-42
Page 432
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-901,
Subtask 25-31-42-420-051
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(b) Carefully move the galley above the shims (65) and the floor
fittings (64).
(c) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(57) and (56) and put them in position.
(d) Put the shims (55) in position as identified during the removal
procedure.
(e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolts (52).
(f) Put the plates (54) in position and install the washers (53) and
the bolts (52).
(g) Put the covers (59) in position and install the screws (58).
(h) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushing (48)
and put them in position.
(i) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolt (46).
EFF :
901-901, 25-31-42
Page 433
Feb 01/08
IAC
(j) Install the washer (47) and the bolt (46).
(k) Put the wheel guides (45) in position and install the screws
(44).
(l) Put the tie rods (43) in position and install the quick-release
pins (40).
(m) If necessary, remove and adjust the applicable tie rod (43).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire on the locknut (42).
2
_ Loosen the locknut (42).
3
_ Adjust the tie rod end (41) until the quick-release pin (40)
can be installed easily.
4
_ Tighten the locknut (42).
5
_ Make sure that the tie rod end (41) is in a safe condition.
6
_ Safety the locknut (42) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Connect the waste water hose (36) to the pipe (34) and tighten
the clamps (35).
(c) Connect the potable water hose (31) to the fitting (33) and
tighten the nut (32).
(d) Put the cover (20) in position and install the washers (21) and
the screws (22).
EFF :
901-901, 25-31-42
Page 434
Feb 01/08
IAC
(e) Connect the fresh air hose (28) to the pipe (30) and tighten the
clamp (29).
(f) Connect the exhaust air hose (25) to the pipe (27) and tighten
the clamps (26).
(g) Put the pelmet (24) in position and install the screws (23).
1
_ Put the bonding straps (14) in position and install the
washers (13), the bolts (12) and the nuts (11) (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-912-004).
(b) Put the clamps (1) in position and install the washers (2) and
the locknuts (3).
(c) Put the clamps (8) in position and install the washer (9) and the
screw (10).
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the wires (7) with the
nuts (6).
2
_ Put the cover (4) in position and tighten the screws (5).
3
_ Safety the screws (5) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
EFF :
901-901, 25-31-42
Page 435
Feb 01/08
IAC
(5) Install all the decorative material, removed during the removal
procedure.
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Install the galley control panel, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-
400-001).
Subtask 25-31-42-720-050
Subtask 25-31-42-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MC, 2MC, 5HU, 6HU, 7MC, 16MC, 1XA
Subtask 25-31-42-942-050
E. Safety Precautions
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 436
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-31-42-710-050
(b) Do the functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-
23-00-720-002), do not de-energize the electrical circuits when
the test is complete.
(c) Turn the air outlet clockwise until it is in the closed position.
(d) Air must not come out from the air outlet.
(e) Examine all the air hoses and the connections for leaks.
(g) Turn the air outlet counter clockwise until it is in the open
position.
(h) Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the
air outlet.
(d) Operate the faucet and make sure that water flows.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 437
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Do an operational test of the galley electrical system:
(a) On the galley control panel, make sure that all the circuit
breakers are closed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push (ON) the pushbutton switch - The POWER indicator light comes on.
2XA GALLEY.
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light comes on
the BRIGHT position. brightly.
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light comes on
the DIM position. dimmed.
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light goes off.
the OFF position.
- Push (OFF) the pushbutton - The POWER indicator light goes off.
switch 2XA GALLEY.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 438
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-31-42-410-050-A
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (4) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
R 26-41-400-001).
R (7) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
R necessary.
R (8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 439
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-902,
Subtask 25-31-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) in the area of the galley.
(4) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-400-001).
(7) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
necessary.
(8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
901-902, 25-31-42
Page 440
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 903-999,
R Subtask 25-31-42-410-050-B
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (3) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
R frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) in the area of the galley.
R (4) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
R 26-41-400-001).
R (7) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
R necessary.
R (8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-31-42-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-31-42
Page 441
Feb 01/08
IAC
GALLEY (6479MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-31-44-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-31-44-861-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-31-44-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1 BLEED, ENG 2 BLEED, PACK 1
and PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
Subtask 25-31-44-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
(3) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-000-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-31-44-020-050
(a) Remove the nuts (4), the bolts (1), the washers (2) and
disconnect the bonding straps (3).
(a) Remove the quick-release pins (40) and disconnect the tie rods
(43) from the A/C structure.
(b) Remove the screws (45) and the wheel guides (44).
(i) Remove the screws (59) and the covers (60) and (48).
(j) Remove the bolts (63), the washers (64) and the plates (65).
(k) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (66) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
Electrical Connections of the Galley - G2
Figure 401/TASK 25-31-44-991-005
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-31-44
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G2
Figure 402/TASK 25-31-44-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G2
Figure 402/TASK 25-31-44-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
(l) Remove the bushings (67) and (68).
(m) Carefully lift and move the galley to the centerline of the
aircraft.
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley
____
from the aircraft.
(a) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (74) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
(g) Carefully lift and remove the galley from the aircraft.
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-31-44-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-31-44-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
switches are in the OFF position.
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
(4) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001).
Subtask 25-31-44-560-050
(1) If necessary, lift and turn the galley on its side and move it
through the aircraft door to the centerline of the aircraft.
Subtask 25-31-44-210-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-31-44-420-051
(1) Unless specified, torque all nuts, bolts and screws. (Ref. TASK 20-
21-11-911-001)
(a) Put the fitting (61) in position and install the screws (62).
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(71) and put them in position.
(e) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to the
threads of the bolts (69).
(g) Put the shims (74) in position as identified and recorded during
the removal procedure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
NOTE : Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent
____
area.
(a) Carefully move the galley onto the shims (74) and the fitting
(61).
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(68) and (67) and put them in position.
(c) Put the shims (66) in position as identified and recorded during
the removal procedure.
(d) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolts (63).
(e) Put the plates (65) in position and install the washers (64) and
the bolts (63).
(f) Put the covers (48) and (60) in position and install the screws
(59).
(g) Put the covers (46) in position and install the screws (47).
(h) Put the covers (51) in position and install the screws (52).
(i) Put the covers (50) in position and install the screws (49).
(j) Put the covers (53) in position and install the screws (58).
(k) Put the covers (56) in position and install the screws (57).
(l) Put the covers (54) in position and install the screws (55).
(m) Put the wheel guides (44) in position and install the screws
(45).
(n) Put the tie rods (43) in position and install the quick-release
pins (40).
(o) If necessary, remove and adjust the applicable tie rod (43).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire on the locknut (42).
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
2
_ Loosen the locknut (42).
3
_ Adjust the tie rod end (41) until the quick-release pin (40)
can be installed easily.
4
_ Do a check of the tie rod (43) for correct installation:
- Put a short piece of the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010), into the safety hole at the tie rod end (41).
- Make sure that the lockwire does not go through the safety
hole.
- If it does, adjust the tie rod (43) at the opposite end, to
give equal adjustment at each end.
- If the lockwire goes through the safety hole again, replace
the tie rod (43).
5
_ Tighten the locknut (42) and safety it with the lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(a) Put the bonding straps (3) in position and install the washers
(2), the bolts (1) and the nuts (4) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(5) Install all the decorative material, removed during the removal
procedure.
Subtask 25-31-44-720-050
(1) Do a continuity test of the bonding of the galley (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-004).
Subtask 25-31-44-942-050
C. Safety Precautions
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-31-44-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-400-001).
(5) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
necessary.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-31-44-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-31-44
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
AFT GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. _______
General
The aft galleys are installed in the Aft utility area.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. System
__________________
Description
There are two optional configurations of galley, these are the:
- wet unit galley
- dry unit galley.
4. ____________
Power Supply
EFF :
ALL 25-33-00
Page 1
Feb 01/08
IAC
Aft Galley Locations
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-33-00
Page 2
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Aft Galley Locations
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-00
Page 3
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Galley Power Supply - G5
R Figure 002
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-00
Page 4
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-901,
5. _________
Interface
If applicable each galley has an interface with:
- the water waste system (Ref. 38-00-00),
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
- the galley supply system (Ref. 25-56-00).
6. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 004)
A. Galley
The galley basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich
panels are made from NOMEX with fiberglass cover plates. Extrusions are
bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Edge profiles, stainless-steel kick
strips and rub-strips are installed to protect the galley where
applicable. The main galley attachment points are hard point and/or seat
rail attachments on the floor and tie rod attachments at the upper
fuselage structure.
B. Pelmet
The pelmet is a cover structure on the top of the galley. Behind the
pelmet are all the top galley connections.
EFF :
ALL 25-33-00
Page 5
Feb 01/08
IAC
Galley Power Supply - G5
R Figure 002A
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-33-00
Page 6
Feb 01/08
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-33-00
Page 7
Feb 01/08
IAC
Galley Power Supply - Location 5
Figure 003 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-00
Page 8
Feb 01/08
IAC
Galley Power Supply - Location 5
Figure 003 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-00
Page 9
Feb 01/08
IAC
Galley Installation - Example
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 25-33-00
Page 10
Feb 01/08
IAC
GALLEY UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 25-33-41-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-33-41-861-052
Subtask 25-33-41-680-050
Subtask 25-33-41-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
R
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
R
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
Subtask 25-33-41-010-052
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
(2) Remove the galley equipment (Ref. AMM 25-35-00 P.Block 001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
(3) Remove the curtain and curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-26-
41-000-003).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
000-003) in the area of the galley.
R
Subtask 25-33-41-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1 BLEED, ENG 2 BLEED, PACK 1
and PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
(3) On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors,
put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons NOT to supply the
ground air.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-33-41-020-059
(a) Remove the screws (55) and the upper pelmet (56).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
Attachment of the Galley 6483MM at Location 5
Figure 401/TASK 25-33-41-991-004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 404
Nov 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-33-41
Page 405
Nov 01/07
IAC
Splitline of the Galley 6483MM at Location 5
Figure 402/TASK 25-33-41-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
Splitline of the Galley 6483MM at Location 5
Figure 402/TASK 25-33-41-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 407
May 01/06
IAC
Supply of the Galley 6483MM at Location 5
Figure 403/TASK 25-33-41-991-006
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 408
May 01/06
IAC
(b) Remove the screws (30) and the lower pelmet (29).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Make match marks and disconnect the electrical connections
(76).
(e) Remove the quick-release pins (2) and disconnect the rods (1)
from the A/C structure.
(a) Remove the screws (32) and the lower panels (31).
(c) Release the clamp (85) and disconnect the hose (86) of the
exhaust air system.
(d) Release the clamp (84) and disconnect the hose (87) of the
ventilation system.
(e) Release the clamp (88) and disconnect the drain hose (89).
(f) Loosen the nut (83) and disconnect the potable water line (82).
(i) Remove the screws (3) and (61), the wheel guides (59) and the
covers (4).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 409
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(l) Remove the plates (14), the eccentric plugs (13) and the
eccentric bushes (12).
Subtask 25-33-41-020-052
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley
____
from the aircraft.
(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(b) Carefully lift the galley and move it to the centerline of the
aircraft.
(d) Loosen the nut (100) and disconnect the potable water line (99)
from the shutoffvalve (101).
(e) Loosen the nuts (103) and disconnect the potable water lines
(102).
(f) Release the clamps (95) and disconnect the drain hoses (96).
(g) Remove the screws (93) and the supply duct (92) of the exhaust
air system.
(h) Release the clamps (91) and disconnect the hoses (90) of the
ventilation system.
(i) Release the clamps (78) and disconnect the drain hoses (79) from
the sinks (77).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 410
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
1
_ Make match marks and disconnect the electrical connections
(105), (106) and (109).
(m) Remove the drawer (47), release the clamp (66) and disconnect the
tube (65).
(o) Remove the screws (50) and the center module (49).
(t) Remove the screws (51) and the cover profile (42).
(u) Remove the latches (52) and the pull-out table (41).
(v) Remove the screws (54) and the panel assy (40).
(w) Remove the screws (53) and the angle strip (39).
(x) Remove the screws (35) and the angle strips (36).
(y) Remove the screws (58) and the angle strips (57).
(z) Remove the screws (25) and (37), the T-profiles (26) and the
strips (38).
(aa) Remove the screws (62), the covers (63) and the bolts (64).
(ab) Carefully separate the galley modules and remove them from the
aircraft.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 411
May 01/07
R
IAC
(2) Remove the Floor Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-33-41-991-004)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 412
May 01/07
IAC
R
TASK 25-33-41-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 413
Nov 01/07
IAC
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 414
Nov 01/07
IAC
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-33-41-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty.
(c) On the High Pressure (HP) and the Low Pressure (LP) ground
connectors the warning notice is in position to tell persons not
to connect the ground air supply.
(4) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
38-10-00-614-002).
(5) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
(6) Make sure that the ceiling panels in the area of the galley are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the door frame linings in the area of the galley are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
003).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 415
Nov 01/07
IAC
R
Subtask 25-33-41-865-064
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
R
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
R
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-33-41-560-052
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 416
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-33-41-210-054
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
Subtask 25-33-41-420-052
NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-010) to the bushes (7).
(f) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to the
threads of the bolts (10).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 417
Nov 01/07
IAC
(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(c) Install the bolts (64), the covers (63) and the screws (62).
(d) Install the strips (38), the T-profiles (26) and the screws (25)
and (37).
(e) Install the angle strips (57) and the screws (58).
(f) Install the angle strips (36) and the screws (35).
(g) Install the angle strip (39) and the screws (53).
(h) Put the panel assy (40) in position and install the screws (54).
(i) Install the pull-out table (41) and the latches (52).
(j) Install the cover profile (42) and the screws (51 ).
(n) Put the center module (49) in position and install the screws
(50).
(o) Connect the tube (65) and tighten the clamp (66).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 418
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(s) Connect the electrical connectors (94), (107) and (108).
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the electrical
connections (105), (106) and (109).
(t) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(u) Connect the drain hoses (79) to the sinks (77) and tighten the
clamps (78).
(v) Connect the hoses (90) of the ventilation system and tighten the
clamps (91).
(w) Put the supply duct (92) of the exhaust air system in position
and install the screws (93).
(x) Connect the drain hoses (96) and tighten the clamps (95).
(y) Connect the potable water lines (102) and tighten the nuts (103).
(z) Connect the potable water line (99) to the shutoff valve (101)
and tighten the nut (100).
(ab) Carefully lift the galley and put it in position on the shims
(11).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 419
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-33-41-420-059
NOTE : Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).
(a) Install the eccentric bushes (12), the eccentric plugs (13) and
the plates (14).
(d) Install the wheel guides (59), the covers (4) and the screws (3)
and (61).
(f) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(g) Connect the potable water line (82) and tighten the nut (83).
(h) Connect the drain hose (89) and tighten the clamp (88).
(i) Connect the hose (87) of the ventilation system and tighten the
clamp (84).
(j) Connect the hose (86) of the exhaust air system and tighten the
clamp (85).
(k) Put the lower panel (31) in position and install the screws (32).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 420
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(b) Put the tie rods (1) in position and install the quick-release
pins (2).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire.
2
_ Loosen the locknut.
3
_ Adjust the tie rod end until the quick-release pins (2) can
easily be installed.
4
_ Tighten the locknut.
5
_ Make sure that the tie rod end is in safety.
6
_ Safety the locknut with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the electrical
connections (76).
(f) Put the lower pelmet (29) in position and install the screws
(30).
(g) Put the upper pelmet (56) in position and install the screws
(55).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 421
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(3) Seal the Splitline Joints
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
10 AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(b) Clean the splitline joints with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003) and a lint-free cloth.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
10 AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(c) Apply new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004A)
into all the splitline joints.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 422
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
R
Subtask 25-33-41-720-050
Subtask 25-33-41-865-065
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3MC, 5HU, 6HU, 7MC, 12MC, 14MC, 1XA
Subtask 25-33-41-942-050
G. Safety Precautions
Subtask 25-33-41-613-055
Subtask 25-33-41-710-052
(c) Operate the water faucet and make sure that water flows.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 423
Nov 01/07
IAC
(e) De-pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-
002).
(a) Push the pushbutton switch 2XA GALLEY on the overhead panel 35VU
in the cockpit.
(b) Make sure that the POWER indicator light on the galley electrical
panel comes on.
(c) Make sure that all the circuit breakers on the galley electrical
panel are closed.
(e) Release the pushbutton switch 2XA GALLEY on the overhead panel
35VU in the cockpit.
(f) Make sure that the POWER indicator light on the galley electrical
panel goes off.
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-33-41-410-052
A. Close Access
(a) Put the trapdoor (81) in position and install the screws (80).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-008) in the area of the galley.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 424
Nov 01/07
IAC
(5) Install the curtain rail and curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-
400-003).
R
Subtask 25-33-41-862-052
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-33-41
Page 425
Nov 01/07
IAC
GALLEY (6480MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-33-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-33-42-861-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-33-42-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
(3) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-000-003).
Subtask 25-33-42-941-050
C. Safety Precautions
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2
pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-33-42-020-050
(a) Remove the nuts (1), the bolts (4), the washers (3) and
disconnect the bonding straps (2).
(a) Remove the quick-release pins (40) and disconnect the tie rods
(43) from the A/C structure.
(b) Remove the screws (48) and the wheel guides (47).
(d) Remove the bolts (49), the washers (50) and the plates (51).
(e) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (52) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
(g) Carefully lift and move the galley to the centerline of the
aircraft.
(a) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (55) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
Electrical Connections of the Galley - G4
Figure 401/TASK 25-33-42-991-005
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-33-42
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G4
Figure 402/TASK 25-33-42-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G4
Figure 402/TASK 25-33-42-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
(c) Remove the floor fittings (56).
(f) Remove the screws (44), the washers (45) and the floor fitting
(46).
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-33-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-33-42-860-050
(a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
switches are in the OFF position.
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
(4) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
Subtask 25-33-42-560-050
(1) If necessary, lift and turn the galley on its side and move it
through the aircraft door to the centerline of the aircraft.
Subtask 25-33-42-210-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-33-42-420-051
(1) Unless specified, torque all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(a) Put the floor fitting (46) in position and install the washers
(45) and the screws (44).
(c) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(57) and put them in position.
(e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolts (61).
(g) Put the shims (55) in position as identified and recorded during
the removal procedure.
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
(a) Carefully move the galley onto the shims (55) and the fitting
(46).
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(54) and (53) put them in position.
(c) Put the shims (52) in position as identified and recorded during
the removal procedure.
(d) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolts (49).
(e) Put the plates (51) in position and install the washers (50) and
the bolts (49).
(f) Put the covers (59) in position and install the screws (60).
(g) Put the wheel guides (47) in position and install the screws
(48).
(h) Put the tie rods (43) in position and install the quick-release
pins (40).
(i) If necessary, remove and adjust the applicable tie rod (43).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire on the locknut (42).
2
_ Loosen the locknut (42).
3
_ Adjust the tie rod end (41) until the quick-release pin (40)
can be installed easily.
4
_ Do a check of the tie rod (43) for correct installation:
- Put a short piece of the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010), into the safety hole at tie rod end (41).
- Make sure that the lockwire does not go through the safety
hole.
- If it does, adjust the tie rod (43) at the opposite end, to
give equal adjustment at each end.
- If the lockwire goes through the safety hole again, replace
the tie rod (43).
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
5
_ Tighten the locknut (42) and safety it with the lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(a) Put the bonding straps (2) in position and install the washers
(3), the bolts (4) and the nuts (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(5) Install all the decorative material, removed during the removal
procedure.
Subtask 25-33-42-720-050
Subtask 25-33-42-942-050
C. Safety Precautions
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-33-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-400-003).
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
(5) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
necessary.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-33-42-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-42
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
TASK 25-33-45-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-33-45-861-050
Subtask 25-33-45-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(a) Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1 BLEED, ENG 2 BLEED, PACK 1
and PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
(2) On the High Pressure (HP) and the Low Pressure (LP) ground
connectors, put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons NOT to
supply the ground air.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-33-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04
Subtask 25-33-45-860-051
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-33-45-010-050-A
R E. Get Access
R (1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
R (3) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-
R 26-41-000-003).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-45
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-901,
Subtask 25-33-45-010-050
E. Get Access
(1) Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
(3) Remove the curtain and curtain rail, if installed (Ref. TASK 25-26-
41-000-003).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
000-003) in the area of the galley.
EFF :
901-901, 25-33-45
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-901,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-33-45-020-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (6).
(b) Loosen the screws (6) and remove the cover (5).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Remove the nuts (7) and disconnect the wires (8).
(d) Remove the screws (10), the washers (11) and the clamps (9).
(e) Remove the locknuts (3), the washers (2), the clamps (1) and the
spacers (4).
1
_ Remove the nuts (12), the bolts (13), the washers (14) and
disconnect the bonding straps (15).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Disconnect the Galley Supply Connections
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-33-45-991-003)
(a) Remove the screws (21) and the access cover (20).
(b) Loosen the clamp (31) and disconnect the fresh air hose (30) from
the pipe (32).
(c) Loosen the clamps (23) and disconnect the exhaust air hose (22)
from the pipe (24).
(d) Loosen the clamps (33) and disconnect the waste water hose (29)
from the pipe (25).
(e) Loosen the nut (27) and disconnect the potable water pipe (28)
from the fitting (26).
(a) Remove the studs (44), the covers (43) and the washers (45).
(b) Remove the screws (40), the profiles (41) and the pelmet assembly
(42).
(c) Remove the quick-release pins (46) and disconnect the tie rods
(49) from the A/C structure.
(d) Remove the screws (53) and the wheel guides (52).
(f) Remove the bolts (54), the washers (55) and the plates (56).
(g) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (57) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
Electrical Connections of the Galley - G5
Figure 401/TASK 25-33-45-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
Electrical Connections of the Galley - G5
Figure 401/TASK 25-33-45-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
Supply Connections of the Galley - G5
Figure 402/TASK 25-33-45-991-003
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-33-45
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G5
Figure 403/TASK 25-33-45-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments of the Galley - G5
Figure 403/TASK 25-33-45-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
(i) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(j) Carefully lift and move the galley in to the centerline of the
aircraft.
Subtask 25-33-45-020-051
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley
____
from the aircraft.
(a) Loosen the clamps (81) and disconnect the waste water hoses (82)
from the sinks (80).
(b) Disconnect the control cable (84) from the ring (83).
(c) Loosen the nut (95) and disconnect the potable water pipe (96)
from the fitting (94).
(d) Loosen the clamps (89) and disconnect the waste water hoses (88)
from the pipe (90).
(e) Loosen the clamp (86) and disconnect the exhaust air hose (85)
from the exhaust air duct (87).
(f) Loosen the clamp (92) and disconnect the fresh air hose (91) from
the pipe (93).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
(a) Remove the screws (102) and the cover (101).
(f) Remove the covers (114), the washers (112) and the screws (113).
(h) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(i) Carefully disconnect the galley modules (100), (103) and (106)
and remove them and the disconnected components from the
aircraft.
(a) Identify and record the number and position of the shims (60) for
the installation procedure and remove them.
(b) Remove the bolts (66), the washers (67) and the floor fittings
(61).
(e) Remove the screws (50) and the floor fittings (51).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
Splitline - Supply Connections of the Galley - G5
Figure 404/TASK 25-33-45-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 416
Feb 01/08
IAC
Splitline - Supply Connections of the Galley - G5
Figure 404/TASK 25-33-45-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 417
Feb 01/08
IAC
Splitlines of the Galley - G5
Figure 405/TASK 25-33-45-991-002
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 418
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-33-45-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 419
Feb 01/08
IAC
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 420
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-33-45-860-050-A
R (a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
R switches are in the OFF position.
R (3) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
R connect the ground air supply:
R - On the High Pressure (HP) ground connector
R - On the Low Pressure (LP) ground connector.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 421
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (4) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized.
R (5) Make sure that on the water service panel a WARNING NOTICE is in
R position to tell persons not to pressurize the potable water system.
R (6) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
R (b) Make sure that all the standard units are removed.
R (d) Make sure that the galley control panel is removed, if necessary
R (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001).
R (e) Make sure that the ovens are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-
R 001).
R (f) Make sure that the beverage makers are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-
R 21-000-001).
R (g) Make sure that the hot cup is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
R 001).
R (h) Make sure that the hot jug is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
R 002).
R (7) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
R (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-45
Page 422
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-901,
Subtask 25-33-45-860-050
(a) The APU BLEED, the ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton
switches are in the OFF position.
(3) Make sure that on the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground
connectors the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not to
connect the ground air supply.
(5) Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty:
(b) Make sure that all the standard units are removed.
(d) Make sure that the galley control panel is removed, if necessary
(Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001).
EFF :
901-901, 25-33-45
Page 423
Feb 01/08
IAC
(e) Make sure that the ovens are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-
001).
(f) Make sure that the water boilers are removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-
000-001).
(g) Make sure that the hot cup is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
001).
(h) Make sure that the hot jug is removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-25-000-
002).
(6) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
(7) Make sure that the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the
area of the galley are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001),
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004).
Subtask 25-33-45-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
R
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E 14MC AF09
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A 3MC AF04
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 424
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-901,
Subtask 25-33-45-560-050
Subtask 25-33-45-210-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-33-45-420-050
NOTE : This procedure is only necessary if you removed the galley from
____
the aircraft.
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 425
Feb 01/08
IAC
(2) Install the Floor Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-33-45-991-001)
(a) Put the floor fittings (51) in position and install the screws
(50).
(c) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(62) and put them in position.
(d) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolts (66).
(e) Put the floor fittings (61) in position and install the washers
(67) and the bolts (66).
(f) Put the shims (60) in position as identified during the removal
procedure.
(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(b) Carefully lift the galley modules (100) and (103) and put them on
top of the galley module (106).
(c) Install the washers (112), the screws (113) and the covers (114).
(e) Install all the remaining splitline screws you removed during the
removal procedure.
(f) Put the covers (107) in position and install the screws (108).
(g) Put the covers (104) in position and install the screws (105).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 426
Feb 01/08
IAC
(h) Put the cover (109) in position and install the screws (110).
(i) Put the cover (101) in position and install the screws (102).
(a) Remove the used sealant of the splitline joints with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(b) Clean the splitline joints with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003) and a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(c) Apply the new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004A) into all the splitline joints.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Connect the fresh air hose (91) to the pipe (93) and tighten the
clamp (92).
(c) Connect the exhaust air hose (85) to the exhaust air duct (87)
and tighten the clamp (86).
(d) Connect the waste water hoses (88) to the pipe (90) and tighten
the clamps (89).
(e) Connect the potable water pipe (96) to the fitting (94) and
tighten the nut (95).
(g) Connect the waste water hoses (82) to the sinks (80) and tighten
the clamps (81).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 427
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-33-45-420-051-A
R (1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
R 11-911-001).
R (a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
R (b) Carefully move the galley on to the shims (60) and the floor
R fittings (61) and (51).
R (c) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
R (59) and (58) and put them in position.
R (d) Put the shims (57) in position as identified during the removal
R procedure.
R (e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
R the threads of the bolts (54).
R (f) Put the plates (56) in position and install the washers (55) and
R the bolts (54).
R (g) Put the covers (64) in position and install the screws (65).
R (h) Put the wheel guides (52) in position and install the screws
R (53).
R (i) Put the tie rods (49) in position and install the quick-release
R pins (46).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-45
Page 428
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (j) If necessary, remove and adjust the applicable tie rod (49).
R 1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire on the locknut (48).
R 2
_ Loosen the locknut (48).
R 3
_ Adjust the tie rod end (47) until the quick-release pin (46)
R can be installed easily.
R 4
_ Do a check of the tie rod (49) for correct installation:
R - Put a short piece of the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
R into the safety hole at the tie rod end (47).
R - Make sure that the lockwire does not go through the safety
R hole.
R - If it does, adjust the tie rod (49) at the opposite end, to
R give equal adjustment at each end.
R - If the lockwire goes through the safety hole again, replace
R the tie rod (49).
R 5
_ Tighten the locknut (48) and safety it with the lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R (k) Put the pelmet assembly (42) and the profiles (41) in position
R and install the screws (40).
R (l) Put the washers (45) and the covers (43) in position and install
R the studs (44).
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Connect the potable water pipe (28) to the fitting (26) and
R tighten the nut (27).
R (c) Connect the waste water hose (29) to the pipe (25) and tighten
R the clamps (33).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-45
Page 429
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (d) Connect the exhaust air hose (22) to the pipe (24) and tighten
R the clamps (23).
R (e) Connect the fresh air hose (30) to the pipe (32) and tighten the
R clamp (31).
R (f) Put the access cover (20) in position and install the screws
R (21).
R 1
_ Put the bonding straps (15) in position and install the
R washers (14), the bolts (13) and the nuts (12) (Ref. TASK 20-
R 28-00-912-004).
R (b) Put the clamps (1) in position and install the spacers (4), the
R washers (2) and the locknuts (3).
R (c) Put the clamps (9) in position and install the washers (11) and
R the screws (10).
R CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
R YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
R IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
R WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
R 1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the wires (8) with the
R nuts (7).
R 2
_ Put the cover (5) in position and tighten the screws (6).
R 3
_ Safety the screws (6) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-33-45
Page 430
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (5) Install all the decorative material, removed during the removal
R procedure.
R (a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.
Subtask 25-33-45-420-051
(1) Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-
11-911-001).
(a) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(b) Carefully move the galley above the shims (60) and the floor
fittings (61) and (51).
(c) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the bushings
(59) and (58) and put them in position.
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 431
Feb 01/08
IAC
(d) Put the shims (57) in position as identified during the removal
procedure.
(e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-002) to
the threads of the bolts (54).
(f) Put the plates (56) in position and install the washers (55) and
the bolts (54).
(g) Put the covers (64) in position and install the screws (65).
(h) Put the wheel guides (52) in position and install the screws
(53).
(i) Put the tie rods (49) in position and install the quick-release
pins (46).
(j) If necessary, remove and adjust the applicable tie rod (49).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire on the locknut (48).
2
_ Loosen the locknut (48).
3
_ Adjust the tie rod end (47) until the quick-release pin (46)
can be installed easily.
4
_ Tighten the locknut (48).
5
_ Make sure that the tie rod end (47) is in a safe condition.
6
_ Safety the locknut (48) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(k) Put the pelmet assembly (42) and the profiles (41) in position
and install the screws (40).
(l) Put the washers (45) and the covers (43) in position and install
the studs (44).
EFF :
901-901, 25-33-45
Page 432
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Connect the Galley Supply Connections
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-33-45-991-003)
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Connect the potable water pipe (28) to the fitting (26) and
tighten the nut (27).
(c) Connect the waste water hose (29) to the pipe (25) and tighten
the clamps (33).
(d) Connect the exhaust air hose (22) to the pipe (24) and tighten
the clamps (23).
(e) Connect the fresh air hose (30) to the pipe (32) and tighten the
clamp (31).
(f) Put the access cover (20) in position and install the screws
(21).
1
_ Put the bonding straps (15) in position and install the
washers (14), the bolts (13) and the nuts (12) (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-912-004).
(b) Put the clamps (1) in position and install the spacers (4), the
washers (2) and the locknuts (3).
(c) Put the clamps (9) in position and install the washers (11) and
the screws (10).
EFF :
901-901, 25-33-45
Page 433
Feb 01/08
IAC
(d) Connect the electrical wires.
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN
_______
YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1
_ Refer to the match marks and connect the wires (8) with the
nuts (7).
2
_ Put the cover (5) in position and tighten the screws (6).
3
_ Safety the screws (6) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(5) Install all the decorative material, removed during the removal
procedure.
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-33-45-720-050
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 434
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-33-45-865-054
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MC, 3MC, 5HU, 6HU, 7MC, 12MC, 14MC, 1XA.
Subtask 25-33-45-942-050
E. Safety Precautions
Subtask 25-33-45-710-051
(b) Do the functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-
23-00-720-002), do not de-energize the electrical circuits when
the test is complete.
(c) Turn the air outlet clockwise until it is in the closed position.
(d) Air must not come out from the air outlet.
(e) Examine all the air hoses and the connections for leaks.
(g) Turn the air outlet counter clockwise until it is in the open
position.
(h) Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the
air outlet.
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 435
Feb 01/08
IAC
(2) Do a check of the potable water and drain system:
(d) Operate the faucet and make sure that water flows.
(a) On the galley control panel, make sure that all of the circuit
breakers are closed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push (ON) the pushbutton switch - The POWER indicator light comes on.
2XA GALLEY.
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light comes on
the BRIGHT position. brightly.
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light comes on
the DIM position. dimmed.
- Set the work light switch to - The galley work light goes off.
the OFF position.
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 436
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. In the flight compartment, on the On the galley control panel:
overhead panel 35VU:
- Push (OFF) the pushbutton - The POWER indicator light goes off.
switch 2XA GALLEY.
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-33-45-410-050-A
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (4) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
R 26-41-400-003).
R (5) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
R necessary.
R (6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 437
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-901,
Subtask 25-33-45-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the door
frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-008) in the area of the galley.
(4) Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-
26-41-400-003).
(5) Install the contents which were removed from the galley, if
necessary.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-33-45-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-33-45
Page 438
Feb 01/08
IAC
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The galley equipment is installed to keep and prepare food and drinks for
R the passengers and the crew and to store waste materials.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
3. System
__________________
Description
R There are different types of galleys, storage galleys and preparation
R galleys.
R A. Storage Galleys
R The storage galleys are only used to keep food, drinks and unwanted
R materials and have:
R - Food trolleys,
R - Waste trolleys,
R - Food and drinks containers.
R B. Preparation Galleys
R The preparation galleys are used to prepare the food and the drinks and
R have this electrically operated items (if installed):
R - Trash-Compactor(s)
R - Oven(s)
R - Oven Control Module(s)
R - Coffee-maker(s)
R - Beverage-Maker(s)
R - Bun-warmer(s)
R - Roll-Warmer(s)
R - Hot-cup(s)
R - Hot-jug(s)
R - Water-heater(s)
R - Refrigerator(s)
R - Wine-Chiller(s)
R - Hot-plate(s)
R 4. Power
____________
Supply
R The galley power supply system (Ref. 24-56-00) supplies the electrical
R equipment in the preparation galleys with 115 VAC.
R 5. _________
Interface
R The galley equipment has interfaces with:
R - the potable water system (Ref. 38-10-00),
R - the wastewater drain system (Ref. 38-30-00),
R - the galley power supply (Ref. 24-56-00).
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 1
May 01/04
IAC
Example of Galley Equipment
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 2
Nov 01/99
R
IAC
R 6. _____________________
Component Description
R A. Oven
R The oven has a control box to select the temperature and time of
R operation, to heat the meals.
R B. Water Heater
R The water heater heats water supplied from the potable water system.
R (Ref. 38-10-00)
R C. Hot Jug
R The hot jug keeps the drinks at a stable temperature.
R D. Hot Cup
R The hot cup is used to heat the beverages.
R E. Coffee Maker
R The coffee maker prepares and keeps the coffee at a high temperature in a
R container, or in a coffee jug on a hot plate. The potable water system
R (Ref. 38-12-00) supplies water to the coffee maker.
R The coffee maker has hot or hot and cold water faucets installed.
R F. Trolley
R The trolley has trays or drawers for storage.
R G. Waste Trolley
R The waste trolley has a waste container with a flap.
R H. Container
R The container is used to keep trays, drawers, beverages and food.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 3
May 01/04
IAC
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
____________________________________________
TASK 25-35-00-040-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-077
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-040-050
R (1) Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052).
R
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to use the waste
R compartment.
R
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-35-00-410-067
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
R Figure 401/TASK 25-35-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
R TASK 25-35-00-440-001
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-35-00-861-078
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-35-00-440-050
R (c) Remove the bolt (3), the washer (2) and disconnect the bonding
R strap (1).
R (d) Remove the bolt (6), the washer (5), the nut (4), the screws (7)
R and the flapper-door (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (3) Install a new flapper-door:
R (a) Put the new flapper-door (8) in position and install the screws
R (7), the washer (5), the bolt (6) and the nut (4). Tighten the
R screws (7), the bolt (6) and the nut (4).
R (b) Connect the bonding strap (1) and install the washer (2) and the
R bolt (3).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-35-00-410-068
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________
TASK 25-35-00-710-013
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-062
Subtask 25-35-00-860-051
(1) Make sure that the related galley is supplied with electrical power
(Ref. TASK 24-56-00-710-001).
R (2) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker on
R the galley control panel is(are) closed.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 501
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-710-064
WARNING : OPEN THE WATER FAUCET OR THE WATER DRAIN CAREFULLY AND SLOWLY.
_______
THE TANK IS PRESSURIZED AND STEAM OR VERY HOT WATER CAN COME
OUT OF THE NOZZLE. HOT WATER OR STEAM IS DANGEROUS (IT CAN BURN
YOU).
NOTE : The NO WATER or LOW WATER indicator could be installed in the COLD
____
WATER pushbutton.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Open the coffee-maker hot - Water flows from the coffee-maker hot
water-faucet. water-faucet.
- Hold the coffee-maker hot - After a short time, the water flow
water-faucet in the open from the coffee-maker hot
position. water-faucet stops.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 502
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. In the galley:
- Open the galley potable-water
shutoff-valve.
- Close the coffee-maker hot - After a short time, the light in the
water-faucet when the water NO WATER or LOW WATER indicator goes
starts to flow. off.
- Push the BREW and the HOT PLATE - The indicators in the BREW and HOT
ON pushbutton. PLATE ON pushbuttons comes on.
- If the water has the set temperature,
the hot water flows through the
brew-cup into the coffee-server.
- Release the brew handle to the - The indicator in the BREW pushbutton
up position. goes off, and the hot water flow
through the brew-cup stops.
- Open the coffee-maker hot - Hot water flows from the coffee-maker
water-faucet. hot water-faucet.
- Lock the brew handle in the - The indicator in the BREW pushbutton
down position and push the BREW comes on.
pushbutton switch.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-35-00
Page 503
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- After a short time the hot water
flows through the brew-cup into the
coffee-server.
- After approx. 3 minutes the water has
the set level in the coffee-server
and operates the level sensor.
- The water flow stops and the
indicator in the BREW pushbutton goes
off.
- Open and hold the coffee-maker - Hot water flows from the coffee-maker
hot water-faucet in the open hot water-faucet.
position.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-35-00
Page 504
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
Subtask 25-35-00-710-064-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the galley:
- Push the POWER ON pushbutton. - The POWER ON and the LOW WATER
indicators come on.
3. At the galley:
- Open the galley potable-water
shutoff-valve.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-00
Page 505
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Put an empty coffee server in
position and lock the brew
handle in the down position.
- Push the BREW and WARMER ON - The BREW and WARMER ON indicators
pushbuttons. come on.
- If the water has the set temperature,
the hot water flows through the brew
cup into the coffee server.
- Release the brew handle to the - The BREW indicator goes off, and the
up position. hot water flow through the brew cup
stops.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-00
Page 506
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the POWER ON and WARMER ON - The POWER ON and WARMER ON indicators
R pushbuttons. go off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-051
A. Close Access
R (2) Make sure that the coffee maker is in its initial configuration.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-062
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 507
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-35-00-710-015
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-064
Subtask 25-35-00-860-053
(1) Make sure that the related galley is supplied with electrical power
(Ref. TASK 24-56-00-710-001).
(2) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the oven on the
galley control panel is(are) closed.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 508
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-710-066-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Turn the TIME SELECTOR knob to - The HEATINGTIME and the SERVINGTIME
set the heatingtime to 4 display show the adjusted time.
minutes.
- Turn the TIME SELECTOR knob to - The SERVINGTIME display shows the
set the servingtime to 6 adjusted time.
minutes.
- Push the TEMP pushbutton three - The HIGH, the LOW and the MED
times. indicator come on one after the
other.
- Push the START pushbutton. - The START indicator comes on and the
servingtime countdown starts.
- Wait until the SERVINGTIME and - The operation cycle starts. You can
the HEATINGTIME display shows see this on the HEATINGTIME display.
the same time.
At the oven:
- The oven operates and the temperature
in the oven will increase.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 509
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Wait until the HEATINGTIME On the control module of the oven:
display shows 01 minutes and - Both displays show the inner oven
push the TEMP pushbutton. temperature.
Subtask 25-35-00-710-066-B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 510
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the START pushbutton. - The operation indicator starts to
flash.
- The displayed time starts to count
down in steps of one minute.
On the oven:
- The fan starts to operate.
- The temperature starts to increase.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-053
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-064
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 511
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
TASK 25-35-00-710-018
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-067
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-00
Page 512
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-35-00-860-056
(1) Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU
is in the ON position (the white OFF indicator does not come on).
(2) Make sure that the related CB of the beverage maker on the galley
control panel is closed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-710-069
(1) Use a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) to collect the water from the water
faucet during the test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-00
Page 513
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the beverage maker: - The BREW and WARMER ON indication
- Press the BREW and WARMER ON come on.
pushbutton.
- Wait until the BREW indicator - The brew cycle is finished and the
goes off. server is filled with hot water.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-056
A. Close Access
(2) Empty and clean the server of the beverage maker, place it in the
beverage-maker and lock the brew handle in the down position.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-067
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-00
Page 514
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-35-00-710-020
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-069
Subtask 25-35-00-860-058
(1) Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU
is in the ON position (the white OFF indicator does not come on).
(2) Make sure that the related CB of the hot cup on the galley control
panel is closed.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-00
Page 515
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-710-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : USING THE HOT CUP WITHOUT WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO IT.
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-058
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the hot cup is in its initial configuration.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-069
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-00
Page 516
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-35-00-710-021
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-070
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 517
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-35-00-865-075
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
123VU AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B 12MC AD09
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D 2MC AD04
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC AF09
Subtask 25-35-00-860-059
(1) Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU
is in the ON position (the white OFF indicator does not come on).
(2) Make sure that the related CB of the hot jug on the galley control
panel is closed.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 518
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-710-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-35-00-710-072-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 519
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-059
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the hot jug is in its initial configuration.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-070
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-00
Page 520
Feb 01/08
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-35-00
Page 521
Feb 01/08
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-35-00
Page 522
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-901,
TASK 25-35-00-710-023
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-072
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-00
Page 523
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-35-00-860-061
(1) Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU
is in the on position (the white OFF indicator does not come on).
(2) Make sure that the related C/B of the water heater on the galley
control panel is closed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-710-074
WARNING : OPEN THE WATER FAUCET OR THE WATER DRAIN CAREFULLY AND SLOWLY.
_______
THE TANK IS PRESSURIZED AND STEAM OR VERY HOT WATER CAN COME
OUT OF THE NOZZLE. HOT WATER OR STEAM IS DANGEROUS (IT CAN BURN
YOU).
NOTE : A heat unit has a ELEMENT OVERHEAT THERMOSTAT SWITCH (EOTS). When
____
the heat unit has more than 135 deg.C (275.00 deg.F) the EOTS
switch off. The EOTS can be reset only manually. After remove of
the water boiler regarding (Ref. TASK 25-35-27-000-001) do the
RESET procedure in the related workshop.
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-00
Page 524
May 01/07
IAC
(1) Use a CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) to collect the water from the faucet
during the test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the water-boiler:
- Let the unit operate to heat - The READY indicator goes off.
the water.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-061
A. Close Access
(1) Put all related C/B and switches to their initial configuration.
(2) Make sure that the water heater is in its initial configuration.
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-00
Page 525
May 01/07
IAC
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-072
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-00
Page 526
May 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-35-00-710-025
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-074
Subtask 25-35-00-860-063
(1) Make sure that the related galley is supplied with electrical power
(Ref. TASK 24-56-00-710-001).
(2) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the wine chiller on
the galley control panel is(are) closed.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-00
Page 527
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-00-710-076
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-00
Page 528
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-00-410-063
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the wine chiller is in its initial configuration.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-00-862-074
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-00
Page 529
Aug 01/07
IAC
COFFEE MAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 25-35-15-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-35-15
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-15-861-052
Subtask 25-35-15-865-054
(1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee
maker.
Subtask 25-35-15-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-15-020-050
R (a) Carefully pull the coffee maker (2) to disconnect the electrical
R connectors and the potable-water supply line.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-15
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Coffee Maker attached with screws
Figure 401/TASK 25-35-15-991-001
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-35-15
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
(b) Remove the coffee maker (2) from the galley.
Subtask 25-35-15-020-051
(a) Carefully pull the coffee maker (2) to disconnect the electrical
R connector and the potable-water supply line.
Subtask 25-35-15-020-051-A
(1) Loosen the screw (4) of the pin locking lever (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-35-15
Page 404
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Coffee Maker attached with single release pin
Figure 402/TASK 25-35-15-991-002
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-35-15
Page 405
Nov 01/07
IAC
Coffee-Maker attached with single release pin
Figure 402A/TASK 25-35-15-991-002-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-15
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
(3) Removal of the coffee maker from the galley
(a) Carefully pull the coffee maker (1) to disconnect the electrical
connector and the potable-water supply-line.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-15
Page 407
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-35-15-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-35-15
Page 408
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-15-860-055
(1) Make sure that the potable water system is de-pressurized (Ref. TASK
38-10-00-614-002).
Subtask 25-35-15-865-050
(1) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker is
(are) open, safetied and tagged.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-15-210-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-35-15-420-050
EFF :
ALL 25-35-15
Page 409
Nov 01/07
IAC
(2) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
R (a) Carefully push the coffee maker (2) into the tracks (3).
Subtask 25-35-15-420-051
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(a) Make sure that the lever (1) is in the unlocked position.
(b) Carefully put the coffee maker (2) on the rail (3) and push the
coffee maker (2) into the galley.
(d) Make sure that the coffee maker (2) is correctly locked on the
rail (3).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-35-15
Page 410
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,
Subtask 25-35-15-420-051-A
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(4) Loosen the screw (4) of the pin locking lever (3).
(5) Lift the pin locking lever (3) to the unlock position.
(a) With the locking lever (3) lifted up carefully put the coffee
maker (1) on the rail (2) and push it into the galley.
(b) Make sure that the coffee maker (1) is correctly locked on the
rail (2).
(7) Push down the locking lever (3) and tighten the screw (4).
Subtask 25-35-15-865-055
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-15
Page 411
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-35-15-790-050
E. Leak Test
R (a) Do a leak check of the coffee maker unit and the adjacent area.
Subtask 25-35-15-710-052
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-15-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-15-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-35-15
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
OVEN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________
TASK 25-35-19-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-35-19
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-19-861-058
Subtask 25-35-19-865-058
(1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the oven.
Subtask 25-35-19-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-19-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-35-19
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
Oven
Figure 401/TASK 25-35-19-991-001-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-35-19
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
Oven
Figure 401A/TASK 25-35-19-991-001-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-19
Page 404
Aug 01/07
IAC
(1) Remove the screws (1).
(2) Carefully pull the oven (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors
and remove the oven (2) from the galley.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-19
Page 405
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-35-19-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-35-19
Page 406
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-19-860-059
Subtask 25-35-19-865-050
(1) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the oven is(are)
open, safetied and tagged.
Subtask 25-35-19-860-054
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-19-210-051
(1) Do a visual inspection of the grill(s) and the housing(s) of the air
extraction filter(s) in the oven stowage of the related galley.
(a) If necessary, clean the grill(s) and the housing(s) with a vacuum
cleaner.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-19
Page 407
Aug 01/07
IAC
(b) If necessary, replace the air extraction filter(s) (Ref. TASK 25-
30-00-960-002).
NOTE : The air suction will hold the paper in position at the air
____
extraction inlet(s).
(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-35-19-420-050
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-19
Page 408
Aug 01/07
IAC
(3) Carefully push the oven (2) into the mounting rails (3).
(4) Install the screws (1) with a WRENCH 0.40 TO 2.60 DAN (36 TO 220
LBF.IN) - TORQUE and torque to 0.70 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in).
Subtask 25-35-19-865-051
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the oven.
Subtask 25-35-19-710-053
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-19-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-19-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-35-19
Page 409
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
BEVERAGE MAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________
TASK 25-35-21-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-21-861-050
Subtask 25-35-21-860-051
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-21
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-35-21-865-050
(1) Open, safety and tag the circuit breaker(s) of the beverage maker.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-21-020-050
(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-21
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
Beverage-Maker
Figure 401/TASK 25-35-21-991-001
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-21
Page 403
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-35-21-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-21-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is de-pressurized (Ref. TASK
38-10-00-614-001).
Subtask 25-35-21-865-051
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker(s) of the beverage maker is/are
open saftied and tagged.
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-21
Page 404
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-21-420-050
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(5) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(6) Make sure that the lever (1) is in the unlocked position.
(7) Carefully put the beverage maker (2) on the rail (3) and push the
beverage maker (2) into the galley.
(9) Make sure that the beverage maker (2) is correctly locked on the rail
(3).
Subtask 25-35-21-865-052
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the beverage maker.
Subtask 25-35-21-710-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-21
Page 405
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-21-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-21-862-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-35-21
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
HOT CUP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________
TASK 25-35-25-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-25-861-050
Subtask 25-35-25-865-050
(1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the hot cup.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-25
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-25-020-050
(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(3) Pull and remove the hot cup (1) from the related galley.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-25
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
Hot-Cup
Figure 401/TASK 25-35-25-991-001
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-25
Page 403
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-35-25-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-25-860-050
Subtask 25-35-25-865-051
(1) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the hot cup is (are)
open, safetied and tagged.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-25
Page 404
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-25-420-050
(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Push the hot cup (1) into the connector (2).
(6) Put the hot cup holder (3) on the hot cup (1).
Subtask 25-35-25-865-052
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the hot cup.
Subtask 25-35-25-710-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-25-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-25-862-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-25
Page 405
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-35-25-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-25
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-25-861-052
Subtask 25-35-25-865-053
(1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the hot jug.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-25-020-051
(2) Carefully pull the hot-jug (3) out of the galley and remove the
hot-jug (3) from the galley.
Subtask 25-35-25-020-051-A
(2) Carefully pull the hot jug (3) out of the galley to disconnect the
unit from the electrical connector (1).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-25
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
Hot-Jug
R Figure 402/TASK 25-35-25-991-002
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-35-25
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
Hot-Jug
Figure 402A/TASK 25-35-25-991-002-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-25
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-35-25-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-25-860-051
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-25
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-35-25-865-054
(1) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the hot jug is (are)
open, safetied and tagged.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-25-420-051
(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
Subtask 25-35-25-420-051-A
(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-25
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
(5) Carefully push the hot jug (3) into the galley to connect the unit
with the electrical connector (1).
Subtask 25-35-25-865-055
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the hot jug.
Subtask 25-35-25-710-051
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-25-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-25-862-051
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-25
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
WATER BOILER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 25-35-27-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-27-861-050
Subtask 25-35-27-860-052
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-27
Page 401
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-35-27-865-050
(1) Open, safety and tag the circuit breaker(s) of the Water Heater.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-27-020-050
(1) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(3) Carefully pull the water-heater (4) out of the galley and hold it in
position.
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-27
Page 402
May 01/07
IAC
Water Boiler/Heater
Figure 401/TASK 25-35-27-991-001
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-27
Page 403
May 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-35-27-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-27-860-054
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is de-pressurized (Ref. TASK
R 38-10-00-614-002).
Subtask 25-35-27-865-051
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker(s) of the Water Heater is (are)
opened, safetied and tagged.
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-27
Page 404
May 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-27-420-050
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(5) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
Subtask 25-35-27-865-052
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the circuit
breaker(s) of the Water Boiler/Heater.
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-27
Page 405
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-35-27-710-050
Subtask 25-35-27-860-055
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-27-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-27-862-050
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-35-27
Page 406
May 01/07
IAC
WINE CHILLER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 25-35-31-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-31-861-050
Subtask 25-35-31-865-050
(1) Open, safety and tag the related circuit breakers(s) of the wine
chiller.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-31
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-35-31-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-31-020-050
(2) Carefully remove the wine chiller (2) from the galley.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-31
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
Wine-Chiller
Figure 401/TASK 25-35-31-991-001
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-31
Page 403
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-35-31-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-31-860-051
Subtask 25-35-31-865-051
(1) Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the wine chiller is
(are) open, safetied and tagged.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-31
Page 404
Aug 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-31-210-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-35-31-420-050
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Carefully push the wine chiller (2) into the galley.
Subtask 25-35-31-865-052
(1) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related
circuit breaker(s) of the wine chiller.
Subtask 25-35-31-710-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-31
Page 405
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-31-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-31-862-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-35-31
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 25-35-34-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-34-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 401
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-35-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC AF09
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-34-020-050
(2) Carefully pull the galley control-panel (2) out of the galley.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
Galley Control-Panel
Figure 401/TASK 25-35-34-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 404
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-35-34-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-34-861-051
(1) Make sure that the Ground Service Network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 405
Nov 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-35-34-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC AF09
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-35-34-420-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND THE CAUTIONS
_______
INCLUDED IN THE REFERENCED PROCEDURES.
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully push the galley control-panel (2) into the galley.
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 407
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-35-34-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
123VU FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C 1MC AF09
R
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 408
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-35-34-861-052
Subtask 25-35-34-860-050
(1) On the overhead panel 35VU, push the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA.
(2) Make sure that the white OFF indicator at the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA
does not come on.
Subtask 25-35-34-710-050
(1) Close all circuit breakers (4) on the galley control panel (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 409
Nov 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-35-34-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) On the overhead panel 35VU, release the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA.
(2) Make sure that the OFF indicator, on the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA comes
on.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-35-34-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-35-34
Page 410
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. _______
General
The lavatories are installed in the cabin for the comfort of the crew and
passengers and have washroom facilities.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. __________________
System Description
A. Lavatory Identification
The AMM uses letters and location numbers to identify the lavatories:
- A letter (for example A) is used to identify the type of the lavatory
module
- A location number (for example L11) is used to identify the location of
the lavatory in the cabin.
The location numbers are used for the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00).
B. Quantity of Lavatories
A maximum of 4 lavatories can be installed in the aircraft. The vacuum
waste-system controller (Ref. 38-31-00) causes this limit.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 1
Aug 01/07
IAC
Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-40-00
Page 2
Aug 01/07
IAC
R Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-40-00
Page 3
Aug 01/07
IAC
C. Lavatory Equipment
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory (Ref.
25-45-00).
4. Power
____________
Supply
Electrical power for the different electrical systems in the lavatories is
supplied through a single electrical connector.
5. _____________________
Component Description
B. Lavatory Installation
Tie-rods are used to attach the lavatory ceiling to the aircraft
structure and fittings are used to attach the lavatory floor to the
aircraft structure.
The fittings are:
- Hard point fittings. There are provisions for the hard point mounted
lavatories in the FWD lavatory area.
- Hard point fittings. There are provisions for the hard point mounted
lavatories in the AFT lavatory area.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 4
Aug 01/07
IAC
LAVATORIES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________
TASK 25-40-00-820-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 201
Nov 01/97
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-820-051
(3) Adjust the hinge (5) to get the dimension C clearance between the
lavatory door (6) and the door frame.
R Subtask 25-40-00-820-050
R (2) Adjust the nut (3) to get the dimension C clearance between the
R lavatory door (1) and the door frame.
R (4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
R grubscrew (2).
Subtask 25-40-00-710-050
NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the
____
inside.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 202
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors
Figure 201/TASK 25-40-00-991-008
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 203
May 01/98
IAC
R Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening from the Outside
R Figure 202/TASK 25-40-00-991-011
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 204
Nov 01/97
IAC
R (a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1).
R
R (b) Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
R VACANT.
R 1
_ Pull the lavatory door (3) open.
R 1
_ Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door
latches (5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open
outwards.
(a) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door
operation is correct.
(b) Close the lavatory door (3), lock the door latches (5) and do the
step (a) again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 205
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R TASK 25-40-00-840-001
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-40-00-861-058
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-40-00-010-059
R (2) Release the latches (3) and (5) and open the movable wall section
R (1).
R (3) Remove the headrest (4) from the cabin attendant seat.
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-40-00
Page 206
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Movable Wall Section
R Figure 203/TASK 25-40-00-991-010
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-40-00
Page 207
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (4) If necessary remove the protective breathing equipment (PBE) (6)
R (Ref. AMM 25-65-00).
R Subtask 25-40-00-410-060
R (2) Close the movable wall section (1) and lock the latches (3) and (5).
R (3) If removed before, install the PBE (6) (Ref. AMM 25-65-00).
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-40-00-862-059
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-40-00
Page 208
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-40-00-820-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
If the lavatories are installed on the aircraft floor structure which is not
level, it is possible the lavatories will not align with the adjacent cabin
lining clearance-system. This data gives the procedure of shim plate
installation below the lavatory floor.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 209
Nov 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-820-052
NOTE : The shim plate installation procedure for the lavatory hardpoint
____
attachments and the lavatory seat rail attachments are almost the
same.
(2) Measure the distance between the aircraft floor structure and the
lavatory floor. If the distance is more than 2.50 mm (0.10 in.),
install the shim plates (2) as follows:
NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more than
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
(3) Measure the lavatory floor to make sure it is level in the lavatory
door area, if the lavatory floor is not level, install the shim
plates as follows:
(b) Measure and note the distance between the straight edge and the
lavatory floor.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 210
Nov 01/07
IAC
Shim - Lavatory Installation (Hardpoint Attachment)
R Figure 204/TASK 25-40-00-991-012
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 211
Nov 01/07
IAC
Shim - Lavatory Installation (Seat Rail Attachment)
R Figure 205/TASK 25-40-00-991-013
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 212
Nov 01/07
IAC
Shim Installation
R Figure 206/TASK 25-40-00-991-014
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 213
Nov 01/07
IAC
(d) Install the applicable shim plates (3) to make the lavatory floor
level (Refer to Section B-B).
NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more
____
than 0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
(7) Note the shims installed at each location and remove the shims plates
(2) and (3).
(8) Install the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) (4)
to the aircraft floor structure.
(9) Install the applicable shim plates (2) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) between each shim plate.
NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more than
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
(10) Install the applicable shim plates (3) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-082) between each shim plate.
NOTE : The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more than
____
0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
(11) Put the applicable lavatory assembly in position and make sure it is
vertical to the aircraft floor structure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-054
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 214
Nov 01/07
IAC
LAVATORIES - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-40-00-040-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
25-40-00-991-015 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-056
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-040-050
R (1) Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-052).
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to use the waste
compartment.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-40-00-410-062
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Flapper Door
R Figure 401/TASK 25-40-00-991-015
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 403
May 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-40-00-440-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
25-45-15-000-001 Removal of the Waste Chute Flap
25-45-15-400-001 Installation of the Waste Chute Flap
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-057
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-440-050
(2) If necessary, remove the damaged waste chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-
15-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-058
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
LAVATORIES - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________
TASK 25-40-00-820-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-059
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 501
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-820-054
(3) Adjust the hinge (5) to get the dimension C clearance between the
lavatory door (6) and the door frame.
R Subtask 25-40-00-820-053
R (2) Adjust the nut (3) to get the dimension C clearance between the
R lavatory door (1) and the door frame.
R (4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
R grubscrew (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-060
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 502
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Adjustment - Single-Blade Door
Figure 501/TASK 25-40-00-991-016
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 503
May 01/08
IAC
R Adjustment - Bi-Folding Door
R Figure 502/TASK 25-40-00-991-018
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 504
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-40-00-710-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-060
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-710-051
R A. Emergency Opening Test of the Lavatory Doors (from the Outside of the
R Lavatory)
R NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the inside.
____
R (a) Lift the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1) and move the knob (2)
R to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.
R (b) Turn the knob (or the optional lever) and pull the lavatory door
R (3) open.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 505
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Single Blade Door Operation
R Figure 503/TASK 25-40-00-991-019
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 506
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (2) Do the emergency opening procedure of the bi-folding door (standard
R option):
R (Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 25-40-00-991-017)
R (a) Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1) and move the knob
R (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.
R (b) Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches
R (5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open outwards.
Subtask 25-40-00-710-052
(1) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door operation
is correct.
R (2) Close the lavatory door (3), lock the door latches (5).
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-862-061
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 507
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Bi-Folding Door Operation
R Figure 504/TASK 25-40-00-991-017
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 508
Feb 01/08
IAC
LAVATORIES - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________
R TASK 25-40-00-210-001
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-40-00-010-050
R A. Get Access
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001)
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 601
May 01/05
IAC
R Lavatory Waste Container and Waste Chute with Flap
R Figure 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 602
May 01/05
IAC
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-40-00-210-050
R (1) Visually examine the waste container compartment, the waste container
R and the waste flap for:
R - distortion,
R - cracks,
R - corrosion,
R - signs of fire damage,
R - contamination.
R (3) Operate the waste flap to make sure that the waste flap closes and
R seals correctly.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-40-00-410-050
R A. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-40-00-991-001)
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 603
May 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-40-00-210-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 604
May 01/05
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-054
Subtask 25-40-00-010-052
B. Get Access
(a) Remove the ceiling panel 221AC in the forward utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).
(b) Remove the door-frame lining panel 221EW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-
005).
(c) Open the oxygen service panel in the lavatory (Ref. TASK 35-21-
41-000-001).
(d) Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(e) Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as
necessary.
(f) Remove the cover from the wall fitting on the lavatory passage
wall.
R Subtask 25-40-00-010-054
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 605
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-40-00-010-053
R D. Get Access
(a) Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(b) Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as
necessary.
(c) Remove the ceiling panels 261BC, 262BC in the aft utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(d) Remove the covers from the lower attachment points as necessary.
Subtask 25-40-00-010-053-A
R D. Get Access
(a) Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(b) Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as
necessary.
(c) Remove the ceiling panels 261CC, 261BC in the aft utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(d) Remove the covers from the lower attachment points as necessary.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 606
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-40-00-210-051
(1) Visually examine the upper attachment points and the brace assemblies
for:
- correct installation,
- corrosion,
- cracks,
- contamination,
- installation of the quick release pins,
- safety of the locknuts.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-40-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(a) Install the cover on the wall fitting on the lavatory passage
wall.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 607
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Lavatory Attachment Points
Figure 602/TASK 25-40-00-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 608
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(e) Close the oxygen service panel in the lavatory (Ref. TASK 35-21-
41-400-001).
(f) Install the door-frame lining panel 221EW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-006).
R Subtask 25-40-00-410-054
R B. Close Access
Subtask 25-40-00-410-052
R C. Close Access
(a) Install the ceiling panels 261BC, 262BC in the aft utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 609
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-40-00-410-052-A
R C. Close Access
(a) Install the ceiling panels 261CC, 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-
002).
(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-40-00-862-055
EFF :
ALL 25-40-00
Page 610
Feb 01/07
IAC
FORWARD LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The forward lavatories are installed in the FWD utility area.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. __________________
System Description
R
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R
R A. General Characteristics
R The lavatories are installed as set or movable units. The set lavatories
R are hard point mounted in the floor structure. The movable lavatories are
R attached to the seat rails in the variable installation areas at 1 inch
R intervals. A tie-rod attaches the upper attachment point of the lavatory
R to the aircraft structure. Each lavatory has a single blade door or as an
R option, a bi-folding door can be installed on specific lavatories.
R B. Structure
R The lavatory is assembled as a modular unit, with a ceiling, sidewalls,
R rearwall and floorpan. The basic structure is made from sandwich panels.
R Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the panels.
R Kickstrips and corner strips are installed to prevent damage to the
R lavatory.
R C. Lavatory Equipment
R Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory for the
R comfort of the passengers and crew (Ref. 25-45-00).
D. Lavatory Doors
EFF :
ALL 25-41-00
Page 1
Nov 01/05
IAC
R Lavatory Locations
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-41-00
Page 2
May 01/05
IAC
Lavatory Installation - Example
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-41-00
Page 3
Feb 01/96
IAC
R (3) For details of the door(s) (Ref. 25-45-00).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-41-00
Page 4
Nov 01/05
IAC
LAVATORY A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-41-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 401
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-41-41-861-051
Subtask 25-41-41-680-051
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to do the
servicing of the potable water system.
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-41-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 405
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 101-199,
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 406
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-41-41-010-066
D. Get Access
(1) Open the lateral avionics-compartment access-door 812 (Ref. TASK 52-
41-00-010-002).
(3) Remove the programming and test panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-18-000-001).
(5) Remove the lavatory smoke detector 1WQ (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-000-001).
(6) Remove the forward passenger/crew door-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-
23-45-000-005).
(10) Remove the emergency oxygen container 29WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-
001).
Subtask 25-41-41-010-066-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the lateral avionics-compartment access-door 812 (Ref. TASK 52-
41-00-010-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 407
May 01/07
R
IAC
(3) Remove the flight attendant panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-007).
(4) Remove the lavatory smoke detector 1WQ (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-000-001).
(5) Remove the forward passenger/crew door-frame linings 221EW, 221BW and
221AW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).
(9) Remove the emergency oxygen container 29WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-
001).
(11) Remove the toilet drain-line behind the lavatory (Ref. TASK 38-30-00-
010-002).
Subtask 25-41-41-010-070
E. Remove the control-cable assembly casing from the floor panel (Ref. TASK
38-31-43-000-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 408
May 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-41-41-020-064
(b) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3), the spacers (4) and the
clamps (5).
(c) Remove the electrical harnesses (6) and (7) and attach them to
the aircraft structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-074).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-064-D
(a) Remove the access panel (1) and disconnect the electrical
connector 7200VC-A (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 409
May 01/07
IAC
Electrical Connections
Figure 401/TASK 25-41-41-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-41-41
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Electrical Connections
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-F12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-41-41
Page 412
Aug 01/07
IAC
R Electrical Connections
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-F22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-41-41
Page 413
Aug 01/07
IAC
Electrical Connections
R Figure 401B/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-D12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 414
May 01/07
IAC
Electrical Connections
R Figure 401B/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-D22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 415
May 01/07
IAC
(3) On the lavatory wall:
(a) Remove the screws (7), the washers (6), the spacers (4), the
electrical harnesses (8) and the clamps (5).
(b) Remove the tie-wraps (11) and the electrical harness (9).
(c) Attach the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) to the aircraft
structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074).
R Subtask 25-41-41-020-064-E
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 416
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (3) Remove the electrical harnesses from the lavatory structure:
R (a) Remove the screws (7), the washers (6), the spacers (4), the
R electrical harnesses (8) and (9) and the clamps (5).
R (b) Attach the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) to the aircraft
R structure with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
R 074).
R CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
R DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
R (5) Remove the electrical harness (15) from the aircraft structure:
R (a) Remove the nuts (14), the screws (13), the washers (12) and
R disconnect the bonding connectors 8007VN and 8008VN.
R (b) Remove the tie-wraps (11) and the electrical harness (15).
R (c) Attach the electrical harness (15) to the lavatory wall with
R BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 417
Aug 01/07
IAC
R Electrical Connections
R Figure 401C/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-E12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
020-099, 25-41-41
Page 418
May 01/07
IAC
R Electrical Connections
R Figure 401C/TASK 25-41-41-991-003-E22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
020-099, 25-41-41
Page 419
May 01/07
IAC
Schematic of Connector 2743VC-A and Release Latches
Figure 402/TASK 25-41-41-991-029
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 420
May 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-41-41-020-059
(b) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5) and remove the front
shroud panel (6).
(c) Remove the screws (7) and the plate (8) from the splash panel
(9).
(d) Remove the screws (12), the washers (13) and the floor pan
assembly (3).
(b) Remove the screws (26), the washers (25) and the plate (24).
(c) Remove the screws (23), the washers (22) and the splash panel
(9).
(d) Remove and discard the cable ties (36) from the mounts (37) on
the lower rearwall (29).
(e) Remove the screws (28) and (21) and the washers (20).
(f) Remove the lower rearwall (29) and the rubber strip (27).
(a) Loosen the clamp (15) and disconnect the hose (16) from the
lavatory ventilation tube (14).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 421
May 01/07
R
IAC
Floor Pan Sub-Assemblies
Figure 403/TASK 25-41-41-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 422
May 01/07
R
IAC
Floor Pan Sub-Assemblies
Figure 403/TASK 25-41-41-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 423
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-021,
Subtask 25-41-41-020-060
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
(1) Open the access door and put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the
connections you will disconnect.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(a) Remove the screw (12), the spacers (14) and the clamp (13).
(b) Loosen the clamps (15) and remove and discard the protective
tubing (11).
(c) Loosen the nuts (10) and remove the tube (9).
(a) Remove the nut (8), the washer (7), screw (4), the spacer (6) and
the clamp (5).
(b) Loosen the clamps (1) and remove the drain tube (3).
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 25-41-41
Page 424
May 01/07
R
IAC
Hose and Tube Connections
Figure 404/TASK 25-41-41-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 25-41-41
Page 425
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 022-099,
Subtask 25-41-41-020-060-C
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
(1) Open the access door and put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the
connections you will disconnect.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(a) Remove the nut (21), the washer (20), the screw (15) and
disconnect the bonding straps (16) and (17).
(c) Loosen the clamps (12) and remove and discard the protective
tubing (11).
(d) Loosen the nuts (10) and remove the tube (9).
(a) Remove the nut (8), the washer (7), the spacers (6) and the screw
(4).
(b) Loosen the clamps (1) and remove the drain tube (3).
EFF :
022-099, 25-41-41
Page 426
May 01/07
R
IAC
(4) Remove the nut (13) and disconnect the bonding strap (14).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-060-B
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
(1) Open the access door and put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the
connections you will disconnect.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
(a) Remove the screw (24), the washer (29), the nut (30) and
disconnect the bonding straps (25) and (26).
(b) Remove and discard the cable ties (27) where necessary.
(c) Remove the screw (12), the washer (13), the spacer(s) (15) and
the clamp (14).
(d) Behind the lavatory, if necessary remove the insulation from the
protective tubing (11).
(e) Loosen the clamps (31) and remove and discard the protective
tubing (11).
(f) Loosen the nuts (10) and remove tube assemblies (8) and (9).
R
EFF :
022-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 427
May 01/07
IAC
Hose and Tube Connections
Figure 404A/TASK 25-41-41-991-002-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
022-099, 25-41-41
Page 428
May 01/07
IAC
Hose and Tube Connections
Figure 404A/TASK 25-41-41-991-002-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
022-099, 25-41-41
Page 429
May 01/07
IAC
Hose and Tube Connections
Figure 404B/TASK 25-41-41-991-002-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 430
Feb 01/07
IAC
Hose and Tube Connections
Figure 404B/TASK 25-41-41-991-002-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 431
Feb 01/07
IAC
(g) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(a) Behind the lavatory, if necessary remove the insulation from the
sleeve (2).
(b) Remove the nut (7), the screw (4), the washer (6) and the clamp
(5).
(c) Loosen the clamps (1) and remove the drain tube (3).
(a) Remove the sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel
attach components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Remove the screws (17) and (18), the washers (16) , the panel
(19) and the rubber strip (20).
(a) Loosen the clamp (22) and remove the hose (23) from the tube
(21).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-065
(1) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the air extraction hose (1) from
the tube (3).
(2) Loosen the clamp (5) and disconnect the air extraction hose (4) from
the tube (6).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 432
May 01/07
R
IAC
Hose Connections - Air Extraction
R Figure 405/TASK 25-41-41-991-027
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 433
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-41-41-020-065-A
(1) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the air extraction hose (1) from
the tube (3).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-061
R (a) Disconnect the wires of the electrical harness (27) from the
R terminal 7330VT with the ELECTRICAL CONTACTS INSERTION/EXTRACTION
R TOOL M15570-16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).
(a) Remove the sealant from around the sealing angle (26) with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Remove the screws (24), the washers (25) and the sealing angle
(26).
(c) Remove the screws (13), (15), (16) and (17) and the washers (2).
(e) Remove the screws (20), (21) and (18) and the washer (19).
(f) Remove the covers (3) and the sealant from the bolts (1).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 434
May 01/07
IAC
Hose Connection - Air Extraction
Figure 405A/TASK 25-41-41-991-027-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 435
May 01/07
IAC
R Wall Assemblies
Figure 406/TASK 25-41-41-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 436
May 01/07
IAC
R Wall Assemblies
Figure 406/TASK 25-41-41-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 437
May 01/07
IAC
(g) Remove the bolts (1) and the washer (2).
(h) Remove the quick-release pins (6) from the tie rods (7) and
remove the aft wall unit (10).
(i) Remove the rubber strip (12) and if necessary the bushes (4).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-062
(1) Remove the screws (13) and (15) and the washers (2).
(5) Remove the rubber strip (11) and (14) and if necessary the bush (4).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-058
WARNING : WHEN YOU REMOVE A COMPONENT OF THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, ALWAYS
_______
PUT IT IN A PLASTIC BAG, THEN SEAL THE BAG.
DO NOT PUT DOCUMENTS INTO THE PLASTIC BAG. SEAL THE BAG FIRST,
THEN ATTACH THE DOCUMENT TO IT.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE
CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
(a) Remove the nut (11) and the washer (12) from the flush-line
union.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 438
May 01/07
R
IAC
(b) Remove the nut (16) and disconnect the bonding strap (17).
(c) Remove the bolts (13), the washers (14) and disconnect the plate
(15) from the floor panel (4).
(a) Remove the bolts (9), the washers (10) and disconnect the flange
(8) from the floor panel (4).
(b) Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the flange (7).
(b) Remove the tape (Mat. No. 08-061) from the floor panel joints.
(c) Find one end of the synthetic fiber cord (Mat. No. 19-002), pull
it up and remove the sealant from each joint.
(d) Remove the screws (3) and the floor panel (4).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-066-A
(a) Remove the screws (1) and the door sill (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 439
May 01/07
IAC
R Upper and Lower Attachments
Figure 406A/TASK 25-41-41-991-004-A12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 440
May 01/07
IAC
R Upper and Lower Attachments
Figure 406A/TASK 25-41-41-991-004-A22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 441
May 01/07
IAC
R Lavatory Floor Panel
Figure 407/TASK 25-41-41-991-006
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 442
May 01/07
IAC
Door Sill
R Figure 408/TASK 25-41-41-991-017
R
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 443
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) In the cockpit:
- Open the flap (9), loosen the fasteners (10) and remove the
container (11).
- Remove the screws (13) and the plate (12).
(c) Remove the sealant from around the angle plate (14) with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(d) Remove the screws (15), the washers (16) and the angle plate
(14).
(e) Remove the covers (4), the bolts (1) and if necessary, the bushes
(2) and (3).
R (a) Remove the quick-release pins (17) and disconnect the tie rod
(19) from the aircraft structure.
R (a) Carefully lift the lavatory module and move it to the center of
the forward utility area.
Subtask 25-41-41-020-067-C
R (a) Disconnect the wires of the electrical harness (13) from the
R terminal 7330VT with the ELECTRICAL CONTACTS INSERTION/EXTRACTION
R TOOL M15570-16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).
R (2) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (9) with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
R (3) Remove the screws (10) and (12) and the washers (11).
R (4) Remove the lavatory assembly from the floor pan (9).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 444
May 01/07
IAC
(5) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (5).
(9) Remove the lavatory subassemblies (1), (2) and (9) from the aircraft.
5. Close-up
________
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 445
May 01/08
IAC
R Lavatory Subassemblies
Figure 409/TASK 25-41-41-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 446
May 01/07
IAC
R Lavatory Subassemblies
Figure 409/TASK 25-41-41-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 447
May 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-41-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific tie-wrap(s)
No specific tie-wraps
Material No. 04-001 F AIR-4205
WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-016
X (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004A USA MIL-A-46106 TYPE I
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-010 D DA-4-653-3E4
TWO COMPONENT EPOXY ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-029 USA ASTM D 5363 GROUP 4 CLASS 2 GRADE 1
R THREADLOCKER (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 448
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 449
Feb 01/07
IAC
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 450
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 451
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 452
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-41-41-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
lateral avionics compartment.
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 453
May 01/07
R
IAC
R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
R to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(7) Make sure that the programming and test panel is removed (Ref. TASK
23-73-18-000-001).
(8) Make sure that the FAP is removed (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-002).
(9) Make sure that the forward passenger/crew door-frame linings are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).
(10) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
001).
(11) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).
(12) Make sure that the forward utility-area ceiling-panels are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).
(13) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 29WR is removed
(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
(14) Make sure that the lavatory smoke detector is removed (Ref. TASK 26-
17-15-000-001).
(15) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).
Subtask 25-41-41-860-051-B
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 454
May 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
lateral avionics compartment.
R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
R to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(7) Make sure that the FAP is removed (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-007).
(8) Make sure that the FWD passenger/crew door-frame linings are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005).
(9) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-
001).
(10) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).
(11) Make sure that the forward utility-area ceiling-panels are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).
(12) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 29WR is removed
(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
(13) Make sure that the lavatory smoke detector is removed (Ref. TASK 26-
17-15-000-001).
(14) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).
(15) Make sure that the toilet drain-line behind the lavatory is removed
(Ref. TASK 38-30-00-010-002).
Subtask 25-41-41-860-054
B. Make sure that the control-cable assembly casing from the floor panel is
removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-43-000-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 455
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-41-41-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 456
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 020-099,
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 457
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 101-199,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-41-41-210-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 458
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(a) Remove the unwanted sealant from the floor panel and floor attach
components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) if necessary.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
Subtask 25-41-41-420-057
(b) Put the floor panel (4) in position and install the screws (3).
(a) Cut the new synthetic fiber cord SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-016) approximately 200 mm (8.0 in.) longer than required
length and put it in the floor panel joints.
(b) Fill the floor panel joints with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 459
Aug 01/07
IAC
(c) When the sealant is dry, cut the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-061) to length and put it on the floor panel
joints.
(a) Put the flange (7) in position and install the washers (6) and
the screws (5).
(b) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(c) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029) to the
screws (9).
(d) Put the flange (8) in position and install the washers (10) and
the screws (9).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Put the plate (15) in position and install the washers (14) and
the screws (13).
(c) Put the bonding strap (17) in position and install the nut (16)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-050
(1) Cut to length and put the new rubber strip (14) and the new rubber
strip (11) in position on the floor panel.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bushes (4) and put
them in position.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 460
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(3) Put the forward wall unit (9) in position and align the front panel
and the passage wall to the floor panel.
(a) Install the washers (2) and the screws (13) and (15).
(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bolts (1).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Cut to length and put the new rubber strip (12) in position.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bush (4) and put
them in position.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 461
Nov 01/07
IAC
(3) Install the aft wall unit:
(a) Put the aft wall unit (10) in position and install the washer
(19) and the screws (18), (20) and (21).
(b) Put the angle (22) in position and install the screws (23).
(c) Install the washers (2) and the screws (13), (15), (16) and (17).
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bolt (5)
(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bolts (1).
(e) Put the sealing angle (26) in position and install the washers
(25) and the screws (24).
(f) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the edges of
the sealing angle (26).
(6) Put the tie rods (7) in position and install the quick release pins
(6).
(a) Remove and discard the lock wire and loosen the locknuts (8).
(b) Adjust the tie rod (7) until you can install the quick release
pins (6).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 462
Nov 01/07
IAC
(d) Tighten the locknuts (8) and safety them with stainless steel
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(a) Connect the wires of the electrical harness (27) to the terminal
7330VT with the ELECTRICAL CONTACTS INSERTION/EXTRACTION TOOL
M15570-16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-059
(1) Cut to length and put the new rubber strip (27) in position.
(2) Put the lower rearwall (29) in position and install the screws (28).
(4) Put the electrical harness (30) in position on the mounts (32) and
attach it with the cable ties (31).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(c) Put the hose (16) and the clamp (15) in position on the lavatory
ventilation tube (14).
(6) Put the splash panel (9) in position and install the washers (22) and
the screws (23).
(7) Put the plate assembly (24) in position and install the washers (25)
and the screws (26).
(8) Put the clamp (33) in position and install the spacers (34), the
washer (31), the screw (32) and the nut (30).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 463
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-006) to seal all the
floor-panel component interfaces.
(b) Put the floor pan (3) in position and install the washers (13)
and the screws (12).
(c) Put the floor-pan plate assembly (8) in position and install the
screws (7).
(d) Put the front shroud panel (6) in position and install the
washers (5) and the screws (4).
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-006) to the floor pan and floor
panel at the lavatory door opening.
(b) Put the doorsill (2) in position and install the screws (1).
(c) TORQUE the screws (1) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and
37.16 lbf.in).
(12) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the floor pan
interface edges (section D-D and E-E).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 464
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-41-41-420-063-B
(a) Put the lavatory walls (1) and (2) together and install the
washers (3) and the screws (4).
(d) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor pan (9).
(e) Install the washers (11), the screws (10) and the screws (12).
(f) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the edges of
the floor pan (9).
R (a) Connect the wires of the electrical harness (13) to the terminal
R 7330VT with the ELECTRICAL CONTACTS INSERTION/EXTRACTION TOOL
R M15570-16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 465
May 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-41-41-420-064
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bush (5) and the
new packing (6) and put them in position.
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the bolts (1)
and (7).
(a) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bushes (3)
and (2) and the bolts (1).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
10 AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) to the bolts
(1).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 466
May 01/07
IAC
(e) In the lateral avionics compartment LH at FR16:
- install the washer (8) and the bolt (7).
(g) Put the sealing angle (14) in position and install the washers
(16) and the screws (15).
(h) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the edges of
the sealing angle (14).
(i) Put the tie rods (19) in position and install the quick release
pins (17)
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036) in the area of the door
sill.
(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
(1).
(c) Put the door sill (2) in position and install the screws (1).
(d) Torque the screws (1) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and
37.16 lbf.in).
(4) Install the toilet drain-line behind the lavatory (Ref. TASK 38-30-
00-410-002).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 467
May 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-021,
Subtask 25-41-41-420-058
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Put the new protective tubing (11) in position on the tube (9).
(c) Put the tube (9) in position and connect the nuts (10).
(d) Install the clamp (13), the spacers (14) and the screw (12).
R (e) TORQUE all the nuts (10) to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).
EFF :
001-012, 014-021, 25-41-41
Page 468
Nov 01/07
IAC
(f) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010) to the
mating surfaces and install the new protective tubing (11).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(c) Put the drain tube (3) in position and connect the sleeves (2).
(d) Put the clamp (5) in position and install the the screw (4), the
spacer (6), the washer (7) and the nut (8).
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-41-41-420-058-B
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 469
May 01/07
R
IAC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Put the new protective tube (11) in position on the tube (9).
(c) Put the tube (9) in position and connect the nuts (10).
R (d) TORQUE all the nuts (10) to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).
(3) Install the bonding straps (16), (17) and (14) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-004).
(a) Put the bonding straps (16) and (17) and the clamp (19) in
position and install the screw (15), the washer (20) and the nut
(21).
(b) Attach the bonding strap (17) to the potable water tube (9) with
tie-wraps (18) as necessary.
(c) Connect the bonding strap (14) and install the nut (13).
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010) to the
mating surfaces and install the new protective tubing (12).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(c) Put the drain tube (3) in position and connect the sleeves (2).
EFF :
022-099, 25-41-41
Page 470
Nov 01/07
IAC
(d) Put the clamp (5) in position and install the screw (4), the
spacers (6), the washer (7) and the nut (8).
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-41-41-420-058-D
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
(b) Put the panel (19) and the new rubber strip (20) in position and
install the washers (16) and the screws (17) and (18).
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R
EFF :
022-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 471
May 01/07
IAC
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Put the tube (8) in position and connect the nuts (10).
(c) Install the clamp (14), the washer (13), the spacer(s) (15) and
the screw (12).
(d) Put the bonding straps (25) and (26) and the clamp (28) in
position and install the screw (24), the washer (29) and the nut
(30) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(e) Attach the bonding strap (26) to the potable water tube (8) with
tie-wraps (27) as necessary.
(f) Put the new protective tubing (11) in position on the tube (9).
(g) Put the tube (9) in position and connect the nuts (10).
R (h) TORQUE all the nuts (10) to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).
(i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-010) to the
mating surfaces and install the new protective tubing (11).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(c) Put the tube (3) in position and connect the sleeves (2).
(d) Install the clamp (5), the screw (4), the washer (6) and the nut
(7).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 472
Nov 01/07
IAC
(e) Install and tighten the clamps (1).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Connect the hose (23) to the tube (21) and tighten the clamp
(22).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-41-41-420-061
(1) Install the electrical harnesses on the lavatory structure (Ref. ESPM
20-33-00).
(a) Put the electrical harnesses (6) and (7) in position and install
the clamps (5), the spacers (4), the washers (3) and the screws
(2).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 473
May 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-41-41-420-061-D
(1) Install the electrical harnesses on the lavatory structure (Ref. ESPM
20-33-00):
(a) Put the electrical harnesses (8) in position and install the
clamps (5), the spacers (4), the washers (6) and the screws (7).
(b) Put the electrical (9) in position and attach it with tie-wraps
(10).
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-41-41
Page 474
May 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
R Subtask 25-41-41-420-061-E
R (1) Install the electrical harnesses on the lavatory structure (Ref. ESPM
R 20-33-00):
R (a) Put the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) in position and install
R the clamps (5), the spacers (4), the washers (6) and the screws
R (7).
R (b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
R CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
R INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
R EQUIPMENT.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 475
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (a) Attach the electrical harness (15) on the aircraft structure with
R tie-wraps (11) as necessary.
R (b) Put the bonding connectors 8007VN and 8008VN in position and
R install the washers (12), the screws (13) and the nuts (14)
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R (d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R (e) Connect the related electrical wires of the release latches 30MQ,
R 31MQ and 32MQ to the electrical connector 2743VC-A (10)
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-41-41-991-029)
R and (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-062
(1) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(3) Connect the air extraction hose (1) to the tube (3) and install the
clamp (2).
(4) Connect the air extraction hose (5) to the tube (6) and install the
clamp (4).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-41-41
Page 476
Aug 01/07
IAC
R
R Subtask 25-41-41-410-064
R (6) Install the forward attendant panel (FAP) (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-400-
002).
R Subtask 25-41-41-420-062-A
R (1) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (3) Connect the air extraction hose (1) to the tube (3) and install the
R clamp (2).
R Subtask 25-41-41-410-064-A
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 477
May 01/08
IAC
R (4) Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001).
R (6) Install the flight attendant panel (FAP) (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-400-
R 007).
Subtask 25-41-41-865-052
M. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
163RH, 5HU, 6HU, 1LQ, 1WJ, 1MB, 1DW, 2DW, 1MT, 1MA, 2RX
Subtask 25-41-41-710-050
R
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 478
May 01/08
IAC
- The cabin attendant work-lights (Ref. TASK 33-27-00-710-001)
- The return to seat sign (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-017)
- The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
Subtask 25-41-41-710-050-D
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-41-41
Page 479
May 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 901-999,
Subtask 25-41-41-710-050-B
R Subtask 25-41-41-710-057
R (1) Do the operational test of the cockpit door locking system (Ref. TASK
R 52-51-00-710-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 480
May 01/08
IAC
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-41-41-410-051
A. Close Access
(3) Install the forward passenger/crew door frame-lining (Ref. TASK 25-
23-45-400-006).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-41-41-862-051
R
EFF :
ALL 25-41-41
Page 481
May 01/08
IAC
Hose Connections
Figure 410/TASK 25-41-41-991-018
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-41-41
Page 482
May 01/08
IAC
AFT LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
The aft lavatories are installed in the AFT utility area.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. General Characteristics
The lavatories are installed as set or movable units. The set lavatories
are hard point mounted in the floor structure. The movable lavatories are
attached to the seat rails in the variable installation areas at 1 inch
intervals. A tie-rod attaches the upper attachment point of the lavatory
to the aircraft structure. Each lavatory has a single blade door or as an
option, a bi-folding door can be installed on specific lavatories.
B. Structure
The lavatory is assembled as a modular unit, with a ceiling, sidewalls,
rearwall and floorpan. The basic structure is made from sandwich panels.
Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the panels.
Kickstrips and corner strips are installed to prevent damage to the
lavatory.
C. Lavatory Equipment
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory for the
comfort of the passengers and crew (Ref. 25-45-00).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-00
Page 1
Nov 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Locations
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-43-00
Page 2
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Lavatory Locations
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-00
Page 3
May 01/07
IAC
R Lavatory Location
R Figure 001B
R
EFF :
902-999, 25-43-00
Page 4
Nov 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Installation - Example
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-43-00
Page 5
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
D. Lavatory Doors
EFF :
ALL 25-43-00
Page 6
Nov 01/07
IAC
LAVATORY D - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-43-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-41-861-050
Subtask 25-43-41-680-050
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to do the
servicing of the potable water system.
Subtask 25-43-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 404
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 405
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 901-999,
Subtask 25-43-41-010-072
D. Get Access
(2) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(4) Remove the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(5) Remove the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
(6) Remove the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
(7) Remove the door frame lining-panels 261DW, 261FW, 261HW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-003).
(a) Remove the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-
000-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 406
May 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 020-099,
R Subtask 25-43-41-010-072-D
R D. Get Access
R (1) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
R (2) Remove the passenger seat adjacent to the lavatory (Ref. TASK 25-21-
R 41-000-001).
R (4) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
R area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
R (6) Remove the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
R (7) Remove the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
R (8) Remove the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
R (9) Remove the door frame lining-panels 261TW, 261UW, 261VW (Ref. TASK
R 25-23-45-000-003).
R (a) Remove the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-
R 000-001).
R
EFF :
020-099, 25-43-41
Page 407
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199,
Subtask 25-43-41-010-072-B
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
(3) Remove the passenger seat adjacent to the lavatory (Ref. TASK 25-21-
41-000-001).
(5) Remove the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(7) Remove the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(8) Remove the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
(9) Remove the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
(10) Remove the door frame lining-panels 261TW, 261UW, 261VW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-003).
(a) Remove the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-
000-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-41
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-43-41-020-055-A
(b) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the pelmet (18).
(a) Remove the screws (5),the washers (6) and remove the front-shroud
panel assembly (7).
(b) Remove the screws (11) and the plate (4) from the splash panel
(14).
(c) Remove the screws (12) and the washers (13) from the floor pan
(8).
R Subtask 25-43-41-020-058
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
Pelmet and Floor Pan Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-43-41-991-001-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper Connections
Figure 402/TASK 25-43-41-991-002
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 411
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
R (2) Disconnect the ventilation lines:
R (a) Loosen the clamps (4) and remove the bellows (5) from the
R air-extraction line.
R (b) Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the
R sleeve (3) from tube (1).
R Subtask 25-43-41-020-062
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
R CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R (1) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the connections you will
R disconnect.
R (a) Remove the nut (8) and disconnect the bonding strap (7).
R (b) Loosen the nut (5) and disconnect the potable-water tube (6) from
R the fitting (4).
R (a) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the sleeve (3) from the drain
R tube (1).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper Connections
Figure 402A/TASK 25-43-41-991-002-D
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections
R Figure 403/TASK 25-43-41-991-015-B
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (4) Remove the container.
R Subtask 25-43-41-020-058-B
R (a) Loosen the clamp (4) and remove the hose (5) from the
R air-extraction line.
R (b) Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the
R sleeve (3) from tube (1).
R Subtask 25-43-41-020-062-B
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
R CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections
R Figure 403A/TASK 25-43-41-991-015-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 416
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (1) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the connections you will
R disconnect.
R (a) Remove the nut (8), the washer (9) and disconnect the bonding
R straps (7).
R (b) Loosen the nut (5) and disconnect the potable-water tube (6) from
R the fitting (4).
R (c) Losen the nuts (5) and remove the potable-water hose (10).
R (a) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the sleeve (3) from the drain
R tube (1).
Subtask 25-43-41-020-056
(1) Remove the sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel attach
components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the screws (51), the washers (50) and remove the plate
assembly (52).
(3) Remove the screws (53), the washers (54) and remove the splash panel
(14).
(4) Remove the screws (56), the washers (55) and remove the lower
rearwall (57).
(5) Remove the screw (63) from the door locator (64).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 417
Feb 01/08
IAC
Lavatory Lower Attachments
R Figure 404/TASK 25-43-41-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 418
Feb 01/08
IAC
(7) Remove the wall fitting covers (59).
(9) Remove the bolts (61) and the washers (60) from the wall fittings
(58).
Subtask 25-43-41-020-060-A
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the flush switch (103).
(3) Remove and discard the cable ties (84) from the mounts (83) behind
the rearwall (101).
(4) Temporarily attach the cable assembly (85) to the top of the ceiling
panel (91).
(5) Loosen the clamp (97) and disconnect the lavatory ventilation hose
(98) from the tube assembly (96).
(7) Remove the screws (93), the washers (94) and remove the angle section
(95).
(8) Remove the screws (90), the washers (99) and the screws (92) from the
ceiling panel (91).
(10) Remove the screws (109) and remove the L-section (108) and the
T-section (107).
(12) Remove the screws (104) and the washers (105) that attach the
rearwall (101) to the forward sidewall (100).
(13) Move the subassemblies apart and remove them from the aircraft.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 419
May 01/08
R
IAC
R Lavatory Lower Attachments
R Figure 404A/TASK 25-43-41-991-003-B
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 420
May 01/08
IAC
Lavatory Disassembly
R Figure 405/TASK 25-43-41-991-005-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 421
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-43-41-020-060-B
(c) Above the lavatory ceiling, remove the quick release pin (85).
(d) Lift and move the lavatory assembly to the aft utility area.
(a) Remove the toilet flush switch 51MG2 (Ref. TASK 38-31-19-000-
001).
(e) Remove the screws (17), the washers (18) and the bracket (16).
(f) Remove and discard the cable ties (21) from the electrical
harness (19) where necessary.
(g) Remove the electrical harness (19) from the lavatory wall
assembly (1).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 422
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Remove the sub-assemblies:
R (Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 25-43-41-991-005-B)
(a) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (11).
(b) Remove the screws (14) and (12) and the washers (13).
(c) Lift and remove the lavatory assembly from the floor panel
assembly (11).
(d) Remove the screws (8), (6) and (9) and the washers (5) and (10).
(g) Remove the sub-assemblies (1), (2) and (11) from the aircraft.
Subtask 25-43-41-020-061
(a) Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the upper drain-line
flange (10).
(b) Remove the screws (7) and disconnect the lower drain-line flange
(8) from the floor panel (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 423
Feb 01/08
IAC
Lavatory Assembly
R Figure 405A/TASK 25-43-41-991-005-B12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 424
Feb 01/08
IAC
Lavatory Assembly
R Figure 405A/TASK 25-43-41-991-005-B22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 425
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments
R Figure 406/TASK 25-43-41-991-004
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 426
Feb 01/08
IAC
Upper and Lower Attachments
R Figure 406A/TASK 25-43-41-991-004-A
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 427
Feb 01/08
IAC
Lavatory Floor Panel
R Figure 407/TASK 25-43-41-991-006
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 428
Feb 01/08
IAC
(2) Remove the floor panel:
(a) Remove the tape (MAT.No. 08-061) from the floor panel joints.
(b) Pull up and remove the cord (MAT.No. 19-002) and the sealant at
each joint.
(c) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2), the screws (3) and the
floor panel (4).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 429
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-43-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 430
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 431
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 432
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 433
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 434
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-41-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons:
- Not to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(5) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002) in the aft utility area are removed.
(6) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the cove light panel 251CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).
(8) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 251BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 435
May 01/08
IAC
(9) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 251AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
(10) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 261DW, 261FW, 261HW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).
(11) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).
(a) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 31WR is removed
(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
(b) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-
41-000-001).
(13) Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).
(a) Make sure that the the partition 161DW is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
55-12-000-001).
(b) Make sure that the sidewall panel 161CW is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
55-12-000-003).
Subtask 25-43-41-860-051-C
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(4) Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-43-41
Page 436
Feb 01/08
IAC
(5) Make sure that the doghouse is removed (Ref. TASK 25-27-46-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the passenger seat adjacent to the lavatory is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(8) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel in the aft
utility area are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(9) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).
(10) Make sure that the cove light panel 251CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).
(11) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 251BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).
(12) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 251AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
(13) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 261TW, 261UW, 261VW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).
(14) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).
(15) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 31WR is removed
(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
(16) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).
Subtask 25-43-41-860-051-B
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 437
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons:
- Not to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(5) Make sure that the cove light panel 251CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 251BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 251AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
(8) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002) in the aft utility area are removed.
(9) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).
(10) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 261DW, 261FW, 261HW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003).
(11) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).
(b) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-
41-000-001).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-41
Page 438
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-41-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 439
Feb 01/08
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-43-41
Page 440
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 441
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-43-41-210-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 442
Nov 01/07
IAC
(a) Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel
attach components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and if necessary
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-43-41-420-054
(b) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(c) Put the floor panel (4) in position and install the screws (3),
the washers (2) and the screws (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 443
Feb 01/08
IAC
(2) Install the waste drain line:
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(c) Put the lower drain-line flange (8) in position and install the
screws (7).
(d) Engage the guide pins (9) and put the upper drain-line flange
(10) in position.
(a) Cut the new MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) to length and put
the cord in the floor panel joints.
NOTE : Cut the synthetic fiber cord longer than the necessary
____
length to make an overlap of approximately 200 mm (8.0
in.) at each end.
(b) After application of the sealant, turn the ends back to make a
loop and press the loop into the sealant. This helps the next
removal procedure.
(c) Fill the floor panel joints with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018).
(d) When the sealant is dry, cut the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-061) to length, and put it on the floor panel
joints.
Subtask 25-43-41-420-055-A
(1) Put the lavatory subassemblies in the center of the aft utility area.
(2) Put the subassemblies together and install the washers (105) and the
screws (104).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 444
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Install the washers (99), the screws (90) and the screws (92) in the
ceiling panel (91).
(4) Put the angle section (95) in position and install the washers (94)
and the screws (93).
(5) Remove the blanking plugs and put the lavatory ventilation hose (98)
and the clamp (97) in position on the tube assembly (96).
(8) Put the T-section (107) and the L-section (108) in position and
install the screws (109).
(a) Remove the temporary attachment from the cable assembly (85).
(b) Put the cable assembly (85) in position on the rearwall (101) and
the forward sidewall (100).
(c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the cable assembly (85) to
the flush switch (103).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-055-B
(a) Put the wall assemblies (1) and (2) in position the aft utility
area.
(b) Install the washers (5) and (10) and the screws (8), (6) and (9).
(e) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor panel assembly
(11).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 445
Feb 01/08
IAC
(f) Install the washers (13) and the screws (12) and (14).
(g) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the floor
panel assembly (11) inside of the lavatory assembly.
(a) Put the electrical harness (19) in position on the wall assembly
(1) and attach it with cable ties as necessary.
(b) Install the toilet flush switch 51MG2 (Ref. TASK 38-31-19-400-
001).
(d) Put the bracket (16) in position and install the washers (18) and
the screws (17).
(f) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(h) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 25-43-41-420-060
(1) Cut the rubber strip (72), the rubber strip (73) and the rubber strip
(75) to length and put them in position on the floor panel (74).
(2) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the screws (70) in
the floor angle brackets (71).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 446
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Install the electrical connection.
(b) Put the bracket (82) in position and install the washers (80) and
the screws (79).
(c) Connect the cable assembly (85) to the mounts (83) on the forward
sidewall (100) and the rearwall (101) with the cable ties (84).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-057
(1) Put the lower rearwall (57) in position and install the washers (55)
and the screws (56).
(2) Put the splash panel (14) in position and install the washers (54)
and the screws (53).
(3) Put the plate assembly (52) in position and install the washers (50)
and the screws (51).
(4) Install the washers (60) and the bolts (61) in the wall fittings
(58).
(5) Cut the new synthetic cord to length and put the cord SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No. 05-016) (62) at the floor panel and component
interfaces.
NOTE : Cut the synthetic fiber cord (62) longer than necessary to
____
make an overlap of approximately 200 mm (7.8740 in.) at each
end. After application of the sealant, turn the ends back to
make a loop and press the loop into the sealant. This helps
the next removal procedure.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-41
Page 447
Feb 01/08
IAC
(6) Apply the sealant.
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the floor panel and
component interfaces.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to seal the bolts (61).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-056
(1) Put the tie-rod(s) (77) in position and install the quick release
pin(s) (76).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 448
Feb 01/08
IAC
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts.
(b) Turn the tie-rod (77) until you can install the quick release pin
(76).
(d) Tighten the locknuts and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).
R Subtask 25-43-41-420-061-C
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
R CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Put the potable-water tube (6) in position and connect the nut
R (5) to the fitting (4).
R (d) Put the bonding strap (7) in position and install the nut (8)
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 449
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (2) Connect the waste-water drain-line:
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Put the sleeve (3) and the clamp (2) in position on the drain
R tube (1).
R (c) Make sure that the end of the sleeve (2) is aligned with the
R painted mark on the drain tube (1).
R (e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004A)
R to the end of the sleeve (2).
R Subtask 25-43-41-420-061-D
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
R CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Put the potable-water tube (6) and the hose (10) in position and
R connect the nuts (5) to the fittings (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 450
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (c) TORQUE all the nuts (5) to 5.9 m.daN (43.51 lbf.ft).
R (e) Put the bonding straps (7) in position and install the washer (9)
R and the nut (8) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Put the sleeve (3) and the clamp (2) in position on the drain
R tube (1).
R (c) Make sure that the end of the sleeve (3) is aligned with the
R painted mark on the drain tube (1).
R (e) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to
R the ends of the sleeve (3).
R
Subtask 25-43-41-420-063
(a) Put the lavatory subassemblies (128) and (131) in the center of
the aircraft aisle.
(b) Put the lavatory sub-assemblies together and install the washers
(129) and the screws (130).
(e) Remove the temporary attachment from the ventilation hose (47)
and the ceiling panel (101).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 451
Feb 01/08
IAC
(f) Install the screws (126), the screws (124) and the washers (125)
in the ceiling panel (101).
(g) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor pan (121).
(h) Install the screws (124), the screws (122) and the washers (123).
(a) Remove the temporary attachment from the cable assembly (110).
(b) Put the cable assembly in position on the mounts (108) and
install the new cable ties (109).
(c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the cable assembly (110) to
the flush switch (102).
(e) Put the bracket (107) in position and install the washers (104)
and the screws (103).
(f) Attach the bonding strap (113) to the cable assembly (105) with
the new cable ties . (114) where necessary.
(g) Put the cable assembly (105) in position on the mounts (111) and
install the new cable ties (112).
(h) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector
(106).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs and put the clamp (48) and the
ventilation hose (47) in position on the ventilation tube (44).
(c) Put the clamp (52) in position on the ventilation tube (47) and
install the spacer (49), the washer (50) and the screw (51).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 452
Feb 01/08
IAC
Electrical Connections
R Figure 408/TASK 25-43-41-991-023
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 453
Feb 01/08
IAC
(d) Remove the blanking plugs and put the air extraction hose (41)
and the clamp (42) in position on the tube assembly (43).
NOTE : Make sure that the air extraction hose (41) and the tube
____
assembly (43) are clear and clean.
(f) Remove the blanking plugs and put the clamp (45) and the
ventilation hose (46) in position on the ventilation tube (44).
(a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004A) to the bolts (82)
and the new packing (83).
(b) Put the new packing (83) in position at the attachment point
locations.
(c) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bolts (82)
in the fittings (81).
(d) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005D) to the bolts
(82).
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire.
2
_ Loosen the locknut.
3
_ Adjust the rod end.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 454
Feb 01/08
IAC
4
_ Tighten the locknut.
5
_ Make sure that the rod end is in safety.
6
_ Safety the locknut with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-064
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the floor pan inside
the lavatory.
(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
(21).
(c) Put the doorsill (22) in position and install the screws (21).
(d) TORQUE the screws (21) to to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74
and 37.16 lbf.in).
R (a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (22) to the floor pan
and the floor panel at the lavatory door opening.
R (b) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
(24) to the joint at the side wall (25) and the washbasin
surround (26).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 455
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Door Sill and Sealant
R Figure 409/TASK 25-43-41-991-021
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 456
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Install the pelmet:
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 25-43-41-991-020)
(a) Put the pelmet (1) in position and install the screws (5).
NOTE : Make sure that the washers (3) are correctly positioned on
____
the pelmet before tightening the screws.
(b) Put the pelmet top (2) in position and install the washers (3)
and the screws (4).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-058
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Connect the bellows (5) to the air-extraction line and install
and tighten the clamps (4).
(c) Behind the lavatory, connect the sleeve (3) to the tube (1) and
tighten the clamp (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 457
May 01/08
IAC
R Pelment
R Figure 410/TASK 25-43-41-991-020
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 458
May 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-43-41-420-058-A
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Connect the hose (5) to the air-extraction line and install and
tighten the clamp (4).
(c) Behind the lavatory, connect the sleeve (3) to the tube (1) and
tighten the clamp (2).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-059-A
(a) Put the floor pan (8) in position and install the washers (13)
and the screws (12).
(b) Put the plate (4) in position and install the screws (11).
(c) Put the front-shroud panel (7) in position and install the
washers (6) and the screws (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 459
May 01/08
R
IAC
(2) Apply the sealant:
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the floor pan and the
floor panel at the lavatory door area.
(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
(10).
(c) Put the doorsill (9) in position and install the screws (10).
(d) Torque the screws (10) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and
37.16 lbf.in).
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Put the pelmet (18) in position and install the washers (17) and
the screws (16).
(c) Put the pelmet (19) in position and install the screws (15).
(4) Install the trim panel in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-
400-002).
Subtask 25-43-41-410-072
(2) Install the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-
001).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 460
May 01/08
R
IAC
Subtask 25-43-41-865-052
M. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2DW, 5HU, 6HU, 1LQ, 2MB, 1MT, 167RH, 168RH, 11WQ, 12WQ, 79WL.
Subtask 25-43-41-710-050
Subtask 25-43-41-710-050-C
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 461
May 01/08
IAC
(a) Make sure that there are no leaks.
Subtask 25-43-41-710-050-B
R
EFF :
020-099, 101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 462
May 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-43-41-410-071
A. Close Access
(3) Install the ceiling panel 261BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002).
(4) Install the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
(5) Install the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
(6) Install the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
(7) Install the door-frame lining panels 261DW, 261FW, 261HW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-008).
(10) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 463
May 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-43-41-410-071-A
A. Close Access
(3) Install the ceiling panel 261BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002).
(4) Install the door-frame lining panels 261TW, 261UW, 261VW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-008).
(5) Install the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
(6) Install the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
(7) Install the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
(8) Install the curtain rail and the curtain (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-
003).
(9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-43-41-390-051
(a) Cut the rubber profile to the correct length and attach it with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066) to the cabin
floor.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 464
May 01/08
IAC
Water Seal
R Figure 411/TASK 25-43-41-991-025
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-41
Page 465
May 01/08
IAC
(b) Make sure that the seal touches the lavatory and the lower
side-wall panel.
Subtask 25-43-41-862-050
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-41
Page 466
May 01/08
IAC
LAVATORY E - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-43-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 401
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 402
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-42-861-050
Subtask 25-43-42-680-050
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to do the
servicing of the potable water system.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-43-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 404
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 901-999,
Subtask 25-43-42-010-072
D. Get Access
(3) Remove the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
(5) Remove the door frame lining-panels 262DW, 262FW, 262HW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-004).
(6) Remove the upper sidewall panel 252BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
(7) Remove the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 405
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(9) In the lavatory:
(a) Remove the emergency oxygen container 34WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-
000-001).
(11) Remove the cable control assembly from the floor panel (Ref. TASK 38-
31-43-000-002).
Subtask 25-43-42-010-072-A
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the curtain and the curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003).
(4) Remove the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel in the aft utility
area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
R (6) Remove the door frame lining-panels 262TW, 262UW, 262VW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-004).
(7) Remove the cove light panel 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(8) Remove the upper sidewall panel 252BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
(9) Remove the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
(11) In the lavatory:
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-43-42-020-058-A
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R (2) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the water
R connections that you will disconnect.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
R CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R (a) Remove the nut (146) and disconnect the bonding strap (145).
R (b) Temporarily attach the bonding strap (145) to the potable water
R tube (143).
R (c) Loosen the nut (144) disconnect the potable water tube (143).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 407
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Potable/Waste Water Tube Connectionsn
R Figure 401/TASK 25-43-42-991-014-A
R
EFF :
022-099, 25-43-42
Page 408
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (d) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (a) Remove the clamp (141) and disconnect the sleeve (140) from the
R drain tube (142).
R Subtask 25-43-42-020-058-C
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
R CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R (3) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the water
R connections that you will disconnect.
R (a) Disconnect the nuts (43) and (44) and remove the potable water
R tube (42).
R (b) Loosen the nut and disconnect the potable water tube (49).
R (c) Remove the nut (47), the washer (46) and disconnect the bonding
R straps (45) and (48).
R
EFF :
022-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 409
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-43-42-991-014-C
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 410
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (d) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (a) Remove the clamp (51) and disconnect the sleeve (52) from the
R tube (50).
R Subtask 25-43-42-020-056-B
R (a) Remove the screws (9), the washers (8) and the front-shroud panel
R (10).
R (c) Remove the screws (4), the doorsill (5) and the floor pan (11).
R (a) Remove the screws (12) and the pelmet assembly (13).
R (b) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the side pelmet (3).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 411
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Pelmet and Floor Pan Assembly
R Figure 402/TASK 25-43-42-991-001-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 412
Nov 01/07
IAC
Hose Connections - Component Location
R Figure 403/TASK 25-43-42-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-43-42
Page 413
Nov 01/07
IAC
Hose Connections - Component Location
R Figure 403A/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-A
R
EFF :
020-099, 25-43-42
Page 414
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
(a) Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the sleeve (31) from the
tube (33).
(b) Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (35) and disconnect the
lavatory ventilation hose (36) from the tube assembly (34).
Subtask 25-43-42-020-057-B
(a) Remove the sealant from the floor panel and the floor attach
components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Remove the screws (51), the washers (50) and remove the rear
partition panel (53).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 415
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
R Hose Connections - Component Location
R Figure 403B/TASK 25-43-42-991-002-C
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 416
Nov 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Assembly - Lower Attachments
Figure 404/TASK 25-43-42-991-003
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 417
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(f) Remove the bolts (57) and the washers (56) from the wall fittings
(54).
(a) Remove the screws (70) from the floor angle brackets (71).
(b) Remove the quick-release pins (76) from the brace assemblies
(77).
(c) Lift and move the lavatory assembly to the center of the aircraft
aisle.
(d) Remove the rubber strips (72), (73) and (75) from the floor panel
(74).
(h) Remove and discard the cable ties (84) from the mounts (83).
(i) Remove the screws (79), the washers (80) and remove the bracket
(82).
(a) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the flush switch (108).
(c) Remove and discard the cable ties (84) from the mounts (83)
behind the lavatory rearwall (107).
(d) Temporarily attach the cable assembly (85) to the top of the
lavatory ceiling panel (90).
(e) Loosen the clamp (96) and disconnect the lavatory ventilation
hose (97) from the tube assembly (95).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 418
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Removal/Installation of the Lavatory
R Figure 405/TASK 25-43-42-991-004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 419
May 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Disassembly
Figure 406/TASK 25-43-42-991-005
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 420
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(g) Remove the screws (104) and remove the section (103) and the
section (102).
(i) Remove the screws (94), the washers (93) and remove the angle
section (92).
(j) Remove the screws (99), the washers (98) and the screws (91) from
the ceiling panel (90).
(k) Remove the screws (105) and the washers (106) that attach the
rearwall (107) to the aft sidewall (109).
(n) Get access to the AFT cargo compartment and remove the screws
(113) and the washers (112).
(o) In the lavatory area, remove the aluminum foil tape (114) from
the floor panel joints.
(p) Find one end of the synthetic fiber cord (116) at each end of the
floor panel joints.
(q) Pull the cord up to remove the cord (116) and the sealant at each
joint.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 421
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R Subtask 25-43-42-020-056-C
R (a) Remove the screws (3), the washers (4) and the pelmets (5 and
R (6).
R (a) Remove the screws (1), the door sill (2) and the old sealant.
R (a) Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the sleeve (31) from the
R tube assembly (33).
R (b) Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (35) and disconnect the
R lavatory ventilation hose (34) from the tube assembly (36).
R (b) Remove the quick-release pins (64) and disconnect the tie-rod
R (65) from the aircraft structure.
R (c) Move the lavatory assembly to the center of the aft utility area.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 422
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Door Sill and Pelmet
R Figure 407/TASK 25-43-42-991-017
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 423
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Lower and Upper Attachments
R Figure 408/TASK 25-43-42-991-018-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 424
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (d) Remove and discard the packings (63).
R Subtask 25-43-42-020-057-C
R (c) Remove and discard the cable ties (84) from the mounts (83).
R (d) Remove the screws (89), the washers (90) and remove the bracket
R (88).
R (e) Remove and discard the cable ties (85) which attach the bonding
R strap (81) to the electrical cable (82).
R (g) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the flush switch (80).
R (i) Remove and discard the cable ties (92) from the mounts (91)
R behind the lavatory rearwall (94).
R (j) Temporarily attach the cable assembly (93) to the top of the
R lavatory ceiling panel (79).
R (a) Remove the screws (31), the washers (30), the clamps (29) and the
R spacers (28).
R (b) Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the ventilation hose (34)
R from the ventilation tube (33).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 425
Nov 01/07
IAC
Electrical Connections
R Figure 409/TASK 25-43-42-991-019
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 426
Nov 01/07
IAC
(3) Disassemble the lavatory:
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 25-43-42-991-020)
(a) Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (100) with a SCRAPER
- NON METALLIC.
(b) Remove the screws (103), the screws (101) and the washers (102).
(c) Remove the lavatory assembly from the floor pan (100).
(e) Remove the screws (123), the screws (121) and the washers (122).
(g) Remove the screws (126), the washers (127), the screws (129) and
the washers (130).
5. Close-up
________
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 427
Feb 01/08
IAC
Lavatory Subassemblies
R Figure 410/TASK 25-43-42-991-020- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 428
Nov 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Subassemblies
R Figure 410/TASK 25-43-42-991-020- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 429
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-43-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 430
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 431
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 432
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 433
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-42-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 434
Nov 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(5) Make sure that the cabin attendant swivel-seat is removed (Ref. TASK
25-22-43-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002) in the aft utility area are removed.
(7) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).
(8) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 262DW, 262FW, 262HW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004).
(9) Make sure that the cove light panel 252FX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).
(10) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 252BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).
(11) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 252AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
(12) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).
(13) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 34WR is removed
(Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
(14) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).
(a) Make sure that the partition 162DW is removed (Ref. TASK 25-55-
12-000-001).
(b) Make sure that the sidewall panel is removed 162CW (Ref. TASK 25-
55-12-000-003).
(16) Make sure that the cable control assembly from the floor panel is
removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-43-000-002).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 435
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 901-999,
Subtask 25-43-42-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
38-680-001).
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(4) Make sure that the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002) in the aft utility area are removed.
(5) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
41-000-001).
(6) Make sure that the curtain and curtain rail are removed (Ref. TASK
25-26-41-000-003).
(7) Make sure that the cove light panel 252CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-
23-48-000-001).
(8) Make sure taht the door frame lining-panels 262VW, 262UW, 262TW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004).
(9) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 252BX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-43-000-001).
(10) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 252AX is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
(11) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
001).
(12) Make sure taht the emergency oxygen container is removed (Ref. TASK
35-21-41-000-001).
(13) Make sure taht the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-
000-001).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 436
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
R Subtask 25-43-42-865-051
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 437
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 438
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
Subtask 25-43-42-210-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor attach
components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2) Clean the area with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 439
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-43-42-420-059-B
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Put the floor panel (74) in position and install the screws
(115).
(e) Cut the new synthetic fiber cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002) (116) to length and put the cord (116) in the floor panel
joints.
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 440
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
NOTE : Cut the synthetic fiber cord (116) longer than necessary
____
R to make an overlap of approximately 200 mm (8.0 in.) at
R each end. After application of the sealant, turn the ends
R back to make a loop and press the loop into the sealant.
R This helps the next removal procedure.
(g) Fill the floor panel joints with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016).
R (h) When the sealant is dry, cut the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
R (Material No. 08-052) to length and put the aluminum foil tape
(114) on the floor panel joints.
(a) Put the lavatory subassemblies in the center of the aft utility
area.
(b) Put the subassemblies together and install the washers (106) and
the screws (105).
(c) Install the washers (98), the screws (99) and the screws (91) in
the ceiling panel (90).
(d) Put the angle section (92) in position and install the washers
(93) and the screws (94).
(f) Put the section (102) and the section (103) in position and
install the screws (104).
(g) Remove the blanking plugs and put the lavatory ventilation hose
(97) and the clamp (96) in position on the tube assembly (95).
(i) Remove the temporary attachment from the cable assembly (85).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 441
Nov 01/07
IAC
(j) Put the cable assembly (85) in position on the rearwall (107) and
the aft sidewall (109).
(k) Remove the blanking caps and connect the cable assembly (85) to
the flush switch (108).
(l) Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor panel (74).
(b) Put the bracket (82) in position and install the washers (80) and
the screws (79).
(c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector
(81).
(d) Connect the cable assembly (85) to the mounts (83) with the cable
ties (84).
(f) Cut to length and install the rubber strip (72), the rubber strip
(73) and the rubber strip (75).
(g) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the screws (70)
in the floor angle brackets (71).
(h) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the screws (70)
in the floor angle brackets (71).
(i) Install the washers (60) and the bolts (61) in the wall fittings
(58).
(b) Put the rear partition panel (53) in position and install the
washers (50) and the screws (51).
(c) Install the washers (56) and the bolts (57) in the wall fittings
(54).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 442
Nov 01/07
IAC
(d) Cut the new synthetic fiber cord MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002) (58) to length and put it in position at the floor panel and
component interfaces.
NOTE : Cut the new synthetic fiber cord (58) longer than
____
necessary to make an overlap of approximately 200 mm (8.0
in.) at each end. After application of the sealant, turn
the ends back to make a loop and press the loop into the
sealant. This helps the next removal procedure.
(e) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the floor panel and
component interfaces.
(f) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the bolts (57) and
install the wall fitting covers (55).
(a) Put the tie-rod (77) in position and install the quick-release
pin (76).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(b) Adjust the tie-rod until you can install the quick-release pin
(76).
(d) Tighten the locknuts and safety them with stainless steel
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 443
Nov 01/07
IAC
R
Subtask 25-43-42-420-061-B
R B. Installation of Lavatory E
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Make sure that the sleeve (31) and the tube assembly (33) are
clean and clear.
(c) Put the sleeve (31) and the clamp (32) in position on the tube
assembly (33).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Put the lavatory ventilation hose (36) and the clamp (35) in
position on the tube assembly (34).
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 444
Nov 01/07
IAC
(c) Connect the electrical connector 7216VC-A (30).
(c) Put the front shroud panel (10) in position and install the
washers (8) and the screws (9).
(d) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the floor pan and the
floor panel at the lavatory door area.
(e) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to all the
doorsill attach screws (4).
(f) Put the doorsill (5) in position and install the screws (4).
(g) TORQUE the screws (4) to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and
37.16 lbf.in).
R
R (h) Put the side pelmet (3) in position and install the washers (2)
R and the screws (1).
R (i) Put the pelmet assembly (13) in position and install the screws
(12).
(5) Install the trim panel in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-
400-002).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 445
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R Subtask 25-43-42-420-059-C
R (a) Put the lavatory subassemblies (125) and (128) in position on the
R floor pan (100).
R (b) Install the washers (102) and the screws (101) and (103).
R (c) Install the washers (122) and the screws (121) and (123).
R (e) Install the washers (127), the screws (126) and the washers (130)
R and the the screws (129).
R (f) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the floor
R panel assembly (100) inside of the lavatory assembly.
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Connect the ventilation hose (34) to the ventilation tube (33)
R and install and tighten the clamp (32).
R (c) Install the screws (31), the washers (30), the clamps (29) and
R the spacers (28).
R (a) Put the bracket (88) in position and install the washers (90) and
R the screws (89).
R (c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 446
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (d) Connect the electrical connector (87).
R Subtask 25-43-42-420-061-C
R B. Installation of Lavatory E
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (a) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the new packings
R NAS 1611-209 (63) and the bolts (62).
R (c) Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bolts (62)
R in the wall fitting (61).
R (e) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005D) to the bolts
R (62).
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 447
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (2) Install the upper attachments:
R (a) Connect the tie-rod (65) to the aircraft structure and install
R the quick release pin (64).
R 1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts.
R 2
_ Adjust the tie-rod until you can install the quick release pin
R (64).
R 3
_ Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.
R 4
_ Tighten the locknuts and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Put the sleeve (31) and the clamp (32) in position on the tube
R assembly (33).
R (d) Put the lavatory ventilation hose (34) and the clamp (35) in
R position on the tube assembly (36).
R (b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R (c) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector
R 7216VC-A (30).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 448
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (5) Install the door sill:
R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 25-43-42-991-017)
R (a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-036) to the area of the door sill
R as necessary.
R (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the screws
R (1).
R (c) Put the door sill (2) in position and install the screws (1).
R (d) Torque the screws to between 0.37 and 0.42 m.daN (32.74 and 37.16
R lbf.in).
R (a) Put the pelmets (6) and (5) in position and install the washers
R (4) and the screws (3).
R Subtask 25-43-42-420-060-A
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
R CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R
EFF :
022-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 449
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Put the potable-water tube (143) in position and connect the nut
R (144).
R (d) Remove the temporary attachment from the bonding strap (145) and
R the potable water tube (143).
R (e) Put the bonding strap (145) in position and install and tighten
R the nut (146).(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004)
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R NOTE : Make sure that the end of the sleeve is aligned with the
____
R painted mark on the drain tube.
R (a) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to
R the ends of the sleeve (140).
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R
EFF :
022-099, 25-43-42
Page 450
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R Subtask 25-43-42-420-060-C
R WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
R SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
R POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
R HEALTH.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
R CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
R CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
R HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
R (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R (b) Put the potable water tube (42) in position and connect the
R connections (43) and (44).
R (e) Put the bonding straps (45) and (48) in position and install the
R nut (47) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R (a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
R NOTE : Make sure that the end of the sleeve is aligned with the
____
R painted mark on the drain tube.
EFF :
901-999, 25-43-42
Page 451
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (3) Seal the sleeve (52):
R (a) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to
R the ends of the sleeve (52).
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
Subtask 25-43-42-410-072
Subtask 25-43-42-865-052
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2DW, 1LQ, 9MB, 1MT, 11WJ, 167RH, 168RH, 5HU, 6HU, 11WQ, 12WQ, 79WL.
Subtask 25-43-42-710-050-C
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 452
Nov 01/07
IAC
(2) Make sure that there are no leaks.
Subtask 25-43-42-710-050
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 453
Nov 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-43-42-410-071
A. Close Access
R (2) Install the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
R (3) Install the upper sidewall panel 252BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R (4) Install the cove light panel 252FX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
R (5) Install the ceiling panel 262BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002).
R (7) Install the door frame lining-panels 262DW, 262FW, 262HW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-005).
Subtask 25-43-42-410-071-A
A. Close Access
R (2) Install the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
R (3) Install the upper sidewall panel 252BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R (4) Install the cove light panel 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 454
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (5) Install the ceiling panel 262BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002).
R (7) Install the door frame lining-panels 262VW, 262UW, 262TW (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-005).
Subtask 25-43-42-390-051
(a) Cut the rubber profile to the correct length and attach it with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-066) to the cabin
floor.
(b) Make sure that the seal touches the lavatory and the lower
side-wall panel.
Subtask 25-43-42-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-43-42
Page 455
Feb 01/08
IAC
Seal
R Figure 411/TASK 25-43-42-991-021
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-43-42
Page 456
Nov 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Floor Panel
Figure 412/TASK 25-43-42-991-006
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-43-42
Page 457
Nov 01/07
IAC
LAVATORY H - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-43-44-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 401
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-44-861-050
Subtask 25-43-44-680-050
Subtask 25-43-44-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT IND 1MA B06
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-D/L 2MB B02
Subtask 25-43-44-862-052
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 402
May 01/08
R
IAC
R Subtask 25-43-44-010-050
R E. Get Access
R (1) Remove the passenger seat adjacent to the lavatory (Ref. TASK 25-21-
R 41-000-001).
R (2) Remove the ceiling panels 251HC, 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001).
R (3) Remove the cove light panel 251ZW (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
R (4) Remove the upper sidewall panel 251YW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001).
R (5) Remove the lower sidewall panel 251XW (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
R (8) Remove the toilet drain line, installed behind the lavatory
R (Ref. TASK 38-30-00-010-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-43-44-020-056
(a) Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the ventilation hose (7) from
the tube (5).
(b) Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the air extraction hose (3)
from the tube (4).
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 403
Nov 01/07
IAC
Electrical and Air Ventilation Connections
Figure 401/TASK 25-43-44-991-003
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 404
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector 7208VC-A (1).
(c) Remove the nut (9), the screw (11), the washers (8) and (10) and
disconnect the bonding straps (12) from the aircraft structure.
Subtask 25-43-44-020-057
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
(a) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the water
connections that you will disconnect.
(b) Remove the insulation (1) and the tie-wraps (12) if installed.
(c) Loosen the nuts (2) and remove the potable water tubes (3) and
(4).
(a) Remove the screw (7), the washer (8), the spacers (11) and the
clamp (9).
(b) Loosen the clamps (6) and remove the waste-water drain tube (10)
from the sleeves (5).
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 405
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Potable Water and Waste Water Connections
Figure 402/TASK 25-43-44-991-002
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 406
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(c) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
Subtask 25-43-44-020-060
(1) Remove the screws (1) and (3) and the washers (2).
Subtask 25-43-44-020-061
(1) Remove the cover (1) and the protection material (Mat. No. 15-008).
(2) Remove the bolts (2), the bushes (3) and (4) and the lavatory module.
(3) Remove the screws (5), the stoppers (6) and the fittings (7) from the
seat tracks.
Subtask 25-43-44-020-062
(c) Disconnect the electricl connectors (2) from the toilet flush
switch (1).
(e) Remove and discard the cable ties (9) from the mounts (8).
(f) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5) and the bracket (6).
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 407
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Upper Attachments
Figure 403/TASK 25-43-44-991-004
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 408
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Lower Attachments
Figure 404/TASK 25-43-44-991-005
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 409
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
Lavatory Disassembly - Electrical Connections
Figure 405/TASK 25-43-44-991-006
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 410
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(2) Disassemle the lavatory structure.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-43-44-991-007)
(a) Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel
attach components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b) Remove the screws (12) and (14) and the washers (13).
(c) Remove the screws (4), (6), (8) and (9) and the washers (3), (5)
and (10).
(d) Move the wall assemblies (1) and (2) and the floor panel (15)
apart.
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 411
Nov 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Subassemblies
Figure 406/TASK 25-43-44-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Subassemblies
Figure 406/TASK 25-43-44-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-43-44-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 414
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 415
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-43-44-860-050
R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
R 42-00-861-001).
R (2) Make sure that the seatrow forward of the lavatory is removed
R (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
R (3) Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-
R 38-680-001).
R (4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position to tell persons not
R to do the servicing of the water system.
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 416
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (5) Make sure that the ceiling panels 251HC, 251JC and (Ref. TASK 25-23-
R 41-000-001) are removed.
R (6) Make sure that the cove light panel 251ZW and (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-
R 000-001) are removed.
R (7) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 251YW and (Ref. TASK 25-23-
R 43-000-001) are removed.
R (8) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel is removed 251XW, (Ref. TASK
R 25-23-44-000-001).
R (9) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-
R 001).
R (10) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed(Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-
R 001).
R (11) Make sure that the toilet drain line is removed(Ref. TASK 38-30-00-
R 010-002).
R (12) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 39WR is removed
R (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001).
R (13) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
R de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
Subtask 25-43-44-865-051
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 79WL H07
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
2000VU LIGHT-LAV 1LQ J01
2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT IND 1MA B06
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
2001VU LAV AFT-HOT WATER-D/L 2MB B02
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 417
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-43-44-210-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel
attach components with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(a) If the sealant is not easy to remove, use the CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
(2) Clean the seat tracks in the area of the lavatory with the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the
correct position and in good condition.
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 418
Nov 01/07
IAC
(7) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027B) to the seat tracks
below the lavatory installation for a distance of 750 mm (30.0 in.)
at each side of the lavatory installation (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-43-44-420-054
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (b) Put the wall assemblies (1) and (2) in position on the floor
R panel (15).
R (c) Install the washers (5) and the screws (6), the washers (3) and
R the screws (4).
R (e) Install the washers (13) and the screws (12) and (14).
R (f) Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the the
R joints of the floor panel (15) from the inside of the lavatory.
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 419
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (2) Connect the electrical connections:
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-43-44-991-006)
R (b) Put the electrical harness (7) and the bracket (6) in position
R and install the washers (5) and the screws (4).
R (d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R (f) Connect the electrical connectors (2) and install the flush
R switch (1).
R (g) Attach the electrical harness (7) on the mounts (8) with cable
R ties (9) (Ref. ESPM 20-33-44).
R (h) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 420
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Subtask 25-43-44-420-055
R B. Installation of Lavatory H
R (1) Install the toilet drain line behind the lavatory (Ref. TASK 38-30-
R 00-410-002).
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
R MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
R AND 15 MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
R FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the fittings (7),
R the stoppers (6), the pin (8), the screws (5), the bolts (2) and
R the bushes (3) and (4).
R (b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the seat tracks in
R the area of the lavatory.
R (c) Put the fittings (7) in position in the seat tracks and install
R the stoppers (6) and the screws (5).
R (d) Carefully lift the lavatory assembly in position on the pin (8)
R and the fittings (7).
R (e) Install the bushes (3) and (4) and the bolts (2).
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 421
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-43-44-420-058
(1) Install the washers (2) and the screws (1) and (3).
Subtask 25-43-44-420-059
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO
HEALTH.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR
_______
HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION.
(CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(c) Put the potable water tubes (3) and (4) in position and connect
the nuts (2).
(e) Install the insulation (1) and the new tie-wraps (12) as
necessary.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 422
Nov 01/07
IAC
(b) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(c) Put the waste-water drain tube (10) in position and connect the
sleeves (5).
(d) Put the clamp (9) in position and install the screw (7), the
washer (8) and the spacers (11).
Subtask 25-43-44-420-060
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(c) Connect the ventilation hose (7) to the tube (5) and install and
tighten the clamp (6).
(d) Connect the air extraction hose (3) to the tube (4) and install
and tighten the clamp (2).
(a) Connect the bonding straps (12) to the aircraft structure and
install the screw (11), the washers (8) and (10) and the nut (9)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(c) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 423
Nov 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-43-44-410-066
Subtask 25-43-44-865-052
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1LQ, 1MA, 2MB, 1MT, 11WJ, 79WL, 5HU, 6HU.
Subtask 25-43-44-710-050
(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (Ref. TASK 23-73-
00-861-001).
(b) Examine the ventilation and air extraction hoses for leaks.
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 424
May 01/08
IAC
- The passenger oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-43-44-410-053
R A. Close Access
R (2) Install the ceiling panels 251HC, 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001).
R (3) Install the lower sidewall panel 251XW (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001)
R (4) Install the upper sidewall panel 251YW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001).
R (5) Install the cove light panel 251ZW (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
R (6) Install the seatrow forward of the lavatory (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-
R 001).
R (7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
Subtask 25-43-44-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 425
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
R TASK 25-43-44-000-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-43-44-865-070
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 426
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 427
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2001VU VACU TOIL SYS-LAV PWR-L 45MG A02
R 2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT IND 1MA B06
R 4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 428
May 01/08
IAC
R TASK 25-43-44-400-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R Not Applicable
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-43-44-865-071
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 429
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 901-999,
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 430
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-43-44-865-072
R A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 431
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199,
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 432
May 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R 5. Close-up
________
EFF :
ALL 25-43-44
Page 433
May 01/08
IAC
Pelmet and Floor Pan Assembly
Figure 407/TASK 25-43-44-991-001
EFF :
101-199, 25-43-44
Page 434
May 01/08
IAC
RAZOR SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________
1. _______
General
An electrical razor socket is installed in each lavatory.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. __________________
System Description
EFF :
ALL 25-44-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
Razor Supply System - Component Location.
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-44-00
Page 2
May 01/06
IAC
Razor Supply - Component Location
Figure 001A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-44-00
Page 3
Feb 01/07
IAC
The razor sockets (3MT) are installed in the service cabinets of each
lavatory.
4. ____________
Power Supply
The service bus 212XP supplies 115V AC/400Hz through the circuit breakers
(1MT) to a contact in the razor outlet sockets. When a plug is put into a
socket, the contact closes and the power is supplied to the static inverter
(2MT). The static inverter (2MT) supplies 110V/60Hz to the razor
power-outlet socket.
R 5. _____________________
Component Description
R A. Static Inverter
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R A. Mini Inverter
R (Ref. Fig. 003A)
EFF :
ALL 25-44-00
Page 4
Nov 01/07
IAC
Electrical - Schematic
Figure 002
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-44-00
Page 5
May 01/06
IAC
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-44-00
Page 6
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Static Inverter
R Figure 003
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-44-00
Page 7
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Mini Inverter
R Figure 003A
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-44-00
Page 8
Nov 01/07
IAC
RAZOR SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________
TASK 25-44-00-710-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-44-00-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-44-00
Page 501
May 01/06
R
IAC
Subtask 25-44-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-44-00-710-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-44-00
Page 502
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-44-00-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-44-00
Page 503
Aug 01/07
IAC
STATIC INVERTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-44-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-44-41
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-44-41-861-050
Subtask 25-44-41-010-050
B. Get Access
Subtask 25-44-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-44-41
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-44-41-020-050
(3) Remove the screws (2), the washers (1) and the static inverter (3).
Subtask 25-44-41-020-050-A
(1) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3) and carefully lower the
housing (1).
(2) Unlock the spring latches (4) and disconnect the electrical connector
(5)
(4) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the mini inverter (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-44-41
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
Static Inverter - Razor Supply
Figure 401/TASK 25-44-41-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-44-41
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
Mini Inverter - Razor Supply
Figure 401A/TASK 25-44-41-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-44-41
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-44-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-44-41
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-44-41-860-050
(2) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002).
Subtask 25-44-41-860-050-A
EFF :
ALL 25-44-41
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-44-41-420-050
(1) Put the static inverter (3) in position and install the washers (1)
and the screws (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(2) TORQUE the screws (2) to between 0.37 and 0.48 m.daN (32.74 and 42.47
lbf.in).
EFF :
ALL 25-44-41
Page 408
Aug 01/07
IAC
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
Subtask 25-44-41-420-050-A
(1) Put the mini inverter (8) in position and install the washers (7) and
the screws (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(2) TORQUE the screws (2) to between 0.37 and 0.48 m.daN (32.74 and 42.47
lbf.in).
CAUTION : CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF
_______
YOU PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL
DAMAGE.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(c) Connect the electrical connector (5) and close the spring latches
(4).
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Put the housing (1) in position and install the washers (3) and
the screws (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-44-41
Page 409
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1LQ, 1MT
R
Subtask 25-44-41-710-050
(1) Do the test of the razor supply system (Ref. TASK 25-44-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-44-41-410-050
A. Close Access
Subtask 25-44-41-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-44-41
Page 410
Aug 01/07
IAC
LAVATORY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
The lavatory equipment is installed for the comfort of the passengers and
the crew.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
3. __________________
System Description
4. Power
____________
Supply
The only electrical system which is specially installed in the lavatories is
the razor supply system (Ref. 25-44-00).
5. _________
Interface
The lavatory equipment has interfaces with:
- the cabin air distribution and recirculation system (Ref. 21-21-00),
- the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00),
- the passenger address and entertainment system (Ref. 23-30-00),
- the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00),
- the electrical power system (Ref. 24-00-00),
- the lavatory smoke-detection system (Ref. 26-17-00),
- the lavatory fire-extinguishing system (Ref. 26-25-00),
- the lavatory lighting system (Ref. 33-24-00),
- the lavatory lighted signs system (Ref. 33-26-00),
EFF :
ALL 25-45-00
Page 1
May 01/07
IAC
R Lavatory Equipment - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-00
Page 2
Nov 01/98
IAC
- the passenger oxygen system (Ref. 35-20-00),
- the potable water system (Ref. 38-10-00),
- the waste disposal system (Ref. 38-30-00).
6. _____________________
Component Description
B. Mirror
The mirror is attached above the washbasin.
C. Washbasin Cabinet
The washbasin Cabinet has:
- two toilet paper roll holders,
- a hot/cold water faucet (Ref. 38-12-41),
- a waste chute with a spring loaded flap.
The washbasin cabinet has a door that gives access to:
- the washbasin drain lines (Ref. 38-31-00),
- the potable water faucet supply lines (Ref. 38-12-00),
- the potable water heater (Ref. 38-12-16),
- the waste container,
- the waste container fire extinguisher (Ref. 26-25-00).
The waste container is connected to the waste chute.
E. Light Unit.
The light unit/units (Ref. 33-24-00) are installed in each lavatory. They
are controlled by the lavatory door-lock microswitch (Ref. 33-24-00).
F. Handgrip
handgrip/s are installed in each lavatory to give the lavatory user help,
if necessary.
G. Coat Hook
The coat hook is installed on the inside of each lavatory door. When it
is not in use the coat hook folds up.
H. Ashtrays
The ashtrays are installed internally and externally on each lavatory.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-00
Page 3
May 01/05
R
IAC
J. Service Cabinet
The service cabinet has:
R - an individual air outlet (Ref. 21-23-00),
R - a loudspeaker (passenger address system) (Ref. 23-73-51),
- a dispenser for towels, sickbags, etc,
R - a razor socket (Ref. 25-44-00),
R - a lighted sign RETURN TO SEAT and/or NO SMOKING (Ref. 23-73-62),
R - a call button (Ref. 23-73-00).
R M. Lavatory Doors
EFF :
ALL 25-45-00
Page 4
May 01/05
IAC
R Single Blade Door
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-45-00
Page 5
May 01/07
IAC
R Bi-folding Door
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 25-45-00
Page 6
May 01/07
IAC
- a lock with a vacant/occupied indicator. The lock operates a
microswitch,
- a handle,
- an ashtray,
- a coat hook,
- air inlet grills,
- kick strips.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
EFF :
ALL 25-45-00
Page 7
Feb 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Single Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-00
Page 8
May 01/06
IAC
Lavatory Single Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-00
Page 9
Feb 01/07
IAC
Lavatory Bi-folding Door - Emergency Opening from the outside
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 25-45-00
Page 10
May 01/06
IAC
CABINET - SERVICE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________
TASK 25-45-12-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-12
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-12-861-050
(2) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-12-020-050
(1) Open the service cabinet door (10) and remove the dispenser (14).
(2) If installed, remove the screws (6), the washers (7), the nut (9) and
the lanyard (8).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5) from the upper part (1) of
the service cabinet.
(4) Remove the upper part (1) of the service cabinet and remove these
items:
- the loudspeaker (2) (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-000-001),
- the individual air outlet (3) (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001).
(5) Remove the screws (11), the washers (12), the hinge (13) and the
service cabinet door (10).
(8) Disconnect the return to seat sign (17) (Ref. TASK 23-73-62-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-12
Page 402
May 01/06
IAC
Service Cabinet
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-12-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-12
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
(9) Disconnect the electrical connector (21) from the razor socket (18).
Subtask 25-45-12-020-050-A
(1) Open the service cabinet door (10) and remove the dispenser (14).
(2) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the nuts (9) from the
upper and lower door stops (8).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5) from the upper part (1) of
the service cabinet.
(4) Remove the upper part (1) of the service cabinet and remove these
items:
- the loudspeaker (2) (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-000-001),
- the individual air outlet (3) (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001).
(5) Remove the screws (11), the washers (12), the hinge (13) and the
service cabinet door (10).
(6) Remove the screws (19), the washers (20) and the screws (21).
(8) Disconnect the return to seat sign (17) (Ref. TASK 23-73-62-000-001).
(9) Disconnect the electrical connector (22) from the razor socket (18).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-12
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Service Cabinet
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-12-991-002
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-12
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-45-12-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-12
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-12-860-050
(2) Make sure that the aircaft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-12-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-45-12-420-050
(1) Connect the call button (16) to the lower part (15) of the service
cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-11-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-12
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Connect the return to seat sign (17) to the lower part (15) of the
service cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-62-000-001).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (21) to the razor socket (18).
(6) Put the lower part (15) of the service cabinet in position on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (19) and the washers (20).
(7) Put the hinge (13) together with the service cabinet door (10) on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (11) and the washers (12).
(8) Install the individual air outlet (3) to the upper part (1) of the
service cabinet (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-001).
(9) Install the loudspeaker (2) to the upper part (1) of the service
cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-400-002).
(10) Put the upper part (1) of the service cabinet in position on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(11) If removed, position the lanyard (8) on the service cabinet door (10)
and the lavatory wall and install the screws (6), the washers (7) and
the nut (9).
(13) Put the spring balance in position on the cabinet door (10).
(15) Pull the spring balance to open the cabinet door (10). The force
necessary to open the door must not be more than to 2.5 m.daN (18.43
lbf.ft).
(16) If necessary, adjust the screws (23) until you get the correct force
to open the cabinet door (10).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-12
Page 408
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-45-12-420-050-A
(1) Connect the call button (16) to the lower part (15) of the service
cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-11-400-001).
(2) Connect the return to seat sign (17) to the lower part (15) of the
service cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-62-400-001).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (22) to the razor socket (18).
(6) Put the lower part (15) of the service cabinet in position on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (19), the washers (20) and the
screws (21).
(7) Put the hinge (13) together with the service cabinet door (10) on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (11) and the washers (12).
(8) Put the upper and lower door stops (8) in position on the cabinet
door (10) and install the screws (6), the washers (7) and the nuts
(9).
(9) Install the individual air outlet (3) to the upper part (1) of the
service cabinet (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-001).
(10) Install the loudspeaker (2) to the upper part (1) of the service
cabinet (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-400-002).
(11) Put the upper part (1) of the service cabinet in position on the
lavatory wall and install the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(13) Put the spring balance in position on the cabinet door (10).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-12
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (15) Pull the spring balance to open the cabinet door (10). The force
R necessary to open the door must not be more than to 2.5 m.daN (18.43
R lbf.ft).
R (16) If necessary, adjust the screws (23) until you get the correct force
R to open the cabinet door (10).
Subtask 25-45-12-710-050
C. Operational Test
(a) Measure the voltage between the + and N connections on the razor
socket.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-12-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-12
Page 410
May 01/06
IAC
MIRROR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
TASK 25-45-13-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-13-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-13-020-050
(1) Remove the screws (5) and if necessary the angle (4) from the
lavatory wall.
(2) Lift the lavatory mirror (1) and remove it from the screws (2).
(3) Remove the screws (6) and the mirror attachment brackets (7) from the
lavatory mirror (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-13
Page 401
May 01/97
IAC
Lavatory Mirror
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-13-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-13
Page 402
May 01/97
IAC
TASK 25-45-13-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-13-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-13-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-13
Page 403
May 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-13-420-050
(1) Position the mirror attachment brackets (7) on the Lavatory mirror
(1) and install the screws (6).
(2) Install the lavatory mirror (1) with the attachment brackets (7) on
the screws (2) and the foam plates (3).
(3) Install the screw (5) and if necessary the angle (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-13-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-13
Page 404
May 01/97
IAC
DISPENSER - SOAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 25-45-14-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-14-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-14
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-14-020-050
(2) Remove the soap container (9) from the shank (3).
(3) Remove the lock-nut (8) the rubber washer (7) and the lock-nut (6).
(4) Remove the spout (2), together with the shank (3), the washer (4) and
the rubber washer (5) from the wash basin assembly (10).
Subtask 25-45-14-020-050-A
(1) Turn the pump assembly (1) with your fingers counter-clockwise and
remove it from the soap outlet (2).
(3) Remove the knurled nut (5) and the soap bottle (6).
(4) Remove the nut (4), the soap outlet (2) and the seal (3) from the
wash basin assembly.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-14
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Liquid Soap Dispenser
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-14-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-14
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
Liquid Soap Dispenser
Figure 401A/TASK 25-45-14-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-14
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-45-14-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 FUNNEL
R B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-14
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-14-860-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-14
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-14-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-45-14-420-050
(1) Install the spout (2) together with the shank (3), the washer (4) and
the rubber washer (5) on the wash basin assembly (10).
(2) Install the lock-washer (6), the rubber washer (7) and the lock-nut
(8).
Subtask 25-45-14-613-050
CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION
OF DISINFECTANT.
THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE
QUICKLY.
(1) Turn the cover (2) counterclockwise to release it from the shank (3)
(refer to Step 1).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-14
Page 407
May 01/06
IAC
Fill Soap Dispenser
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-14-991-002
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-14
Page 408
May 01/06
IAC
(2) Carefully lift and remove the cover (2) together with the spout (1)
and the tube (4) from the shank (3) (refer to Step 2).
(3) Fill the soap dispenser with liquid soap through the shank (3) (refer
to Step 3).
NOTE : For maximum performance of the liquid soap dispenser use the
____
liquid soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie Frankfurt GmbH..
If you use an equivalent liquid soap, it must have the
viscosity of <30mPa/S.
(4) Carefully put the cover (2) together with the spout (1) and the tube
(4) on the shank (3).
(5) Turn the cover (2) clockwise until it is locked in position on the
shank (3).
Subtask 25-45-14-420-050-A
(1) Put the soap outlet (2) and the seal (3) in position on the wash
basin assembly and install and tighten the nut (4).
(2) Install the knurled nut (5) and the soap bottle (6).
(3) Install the pump assembly (1) in the soap outlet (2) and tighten it
clockwise with your fingers.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-45-14-613-050-A
CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION
OF DISINFECTANT.
THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE
QUICKLY.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-14
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
R NOTE : The dispenser is applicable for normal liquid hand-cleaning
____
R agents, soap creams and dish-washing agents for household use.
R We recommend that you use mild, biodegradable, fully synthetic
R agents.
R (b) Use a FUNNEL and fill the bottle with weak liquid soap.
R (c) Install the pump assembly (1) in the soap outlet (2) and tighten
R it clockwise with your fingers.
R (d) Operate the pump assembly (1) several times until soap comes out
R of the soap outlet (2).
R (f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.
Subtask 25-45-14-710-050
(1) Press the spout on the soap dispenser and make sure that the
dispenser operates correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-14-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-14
Page 410
May 01/06
IAC
Soap Dispenser
Figure 402A/TASK 25-45-14-991-002-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-14
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
FLAP - WASTE CHUTE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 25-45-15-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-15-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-15
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-15-020-050
(1) Open the access door (2) and remove the waste container (3).
(2) If fitted, disconnect the damper (5) from the waste chute flap (1).
Subtask 25-45-15-020-050-A
(1) Open the access door (2) and remove the waste container (3).
(3) Remove the waste chute flap (1) from the hinge (4).
NOTE : The waste chute flap must be removed from under the wash
____
basin.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-15
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Waste Chute Flap
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-15-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-15
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)
Figure 401A/TASK 25-45-15-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-15
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-45-15-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-15
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-15-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-15-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-45-15-420-050
(1) Put the waste chute flap (1) in position and install the screws (4).
(2) If fitted, connect the damper (5) to the waste chute flap (1).
(3) Install the waste container (3) and close the access door (2).
(4) Push the waste chute flap (1) and make sure it operates correctly.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-15
Page 406
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-45-15-420-050-A
(1) Get access from under the wash basin and put the waste chute flap (1)
in position on the hinge (4).
(2) Install the screws (6) and the washers (5). TORQUE the screws to
between 1.2 and 2.0 m.daN (106.19 and 176.99 lbf.in).
(3) Use the Feeler Gauges and measure the dimension B between the waste
chute flap (1) and the wash basin, this must be to 1.0 mm (0.03 in.).
If necessary, adjust as follows:
(a) Loosen the screws (6) and adjust the waste chute flap (1) until
you get dimension B.
(b) TORQUE tighten the screws (6) to between 1.2 and 2.0 m.daN
(106.19 and 176.99 lbf.in).
(4) Install the waste container (3) and close the access door (2).
(5) Push the waste chute flap (1) and make sure it operates correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-15-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-15
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
ASH TRAY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
TASK 25-45-16-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-16-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-16-020-050
(1) Remove the ash tray (1) from the ash tray shell (2).
(2) Remove the screws (3) and the ash tray shell (2) from the Lavatory
wall.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-16
Page 401
May 01/97
IAC
R Ash Tray
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-16-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-16
Page 402
May 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-45-16-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-16-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-16-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-16
Page 403
May 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-16-420-050
(1) Put the ash tray shell (2) in position on the lavatory wall.
(3) Install the ash tray (1) on the ash tray shell (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-16-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-16
Page 404
May 01/97
IAC
WASTE BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
TASK 25-45-17-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-17-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-17-020-050
(1) If necessary, open the access door (2) on the lavatory front wall.
(2) Open the access door (1) inside the lavatory and if necessary remove
it (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-000-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-17
Page 401
May 01/97
IAC
Waste Box
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-17-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-17
Page 402
May 01/97
IAC
(4) Remove the fire extinguisher (11) (Ref. TASK 26-25-00-600-002).
(5) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5), the nuts (6) and the waste
chute (3).
(6) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the waste container
console (10).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-17
Page 403
May 01/97
IAC
TASK 25-45-17-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-17-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-17-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-17
Page 404
May 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-17-420-050
(1) Put the waste container console (10) in position and install the
screws (8) and the washers (9).
(2) Put the waste chute (3) on the waste container console (10) and
install the screws (4), the washers (5) and the nuts (6).
(5) If necessary, close the access door (2) on the lavatory front wall.
(6) Install the access door (1) inside the lavatory if removed (Ref. TASK
25-45-18-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-17-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-17
Page 405
May 01/97
IAC
ACCESS DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 25-45-18-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-18-020-050
(1) Release the latch (4) and open the access door (1).
(2) Remove the screws (2), the access door (1) and the section (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-18
Page 401
May 01/97
IAC
Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-18-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-18
Page 402
May 01/97
IAC
TASK 25-45-18-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-18-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-18
Page 403
May 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-18-420-050
(1) Put the section (3) and the access door (1) in position on the
lavatory front wall.
Subtask 25-45-18-710-050
(1) Open and close the access door (1) and make sure the door locks
correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust as follows;
(a) Open the access door (1), loosen the screws (2) and adjust the
door until it locks correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-18-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-18
Page 404
May 01/97
IAC
TASK 25-45-18-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-18-020-051
(1) Release the latch (5) and open the access door (4).
(3) Remove the access door (4) together with the support (1).
(5) Remove the door bolts (2) and the bushes (3) from the access door
(4).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-18
Page 405
May 01/97
IAC
Access Door Inside the Lavatory
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-18-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-45-18
Page 406
May 01/97
IAC
TASK 25-45-18-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-860-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-18-210-051
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-18
Page 407
May 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-18-420-051
(1) Install the bushes (3) and the door bolts (2) on the access door (4).
(2) Put the support (1) on the upper door bolt (2).
(3) Put the access door (4) in position and install the lower door bolt
(2) on the angle (6).
(4) Position the support (1) and install the screws (8) and the washers
(7).
Subtask 25-45-18-710-051
(1) Open and close the access door (4) and make sure that the door locks
correctly, if necessary adjust as follows;
(a) Turn the door bolts (2) to adjust the position of the access door
(4) until the door locks correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-18-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-45-18
Page 408
May 01/97
IAC
DOOR - LAVATORY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-45-19-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-19-020-051
(2) Remove the screw (2) and the washer (6) and disconnect the door stop
(3).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the lavatory single blade door (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 401
May 01/08
R
IAC
R Lavatory Single-Blade Door
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-19-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 402
May 01/08
IAC
R Subtask 25-45-19-020-050
R (1) Release the door latches (5) and open the lavatory bi-folding door
R (1).
R (2) Release the damper (2) from the lavatory wall bracket (3).
R (3) Loosen the screw (4) until you can slide down and disengage the upper
R pivot pin of the bi-folding door (1) from the door frame.
R (5) Remove the screws (10) and (11) and the fitting (9).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Lavatory Bi-folding Door
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-19-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 404
May 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-45-19-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-19-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-45-19-420-051
(1) Put the lavatory single blade door (1) in position and install the
screws (4).
(2) Put the door stop (3) in position and install the washer (6) and the
screw (2).
(3) Measure the dimension C clearance between the lavatory door (1) and
the door frame. This must be 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) minimum. If necessary,
adjust the door (1) as follows:
(c) Adjust the hinge (5) to get dimension C upper and lower clearance
between the lavatory door (1) and the door frame.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
(e) Close the Lavatory door (1).
R Subtask 25-45-19-420-050
R (1) Put the guide (12) in position and install the screws (13).
R (2) Put the fitting (9) in position and install the screws (10) and (11).
R (3) Put the lavatory bi-folding door (1) in position and make sure that
R the lower door pivot pin (8) inserts correctly into the fitting (9).
R (4) Slide the screw (4) upwards to engage the upper pivot pin of the door
R (1) to the door frame and tighten the screw (4).
R (5) Connect the damper (2) to the lavatory wall bracket (3).
R (7) Lock the upper and the lower door latches (5).
R (8) Measure the dimension E clearance between the lavatory door (1) and
R the door frame. This must be 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) minimum.
R (b) Adjust the nut (7) to set the dimension E clearance between the
R lavatory door (1) and the door frame.
R (d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
R grubscrew (6).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-45-19-710-050
NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the inside.
____
(b) Slide the Knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.
(c) Operate the door latch and pull the lavatory door (3) open.
R (b) Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.
R (c) Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches
(5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open outwards.
R (d) Close the lavatory door (3) and lock the door latches (5).
R (e) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door
operation is correct.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-19
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
Lavatory Single-Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 403/TASK 25-45-19-991-005
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-19
Page 409
May 01/07
IAC
R Lavatory Single-Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 403A/TASK 25-45-19-991-005-A
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-19
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option) - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Figure 404/TASK 25-45-19-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-45-19-710-050-A
NOTE : For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the inside.
____
(b) Slide the Knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.
(c) Turn the lock pin (5) a quarter turn left or right to release the
catch (6).
(e) Push back the catch (6) and turn the lock pin (5) back to the
locked position
R (b) Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows
VACANT.
R (c) Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches
(5) and pull the lavatory door (3) fully open outwards.
R (d) Close the lavatory door (3) and lock the door latches (5).
R (e) Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door
operation is correct.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-19
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-19-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 413
May 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-45-19-960-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-19-960-050
(b) Remove the pin (4), the washer (3), the bolt (2) and disconnect
the door damper (6) from the door backet (5).
(c) If fitted, remove the pin (7), the washer (8) and the bolt (9).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 414
May 01/07
R
IAC
Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted
Figure 405/TASK 25-45-19-991-004
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 415
May 01/07
R
IAC
(d) Disconnect the door damper (6) from the sidewall bracket (10) and
remove the door damper (6).
(a) Put the door damper (6) in position on the door bracket (5) and
install the bolt (2), the washer (3) and the pin (7).
(b) Put the door damper (6) in position on the sidewall bracket (10)
and install the bolt (9), the washer (8) and the pin (7) if
removed.
Subtask 25-45-19-710-051
B. Do the Operational Test of the Lavatory Door and Lavatory Door Damper
(1) Open and close the lavatory door and make sure that:
- the door damper operates smoothly and correctly,
- the lavatory door when closed is aligned with the lavatory contour.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-19-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-45-19
Page 416
May 01/07
IAC
LOCK - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 25-45-21-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-21-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-21-020-050
R (4) Lift the spring loaded cover (8) and remove the knurled pin (7) and
R the screws (6).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 401
May 01/05
IAC
R Door Lock - Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-21-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Door Lock - Single Blade Door
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-21-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 403
May 01/07
IAC
R (5) Remove the door lock (1) and the spring loaded cover (8) from the
R lavatory door (9).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 404
May 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-45-21-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-21-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-21-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 405
May 01/05
IAC
Subtask 25-45-21-420-050
R (2) Put the spring loaded cover (8) and the door lock (1) in position in
R the lavatory door (9).
R (3) Lift the spring loaded cover (8) and install the screws (6) and the
R knurled pin (7).
R (5) Put the section (5) in position and install the screws (3).
R (6) Operate the door lock (1) and make sure it operates correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-21-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 406
May 01/05
IAC
R TASK 25-45-21-000-002
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-45-21-861-051
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-45-21-020-051
R (1) Remove the retaining ring (1) and the plate (2).
R (3) Remove the knob (5), the spindle assy (10), the trim nut (9) and the
R decorative plate (8).
R (4) Remove the screws (6) and the decorative plate (7).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 407
May 01/07
IAC
R Door Latch - Knob Type
R Figure 403/TASK 25-45-21-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 408
May 01/07
IAC
R (6) Remove the screws (11) and the door latch (12).
R Subtask 25-45-21-020-052
R (2) Remove the handles (3) and (4) and the spacers (9).
R (6) Remove the screws (11) and the door latch (12).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 409
May 01/07
IAC
R Door Latch - Lever Type
R Figure 404/TASK 25-45-21-991-004
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 410
May 01/07
IAC
R TASK 25-45-21-400-002
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-45-21-860-051
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-45-21-210-051
R (2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 411
May 01/07
IAC
R Subtask 25-45-21-420-051
R (1) Put the door latch (12) in position and install the screws (11).
R (2) Put the decorative plate (7) in position and install the screws (6).
R (3) Put the spindle assy (10), the trim nut (9), the decorative plate (8)
R and the knob (5) in position and install washer (4) and the Screw
R (3).
R (4) Close and open the lavatory door and make sure that the door latch
R (12) operates correctly.
R (5) Put the plate (2) in position and install the retaining ring (1).
R (6) Put the section (14) in position and install the screws (13).
R (7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R Subtask 25-45-21-420-052
R (1) Put the door latch (12) in position and install the screws (11).
R (3) Put the plates (5) in position and install the screws (6).
R (4) Install the spacers (9), the handles (3) and (4) and the screws (2).
R (5) Close and open the lavatory door and make sure that the door latch
R (12) operates correctly.
R (6) Close and open the lavatory door and make sure that the door latch
R (12) operates correctly.
R (8) Put the section (10) in position and install the screws (13).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 412
May 01/07
IAC
R (9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-45-21-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-45-21
Page 413
May 01/07
IAC
SHROUD - TOILET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 25-45-22-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-22
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-22-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-22-020-050
WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN
_______
YOU DO THIS TASK.
(1) Clean the toilet seat and the shroud with DISINFECTANTS (Material No.
14-006B) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-22
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Toilet Shroud and Seat
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-22-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-22
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
Subtask 25-45-22-020-052
(1) Remove the nuts (9) and the washers (10) and remove the seat (11) and
the seat cover (7) from the shroud (1).
(2) If nesessary remove the pivot fittings (8) and disengage the seat
cover (7) from the seat (11).
Subtask 25-45-22-020-050-A
WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN
_______
YOU DO THIS TASK.
(1) Clean the toilet seat and the shroud with DISINFECTANTS (Material No.
14-006B) and a clean cloth.
Subtask 25-45-22-020-052-A
(1) Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (5) and remove the seat (4) and
the seat cover (3) from the shroud (1).
(2) If nesessary remove the pivot fittings (7) and disengage the seat
cover (3) from the seat (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-22
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Toilet Shroud and Seat
Figure 401A/TASK 25-45-22-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-22
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-45-22-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-22
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-22-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-22-210-050
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.
(a) Clean the areas with DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-22
Page 407
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-45-22-420-052
(1) Engage the seat cover (7) and the seat (11) and install the pivot
fittings (8).
(2) Put the seat (11) and the seat cover (7) in position on the shroud
(1) and install the washers (10) and nuts (9).
Subtask 25-45-22-420-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the toilet shroud (1) in position and engage it to the lavatory
wall.
(4) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.
Subtask 25-45-22-420-052-A
(1) Engage the seat cover (3) and the seat (4) and install the pivot
fittings (7).
(2) Put the seat (4) and the seat cover (3) in position on the shroud (1)
and install the washers (5) and nuts (6).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-22
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-45-22-420-050-A
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are
in the correct position and in a good condition.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-22-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-22
Page 409
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
HAND GRIP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
TASK 25-45-23-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-23-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-23-020-050
(1) Support the hand grip (1) and remove the pins (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-23
Page 401
May 01/97
IAC
R Hand Grip
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-23-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-23
Page 402
Nov 01/97
IAC
TASK 25-45-23-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-23-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-23-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-23
Page 403
May 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-23-420-050
(1) Put the hand grip (1) on the special screws (3).
(2) Install the pins (2). If the pin holes are not aligned, do the
following;
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-23-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-23
Page 404
May 01/97
IAC
DISPENSER - SEAT COVER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 25-45-24-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-24-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-24-020-050
(1) Push the seat cover dispenser (1) up and remove the dispenser from
the holder (2).
(2) Remove the screws (3) and the holder (2) from the lavatory wall.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-24
Page 401
May 01/97
IAC
Seat Cover Dispenser
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-24-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-24
Page 402
May 01/97
IAC
TASK 25-45-24-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-24-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-24-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-24
Page 403
May 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-24-420-050
(1) Put the holder (2) in position on the lavatory wall and install the
screws (3).
(2) Push the seat cover dispenser (1) into the holder (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-24-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-24
Page 404
May 01/97
IAC
TABLE - BABY NURSING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 25-45-25-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-25-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-25-020-050
(1) Release the latch (6) and open the baby nursing table (1).
(4) Remove the screw (7), the latch (6), the spacers (5) and the tube
(4).
Subtask 25-45-25-020-050-A
(1) Release the latch (2) and open the baby nursing table (4).
(4) Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the support (7).
(5) Remove the screws (3), the latch (2) and the tape (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Baby Nursing Table (Lavatory A)
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-25
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
Baby Nursing Table (Lavatory A)
Figure 401A/TASK 25-45-25-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-25
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-45-25-020-051
(1) Release the latch (1) and open the baby nursing table (4).
(4) Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the support (8)
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
Baby Nursing Table
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-25-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 406
May 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-45-25-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-25-860-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-25-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-45-25-420-050
(1) Put the tube (4) with the spacers (5) in position and install the
latch (6) with the screw (7).
(2) Put the baby nursing table (1) in position and install the screws (3)
and the washers (2) to secure the hinge to the lavatory L/H side
wall.
Subtask 25-45-25-420-050-A
(1) Put the tape (1) in position and install the latch (2) with the
screws (3).
(2) Put the support (7) in position and install the screws (5) with the
washers (6).
(3) Put the baby nursing table (4) in position and install the screws (8)
to secure the hinge to the lavatory rear wall.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-45-25-420-051
(1) Put the latch (1) in position and install the screws (2).
(2) Put the support (8) in position and install the screws (6) with the
washers (7).
(3) Put the baby nursing table (4) in position and install the screws (3)
to secure the hinge to the lavatory rear wall.
Subtask 25-45-25-710-050
(1) Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory L/H side wall.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-45-25-991-001)
(a) Open and close the baby nursing table (1) and make sure that the
table locks correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust
as follows;
(c) Adjust the lacht (6) until the baby nursing table (1) locks
correctly.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 409
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-45-25-710-050-A
(a) Open and close the baby nursing table (4) and make sure that the
table locks correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust
as follows;
(c) Adjust the latch (2) until the baby nursing table (4) locks
correctly.
Subtask 25-45-25-710-051
(a) Open and close the baby nursing table (4) and make sure that the
table with the hook (5) locks correctly in the closed position,
if necessary adjust as follows;
(c) Adjust the latch (1) until the baby nursing table (4) locks
correctly.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-25-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-25
Page 411
May 01/06
IAC
LINING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
TASK 25-45-26-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-26-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-26
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-45-26-010-050
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-26-020-050
(1) Remove the rollers (6), the screws (5) and the roller bracket (7).
(2) Remove the screws (4), the washers (3) and if installed the spacers
(2).
Subtask 25-45-26-020-050-A
(1) Remove the rollers (6), the screws (5) and the roller bracket (4).
(2) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the lining (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-26
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Lining
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-26-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-45-26
Page 403
Aug 01/06
IAC
Wash Basin Lining
Figure 401A/TASK 25-45-26-991-001-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-45-26
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-45-26-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-26
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-26-860-050
(2) Make sure that the wash basin assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-
38-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-26-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-45-26-420-050
(2) Put the lining (1) in position and install the screws (4), washers
(3) and if removed the spacers (2).
(3) Put the roller bracket (7) in position and install the screws (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-45-26
Page 406
Aug 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-45-26-420-050-A
(2) Put the lining (1) in position and install the washers (3) and the
screws (2).
(3) Put the roller bracket (4) in position and install the screws (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-26-410-050
A. Close Access
Subtask 25-45-26-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-26
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
MICROSWITCH - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 25-45-33-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-33-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-33
Page 401
Nov 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-33-865-050-C
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-33
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-33-020-050
(1) Open the lavatory door (1) to gain access to the door microswitch
(4).
(a) Carefully release the door microswitch (4) from the door frame.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-33
Page 403
May 01/06
R
IAC
Door Microswitch
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-33-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-45-33
Page 404
May 01/06
R
IAC
TASK 25-45-33-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-33-860-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-33
Page 405
Nov 01/97
IAC
Subtask 25-45-33-865-051-C
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-45-33
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-33-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-45-33-420-050
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(b) Carefully position the door microswitch (4) on the door frame.
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-45-33
Page 407
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(6) Close the lavatory door (1).
Subtask 25-45-33-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 1LQ, 1WJ, 11WJ
Subtask 25-45-33-710-050
(2) Do an operational test of the lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-
26-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-33-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-45-33
Page 408
Aug 01/07
IAC
WASH BASIN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 25-45-38-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-38-861-050
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-45-38-010-050
B. Get Access
(3) If fitted, remove the baby nursing table (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-000-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-38-020-050
(1) Open the access door (1) and push the clips (3) to release the toilet
roll holder (4) from the lining (2).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)
(2) Remove the waste box from under the waste chute (6).
(3) Remove the spring clips (9), the spacers (7), the pin (8) and
disconnect the damper (4).
(4) Remove the screws (5) and the waste chute (6).
(5) Remove the clamp (13), the clamp (10) and disconnect the hoses (12)
and (11).
(11) Use the non-metallic scraper to remove the sealant from the wash
basin (2).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Wash Basin
Figure 401/TASK 25-45-38-991-001
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
Toilet Roll Holder
Figure 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
(12) Remove the wash basin (2).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-45-38-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-38-860-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-45-38-210-050
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-45-38-560-050
(c) Loosen the locknut (3) and remove the stud (4).
(d) Remove the nut (9) and the washer (10) from the valve body (8).
(e) Remove the drain-valve control assembly (2) from the wash basin.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
Drain Valve Control Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 25-45-38-991-002
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Install the drain-valve control assembly (2) as follows:
NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK
____
20-21-11-911-001).
(b) Put the drain-valve control assembly (2) in position on the wash
basin and install the washer (10) and the nut (9).
NOTE : Make sure that the drain-valve (2) connects with the
____
control arm (7).
(c) Install the stud (4) and tighten the locknut (3).
(e) Operate the drain-valve control assembly (2) and make sure it
functions correctly.
Subtask 25-45-38-420-050
NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
21-11-911-001).
(1) Put the wash basin (2) in position and install the screws (16).
(4) Put the waste chute (6) in position and install the screws (5).
(5) Put the damper (4) in position on the waste chute (6) and install the
pin (8), the spacers (7) and the spring clips (9).
(6) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(7) Make sure that the hoses (11) and (12) are clean and clear of
blockage.
(8) Connect the hoses (11) and (12) to the wash basin (2) and install the
clamps (10) and (13).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
(9) Install the screws (3).
(10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) in the
distance between the lavatory wall and the wash basin (2).
(11) Put the toilet roll holder (4) in position on the lining (2) and push
the holder (4) until the clips (3) lock in the lining (2).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-45-38-991-003)
(13) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-45-38-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Install the baby nursing table if removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-400-
001).
Subtask 25-45-38-862-050
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-45-38
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
In the lower deck of the aircraft, there are two lower holds (FWD hold and
AFT hold) which are divided into three underfloor cargo compartments. The
FWD hold is referred to as the FWD cargo compartment. A divider net divides
the AFT hold into two cargo compartments. They are referred to as the AFT
cargo compartment and the Bulk cargo compartment.
2. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The FWD lower hold (FWD cargo compartment) is in Zone 130 between
STA977(FR24A) and STA1483(FR34). A hydraulically operated cargo door
which opens to the outside is installed on the right side of the aircraft
between STA977(FR24A) and STA1163(FR28). The cargo door gives access to
the FWD cargo compartment.
The AFT lower hold (AFT cargo compartment and Bulk cargo compartment) is
in Zones 150/160 between STA2136(FR47) and STA3101(FR65). The AFT cargo
compartment is between STA2136(FR47) and STA2776(FR59). A divider net
with a screen is installed at STA2776(FR59) and divides the Bulk cargo
compartment from the AFT cargo compartment. A hydraulically operated
cargo compartment door (AFT cargo door) which opens to the outside, is
installed on the lower right side of the aircraft. The AFT cargo door is
between STA2430(FR52A) and STA2616(FR56) and gives access to the AFT
cargo compartment and the Bulk cargo compartment. The Bulk cargo
compartment is in Zone 160 between STA2776(FR59) andSTA3101(FR65).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 1
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
FWD and AFT Lower Holds
Figure 001
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 2
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 002
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 3
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 003
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 4
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Loading Capacity of the Cargo Compartments
Figure 004
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 5
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Loading Sections of FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 005
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 6
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Loading Sections of AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 006
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 7
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 007
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-50-00
Page 8
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Nets and Attachnent Elements - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 007A
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 9
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025,
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have floor panels and linings. The
linings keep smoke in the compartments and prevent damage to the lines
and electrical wires. Each cargo compartment has items which make a
restraint system. The restraint system permits the loading of loose
baggage and bulk cargo in the FWD and AFT cargo compartments. The divider
nets give each cargo compartment loading sections. The FWD cargo
compartment has three sections, the AFT cargo compartment has four
sections. This permits to load only a part of each cargo compartment.
C. Bulk Loading
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 10
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 008
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-50-00
Page 11
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 008A
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 12
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have items installed which permit to
load bulk cargo. The items which permit bulk loading are:
- tie down/attachment points,
- multiple attachment points,
- divider nets/door nets,
- load placards,
- protection devices for the rapid decompression panels.
Each cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the attachment of
the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It
is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or
small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points are also for the
attachment of the divider nets.
There are six divider nets in the FWD and AFT cargo compartments (two in
the FWD and four in the AFT cargo compartment). The divider net A1 has a
screen and is installed in the AFT cargo compartment at STA2776/(FR59).
The divider nets divide the cargo compartments into load sections for the
bulk cargo.
The door nets are installed near the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors.
The door nets prevent damage to the cargo compartment doors and keep the
door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have stanchions which
give them a strong contour. The door nets must always be installed after
cargo is loaded or unloaded. The multiple attachment points are for the
attachment of the door nets to the cargo compartment floor. The
attachment points are for the connection of the stanchions to the cargo
compartment ceiling.
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy and quick removal and
installation of the nets and straps. For the load/unload procedure, the
divider nets are removed/installed as necessary.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 13
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Attachment Elements - Bulk Cargo Compartments
Figure 009
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-50-00
Page 14
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
A divider net isolates the Bulk cargo compartment (section 51) from the
AFT compartment.
The Bulk cargo compartment is for passenger luggage and bulk cargo. The
Bulk cargo compartment has tie-down points. The tie-down points are for
the nets and straps which keep bulk loads and luggage in place. It is
always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or small
items of bulk cargo. The tie-down points permit an easy and quick
installation and removal of the straps and nets.
The linings and floor panels in the FWD and AFT lower holds prevent
damage to the aircraft structure. The linings are made of flame-resistant
synthetic material. The floor panels are of sandwich construction and
have non-slip surfaces.
Each lower hold has a lighting system which fluorescent lamps which are
installed in the center of the cargo compartment ceiling. Toggle switches
installed at the doors of the cargo compartments control the lighting
system.
The loading area lights are spotlights installed in the ceiling panels at
the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors. The intensity of the lights of
the loading area permits you to read labels on loading equipment near a
cargo-compartment door.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 15
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - Bulk Cargo Compartment
Figure 009A
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 16
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Bulk Cargo Compartment
Figure 010
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-50-00
Page 17
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Bulk Cargo Compartment
Figure 010A
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 18
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
In the lower deck of the aircraft, there are two lower holds (FWD hold and
AFT hold) which are divided into cargo compartments. The FWD hold is divided
into the FWD cargo compartment No. 1. The AFT hold is divided into the AFT
cargo compartments No. 3, No. 4 and the Bulk cargo compartment No. 5. A
divider net isolates the cargo compartment No. 5 from the cargo compartments
N0. 3 and No. 4. The FWD, AFT and Bulk cargo compartments have tie
down/attachment points for the nets and straps which keep the bulk cargo in
place. Two additional door nets are installed in the FWD and AFT cargo
compartment.
2. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004)
The FWD lower hold (FWD cargo compartment) is in Zone 130 between FR24A
and FR34. A hydraulically operated cargo door which opens to the outside
is installed on the lower right side of the aircraft between FR24A and
FR28. The cargo door gives access to the FWD cargo compartment.
The AFT lower hold (AFT cargo compartment and Bulk cargo compartment) is
in Zones 150/160 between FR47/51 and FR65. The AFT cargo compartment is
between FR47/51 and FR59. The FWD and AFT cargo compartment have a
restraint system which is made up of, divider nets, door nets and nets to
secure the bulk cargo.
A divider net with a screen is installed at FR59 and divides the Bulk
cargo compartment from the AFT cargo compartment. A hydraulically
operated cargo compartment door (AFT cargo door) which opens to the
outside is installed on the lower right side of the aircraft. The AFT
cargo door is between FR55 and FR59 and gives access to the AFT cargo
compartment and the Bulk cargo compartment.
The Bulk cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between FR59 and FR65.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
FWD and AFT Lower Holds
Figure 001
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 002
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 003
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 004
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
B. FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006, 007, 008)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have floor panels and linings. The
linings keep smoke in the compartments and prevent damage to the lines
and electrical wires. Each cargo compartment has items which make a
restraint system. The restraint system permits the loading of loose
baggage and bulk cargo in the FWD and AFT cargo compartments. The divider
nets give each cargo compartment loading sections. The FWD and the AFT
cargo compartment have four sections which permits bulk loading in each
cargo-compartment.
C. Bulk Loading
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have items installed which permit to
load bulk cargo. The items which permit bulk loading are:
- tie down/attachment points,
- multiple attachment points,
- divider nets/door nets,
- load placards,
- protection devices for the rapid decompression panels.
Each cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the attachment of
the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It
is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or
small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points are also for the
attachment of the divider nets.
There are two types of divider nets, A2 and C . The divider net A2 is
installed in the AFT cargo compartment only at the FR54. The divider net
C is installed in the FWD cargo compartment at the FR28 and in the AFT
cargo compartment at the FR59. The divider nets divide the cargo
compartments into sections.
The door nets type A and C are installed near the FWD cargo-compartment
door. The door nets type A1 and B are installed near the AFT
cargo-compartment door. The door nets prevent damage to the cargo
compartment doors and keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The
door nets have stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets
must always be installed after cargo is loaded or unloaded.
The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door nets to
the cargo compartment floor. The attachment points are for the connection
of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 6
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Loading Capacity of Cargo Compartments
Figure 005
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 7
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Loading Sections of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 006
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 8
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Loading Sections of the AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 007
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 9
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Loading Section of the BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 008
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 10
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 009
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 11
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 010
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 12
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy and quick removal and
installation of the nets and straps. For the load/unload procedure, the
nets are removed/installed as necessary.
The Bulk cargo compartment is for passenger luggage and bulk cargo. A
divider net isolates the Bulk cargo compartment (section 51) from the AFT
cargo compartment. The Bulk cargo compartment has tie-down points. The
tie-down points are for the nets and straps which keep bulk loads and
luggage in place. It is always necessary to use the nets and straps to
safety all large or small items of bulk cargo. The tie-down points permit
an easy and quick installation and removal of the straps and nets.
E. Linings
Ceiling panels, sidewall panels and partition walls make the cargo
compartment. All the linings/panels give a sealed compartment.
The floor panels are a sandwich construction type and have a non-slip
surface finish.
The blow-in and blow-out decompression panels are located in the ceiling
panels. The rapid decompression panels (blow-in) are found in the
partition wall and triangular panel.
They prevent damage to the aircraft structure in the event of sudden
differential pressure.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 13
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 011
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 14
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
G. Cargo Compartment Lighting
Each lower hold has a lighting system with fluorescent lamps which are
installed in the center of the cargo compartment ceiling. Toggle switches
installed at the doors of the cargo compartments control the lighting
system.
The loading area lights are spotlights installed in the ceiling panels at
the FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors. The intensity of the lights of
the loading area permits you to read labels on loading equipment near a
cargo compartment door. The toggle switch for the loading area lights is
installed at the FWD and AFT door operation panel.
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have drainage systems which operate in
and equivalent manner. Each drainage system has filters, filter holders,
drain funnels, flexible hoses and pipes. The drainage system collects and
lets rain-water and spilt liquids flow out of the cargo compartments.
K. Fire Protection
L. Fixed Partitions
The FWD and AFT cargo compartment each have two partition walls. In the
FWD cargo compartment, one is at FR24A and one at FR34. The AFT cargo
compartment has one at FR47/51 and one at FR65. They are of a composite
type structure and heat resistant.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 15
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
The partition walls are attached to the aircraft structure.
All panels in the FWD and AFT lower holds are attached to the aircraft
structure with quick connect fasteners. This feature allows quick and
easy access to all parts behind the panels.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-50-00
Page 16
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
In the lower deck of the aircraft, there are two lower holds (FWD hold and
AFT hold) which are divided into cargo compartments. The FWD hold is divided
into the FWD cargo compartments No. 1 and No. 2. The AFT hold is divided
into the AFT cargo compartments No. 3, No. 4 and the Bulk cargo compartment
No. 5. A divider net isolates the cargo compartment No. 5 from the cargo
compartments No. 3 and No. 4. The FWD, AFT and Bulk cargo compartments have
tiedown/attachment points for the door nets and for the nets and straps
which keep the bulk cargo in place.
2. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004)
The FWD lower hold (FWD cargo compartment) is in Zone 130 between FR24A
and FR35.5. A hydraulically operated cargo door which opens to the
outside is installed on the lower right side of the aircraft between
FR24A and FR28. The cargo door gives access to the FWD cargo compartment.
The AFT lower hold (AFT cargo compartment and Bulk cargo compartment) is
in Zones 150/160 between FR47.2 and FR65. The AFT cargo compartment is
between FR47.2 and FR59. A hydraulically operated cargo compartment door
(AFT cargo door) which opens to the outside is installed on the lower
right side of the aircraft. The AFT cargo door is between FR52A and FR56
and gives access to the AFT cargo compartment.
The Bulk cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between FR59 and FR65. A
divider net with a screen is installed at FR59 and isolates the Bulk
cargo compartment from the AFT cargo compartment. A manually operated
door (Bulk door) which opens to the inside is installed on the lower
right side of the aircraft. The Bulk door is between FR60 and FR62 and
gives access to the Bulk cargo compartment.
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
FWD and AFT Lower Holds
Figure 001
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 2
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 002
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 003
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 4
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 004
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
B. FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006, 007, 008)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have floor panels and linings. The
linings keep smoke in the compartments and prevent damage to the lines
and electrical wires. Each cargo compartment has items which make a
restraint system. The restraint system permits the loading of loose
baggage and bulk cargo in the FWD and AFT cargo compartments. The divider
nets give each cargo compartment loading sections. The FWD and the AFT
cargo compartment have five sections. This permits to load only a part of
each cargo compartment.
C. Bulk Loading
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have items installed which permit to
load bulk cargo. The items which permit bulk loading are:
- tie down/attachment points,
- multiple attachment points,
- divider nets/door nets,
- load placards,
- protection devices for the rapid decompression panels.
Each cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the attachment of
the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It
is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or
small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points are also for the
attachment of the divider nets.
There are three types of divider nets, A1, A2 and C . The divider net A1
has a screen and is installed in the AFT cargo compartment only at the
FR59. The divider net A2 is installed in the FWD cargo compartment at the
FR31 and the FR35.2, and in the AFT cargo compartment at the FR47.5. At
the FR53 in the AFT cargo compartment is the divider net C installed. The
divider nets divide the cargo compartments into sections.
The door nets type A and C are installed near the FWD cargo-compartment
door. The door nets type A and B are installed near the AFT
cargo-compartment door. The door nets prevent damage to the cargo
compartment doors and keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The
door nets have stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets
must always be installed after cargo is loaded or unloaded.
The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door nets to
the cargo compartment floor. The attachment points are for the connection
of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 6
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
Capacity of the Cargo Compartments
Figure 005
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 7
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
Loading Sections of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 006
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 8
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
Loading Sections of the AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 007
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 9
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
Loading Sections of the BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 008
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 10
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 009
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 11
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 010
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 12
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy and quick removal and
installation of the nets and straps. For the load/unload procedure, the
nets are removed/installed as necessary.
The Bulk cargo compartment is for passenger luggage and bulk cargo. A
divider net isolates the Bulk cargo compartment from the AFT cargo
compartment. The The Bulk cargo compartment has tie-down points and
attachment points. The tie-down points are for the nets and straps which
keep bulk loads and luggage in place. It is always necessary to use the
nets and straps to safety large or small items of bulk cargo.
The attachment points are for the installation of the divider and door
nets. The door nets have stanchions which give the door nets a solid
contour. The door nets prevent damage to the Bulk door and keep the door
area clear of any luggage or cargo. The tie-down points and attachment
points permit an easy and quick installation and removal of the straps
and nets. The door nets must always be installed after loading/unloading.
The linings and floor panels in the FWD and AFT lower holds prevent
damage to the aircraft structure. The linings are made of flame-resistant
synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The floor panels are of
sandwich construction and have non-slip surfaces.
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out ) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in the cutouts of the ceiling
panels and lateral right sidewall lining at FR52A and FR56. Catch
assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels are
sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive
tape.
Each lower hold has a lighting system with fluorescent lamps which are
installed in the center of the cargo compartment ceiling. Toggle switches
installed at the doors of the cargo compartments control the lighting
system.
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 13
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
Nets and Attachment Elements - BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 011
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 14
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
H. Loading Area Lights
The loading area lights are spotlights installed in the ceiling panels at
the FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors. The intensity of the lights of
the loading area permits you to read labels on loading equipment near a
cargo compartment door. The toggle switch for the loading area lights is
installed at the FWD and AFT door operation panel.
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have drainage systems which operate in
and equivalent manner. Each drainage system has filters, filter holders,
drain funnels, flexible hoses and pipes. The drainage system collects and
lets rain-water and spilt liquids flow out of the cargo compartments.
EFF :
101-199, 25-50-00
Page 15
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 25-50-00-200-001
Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment and the Components of the Cargo
Loading System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that all components of the cargo loading system are in the
correct condition.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 601
May 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-060
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door(s) and install the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD and/or
AFT cargo compartment door(s).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-50-00-210-050
(a) Examine the webbing of the door nets and the divider nets
(refered to as the nets) for:
- cuts, twists, fraying, chafing, wear and broken stitches
- damaged stitch patterns at the web intersections
- areas where the web fibers are broken
- dirt and contamination.
1
_ If you find dirt and/or contamination, clean the webbing with
a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM, warm water and the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-001).
(b) Examine the fittings and the metal parts of the nets for:
- missing and damaged fittings
- corrosion of the metal parts
- broken stitches or damaged stitch patterns where the parts
attach to the web
- correct operation.
1
_ If you find corrosion, you must remove it (Ref. ASRM 51-74-00-
001).
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 602
May 01/07
R
IAC
R - correct operation of the telescopic section and the end
R fittings.
R 1
_ If you find corrosion, you must remove it (Ref. ASRM 51-74-00-
R 001).
R (e) Examine the rubber coated fabric and/or mesh screen of the nets
R (if installed):
R - look for cuts, missing areas and other damage
R - make sure that the screen is correctly attached to the webbing.
R (f) If you find damage to the nets, you must refer to the AMM (Ref.
R TASK 25-50-00-300-001) for the class of the damage and the
R necessary corrective action.
(a) Examine all the net attachment points and the adjacent areas for
R cracks, corrosion and other damage.
(b) Make sure that the net attachment points are correctly attached.
(a) Examine the floor panels for corrosion and other damage.
R (b) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly attached to the
R structure.
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 603
Nov 01/04
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-50-00-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-50-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(2) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 604
Nov 01/04
R
IAC
TASK 25-50-00-200-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 605
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-061
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door and install the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD and/or
AFT cargo compartment door(s).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-50-00-210-057-A
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 606
Feb 01/08
IAC
Decompression Panel
Figure 601/TASK 25-50-00-991-006
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-50-00
Page 607
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Decompression Panel
R Figure 601A/TASK 25-50-00-991-006-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-50-00
Page 608
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
(a) Examine each decompression panel for cracks and other damage.
R (c) Make sure that each decompression panel has a seal installed,
R missing seals are not permitted.
(d) Make sure that the seal of each decompression panel is in the
correct condition.
(a) Examine each lining panel for cracks and other damage.
(b) Make sure that the lining panels are correctly attached.
(c) Make sure that the floor panels are correctly attached.
(d) Make sure the sealant at the floor panel joints is in the correct
condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 609
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-50-00-860-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-50-00-410-060
B. Close Access
(2) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 610
Feb 01/08
IAC
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - REPAIRS
____________________________
TASK 25-50-00-300-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 801
Nov 01/04
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-861-051
Subtask 25-50-00-010-092
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
opening of the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s).
(2) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door(s) and install the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 25-50-00-020-058
C. Removal of the Door Net and/or Divider Net (Referred to as the net)
(1) Remove the defective net from its cargo compartment and send it to
the overhaul or repair shop.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-50-00-210-098
A. Inspection and Classes of Damage of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 25-50-00-991-015, 802/TASK 25-50-00-991-016)
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 802
Nov 01/04
IAC
Example of a Door Net
Figure 801/TASK 25-50-00-991-015
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 803
Nov 01/04
IAC
Example of a Divider Net
Figure 802/TASK 25-50-00-991-016
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 804
Nov 01/04
IAC
(b) Examine the fittings and the metal parts for:
- missing and damaged fittings
- corrosion of the metal parts
- damaged stitches or stitch patterns where the fittings attach
to the webbing
- correct operation.
(e) Examine the rubber coated fabric and/or the mesh screen (if
installed):
- look for cuts, missing areas and other damage
- make sure that the screen is correctly attached to the webbing.
(a) Refer to the Table below for the class of the damage:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Component | Damage | Class of Damage |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Webbing | - Dirt and contamination | - Allowable |
| | that you can remove. | |
| | - Small areas where the | - Allowable |
| | web fibers are damaged | |
| | from wear or chafing. | |
| | - Damaged stitches or | - Minor |
| | stitch patterns at the | |
| | web intersections. Not | |
| | more than two damaged | |
| | flag stitch patterns | |
| | at the intersections | |
| | are permitted. | |
| | - Damaged stitches at the | - Major |
| | flag stitch patterns | |
| | that attach the | |
| | fittings. | |
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 805
Nov 01/04
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Component | Damage | Class of Damage |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Webbing | - Dirt and contamination | - Allowable |
| | - All cuts | - Major |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Net Fittings and Metal | - Dirt and corrosion that | - Allowable |
| Parts | you can remove, and | |
| | does not have an effect | |
| | on the function of the | |
| | component. | |
| | - Damage to the adjusters | - Minor |
| | that stops you from | |
| | correct adjustment of | |
| | the net. | |
| | - Missing or damaged | - Major |
| | fittings that stop the | |
| | connection of the net | |
| | to the aircraft or to | |
| | another net. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Stanchions | - Small areas of | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | corrosion on the tube | |
| | that you can remove. | |
| | - One metal loop or | - Allowable |
| | connector missing. | |
| | - More than one metal | - Minor |
| | loop or connector | |
| | missing. | |
| | - Dents in the tube less | - Allowable |
| | than 2.0mm (0.08 in.) | |
| | deep. | |
| | - Dents in the tube more | - Minor |
| | than 2.0mm (0.08 in.) | |
| | deep. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Placards/Labels | - Damaged material, but | - Allowable |
| | you can read the data. | |
| | - Label missing, or you | - Major |
| | cannot read the data. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Rubber Coated Fabric | - Small areas of chafing | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | or cuts in the fabric, | |
| | less than 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.) long. | |
| | - Cuts in the fabric more | - Minor |
| | than 250.0mm (10.0 in.) | |
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 806
Nov 01/04
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Component | Damage | Class of Damage |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Webbing | - Dirt and contamination | - Allowable |
| | long. | |
|------------------------|---------------------------|------------------------|
| Mesh Screen | - Cuts in the screen less | - Allowable |
| (If Installed) | than 100.0mm (4.0 in.) | |
| | long. | |
| | - Cuts in the screen more | - Minor |
| | than 100.0mm (4.0 in.) | |
| | long. | |
| | - Screen not attached to | - Allowable |
| | the net for less than | |
| | a total of 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.). | |
| | - Screen not attached to | - Minor |
| | the net for more than | |
| | a total of 250.0mm | |
| | (10.0 in.). | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 807
Nov 01/04
IAC
(5) If you find damage that is classed as major damage:
- the net is unservicable
- you must attach a tag to the net to tell personnel that the net is
unservicable
- the net can only be repaired at the net manufacturers or at a
workshop that is approved for these repairs by the local Aviation
Authority.
Subtask 25-50-00-350-050
(a) You must only use materials approved by the net manufacturer for
the repair of the nets. These materials are (Ref. CMM 25-52-28):
- sewing thread, part number ST10-0800402 or ST20-0801201
- webbing, part number TW20-0512701
- fabric, part number TF60-0524122.
(a) You can connect double flag-stitch patterns with a loose thread,
to give a continuous pattern. The distance between stitch
patterns must not be more than 20.0mm (0.8 in.).
(b) If the thread breaks, you must cut the ends of the thread and
start to stitch again. Make sure that you overlap the cut
stitches by more than 25.0mm (1.0 in.).
(c) All cut ends of the webbing must be heat-sealed to stop fraying.
(a) Remove the damaged stitches and the remaining stitches of the
stitch pattern.
(b) Replace the stitches with stitches of the initial thread type and
stitch pattern.
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 808
Nov 01/04
IAC
Repair of the Webbing
Figure 803/TASK 25-50-00-991-017
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 809
Nov 01/04
IAC
Repair of the Rubber Coated Fabric
Figure 804/TASK 25-50-00-991-018
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 810
Nov 01/04
IAC
(4) Replacement of the metal fittings
(c) Attach the component with stitches of the initial thread type and
stitch pattern.
(a) Cut and remove the damaged area of the webbing, plus 15.0mm (0.6
in.) at each side.
(b) Make a repair section from webbing of the initial type and
dimensions.
(c) Make sure that the repair section overlaps the removed area
sufficiently for a double flag stitch-pattern at each side.
(d) Make sure that the ends of the repair section are not less than
15.0mm (0.6 in.) from the adjacent webbing intersections.
(e) Attach the repair section with stitches of the correct thread
type and stitch pattern.
(a) Cut and remove the damaged area of the fabric, plus 25.0mm (1.0
in.) around the damage.
(b) Make a repair patch from fabric of the initial type and
thickness.
(c) Make sure that the repair patch overlaps the removed area by a
minimum of 16.0mm (0.636 in.).
(d) Attach the repair patch with two rows of stitches (6-8 stitches
for each 25.0mm (1.0 in.)). The inner row of stitches must be
approximately 3.0mm (0.118 in.) from the edges of the removed
area of damage. The outer row of stitches must be approximately
3.0mm (0.118 in.) from the edges of the repair patch.
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 811
Nov 01/04
IAC
(7) Repair of a damaged or missing identification label (referred to as
the label) .
(a) A missing label must be replaced with a label with the initial
data.
(b) If you cannot read the data on the label easily, you must write
over the initial data with a permanent marker pen.
(a) The only repairs that you can do to the stanchions are to replace
the plunger, the locking base and the metal loops or connectors.
Refer to the CMM (Ref. CMM 255228) for more data.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-50-00-420-059
(1) Install the door net and/or divider net in the applicable cargo
compartment.
Subtask 25-50-00-410-086
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT
cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 25-50-00-862-051
EFF :
ALL 25-50-00
Page 812
Nov 01/04
IAC
CARGO LOADING/RESTRAINT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R The aircraft has three lower deck cargo compartments. They are referred to
R as the FWD cargo compartment, the AFT cargo compartment and the Bulk cargo
R compartment. The FWD and AFT cargo compartment have nets. When the nets are
R installed, they divide the cargo compartments and are referred to as
R compartment No.1, No.2, No.3, No.4 and No.5. The compartment No.1 and No.2
R are in the FWD cargo compartment and the compartments No.3 and No.4 are in
R the AFT cargo compartment.A separation net isolates the Bulk cargo
R compartment from the AFT cargo compartment and is referred to as compartment
R No. 5.
R
R The aircraft has provisions in the cargo compartments which lets the
R operator transport bulk cargo.
R
R The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have tiedown/attachment points for the
R nets and straps which keep the bulk cargo in place, and also to install the
R door nets.
The aircraft has three lower deck cargo compartments. They are referred to
as the FWD cargo compartment, the AFT cargo compartment and the Bulkcargo
compartment. The FWD and AFT cargo compartment have nets. When the nets are
installed they divide the cargo compartments and are referred to as
compartment No.1, No.4 and No.5. The compartment No.1 is in the FWD cargo
compartment and the compartment No.4 is in the AFT cargo compartment. A
separation net isolates the BULK cargo compartment from the AFT cargo
compartment and is referred to as compartment No.5.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Unit Load Device - FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment
R Figure 001
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 2
Feb 01/07
IAC
Unit Load Device - FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 3
Feb 01/07
IAC
The aircraft has provisions in the cargo compartments which lets the
operator transport bulk cargo.
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have tiedown/attachment points for the
nets and straps which keep the bulk cargo in place, and also to install the
door nets.
2. __________________
Component Location
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
R I I I I DOOR I REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R DOOR NET TYPE A 130 825
R DOOR NET TYPE C 130 825
R DIVIDER NET TYPE A2, FR31 130 825
R DIVIDER NET TYPE A2, FR35.2 130 825
R TIE DOWN POINTS 130 825
R STANCHION 130 825
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 4
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Component Location - FWD Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components
R Figure 002
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 5
Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location - FWD Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components
R Figure 002A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 6
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
R I I I I DOOR I REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R DOOR NET TYPE A 150 826
R DOOR NET TYPE B 150 826
R DIVIDER NET TYPE A2, FR47,5 150 826
R DIVIDER NET TYPE C, FR53 150 826
R DIVIDER NET TYPE A1, FR59 150 826
R TIE DOWN POINTS 150 826
R STANCHIONS 150 826
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 7
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Component Location - AFT Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components
R Figure 003
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 8
Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location - AFT Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components
R Figure 003A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 9
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
R I I I I DOOR I REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2613MM DOOR NET TYPE D 160 827 25-55-17
R 2614MM DOOR NET TYPE E 160 827 25-55-17
R STANCHIONS 160 827 25-55-17
R 2610MM DIVIDER NET TYPE A1, FR59 160 827 25-55-41
R TIE DOWN POINTS 160 827 25-55-41
3. __________________
System Description
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 10
Feb 01/07
IAC
R BULK Compartment - Component Location
R Figure 004
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 11
Feb 01/07
IAC
BULK Compartment - Component Location
R Figure 004A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 12
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 13
Feb 01/07
IAC
R
R The AFT cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
R multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the
R attachment of the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items
R of bulk cargo. It is always necessary to use the nets and straps to
R safety all large or small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points
R are also for the attachment of the divider nets.
R
R The AFT cargo compartment has two divider nets (type C and type A2)
R installed. Divider net type C is installed at the FR53 and the
R divider net type A1 at FR47.5. The divider nets divide the cargo
R compartment into sections.
R
R Door nets type A and C are installed near the AFT cargo-compartment
R door. The door nets prevent damage to the cargo compartment door and
R keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have
R stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets must
R always be installed after cargo is loaded or unloaded.
R
R The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door
R nets to the cargo compartment floor. The attachment points are for
R the connection of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
R
R The tie down/attachment items permit an easy, quick removal and
R installation of the nets and straps. For the load/unload procedure,
R the nets are removed/installed as necessary.
R
The FWD cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the attachment of
the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It
is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or
small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points are also for the
attachment of the divider nets.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 14
Feb 01/07
IAC
The FWD cargo compartment has one divider net (type C) installed at FR28.
The divider nets divide the cargo compartment into sections.
Door nets type A and C are installed near the FWD cargo-compartment door.
The door nets prevent damage to the cargo compartment door and keep the
door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have stanchions which
give them a strong contour. The door nets must always be installed after
cargo is loaded or unloaded.
The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door nets to
the cargo compartment floor. The attachment points are for the connection
of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
The AFT cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and
multiple attachment points. The tie down points are for the
attachment of the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items
of bulk cargo. It is always necessary to use the nets and straps to
safety all large or small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points
are also for the attachment of the divider nets.
The AFT cargo compartment has two divider nets (type A2 and type C)
installed. Divider net type A2 is installed at the FR54 and divider
net type C at FR59. The divider nets divide the cargo compartment
into sections.
Door nets type A and C are installed near the AFT cargo-compartment
door. The door nets prevent damage to the cargo compartment door and
keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have
stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets must
always be installed after cargo is loaded or unloaded.
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 15
Feb 01/07
IAC
The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door
nets to the cargo compartment floor. The attachment points are for
the connection of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
4. _____________________
Component Description
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 16
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Net and Tie Down Points - FWD Cargo Compartment
R Figure 005
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 17
Feb 01/07
IAC
Net and Tie Down Points - FWD Cargo Compartment
R Figure 005A
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 18
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 19
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Net and Tie Down Point - AFT Cargo Compartment
R Figure 006
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 20
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 21
Feb 01/07
IAC
Net and Tie Down Point - AFT Cargo Compartment
R Figure 006A
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 22
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Door Net Stanchions
The stanchions are a part of the door nets.
The stanchions have latch mechanism at the bottom and the top to
comply with the related attachment points.
The stanchions are attached to the cargo compartment ceiling and
floor.
The stanchions must be installed to help the door nets deflect and
resist bulk cargo from preventing door operating procedures.
R (1) The BULK cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between a divider net at
R FR59 and a fixed partition at FR65. The BULK cargo compartment is
R also specified as cargo compartment No.5. The BULK cargo compartment
R door which is found between FR60 and FR62 gives access to the cargo
R compartment No.5.
R The BULK cargo compartment has sidewall linings, ceiling panels and
R furnishings as follows:
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-52-00
Page 23
Feb 01/07
IAC
R BULK Compartment
R Figure 007
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 24
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (b) Door Nets
R The door nets are installed to prevent damage to the cargo door
R and to permit a correct cargo door operation. Stanchions are
R installed with the door nets to give the nets a firm contour and
R hold.
R The door nets are attached at the lateral compartment linings to
R the related net attachment points. The door nets are then passed
R around the door stanchion to connect with another door net in the
R middle of the cargo door area.
R The nets are connected to each other by ring connections and snap
R latches.
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-52-00
Page 25
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
(1) The BULK cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between a divider net at
FR59 and a fixed partition at FR65. The BULK cargo compartment is
also specified as cargo compartment No.5. Access to the BULK cargo
compartment is gained through the AFT cargo compartment.
The BULK cargo compartment has sidewall linings, ceiling panels and
furnishings as follows:
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 26
Feb 01/07
IAC
BULK Compartment
R Figure 007A
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 27
Feb 01/07
IAC
(d) Tiedown and Attachment Points
The net tiedown and attachment points are installed in a
designated and prearranged position on the aircraft structure and
anchor plates.
The tiedown and attachment points permit an easy and quick
removal/installation of the nets without special tools.
EFF :
901-999, 25-52-00
Page 28
Feb 01/07
IAC
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The FWD cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 130 between
R the fixed partitions FR24A and FR34. The total volume of the FWD cargo
R compartment is 547 ft.3 (15.489 m3).
R The FWD cargo compartment door, between FR24A and FR28, gives access to the
R FWD cargo compartment.
R
R The FWD cargo compartment has:
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R - Loading area light
R - Smoke detector panels
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - Door net and divider net
R - Additional divider net
R - Tie-down/net attachment points.
R
R
R The FWD cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 130 between
R the fixed partitions FR24A and FR34. The total volume of the FWD cargo
R compartment is 547 ft.3 (15.489 m3).
R The FWD cargo compartment door, between FR24A and FR28, gives access to the
R FWD cargo compartment.
R
R The FWD cargo compartment has:
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R - Loading area light
R - Smoke detector panels
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - Door net and divider net
R - Additional divider net
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-00
Page 1
Config-1 Feb 01/08
IAC
R - Tie-down/net attachment points
R - Additional placards.
R
2. __________________
Component Location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR24A 131/ 825
132
FIXED PARTITION FR34 131/ 825
132
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 131PW 131 825
LOADING AREA LIGHT 131AC 131 825 33-31-11
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 131BC 131 825 26-16-00
CEILING PANEL 131 825
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 131AC/ 131 825
131BC
RH SIDEWALL LINING 132 825
DIVIDER NET 130 825
ADDITIONAL DIVIDER NET 130 825
LH SIDEWALL LINING 131 825
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 131 825
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT 131 825
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-00
Page 2
Config-1 Feb 01/08
IAC
3. __________________
System Description
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment
prevent damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of
flame-resistant synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The
sidewall linings and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release
fasteners to:
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.
B. Deflector Strips
Deflector strips are installed at the center of the ceiling panels in the
cargo compartment. The deflector strips keep a clearance between the top
of the cargo and the components of the smoke detection and fire
extinguishing system. The deflector strips also make sure that the
decompression panels for a fast decompression can open.
Placards for bulk loading instructions are located on the ceiling in the
FWD cargo compartment. The placards tell the minimum clearance allowed
between the bulk cargo and the cargo compartment ceiling. The clearance
between the bulk cargo and the compartment ceiling must be kept to
prevent an inadvertent operation of the :
- smoke detectors,
- discharge nozzles of the fire extingnisher system.
Also to enable a correct function of the rapid decompression panels.
The clearance must be 51.0 mm (2.0078 in.) minimum.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-00
Page 3
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-54-00
Page 4
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-54-00
Page 5
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001A (SHEET 1)
EFF :
020-099, 25-54-00
Page 6
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001A (SHEET 2)
EFF :
020-099, 25-54-00
Page 7
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
The FWD cargo compartment is completed with the smoke detection system.
The ceiling panel has therefore a cutout for the smoke detector panel.
The smoke detector panel is installed at the center of the ceiling panel
between FR29 and FR30.
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in the cutouts of the ceiling
panels and the lateral right sidewall lining at FR28.
Catch assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels
are sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive
tape, (Material No.05-066) .
There are two types of nets installed in the FWD cargo compartment. The
divider net at FR28 and FR31 divides the cargo compartment in three
sections. The door net prevents damage to the cargo compartment door. The
door net and the divider net are attached to the tie-down and net
attachment points.
Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-00
Page 8
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
J. Cargo Compartment Lighting
The FWD cargo compartment has a lighting system with neon tubes and is
installed in the center of the ceiling panel. Toggle switches installed
at the FWD cargo compartment door control the lighting system.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-00
Page 9
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R The FWD cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 130 between
R the fixed partitions FR24A and FR31. The total volume of the FWD cargo
R compartment is 378 ft.3 (10.703 m3).
R The FWD cargo compartment door, between FR24A and FR28, gives access to the
R FWD cargo compartment.
The FWD cargo compartment has sidewall linings, ceiling panels and
furnishings.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR24A 131/ 825
132
FIXED PARTITION FR34 131/ 825
132
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 131PW 131 825
CEILING PANEL 131 825
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 131 825
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 131NC 131 825 26-16-00
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 131MC/ 131 825
131NC
LOADING AREA LIGHT 131MC 131 825 33-31-11
RH SIDEWALL LINING 132 825
LH SIDEWALL LINING 131 825
2509MM DIVIDER NET TYP C - FR28 130 825
2508MM DOOR NET TYP A 130 825
2507MM DOOR NET TYP C 130 825
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT 131 825
3. __________________
System Description
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment
prevent damage from the aircraft structure. They are made of
flame-resistant synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The
sidewall linings and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release
fasteners to:
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-00
Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/08
IAC
Component Location of FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-00
Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location of FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-00
Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
- the cross beams
- the cargo compartment brackets.
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.
B. Deflector Strips
Deflector strips are installed at the center of the ceiling panels in the
cargo compartment. The deflector strips keep a clearance between the top
of the cargo and the components of the smoke detection and fire
extinguishing system. The deflector strips also make sure that the
decompression panels for a fast decompression can open.
The FWD cargo compartment is completed with the smoke detection system.
The ceiling panel has therefore a cutout for the smoke detector panel.
The smoke detector panel are installed at the center of the ceiling panel
between FR29 and FR30 and between FR35 and FR35.1.
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in the cutouts of the ceiling
panels and the lateral right sidewall lining at FR28.
Catch assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels
are sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive
tape.
There are two types of nets installed in the FWD cargo compartment. The
divider net divides the cargo compartments into sections. The door net
prevents damage to the cargo compartment door. The door net and the
divider net are attached to the tie-down and net attachment points.
Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-00
Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
G. Loading Area Light
The FWD cargo compartment has a lighting system with neon tubes and is
installed in the center of the ceiling panel. Toggle switches installed
at the FWD cargo compartment door control the lighting system.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-00
Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R The FWD cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 130 between
R the fixed partitions FR24A and FR35.2. The total volume of the FWD cargo
R compartment is 897 ft.3 (25.400 m3).
R The FWD cargo compartment door, between FR24A and FR28, gives access to the
R FWD cargo compartment.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR24A 131/ 825
132
FIXED PARTITION FR35.2 131/ 825
132
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 131PW 131 825
LOADING AREA LIGHT 131AC 132 825 33-31-11
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 131BC 131 825 26-16-00
CEILING PANEL 131 825
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 131AC/ 131 825
131BC
RH SIDEWALL LINING 132 825
DIVIDER NET 130 825
DOOR NET 132 825
LH SIDEWALL LINING 131 825
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 131 825
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT 130 825
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-00
Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/08
IAC
Component Location of FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-00
Page 2
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location of FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-00
Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________________
System Description
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment
prevent damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of
flame-resistant synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The
sidewall linings and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release
fasteners to:
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.
B. Deflector Strips
Deflector strips are installed at the center of the ceiling panels in the
cargo compartment. The deflector strips keep a clearance between the top
of the cargo and the components of the smoke detection and fire
extinguishing system. The deflector strips also make sure that the
decompression panels for a fast decompression can open.
The FWD cargo compartment is completed with the smoke detection system.
The ceiling panel has therefore a cutout for the smoke detector panel.
The smoke detector panel are installed at the center of the ceiling panel
between FR29 and RR30 and between FR35 and FR35.1.
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in the cutouts of the ceiling
panels and the lateral right sidewall lining at FR28.
Catch assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels
are sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive
tape.
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-00
Page 4
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
E. Divider Net and Door Net
There are two types of nets installed in the FWD cargo compartment. The
divider net divides the cargo compartments into sections. The door net
prevents damage to the cargo compartment door. The door net and the
divider net are attached to the tie-down and net attachment points.
Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:
The FWD cargo compartment has a lighting system with neon tubes and is
installed in the center of the ceiling panel. Toggle switches installed
at the FWD cargo compartment door control the lighting system.
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-00
Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/07
IAC
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT FR24 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-54-11-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-11-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD
cargo-compartment door.
(3) Put a warning notice in position on the control panel of the FWD
cargo-compartment loading-system to tell persons not to use it.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-11
Page 401
Nov 01/99
IAC
Subtask 25-54-11-865-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-11-020-050
(1) Loosen the studs (1) of the cover assies (2) and remove them.
(2) Loosen the studs (3) of the cover strip assies (4) and remove them.
(3) Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (6), (7), (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-11
Page 402
May 01/04
IAC
FWD Cargo Compartment Partition FR24
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-54-11
Page 403
Nov 01/99
IAC
TASK 25-54-11-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-11
Page 404
Nov 01/99
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo-compartment door.
(3) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the control panel
of the FWD cargo-compartment loading system to tell persons not to
use it.
Subtask 25-54-11-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU SEMI AUTO CLS-FWD 2MY 03 B
R 2000VU SEMI AUTO CLS-FWD 3MY 01 B
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-11-910-050
(2) If necessary, remove the damaged seal (9) from the partition panels
(6), (7), (8).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(4) Replace the damaged seal (9) on the partition panels (6), (7), (8).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-11
Page 405
May 01/04
IAC
Subtask 25-54-11-420-050
(1) Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the
seals around each partition panel.
(5) Attach the partition panels (6), (7), (8) with the studs (1), (3),
(5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-11-410-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-54-11-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 2MY, 3MY
Subtask 25-54-11-942-050
C. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002)
EFF :
ALL 25-54-11
Page 406
May 01/04
IAC
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT FR34 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-54-12-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD
cargo-compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-12-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Remove the valve (4) and the cover assy (7).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
FWD Cargo - Compartment Partition FR34
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-12
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
FWD Cargo - Compartment Partition FR34
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-12-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-12
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
R FWD Cargo - Compartment Partition FR35.5
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-54-12-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-12
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
R FWD Cargo - Compartment Partition FR35.5
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-54-12-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-12
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
FWD Cargo - Compartment Partition FR34
R Figure 401B/TASK 25-54-12-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-12
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
FWD Cargo - Compartment Partition FR34
R Figure 401B/TASK 25-54-12-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-12
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-54-12-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 410
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-050
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo- compartment door.
(3) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the control panel
of the FWD cargo loading system to tell persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-54-12-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo- compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-12-910-050
(3) If necessary, remove damaged tape (6),(9) from the partition panels
(1),(2),(3) and from the valve (4).
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Renew the removed tape (6),(9) on the partition panels (1),(2),(3)
and on the valve (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-54-12-420-050
(1) Put the valve (4) and the cover assy (7) in the correct position on
the partition panel (3) and fasten them with the studs (8).
(3) Fasten the partition panels (1),(2),(3) with the studs (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-12-410-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-54-12-942-054-A
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 413
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-54-12-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD
cargo-compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-12-020-051
(1) Remove the joint strip (5) from the ceiling panels (2).
(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) of the ceiling panels (2).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 402/TASK 25-54-12-991-004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-12
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Ceiling Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
R Figure 402A/TASK 25-54-12-991-004-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-12
Page 417
Feb 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
R Figure 402B/TASK 25-54-12-991-004-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-12
Page 418
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2) from the aircraft structure.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 419
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-54-12-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 420
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-051
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo- compartment door.
(3) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the control panel
of the FWD cargo loading system to tell persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-54-12-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo- compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 421
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-12-910-051
(3) If necessary, remove damaged tape (1) from the ceiling panels (2).
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Replace the removed tape (1) on the ceiling panels (2).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 422
Feb 01/07
IAC
(c) Make sure that the seal of each decompression panel is in the
correct condition.
Subtask 25-54-12-420-051
(1) Put the ceiling panels (2) in the correct installation position on
the aircraft structure.
R NOTE : Engage the stud in the hole and turn two or three times until
____
R the stud is secured. When you install the stud a click sound
R will be heared. The click sound is an indication that the self
R locking mechanism has created.
R (2) Attach the ceiling panels (2) with the studs (3),(4) and (7).
(3) Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-12-410-051
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-54-12-942-057
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 423
May 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-54-12-942-057-A
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-54-12
Page 424
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-54-12-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 425
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-052-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD
cargo-compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-12-020-052
(3) Remove the sidewall panels (41) from the aircraft structure.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 426
Feb 01/07
IAC
Sidewall Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 403/TASK 25-54-12-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-12
Page 427
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Sidewall Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
R Figure 403A/TASK 25-54-12-991-003-B
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-12
Page 428
Feb 01/07
IAC
Sidewall Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
R Figure 403B/TASK 25-54-12-991-003-A
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-12
Page 429
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-54-12-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 430
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-052
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo- compartment door.
(3) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the control panel
of the FWD cargo loading system to tell persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-54-12-860-052-A
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo- compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 431
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-12-910-052
(3) If necessary, remove damaged tape (48) from the sidewall panels (41).
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Replace the removed tape (48) on the sidewall panels (41).
Subtask 25-54-12-420-052
R (1) Put the sidewall panels (41) in the correct installation position on
R the aircraft structure.
R NOTE : Engage the stud in the hole and turn two or three times until
____
R the stud is secured. When you install the stud a click sound
R will be heared. The click sound is an indication that the self
R locking mechanism has created.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 432
May 01/08
IAC
(2) Secure the sidewall panels (41) with the studs (47).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-12-410-052
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-54-12-942-058
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 25-54-12-942-058-A
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 433
Feb 01/07
IAC
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT FR34 - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-54-12-300-001
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 801
May 01/05
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-055
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD
cargo-compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-12-210-051
A. Inspection
R (2) Missing fasteners are permitted on the ceiling, sidewall and the
R partition lining panels if:
R - there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining
R panels
R - not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining
R panel.
Subtask 25-54-12-350-050
B. Repair
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 802
May 01/05
IAC
R Missing Fastener Inspection
R Figure 801/TASK 25-54-12-991-006
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 803
May 01/05
IAC
R Missing Fastener Repair
R Figure 802/TASK 25-54-12-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 804
May 01/05
IAC
R Missing Fastener Repair
R Figure 802/TASK 25-54-12-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 805
May 01/05
IAC
R (3) Seal the edge where the fastener is missing as follows:
R (b) If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the
R missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
R - make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
R the next panel
R - do this with the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4)
R - the tape length must extend to the primary or secondary
R structure (5) at both ends of the edge with the missing
R fastener (3).
R (c) If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the
R missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
R - make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
R the adjacent panel through the cover strip (6)
R - do this with the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4)
R - the tape (4) must extend to the next fasteners adjacent to the
R sealed hole (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 806
May 01/05
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-12-410-055
A. Close Access
(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-12
Page 807
May 01/05
IAC
STANCHION - DOOR NET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 25-54-17-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-17-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
FWD cargo-compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-17
Page 401
May 01/05
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-17-020-050
(1) Disconnect the net fittings from the applicable net attachment
fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the removal procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.
(b) Push the stanchion (2) up to release the stanchion locking base
(3) from the tiedown point (4).
(c) Move the lower part of the stanchion (2) away from the tiedown
point (4). Then move the stanchion (2) down to remove the
stanchion plunger from the upper ceiling fitting (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-17
Page 402
May 01/05
IAC
Stanchion - Door Net - FWD Cargo Compartment
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-17-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-54-17
Page 403
May 01/05
IAC
TASK 25-54-17-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-17-860-050
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the FWD cargo-compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-17
Page 404
May 01/05
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-17-910-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-54-17-420-050
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the installation procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.
(1) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the unlocked
position.
(2) Carefully insert the stanchion plunger (2) in the upper ceiling
fitting (1).
(3) Push the stanchion (2) up and align the stanchion locking base (3)
with the tiedown point (4).
(5) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the correct
position on the tiedown point (4).
(6) Turn the stanchion locking base (3) clockwise 90 degrees to attach
the stanchion (2) to the tiedown point (4).
(8) Connect the net fittings to the applicable net attachment fittings as
required.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-17
Page 405
May 01/05
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-17-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-17
Page 406
May 01/05
IAC
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 25-54-41-000-001
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD Cargo-
Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-41-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the FWD
cargo-compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-54-41-991-001)
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (2) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(4) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (3) from the tie-down point (4).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (4) from the structure (5).
(a) Remove the screws (6) from the seat-track section (7).
(b) Remove the seat-track section (7) from the structure (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401/TASK 25-54-41-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-54-41
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401A/TASK 25-54-41-991-001-C
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-41
Page 405
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401B/TASK 25-54-41-991-001-B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-41
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401C/TASK 25-54-41-991-001-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-41
Page 407
Feb 01/08
IAC
(4) Remove the seat-track sections (10):
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (10) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
section (10) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (8) and (9) from the seat-track section (10).
(b) Remove the seat-track section (10) from the structure (5).
R
Subtask 25-54-41-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 25-54-41-991-001-A)
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (7) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(2) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (1) from the tie-down point (2).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
(a) Remove the screws (4) from the seat-track section (5).
(b) Remove the seat-track section (5) from the structure (3).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-41
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
(4) Remove the tie-down points (9):
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(9) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (8) from the tie-down point (9).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (9) from the plug housing (10).
(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (10) from the structure
(3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (12) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (11) from the tie-down fitting (12).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (3).
(a) Remove the screws (13) from the tie-down fitting (14).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (14) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (16) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (16) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (15) from the tie-down fitting (16).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (16) from the structure (3).
R
EFF :
026-099, 25-54-41
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-54-41-020-050-C
R A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-54-41-991-001-C)
R (a) Disconnect the net fittings (8) from the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (2) only is given here.
R (a) For the tie-down points (2) installed between FR35 and FR35.4:
R 1
_ Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the
R tie-down point (2).
R (b) For the tie-down points (2) installed at all other frame
R positions:
R 1
_ Remove the screws (1) from the tie-down point (2).
R (c) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the screws (5) from the seat-track section (6).
R (b) Remove the seat-track section (6) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (10) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (10) only is given here.
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-41
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (a) For the tie-down points (10) installed between FR35 and FR35.4:
R 1
_ Remove the nuts (12), and remove the screws (9) from the
R tie-down point (10).
R (b) For the tie-down points (10) installed at all other frame
R positions:
R 1
_ Remove the screws (9) from the tie-down point (10).
R (c) Remove the tie-down point (10) from the plug housing (11).
R (d) If necessary, remove the plug housing (11) from the structure
R (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (14) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (14) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (13) from the tie-down fitting (14).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (14) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the screws (15) from the tie-down fitting (16).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (16) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (18) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (18) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (17) from the tie-down fitting (18).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (18) from the structure (3).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-41
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R Subtask 25-54-41-020-050-B
R A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 25-54-41-991-001-B)
R (a) Disconnect the net fittings (2) from the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (4) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (3) from the tie-down point (4).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (4) from the plug housing (5).
R (c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (5) from the structure (6).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (8) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (7) from the tie-down point (8).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (8) from the structure (6).
R (a) Remove the screws (9) from the seat-track section (10).
R (b) Remove the seat-track section (10) from the structure (6).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-41
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (5) Remove the tie-down fitting (12):
R (a) Remove the screws (11) from the tie-down fitting (12).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (6).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (14) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (14) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (13) from the tie-down fitting (14).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (14) from the structure (6).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (16) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (16) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (15) from the tie-down fitting (16).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (16) from the structure (6).
Subtask 25-54-41-020-051
B. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
Figure 402/TASK 25-54-41-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-41
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 402A/TASK 25-54-41-991-002-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-41
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 402B/TASK 25-54-41-991-002-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-41
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the tie-down and net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(a) Remove the screws (3) from the stanchion fitting (2).
(b) Remove the stanchion fitting (2) from the structure (1).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(4) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (5) from the tie-down point (4).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (4) from the structure (1).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(9) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (10) from the tie-down point (9).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (9) from the spacer (8).
1
_ Remove the screws (11) from the spacer (8).
2
_ Remove the spacer (8) from the structure (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 417
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-54-41-400-001
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD Cargo-
Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 418
Feb 01/08
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 419
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the FWD cargo-compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-54-41-910-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the screws which attach the tie-down and net attachment fittings.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 420
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-54-41-910-050-A
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(2) Use a non-metal scraper to remove the old sealant from the component
interface and the adjacent area.
(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the component
interface and the adjacent area.
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the screws which attach the tie-down and net attachment fittings.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 421
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025,
Subtask 25-54-41-420-050
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (4) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (4) in position at the structure (5).
(a) Put the seat-track section (7) in position at the structure (5).
(a) Put the seat-track section (10) in position at the structure (5).
(b) Install the screws (8) and (9) in the seat-track section (10).
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-54-41
Page 422
Feb 01/08
IAC
(4) Install the cargo net(s) (1), if removed:
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (1) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (2) to the net attachment fittings.
R
Subtask 25-54-41-420-050-A
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (2) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
(a) Put the seat-track section (5) in position at the structure (3).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (9) only is given here.
(b) Put the tie-down point (9) in position at the plug housing (10).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-54-41
Page 423
Feb 01/08
IAC
(4) Install the tie-down fittings (12):
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (3).
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (14) in position at the structure (3).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (16)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (16) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (16) in position at the structure (3).
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (6) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (7) to the net attachment fittings.
R
EFF :
026-099, 25-54-41
Page 424
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-54-41-420-050-C
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (2) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
R (b) For the tie-down points (2) installed between FR35 and FR35.4:
R 1
_ Install the screws (1) and the nuts (4).
R (c) For the tie-down points (2) installed at all other frame
R positions:
R 1
_ Install the screws (1) in the tie-down point (2).
R (a) Put the seat-track section (6) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (10) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (10) only is given here.
R (b) Put the tie-down point (10) in position at the plug housing (11).
R (c) For the tie-down points (10) installed between FR35 and FR35.4:
R 1
_ Install the screws (9) and the nuts (12).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-41
Page 425
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (d) For the tie-down points (10) installed at all other frame
R positions:
R 1
_ Install the screws (9) in the tie-down point (10).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (14)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (14) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (14) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (16) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (18)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (18) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (18) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the cargo net(s) (7) in position at the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R (b) Connect the net fittings (8) to the net attachment fittings.
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-54-41
Page 426
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R Subtask 25-54-41-420-050-B
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (4) only is given here.
R (a) If removed, put the plug housing (5) in position at the structure
R (6).
R (b) Put the tie-down point (4) in position at the plug housing (5).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (8) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down point (8) in position at the structure (6).
R (a) Put the seat-track section (10) in position at the structure (6).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (6).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-54-41
Page 427
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (5) Install the tie-down fittings (14):
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (14)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (14) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (14) in position at the structure (6).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (16)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (16) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (16) in position at the structure (6).
R (a) Put the cargo net(s) (1) in position at the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R (b) Connect the net fittings (2) to the net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-54-41-420-051
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 428
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 901-999,
(a) Put the stanchion fitting (2) in position at the structure (1).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (4) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (4) in position at the structure (1).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (9) only is given here.
1
_ Put the spacer (8) in position at the structure (1).
2
_ Install the screws (11) in the spacer (8).
(b) Put the tie-down point (9) in position at the spacer (8).
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (7) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 429
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-54-41-390-050
D. Application of Sealants
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-54-41-991-003)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in a closed
cutout:
(a) Make sure that the gap between the plug housing (2) and the
cutout in the floor panel (1) is clean.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gap
between the plug housing (2) and the cutout in the floor panel
(1).
(2) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in an open
cutout:
(a) Make sure that the gaps between the tie-down fitting (4) and the
cutouts in the floor panels (1) are clean.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gaps
between the tie-down fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor
panels (1).
(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to remove the unwanted sealant
from the component interface and the adjacent area.
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 430
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Application of Sealants
Figure 403/TASK 25-54-41-991-003
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 431
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-54-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-54-41
Page 432
Feb 01/08
IAC
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The AFT cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 150/160
R between the fixed partitions FR47 and FR65. A divider net divides the AFT
R cargo hold into two compartments. They are known as cargo compartments 4 and
R 5. The cargo compartment 5 is also known as the BULK cargo compartment. The
R total volume of the aft/bulk cargo compartment is 989 ft.3 (28.005 m3).
R The AFT cargo compartment door, between FR52A and FR56, gives access to the
R cargo compartment 4. The BULK cargo compartment door, between FR60 and FR62,
R gives access to the cargo compartment 5.
R
R The aft/bulk cargo compartments have:
R
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R - Loading area light
R - Access panel
R - Smoke detector panels
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - Door net
R - Divider nets
R - Additional divider nets
R - Tie-down/net attachment points
R - Air conditioning inlets
R - Air conditioning outlets
R
R
R The AFT cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 150/160
R between the fixed partitions FR47 and FR65. A divider net divides the AFT
R cargo hold into seperate compartments. They are known as cargo compartments
R 3, 4 and 5. The cargo compartment 5 is also known as the BULK cargo
R compartment. The total volume of the aft/bulk cargo compartment is 989 ft.3
R (28.005 m3).
R The AFT cargo compartment door, between FR52A and FR56, gives access to the
R cargo compartments 3, 4 and 5.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-00
Page 1
Config-1 Feb 01/08
IAC
R
R The aft/bulk cargo compartments have:
R
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R - Loading area light
R - Smoke detector panel
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - AFT door net
R - Divider nets
R - Additional divider nets
R - Tie-down/net attachment points
R - Access panels
R - Air conditioning inlets
R - Air conditioning outlets.
R
2. __________________
Component Location
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-00
Page 2
Config-1 Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR47 151/ 826 25-55-11
152
FIXED PARTITION FR65 161/ 826 25-55-12
162
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 161DW 161 826
LOADING AREA LIGHT 151CC 151 826 33-34-00
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 151BC/ 151/ 826 26-16-00
161BC 161
CEILING PANEL 151/ 826
161
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 151BC/ 151/ 826 33-34-00
151CC/ 161
161AZ
RH SIDEWALL LINING 152/ 826
162
2607MM DOOR NET FR52A 150 826
2608MM DOOR NET FR56 150 826
2606MM DIVIDER NET FR50 150 826
2610MM DIVIDER NET FR59 150/ 826
160
2609MM ADDITIONAL DIVIDER NET FR53 150 826
2609MM ADDITIONAL DIVIDER NET FR56 150 826
LH SIDEWALL LINING 151/ 826
161
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 151/ 826
161
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT POINTS 151/ 826
161
ACCESS PANELS 151CW/ 151/ 826
152CW 152
AIR CONDITIONING INLETS 151CW/ 151 826 21-00-00
151DW/
151EW
AIR CONDITIONING OUTLETS 161DW/ 161/ 826 21-00-00
162DW 162
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-00
Page 3
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-55-00
Page 4
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-019, 25-55-00
Page 5
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 001A (SHEET 1)
EFF :
020-099, 25-55-00
Page 6
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment
Figure 001A (SHEET 2)
EFF :
020-099, 25-55-00
Page 7
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
3. _________________________
Description and Operation
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the AFT cargo hold prevent
damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of flame-resistant
synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The sidewall linings
and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release fasteners to:
The sidewall linings and the fixed partition FR65 have cutouts (inlets
and outlets) for the air conditioning of the AFT cargo hold. The air
conditioning system moves air into the AFT and the BULK cargo compartment
and keeps it at specified temperatures.
C. Deflector Strips
Deflector strips are installed at the center of the ceiling panels in the
AFT and the BULK cargo compartment. The deflector strips keep a clearance
between the top of the cargo and the ceiling panels. The deflector strips
also make sure that the decompression panels for a fast decompression can
open.
Placards for bulk loading instructions are located on the ceiling in the
AFT and BULK cargo compartment. The placards tell the minimum clearance
allowed between the bulk cargo and the cargo compartment ceiling. The
clearance between the bulk cargo and the compartment ceiling must be kept
to prevent an inadvertent operation of the :
- smoke detectors,
- discharge nozzles of the fire extingnisher system.
Also to enable a correct function of the rapid decompression panels.
The clearance must be 51.0 mm (2.0078 in.) minimum.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-00
Page 8
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
The AFT and the BULK cargo compartments are completed with the smoke
detection system. The ceiling panels have therefore two cutouts for the
smoke detector panels. They are installed at the center of the ceiling
panels between FR52 and FR53 and between FR62 and FR63.
F. Access Panels
The sidewall linings installed on the left and right side of the cargo
compartment have cutouts. The cutouts are between the FR47 and FR48. The
cutouts are covered with access panels. The access panels are attached to
the sidewall linings with quick-release fasteners.
The access panels gives access to the compress air bottles and to the
pressure gauges of the escape slide system.
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in cutouts of the ceiling panels
and lateral right sidewall lining at FR52A and FR56. Catch assemblies
hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels are sealed to
the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive tape
(Material No.05-066).
There are two types of nets installed in the AFT cargo hold. The divider
net at FR59 divides the cargo hold into the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartment. The divider net at FR50, FR53 and FR56 divides the AFT cargo
compartment in four sections. The door net prevents damage to the cargo
compartment door. The door net and the divider net are attached to the
tie-down and net attachment points.
Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-00
Page 9
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
- the attachment of the straps which hold large or small items of bulk
cargo.
The AFT cargo hold has a lighting system with neon tubes and is installed
in the center of the ceiling panels . Toggle switches installed at the
AFT and the BULK cargo compartment door control the lighting system.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-00
Page 10
Config-1 May 01/06
IAC
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R The AFT cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 150/160
R between the fixed partitions FR47/51 and FR65. A divider net divides the AFT
R cargo hold into two compartments. They are known as cargo compartments 4 and
R 5. The cargo compartment 5 is also known as the BULK cargo compartment. The
R total volume of the aft/bulk cargo compartment is 749 ft.3 (21.209 m3).
R The AFT cargo compartment door, between FR55A and FR59, gives access to the
R cargo compartments 4 and 5.
R
R The aft/bulk cargo compartments have:
R - Left sidewall linigs
R
R - Ceiling panels
R - Right sidewall linings
R - Furnishings.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR47/51 151/ 826 25-55-11
152
FIXED PARTITION FR65 161/ 826 25-55-12
162
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 161DW 161 826
CEILING PANEL 151/ 826
161
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 151/ 826
161
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 131BC 131 825 26-16-00
LOADING AREA LIGHT 151CC 151 826 33-34-00
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 151BC/ 151/ 826 33-34-00
151CC/ 161
161AZ
RH SIDEWALL LINING 152/ 826 25-55-11
162 25-55-12
LH SIDEWALL LINING 151/ 826 25-55-11
161 25-55-12
AIR CONDITIONING INLETS 131GW/ 131 825
131HW/
131MW
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-00
Page 1
Config-2 Feb 01/08
IAC
Component Location of AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-00
Page 2
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location of AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-00
Page 3
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIR CONDITIONING OUTLET 132KW 132 825
2606MM DIVIDER NET TYPE A2 - FR54 150/ 826
2610MM DIVIDER NET TYPE C - FR59 160/ 826
2607MM DOOR NET TYPE B 152 826
2608MM DOOR NET TYPE A1 152 826
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT POINTS 151/ 826 25-55-41
161
3. _________________________
Description and Operation
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the AFT cargo hold prevent
damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of flame-resistant
synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The sidewall linings
and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release fasteners to:
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.
B. Deflector Strips
Deflector strips are installed at the center of the ceiling panels in the
AFT and the BULK cargo compartment. The deflector strips keep a clearance
between the top of the cargo and the ceiling panels. The deflector strips
also make sure that the decompression panels for a fast decompression can
open.
The AFT and the BULK cargo compartments are completed with the smoke
detection system. The ceiling panels have therefore cutouts for the smoke
detector panels. They are installed at the center of the ceiling panels
between FR48 and FR49, FR52 and FR53, FR56 and FR57 and between FR62 and
FR63.
The left and right sidewall linings have cutouts (inlets and outlet) for
the air conditioning of the AFT cargo compartment. The air conditioning
system moves air into the AFT cargo compartment and keeps it at specified
temperatures. The access panel between FR47/51 and FR52 give access to
the extraction components of the air conditioning system.
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-00
Page 4
Config-2 Feb 01/08
R
IAC
E. Rapid Decompression Panels
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out ) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in the cutouts of the ceiling
panels and lateral right sidewall lining at FR52A and FR56. Catch
assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels are
sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive
tape.
There are two types of nets installed in the AFT cargo hold. The divider
net at FR59 divides the cargo hold into the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartment. The divider nets at FR47.5 and FR53 divides the AFT cargo
compartment in three sections. The door net prevents damage to the cargo
compartment door. The door net and the divider net are attached to the
tie-down and net attachment points.
Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:
The AFT cargo hold has a lighting system with neon tubes and is installed
in the center of the ceiling panels. Toggle switches installed at the AFT
and the BULK cargo compartment door control the lighting system.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-00
Page 5
Config-2 Feb 01/07
IAC
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The AFT cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 150/160
R between the fixed partitions FR47.2 and FR65. A divider net divides the AFT
R cargo hold into two compartments. They are known as cargo compartments 4 and
R 5. The cargo compartment 5 is also known as the BULK cargo compartment. The
R total volume of the aft/bulk cargo compartment is 1151 ft.3 (32.592 m3).
R The AFT cargo compartment door, between FR52A and FR56, gives access to the
R cargo compartment 4. The BULK cargo compartment door, between FR60 and FR62,
R gives access to the cargo compartment 5.
R
R The aft/bulk cargo compartments have:
R
R - Left sidewall lining
R - Ceiling panel
R - Right sidewall lining
R - Loading area light
R - Smoke detector panels
R - Rapid decompression panels
R - Cargo compartment lighting
R - Door net
R - BULK door net
R - Divider nets
R - Tie-down/net attachment points
R - Air conditioning inlets
R - Air conditioning outlets
R
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED PARTITION FR47.2 151/ 826 25-55-11
152
FIXED PARTITION FR65 161/ 827 25-55-12
162
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE 161DW 161 827
LOADING AREA LIGHT 151CC 151 826 33-34-00
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL 151BC/ 151/ 826/ 26-16-00
161BC 161 827
CEILING PANEL 151/ 826/
161 827
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-00
Page 1
Config-3 Feb 01/08
IAC
Component Location of the AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-00
Page 2
Config-3 Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Component Location of the AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-00
Page 3
Config-3 Feb 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING 151BC/ 151/ 826/ 33-34-00
151CC/ 161 827
161AZ
RH SIDEWALL LINING 152/ 826/
162 827
DIVIDER NET FR50 150/ 826
DIVIDER NET FR53 150/ 826
DIVIDER NET FR59 160/ 826
DOOR NET 152/ 826/
BULK DOOR NET 162 827
LH SIDEWALL LINING 151/ 826/
161 827
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS 151/ 826/
161 827
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT POINTS 151/ 826/
161 827
AIR CONDITIONING INLETS 151CW/ 151 826 21-00-00
151DW/
151EW
AIR CONDITIONING OUTLETS 161DW/ 161/ 827 21-00-00
162DW 162
3. _________________________
Description and Operation
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the AFT cargo hold prevent
damage to the aircraft structure. They are made of flame-resistant
synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The sidewall linings
and ceiling panels are attached with quick-release fasteners to:
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They
are made of honeycomb core, which is bonded between prepreg layers.
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-00
Page 4
Config-3 Feb 01/08
R
IAC
B. Air Conditioning Inlets and Outlets
The sidewall linings and the fixed partition FR65 have cutouts (inlets
and outlets) for the air conditioning of the AFT cargo hold. The air
conditioning system moves air into the AFT and the BULK cargo compartment
and keeps it at specified temperatures.
C. Deflector Strips
Deflector strips are installed at the center of the ceiling panels in the
AFT and the BULK cargo compartment. The deflector strips keep a clearance
between the top of the cargo and the ceiling panels. The deflector strips
also make sure that the decompression panels for a fast decompression can
open.
The AFT and the BULK cargo compartments are completed with the smoke
detection system. The ceiling panels have therefore cutouts for the smoke
detector panels. They are installed at the center of the ceiling panels
between FR48 and FR49, FR52 and FR53, FR56 and FR57 and between FR62 and
FR63.
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out ) are part of the cargo
compartment linings. They are installed in the cutouts of the ceiling
panels and lateral right sidewall lining at FR52A and FR56. Catch
assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels are
sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall lining with adhesive
tape.
There are two types of nets installed in the AFT cargo hold. The divider
net at FR59 divides the cargo hold into the AFT and the BULK cargo
compartment. The divider nets at FR47.5 and FR53 divides the AFT cargo
compartment in three sections. The door net prevents damage to the cargo
compartment door. The door net and the divider net are attached to the
tie-down and net attachment points.
Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage
structure. These attachment points are used for:
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-00
Page 5
Config-3 Feb 01/08
R
IAC
- the attachment of the straps which hold large or small items of bulk
cargo.
The AFT cargo hold has a lighting system with neon tubes and is installed
in the center of the ceiling panels . Toggle switches installed at the
AFT and the BULK cargo compartment door control the lighting system.
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-00
Page 6
Config-3 Feb 01/08
R
IAC
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FR47 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-55-11-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install door actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door. (3)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-11-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-55-11
Page 403
Feb 01/96
IAC
AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-11
Page 404
May 01/06
IAC
AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-11-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-11
Page 405
May 01/06
IAC
R AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47.2
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-55-11-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-11
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
R AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47.2
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-55-11-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-11
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47/51
R Figure 401B/TASK 25-55-11-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-11
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47/51
R Figure 401B/TASK 25-55-11-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-11
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-55-11-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the AFT cargo compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-11-910-050
(3) If necessary, remove damaged tape (4) from the partition panels
(1),(2),(3).
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Renew the removed tape (4) on the partition panels (1),(2),(3).
Subtask 25-55-11-420-050
(3) Secure the partition panels (1),(2) and (3) with the studs (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-11-410-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-55-11-942-057
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 412
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-55-11-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install door actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door. (3)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-11-020-051
(1) Remove the joint strip (5) from the ceiling panels (2).
(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) from the ceiling panels (2).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
Figure 402/TASK 25-55-11-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-11
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Ceiling Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
R Figure 402A/TASK 25-55-11-991-002-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-11
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
R Figure 402B/TASK 25-55-11-991-002-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-11
Page 417
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 418
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-55-11-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 419
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the AFT cargo compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 420
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-11-910-051
(3) If necessary, remove damaged tape (1) from the ceiling panels (2).
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Renew the removed tape (1) on the ceiling panels (2).
(c) Make sure that the seal of each decompression panel is in the
correct condition.
Subtask 25-55-11-420-051
R NOTE : Engage the stud in the hole and turn two or three times until
____
R the stud is secured. When you install the stud a click sound
R will be heared. The click sound is an indication that the self
R locking mechanism has created.
(2) Attach the ceiling panels with studs (3),(4) and (7).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 421
May 01/08
IAC
(3) Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-11-410-051
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-55-11-942-058
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 422
May 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-55-11-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 423
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-052-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install door actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door. (3)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-11-020-052
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 424
Feb 01/07
IAC
Sidewall Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-11-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-11
Page 425
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Sidewall Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
R Figure 403A/TASK 25-55-11-991-003-B
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-11
Page 426
Feb 01/07
IAC
Sidewall Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
R Figure 403B/TASK 25-55-11-991-003-A
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-11
Page 427
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-55-11-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 428
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-052-A
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the AFT cargo compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 429
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-11-910-052
(3) If necessary, remove the damaged tape (48) from the partition panels
(41).
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Renew the removed tape (48) on the partition panels (41).
Subtask 25-55-11-420-052
(1) Put the sidewall panels (41) in the correct installation position on
the aircraft structure.
R NOTE : Engage the stud in the hole and turn two or three times until
____
R the stud is secured. When you install the stud a click sound
R will be heared. The click sound is an indication that the self
R locking mechanism has created.
(2) Secure the sidewall panels (41) with the studs (47).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-11-410-052
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 430
May 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-55-11-942-059
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 431
May 01/08
IAC
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FR47 - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-55-11-300-001
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 801
May 01/05
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-055
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-11-210-051
A. Inspection
R (2) Missing fasteners are permitted on the ceiling, sidewall and the
R partition lining panels if:
R - there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining
R panels
R - not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining
R panel.
Subtask 25-55-11-350-050
R B. Repair
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 802
May 01/05
IAC
R Missing Fastener Inspection
R Figure 801/TASK 25-55-11-991-005
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 803
May 01/05
IAC
R Missing Fastener Repair
R Figure 802/TASK 25-55-11-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 804
May 01/05
IAC
R Missing Fastener Repair
R Figure 802/TASK 25-55-11-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 805
May 01/05
IAC
R (3) Seal the edge where the fastener is missing as follows:
R (b) If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the
R missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
R - make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
R the next panel
R - do this with the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4)
R - the tape length must extend to the primary or secondary
R structure (5) at both ends of the edge with the missing
R fastener (3).
R (c) If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the
R missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
R - make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
R the adjacent panel through the cover strip (6)
R - do this with the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4)
R - the tape (4) must extend to the next fasteners adjacent to the
R sealed hole (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 806
May 01/05
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-11-410-055
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-11
Page 807
May 01/05
IAC
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FR65 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-55-12-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
R Subtask 25-55-12-010-051-B
R A. Get Access
R (2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the BULK cargo
R compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-12-020-051
(4) Remove the grills (6) from the partition panels (1),(2).
(6) Remove the valve (8) from the partition panels (1),(2).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR65
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-55-12
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR65
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-12-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-55-12
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
R AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR65
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-55-12-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-12
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
R AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR65
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-55-12-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-12
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-55-12-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the AFT cargo compartment door.
R Subtask 25-55-12-860-050-B
R (2) Make sure that the access platform in position below the opened cargo
R door.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-12-910-050
(2) If necessary, remove damaged tape (4),(7) from the partition panels
(1),(2).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) .
(4) If necessary, remove damaged tape (4),(7) from the partition panels
(1),(2).
(5) If necessary, remove damaged tape (9) from the valve (8).
(6) Replace the removed tape (4),(7) on the partition panels (1),(2).
(8) Put the valve (8) in the correct position on the partition panel (2)
and fasten them with the studs (10).
(9) Put the grills (6) in the correct position on the partition panels
(1),(2) and fasten them with the studs (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-55-12-420-050
(2) Fasten the partition panels (1),(2) with the studs (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-12-410-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R Subtask 25-55-12-865-068
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R C/B NOT APPLICABLE
Subtask 25-55-12-942-054-A
C. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 25-55-12-942-054-B
C. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 411
Aug 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-55-12
Page 412
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-55-12-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-053-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
R Subtask 25-55-12-010-053-B
R A. Get Access
R (2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the BULK cargo
R compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
Figure 402/TASK 25-55-12-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-55-12
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
Ceiling Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
Figure 402A/TASK 25-55-12-991-002-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-12
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-12-020-052
(1) Remove the joint strip (5) from the ceiling panels (2).
(3) Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) of the ceiling panels (2).
(4) Remove the ceiling panels (2) from the aircraft structure.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 417
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-55-12-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 418
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the AFT cargo compartment door.
R Subtask 25-55-12-860-051-B
R (2) Make sure that the access platform in position below the opened cargo
R door.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 419
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-12-910-051
(3) If necessary, remove damaged tape (1) from the ceiling panels (2).
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Replace the removed tape (1) on the ceiling panels (2).
(c) Make sure that the seal of each decompression panel is in the
correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 420
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-55-12-420-051
(1) Put the ceiling panels (2) in the correct installation position on
the aircraft structure.
R NOTE : Engage the stud in the hole and turn two or three times until
____
R the stud is secured. When you install the stud a click sound
R will be heared. The click sound is an indication that the self
R locking mechanism has created.
(2) Secure the ceiling panels (2) with the studs (3),(4) and (7).
(3) Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-12-410-051
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-55-12-942-056
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 421
May 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199,
Subtask 25-55-12-942-056-A
B. Close Access
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-12
Page 422
May 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-55-12-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 423
May 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-054-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
Subtask 25-55-12-010-054-B
A. Get Access
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the BULK cargo
compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 424
May 01/08
IAC
Sidewall Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-12-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-55-12
Page 425
May 01/08
IAC
Sidewall Panels - AFT Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
Figure 403A/TASK 25-55-12-991-003-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-12
Page 426
May 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-12-020-053
(3) Remove the sidewall panels (41) from the aircraft structure.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 427
May 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-55-12-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 428
May 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-052-A
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied
with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the AFT cargo compartment door.
Subtask 25-55-12-860-052-B
(2) Make sure that the access platform in position below the opened cargo
door.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 429
May 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-12-910-052
(3) If necessary, remove damaged tape (48) from the sidewall panels (41).
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(5) Replace the removed tape (48) on the sidewall panels (41).
Subtask 25-55-12-420-052
(1) Put the sidewall panels (41) in the correct installation position on
the aircraft structure.
R NOTE : Engage the stud in the hole and turn two or three times until
____
R the stud is secured. When you install the stud a click sound
R will be heared. The click sound is an indication that the self
R locking mechanism has created.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 430
May 01/08
IAC
(2) Secure the sidewall panels (41) with the studs (47).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-12-410-052
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-55-12-942-057
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 25-55-12-942-057-A
B. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 431
May 01/08
IAC
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FR65 - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 25-55-12-300-001
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the BULK Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 801
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-056
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
R Subtask 25-55-12-010-056-A
R A. Get Access
R (1) Open the BULK cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
R lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).
R (2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the BULK
R cargo-compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 802
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-12-210-052
A. Inspection
(2) Missing fasteners are permitted on the ceiling, sidewall and the
partition lining panels if:
- there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining
panels
- not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining
panel.
Subtask 25-55-12-350-050
B. Repair
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 803
Feb 01/07
IAC
Missing Fastener Inspection
Figure 801/TASK 25-55-12-991-005
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 804
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-55-12
Page 805
Feb 01/07
IAC
Missing Fastener Repair
Figure 802/TASK 25-55-12-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 806
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Missing Fastener Repair
Figure 802/TASK 25-55-12-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 807
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
(b) If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the
missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
the next panel
- do this with the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4)
- the tape length must extend to the primary or secondary
structure (5) at both ends of the edge with the missing
fastener (3).
(c) If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the
missing fastener (3) and the adjacent panel:
- make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to
the adjacent panel through the cover strip (6)
- do this with the Highspeed Tape (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-060) (4)
- the tape (4) must extend to the next fasteners adjacent to the
sealed hole (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-12-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-12
Page 808
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-55-12-410-054-A
R A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the BULK cargo-compartment
R door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
R (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-12
Page 809
Feb 01/07
IAC
STANCHION - DOOR NET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 25-55-17-000-001
Removal of the Net Stanchions in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-17
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-17-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
AFT cargo-compartment door.
R Subtask 25-55-17-010-050-A
R A. Get Access
R (1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
R lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the
R AFT cargo-compartment door.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
R BULK cargo-compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-17
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-17-020-050
(1) Disconnect the net fittings from the applicable net attachment
fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the removal procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.
(b) Push the stanchion (2) up to release the stanchion locking base
(3) from the tiedown point (4).
(c) Move the lower part of the stanchion (2) away from the tiedown
point (4). Then move the stanchion (2) down to remove the
stanchion plunger from the upper ceiling fitting (1).
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-17
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
Stanchion - Door Net - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-17-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-55-17
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Stanchion - Door Net - AFT Cargo Compartment
Figure 401A/TASK 25-55-17-991-001-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-17
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Stanchion - Door Net - BULK Cargo Compartment
R Figure 402/TASK 25-55-17-991-002
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-17
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-55-17-400-001
Installation of the Net Stanchions in the AFT and/or BULK Cargo Compartment
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-17
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-17-860-050
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
opening of the AFT cargo-compartment door.
R Subtask 25-55-17-860-050-A
R (1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
R with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
R opening of the AFT cargo-compartment door.
R (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
R position at the BULK cargo-compartment door.
R (4) Make sure that the BULK cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
R 30-00-860-006).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-17
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-17-910-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-55-17-420-050
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same.
____
Thus, the installation procedure for one stanchion (2) only is
given here.
(1) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the unlocked
position.
(2) Carefully insert the stanchion plunger in the upper ceiling fitting
(1).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-17
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Push the stanchion (2) up and align the stanchion locking base (3)
with the tiedown point (4).
(5) Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the correct
position on the tiedown point (4).
(6) Turn the stanchion locking base (3) clockwise 90 degrees to attach
the stanchion (2) to the tiedown point (4).
(8) Connect the net fittings to the applicable net attachment fittings as
required.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-17-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
R Subtask 25-55-17-410-050-A
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (3) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
R door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-17
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-17
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 25-55-41-000-001
R Removal of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT and BULK Cargo-
Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-41-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199,
Subtask 25-55-41-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform in position at the opening of the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-55-41-991-001)
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (2) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401/TASK 25-55-41-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-55-41
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401A/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-C12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401A/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-C22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 407
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401B/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401B/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401C/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-41
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 401C/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-41
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
(b) Remove the cargo net(s) (1).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(4) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (6), and remove the screws (3) from the tie-down
point (4).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (4) from the structure (5).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (8) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
section (8) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (9), and remove the screws (7) from the
seat-track section (8).
(b) Remove the seat-track section (8) from the structure (5).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
section (12) only is given here.
(b) Remove the screws (10) and (11) from the seat-track section (12).
(c) Remove the seat-track section (12) from the structure (5).
R
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-55-41
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 026-099,
Subtask 25-55-41-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 401C/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-A)
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(2) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down
point (2).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(8) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (10), and remove the screws (7) from the tie-down
point (8).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (8) from the plug housing (9).
(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
section (12) only is given here.
R
EFF :
026-099, 25-55-41
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
(a) Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the
seat-track section (12).
(b) Remove the seat-track section (12) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (15) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (15) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (16), and remove the screws (14) from the
tie-down fitting (15).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (15) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (18) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (18) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (19), and remove the screws (17) from the
tie-down fitting (18).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (18) from the structure (3).
(a) Remove the nuts (22), and remove the screws (20) from the
tie-down fitting (21).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (21) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (24) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (24) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (25), and remove the screws (23) from the
tie-down fitting (24).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (24) from the structure (3).
R
EFF :
026-099, 25-55-41
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
(9) Remove the tie-down fitting (27):
(a) Remove the nuts (28), and remove the screws (26) from the
tie-down fitting (27).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (27) from the structure (3).
(a) Remove the nuts (31), and remove the screws (29) from the
tie-down fitting (30).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (30) from the structure (3).
R Subtask 25-55-41-020-050-C
R A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
R of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-C)
R (a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (2) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down
R point (2).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (8) only is given here.
R
EFF :
026-099, 101-199, 25-55-41
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (a) Remove the nuts (10), and remove the screws (7) from the tie-down
R point (8).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (8) from the plug housing (9).
R (c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (12) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the
R tie-down fitting (12).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (15) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (15) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (16), and remove the screws (14) from the
R tie-down fitting (15).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (15) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (18) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (18) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (19), and remove the screws (17) from the
R tie-down fitting (18).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (18) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (21) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
R section (21) only is given here.
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 416
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (a) Remove the nuts (22), and remove the screws (20) from the
R seat-track section (21).
R (b) Remove the seat-track section (21) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the nuts (25), and remove the screws (23) from the
R tie-down fitting (24).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (24) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (27) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (27) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (28), and remove the screws (26) from the
R tie-down fitting (27).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (27) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the nuts (31), and remove the screws (29) from the
R tie-down fitting (30).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (30) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the nuts (34), and remove the screws (32) from the
R tie-down fitting (33).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (33) from the structure (3).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 417
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R Subtask 25-55-41-020-050-B
R A. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
R of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 25-55-41-991-001-B)
R (a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (2) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down
R point (2).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (8) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (10), and remove the screws (7) from the tie-down
R point (8).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (8) from the plug housing (9).
R (c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (12) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
R section (12) only is given here.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 418
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (a) Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the
R seat-track section (12).
R (b) Remove the seat-track section (12) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (15) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (15) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (16), and remove the screws (14) from the
R tie-down fitting (15).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (15) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the nuts (19), and remove the screws (17) from the
R tie-down fitting (18).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (18) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the nuts (22), and remove the screws (20) from the
R tie-down fitting (21).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (21) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the nuts (25), and remove the screws (23) from the
R tie-down fitting (24).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (24) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (27) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (27) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (28), and remove the screws (26) from the
R tie-down fitting (27).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (27) from the structure (3).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 419
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (10) Remove the tie-down fittings (30):
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (30) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (30) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (31), and remove the screws (29) from the
R tie-down fitting (30).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (30) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the nuts (34), and remove the screws (32) from the
R tie-down fitting (33).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (33) from the structure (3).
R (a) Remove the nuts (37), and remove the screws (35) from the
R tie-down fitting (36).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (36) from the structure (3).
Subtask 25-55-41-020-051
B. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 420
Feb 01/08
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
Figure 402/TASK 25-55-41-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-41
Page 421
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 402A/TASK 25-55-41-991-002-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 422
Feb 01/07
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 402B/TASK 25-55-41-991-002-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 423
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (8) from the tie-down and net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(3) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (4) from the tie-down point (3).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (3) from the spacer (2).
1
_ Remove the screws (5) from the spacer (2).
2
_ Remove the spacer (2) from the structure (1).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(6) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (7) from the tie-down point (6).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (6) from the structure (1).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one stanchion
fitting (10) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (11) from the stanchion fitting (10).
(b) Remove the stanchion fitting (10) from the structure (1).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 424
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025,
Subtask 25-55-41-020-052
C. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 25-55-41-991-003)
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (2) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(4) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (6), and remove the screws (3) from the tie-down
point (4).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (4) from the structure (5).
R Subtask 25-55-41-020-052-B
R C. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
R of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 25-55-41-991-003-C)
R (a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 101-199, 25-55-41
Page 425
Feb 01/07
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
Figure 403/TASK 25-55-41-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-55-41
Page 426
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-55-41
Page 427
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
R Figure 403A/TASK 25-55-41-991-003-C12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 428
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
R Figure 403A/TASK 25-55-41-991-003-C22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 429
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (2) Remove the tie-down points (2):
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (2) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down
R point (2).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (8) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (10), and remove the screws (7) from the tie-down
R point (8).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (8) from the plug housing (9).
R (c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
R fitting (12) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the
R tie-down fitting (12).
R (b) Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (3).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (15) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one seat-track
R section (15) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the nuts (16), and remove the screws (14) from the
R seat-track section (15).
R (b) Remove the seat-track section (15) from the structure (3).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 430
Feb 01/07
IAC
(6) Remove the tie-down fitting (18):
(a) Remove the nuts (19), and remove the screws (17) from the
tie-down fitting (18).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (18) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (21) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (21) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (22), and remove the screws (20) from the
tie-down fitting (21).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (21) from the structure (3).
(a) Remove the nuts (25), and remove the screws (23) from the
tie-down fitting (24).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (24) from the structure (3).
(a) Remove the nuts (28), and remove the screws (26) from the
tie-down fitting (27).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (27) from the structure (3).
Subtask 25-55-41-020-052-A
C. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 431
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
R Figure 403B/TASK 25-55-41-991-003-B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 432
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(2) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down
point (2).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(8) only is given here.
(a) Remove the nuts (10), and remove the screws (7) from the tie-down
point (8).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (8) from the plug housing (9).
(c) If necessary, remove the plug housing (9) from the structure (3).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down
fitting (12) only is given here.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-55-41
Page 433
Feb 01/07
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area
R Figure 403C/TASK 25-55-41-991-003-A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-41
Page 434
Feb 01/07
IAC
(a) Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the
tie-down fitting (12).
(b) Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (3).
Subtask 25-55-41-020-053
D. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-55-41-991-004)
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (8) from the tie-down and net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(3) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (4) from the tie-down point (3).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (3) from the spacer (2).
1
_ Remove the screws (5) from the spacer (2).
2
_ Remove the spacer (2) from the structure (1).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(6) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (7) from the tie-down point (6).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (6) from the structure (1).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-55-41
Page 435
Feb 01/07
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
Figure 404/TASK 25-55-41-991-004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-41
Page 436
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Remove the stanchion fittings (10).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is
____
the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one stanchion
fitting (10) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (11) from the stanchion fitting (10).
(b) Remove the stanchion fitting (10) from the structure (1).
R Subtask 25-55-41-020-053-B
R D. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
R of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 25-55-41-991-004-B)
R (a) Disconnect the net fittings (8) from the tie-down and net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (3) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (4) from the tie-down point (3).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (3) from the spacer (2).
R 1
_ Remove the screws (5) from the spacer (2).
R 2
_ Remove the spacer (2) from the structure (1).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-55-41
Page 437
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 404A/TASK 25-55-41-991-004-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 438
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (3) Remove the tie-down points (6):
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is the
____
R same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
R (6) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (7) from the tie-down point (6).
R (b) Remove the tie-down point (6) from the structure (1).
R NOTE : The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one stanchion
R fitting (10) only is given here.
R (a) Remove the screws (11) from the stanchion fitting (10).
R (b) Remove the stanchion fitting (10) from the structure (1).
Subtask 25-55-41-020-053-A
D. Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
of the BULK Cargo-Compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 404B/TASK 25-55-41-991-004-A)
(a) Disconnect the net fittings (8) from the tie-down and net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(3) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (4) from the tie-down point (3).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (3) from the spacer (2).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-55-41
Page 439
Feb 01/07
IAC
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area
R Figure 404B/TASK 25-55-41-991-004-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 440
Feb 01/07
IAC
(c) If necessary, remove the spacer (2):
1
_ Remove the screws (5) from the spacer (2).
2
_ Remove the spacer (2) from the structure (1).
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is the
____
same. Therefore, the removal procedure for one tie-down point
(6) only is given here.
(a) Remove the screws (7) from the tie-down point (6).
(b) Remove the tie-down point (6) from the structure (1).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 441
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-55-41-400-001
Installation of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the AFT and BULK
Cargo-Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 442
Feb 01/08
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 443
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 444
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(3) Make sure that the divider net between the AFT/BULK
cargo-compartments at FR59 is removed.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 445
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-55-41-860-050-A
R (1) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open and safetied
R with the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R (2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the opening of
R the AFT cargo-compartment door.
R (3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the BULK
R cargo-compartment door.
R (4) Make sure that the BULK cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
R 30-00-860-006).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-55-41-910-050
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the screws which attach the tie-down and net attachment fittings.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 446
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-41-910-050-A
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(2) Use a non-metal scraper to remove the old sealant from the component
interface and the adjacent area.
(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to clean the component
interface and the adjacent area.
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the screws which attach the tie-down and net attachment fittings.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 447
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-025,
Subtask 25-55-41-420-050
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (4) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (4) in position at the structure (5).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the seat-track sections (8)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
seat-track section (8) only is given here.
(a) Put the seat-track section (8) in position at the structure (5).
(a) Put the seat-track section (12) in position at the structure (5).
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 25-55-41
Page 448
Feb 01/08
IAC
(c) Install the screw (10).
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (1) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (2) to the net attachment fittings.
R
Subtask 25-55-41-420-050-A
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (2) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (8) only is given here.
(a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
removed.
(b) Put the tie-down point (8) in position at the plug housing (9).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-41
Page 449
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Install the seat-track sections (12):
(a) Put the seat-track section (12) in position at the structure (3).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (15)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (15) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (15) in position at the structure (3).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (18)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (18) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (18) in position at the structure (3).
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (21) in position at the structure (3).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (24)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (24) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (24) in position at the structure (3).
R
EFF :
026-099, 25-55-41
Page 450
Feb 01/08
IAC
(8) Install the tie-down fitting (27):
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (27) in position at the structure (3).
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (30) in position at the structure (3).
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (5) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.
R Subtask 25-55-41-420-050-C
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (2) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (8) only is given here.
R (a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
R removed.
R
EFF :
026-099, 101-199, 25-55-41
Page 451
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (b) Put the tie-down point (8) in position at the plug housing (9).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (15)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (15) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (15) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (18)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (18) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (18) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the seat-track section (21) in position at the structure (3).
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 452
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (7) Install the tie-down fitting (24):
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (24) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (27)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (27) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (27) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (30) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (33) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the cargo net(s) (5) in position at the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R (b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 453
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R Subtask 25-55-41-420-050-B
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (2) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (8) only is given here.
R (a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
R removed.
R (b) Put the tie-down point (8) in position at the plug housing (9).
R (a) Put the seat-track section (12) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (15)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (15) only is given here.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 454
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (15) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (18) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (21) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (24) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (27)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (27) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (27) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (30)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (30) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (30) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (33) in position at the structure (3).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 455
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (11) Install the tie-down fitting (36):
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (36) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the cargo net(s) (5) in position at the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R (b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-55-41-420-051
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (3) only is given here.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 456
Feb 01/08
IAC
(a) Install the spacer (2), if removed:
1
_ Put the spacer (2) in position at the structure (1).
2
_ Install the screws (5) in the spacer (2).
(b) Put the tie-down point (3) in position at the spacer (2).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (6) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (6) in position at the structure (1).
(a) Put the stanchion fitting (10) in position at the structure (1).
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (9) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (8) to the net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-55-41-420-052
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (4) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (4) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (4) in position at the structure (5).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 457
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(2) Install the cargo net(s) (1), if removed:
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (1) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (2) to the net attachment fittings.
R Subtask 25-55-41-420-052-B
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (2) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (8) only is given here.
R (a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
R removed.
R (b) Put the tie-down point (8) in position at the plug housing (9).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (3).
EFF :
001-012, 014-025, 101-199, 25-55-41
Page 458
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (b) Install the screws (11) and the nuts (13).
R (a) Put the seat-track section (15) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (18) in position at the structure (3).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (21)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down fitting (21) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (21) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (24) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the tie-down fitting (27) in position at the structure (3).
R (a) Put the cargo net(s) (5) in position at the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R (b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 459
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
Subtask 25-55-41-420-052-A
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (2) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (8) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (8) only is given here.
(a) Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if
removed.
(b) Put the tie-down point (8) in position at the plug housing (9).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-55-41
Page 460
Feb 01/07
IAC
(c) Install the screws (7) and the nuts (10).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (3).
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (5) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (6) to the net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-55-41-420-053
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (3) only is given here.
1
_ Put the spacer (2) in position at the structure (1).
2
_ Install the screws (5) in the spacer (2).
(b) Put the tie-down point (3) in position at the spacer (2).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-55-41
Page 461
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Install the tie-down points (6):
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (6) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (6) in position at the structure (1).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10)
____
is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
stanchion fitting (10) only is given here.
(a) Put the stanchion fitting (10) in position at the structure (1).
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (9) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (8) to the net attachment fittings.
R Subtask 25-55-41-420-053-B
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (3) only is given here.
R 1
_ Put the spacer (2) in position at the structure (1).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-55-41
Page 462
Feb 01/07
IAC
R 2
_ Install the screws (5) in the spacer (2).
R (b) Put the tie-down point (3) in position at the spacer (2).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is
____
R the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R tie-down point (6) only is given here.
R (a) Put the tie-down point (6) in position at the structure (1).
R NOTE : The installation procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10)
____
R is the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
R stanchion fitting (10) only is given here.
R (a) Put the stanchion fitting (10) in position at the structure (1).
R (a) Put the cargo net(s) (9) in position at the applicable net
R attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
R areas.
R (b) Connect the net fittings (8) to the net attachment fittings.
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 463
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
Subtask 25-55-41-420-053-A
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (3) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (3) only is given here.
1
_ Put the spacer (2) in position at the structure (1).
2
_ Install the screws (5) in the spacer (2).
(b) Put the tie-down point (3) in position at the spacer (2).
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (6) is
____
the same. Therefore, the installation procedure for one
tie-down point (6) only is given here.
(a) Put the tie-down point (6) in position at the structure (1).
(a) Put the cargo net(s) (9) in position at the applicable net
attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling
areas.
(b) Connect the net fittings (8) to the net attachment fittings.
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 464
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-41-390-050
F. Application of Sealants
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 465
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Application of Sealants
R Figure 405/TASK 25-55-41-991-005-B
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 466
Feb 01/07
IAC
Application of Sealants
R Figure 405A/TASK 25-55-41-991-005-A
EFF :
901-999, 25-55-41
Page 467
Feb 01/07
IAC
Application of Sealants
R Figure 405B/TASK 25-55-41-991-005
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-55-41
Page 468
Feb 01/07
IAC
(1) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in a closed
cutout:
(a) Make sure that the gap between the plug housing (2) and the
cutout in the floor panel (1) is clean.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gap
between the plug housing (2) and the cutout in the floor panel
(1).
(2) For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in an open
cutout:
(a) Make sure that the gaps between the tie-down fitting (4) and the
cutouts in the floor panels (1) are clean.
(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (3) and fill the gaps
between the tie-down fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor
panels (1).
(3) Use a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) to remove the unwanted sealant
from the component interface and the adjacent area.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-55-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-55-41
Page 469
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-55-41-410-050-A
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (3) Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment
R door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
EFF :
101-199, 25-55-41
Page 470
Feb 01/07
IAC
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. _______
General
The emergency equipment is installed for the safety of the crew and the
passengers in an emergency.
2. __________________
System Description
R
The emergency equipment includes:
EFF :
ALL 25-60-00
Page 1
May 01/04
IAC
ESCAPE FACILITIES - COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
In case of emergency evacuation,the occupants can evacuate the cockpit by
opening the sliding windows and using the escape ropes located above the
sliding windows.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1MM DESCENT DEVICE-EMERGENCY, CAPT 211 831 25-61-41
2MM DESCENT DEVICE-EMERGENCY, F/O 212 831 25-61-41
3. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
When the cabin is not pressurized, each sliding window can be opened using a
continuous two-phase control. The control is located at the rear section of
the windshield panel. The windshield panels are provided with an
open-position locking system. The dimensions of the exit provided by the
open windows enable crew evacuation after a crash.
A 5.5m long knotted rope is located in a stowage above the sliding windows
on either side of the overhead panel. The cover plate of each stowage is
held closed by VELCRO type adhesive tape which enables quick opening. These
stowages are identified by red labels.
When the cabin is not pressurized, each sliding window can be opened using a
continuous two-phase control. The control is located at the rear section of
the windshield panel. The windshield panels are provided with an
open-position locking system. The dimensions of the exit provided by the
open windows enable crew evacuation after a crash.
A 5.5m long knotted rope is located in a stowage above the sliding windows
on either side of the overhead panel. The cover plate of each stowage is
held closed by spring clips which enables quick opening. These stowages are
identified by red labels.
EFF :
ALL 25-61-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape Rope - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-61-00
Page 2
Feb 01/96
IAC
Cockpit Evacuation - Emergency Exit
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-61-00
Page 3/4
Feb 01/96
IAC
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY (1MM,2MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 25-61-41-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-61-41-020-050
EFF :
ALL 25-61-41
Page 401
Feb 01/96
IAC
Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
Figure 401/TASK 25-61-41-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-61-41
Page 402
Feb 01/96
IAC
TASK 25-61-41-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-61-41-420-050
(1) Engage the loop of the emergency descent device (6) in the attachment
(5).
(2) Put the attachment (5) and the screws (4) in the correct position and
then TORQUE the screws to between 0.35 and 0.40 m.daN (30.97 and
35.39 lbf.in).
(3) Install the emergency descent device (6) in its stowage compartment.
EFF :
ALL 25-61-41
Page 403
May 01/05
IAC
(6) Install the cover (3).
4. ________
Close up
Subtask 25-61-41-942-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-61-41
Page 404
Feb 01/96
IAC
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY (1MM,2MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________
TASK 25-61-41-200-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set Up
Subtask 25-61-41-020-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-61-41-210-050
(1) Make sure that the fitting (4) of the emergency descent device and
the 2 screws that attach it to the airframe (frame 11), shows no
signs of corrosion or damage.
(2) Make sure that the loop of the emergency descent device shows no
signs of wear.
EFF :
ALL 25-61-41
Page 601
Feb 01/96
IAC
Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
Figure 601/TASK 25-61-41-991-002
EFF :
ALL 25-61-41
Page 602
Feb 01/96
IAC
(3) Remove the emergency descent device from its housing. Make sure that
it is in the correct condition.
5. ________
Close Up
Subtask 25-61-41-420-051
EFF :
ALL 25-61-41
Page 603
Feb 01/96
IAC
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. General
_______
The cabin escape facilities are installed at all aircraft exits, and
function as dual-lane or single-lane escape-slides. They permit quick
evacuation for the passengers and the crew in an emergency.
2. __________________
Component Location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7500MM ESCAPE SLIDE FWD L 831 831 25-62-44
7501MM ESCAPE SLIDE FWD R 841 841 25-62-44
7502MM ESCAPE SLIDE AFT L 832 832 25-62-44
7503MM ESCAPE SLIDE AFT R 842 842 25-62-44
7504MM ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING L 193 193AT 25-62-42
7505MM ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING R 194 194AT 25-62-42
7506MM RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L 151 862 25-62-46
7507MM RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R 152 862 25-62-46
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Cabin Escape Facilities - Location
Figure 001
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-00
Page 2
May 01/07
IAC
R Cabin Escape Facilities - Location
R Figure 001A
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 3
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Cabin Escape Facilities - Location
Figure 001B
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-00
Page 4
May 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 7500MM ESCAPE SLIDE FWD L 831 831 25-62-44
R 7501MM ESCAPE SLIDE FWD R 841 841 25-62-44
R 7502MM ESCAPE SLIDE AFT L 832 832 25-62-44
R 7503MM ESCAPE SLIDE AFT R 842 842 25-62-44
R 7770MM ESCAPE SLIDE FOR DOOR 2LH 100 131BL 25-62-47
R 7771MM ESCAPE SLIDE FOR DOOR 2RH 100 132BR 25-62-47
R 7772MM ESCAPE SLIDE FOR DOOR 3LH 100 151BL 25-62-47
R 7773MM ESCAPE SLIDE FOR DOOR 3RH 100 152BR 25-62-47
R 7774MM PRESSURE BOTTLE DOOR 2LH 200 25-62-49
R 7775MM PRESSURE BOTTLE DOOR 2RH 200 25-62-49
R 7776MM PRESSURE BOTTLE DOOR 3LH 200 25-62-49
R 7777MM PRESSURE BOTTLE DOOR 3RH 200 25-62-49
3. __________________
System Description
Dual lane escape slide rafts are installed at all cabin doors.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 5
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
The slide raft has a special move function that permits quick release
from a damaged door, for subsequent inflation at a different door.
C. Warning Systems
Escape facility warning systems (Ref. 52-70-00) are installed at all
cabin exits.
A warning light operates immediatly an exit is opened in the ARMED mode.
An audible warning sound operates in the cockpit.
4. Interface
_________
R
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 6
Feb 01/07
IAC
5. _____________________
Component Description
R
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 7
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape-Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Latch Type)
Figure 002 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-00
Page 8
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape-Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Latch Type)
Figure 002 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-00
Page 9
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape Slide Assembly
Figure 002A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 10
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape Slide Assembly
Figure 002A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 11
Feb 01/07
IAC
Offwing Escape Slide System - Component Location/Description
Figure 003 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 12
Feb 01/07
IAC
Offwing Escape Slide System - Component Location/Description
Figure 003 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 13
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Escape-Slide System - Emergency Exits - Component Location/Description
R Figure 003A (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 14
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Escape-Slide System - Emergency Exits - Component Location/Description
R Figure 003A (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 15
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Escape-Slide System - Emergency Exits - Component Location/Description
R Figure 003A (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 16
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflated Escape Slide/Raft - Component Location
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-00
Page 17
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Inflated Escape Slide - Doors 1 and 4 - Component Location
R Figure 004A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 18
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Inflated Escape Slide - Component Location
Figure 004B
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-00
Page 19
May 01/07
IAC
Inflated Offwing Escape Slide - Component Location
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 20
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Inflated Escape Slide - Doors 2 and 3 - Component Location
R Figure 005A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 21
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
The escape slide raft is made of two inflatable chambers, an upper and
lower. The chambers are attached together and each chamber inflates
independently from the same inflation reservoir.
The slide rafts have seating for:
NOTE : The survival kit for the supplemental life raft is kept in the
____
supplemental life raft pack.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 22
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R NOTE : The inflatable assembly and inflation system are divided. The
____
R inflation reservoir is installed above the door, and the
R inflatable assembly is installed below the door.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 23
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type)
Figure 006 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 24
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type)
Figure 006 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 25
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
(b) The valve/regulator assembly controls the gas flow from the
inflation reservoir to the aspirator.
1
_ The inflation reservoir supplies gas to the inflatable
assembly through the aspirator inlet assembly when the
inflation system is activated.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 26
Feb 01/07
IAC
2
_ The flexible hose assembly connects the inflation reservoir to
the inlet assembly.
3
_ Flapper valves installed in the aspirator operate as a one-way
check valve for inlet air. The fast expansion of gas in the
aspirator when the inflation system is activated causes the
flapper valves to open. They open because of the induction
effect from gas movement into the inflatable assembly and let
ambient air into the aspirator. System inflation is faster
when the air and gas mix and decreases the size (capacity)
necessary for the reservoir.
(3) The pack assembly holds the inflatable assembly and the inflation
system in position on the door.
(4) The decorative cover protects the pack assembly when it is installed
on the door. It has a color scheme that agrees with the cabin
interior.
R (3) At the FWD/AFT passenger/crew doors, the packboard assembly holds the
R inflatable assembly and the inflation system in position on the door.
R At the FWD/AFT emergency doors, the pack assembly holds the
R inflatable assembly in position below the door. The pack assembly is
R installed in a stowage compartment in the fuselage.
(1) The offwing escape slides are made of the the same materials as the
door escape-slides. The slide pack is held in a stowage compartment
and the stowage compartment attach-panel completes the
wing-to-fuselage fairing assembly, left and right. Access to the
offwing escape slides is through the emergency exits. Each assembly
has a ramp platform and a dual-lane slide. The ramp platform has an
inflatable ramp rail to guide the passengers and crew onto the slide.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 27
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) The inflation reservoirs are installed in the AFT cargo compartment,
behind the sidewall panels 151CW and 152CW. Each inflation reservoir
includes a pressure gage and valve/regulator assembly. The
valve/regulator assembly is connected to the release mechanism of an
emergency exit with release cables. The release mechanism is operated
when one of the emergency exits is opened.
(3) The inflation procedures for the offwing escape slides are similar to
the door escape-slides.
6. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
(1) When the emergency control handle (ECH) is set to ARMED the girt bar
connects the inflatable assembly to the floor attach fittings.
As the door opens the outboard movement of the door pulls the
inflatable assembly from the packboard assembly. As the inflatable
assembly is released its starts to fall and a lanyard pulls the
reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) to open. The
reservoir gas supply starts to flow through the flexible hose and the
aspirator inlet assembly.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 28
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
R At the FWD/AFT emergency doors, when the ECH is set to ARMED, the
R door release lever is positioned to engage the slide release
R mechanism. As the door opens, the outboard movement of the door
R strikes the release mechanism and starts inflation. The inflation
R procedure takes approximately 3s.
(2) If the automatic inflation system does not operate, the reservoir
valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) can be opened with the manual
inflation handle.
R NOTE : The door must be open, to get access to the manual inflation
____
R handle at the FWD/AFT emergency exit door.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 29
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
(1) The offwing escape slide inflates when you remove one of the
emergency exit hatches. As the exit hatch is removed the hatch
latch-pin engages a release lever installed in the exit fuselage
frame. Movement of the release lever causes a tension in the release
cable which opens the reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator
assembly). The initial gas supply releases the blow-out door
installed in the stowage compartment attach-panel. It then inflates
the offwing escape slide through the flexible hose and aspirator
inlet assembly. The inflation procedure takes approximately 5s.
(2) If the automatic inflation system does not operate the reservoir
valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) can be opened with the manual
inflation handle. The manual inflation handle is red in color and can
be seen when the emergency exit hatch is removed.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 30
Feb 01/07
IAC
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-00-481-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-053
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 201
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-62-00-010-063
(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-481-050
(a) Remove the lock pin (3) from the pocket (1).
(b) Install the lock pin (3) in the regulator valve assembly (4).
(c) If you cannot install the lock pin (3) in the regulator valve
assembly (4) refer to (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-820-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 202
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir - Install/Remove Lockpin Assembly
Figure 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 203
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-00-081-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Removal of the lockpin assembly from the inflation reservoir of the offwing
escape-slide
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-051
(1) Make sure the ground service is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-
001).
(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 204
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure the access platform is in position adjacent to the AFT
cargo-compartment exit.
(4) Make sure the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-081-050
(1) Remove the lockpin assembly (3) from the valve/regulator assembly
(4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-063
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-62-00-991-003)
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 205
Feb 01/07
IAC
(6) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-00-862-053
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 206
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-00-820-001
Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock pin in the Regulator Valve Assembly of
the Inflation Reservoir - Offwing Escape-Slide
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 207
Feb 01/08
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-941-059
NOTE : We recommend that only personnel who know the system do this
____
procedure.
(a) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft wing.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 208
Feb 01/08
IAC
(c) Attach the protection in position:
(d) Refer to the FIGURE for the approximate dimensions and position
of the protection.
(e) Use tacky tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) and attach
the protection on to the upper surface of the wing.
(a) Below the related offwing escape-slide, make sure that an area
with approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is clear of all
miscellaneous equipment.
(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the offwing escape-slide hits
the ground.
(d) Put WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to go into the
area behind the safety barriers.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
(a) Set the slat/flap control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 209
Feb 01/08
IAC
(c) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control lever to tell
persons not to operate the flaps.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-820-050
A. Adjustment Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 25-62-00-991-004)
(c) Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to let you see the pulley
stop-pin (6) on the right regulator valve assembly (5).
(2) Remove the lock pin (3) from the pocket (1).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN ONLY IN THE
_______
DIRECTION OF THE BLACK MARK (CLOSED POSITION).
IF YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION,
YOU WILL START AN UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT SEQUENCE.
THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a) Put an ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN (8) into the hexagonal socket (9).
(b) Turn the Allen key (8) in the SAFE direction, to move the pulley
stop-pin (6) in the direction of the BLACK mark (7) (closed
position).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 210
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir - Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock Pin Assembly
Figure 202/TASK 25-62-00-991-004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 211
Feb 01/07
IAC
NOTE : When the pulley stop-pin (6) is in the fully closed
____
position, the internal hole aligns with the installation
hole (4).
(4) Install the lock pin (3) in the installation hole (4).
(b) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE back in position
adjacent to the AFT cargo-compartment exit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-942-062
(5) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the upper surface of the
wing.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 212
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199,
TASK 25-62-00-820-002
Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock pin in the Regulator Valve Assembly of
the Inflation Reservoir - Door 2/3
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 213
Feb 01/08
IAC
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-62-00-941-060
R A. Safety Precautions
R NOTE : We recommend that only personnel who know the system do this
____
R procedure.
R (a) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft fuselage.
R (d) Refer to the FIGURE for the dimensions and position of the
R protection.
R (e) Use tacky tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) and attach
R the protection on to the surface of the fuselage below the door
R sill.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 214
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Ground safety procedure:
(a) Below the applicable door, make sure that an area with
approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is clear of all
miscellaneous equipment.
(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the escape-slide hits the
ground.
(d) Put WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to go into the
area behind the safety barriers.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
(a) Set the slat/flap control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009).
(c) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control lever to tell
persons not to operate the flaps.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 215
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-820-051
A. Adjustment Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN IN THE
_______
DIRECTION OF THE PRESSURE GAGE (CLOSED POSITION) ONLY.
IF YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN AWAY FROM THE PRESSURE
GAGE, YOU WILL START AN UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT SEQUENCE. THIS
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2) Push the release stud (5) in the SAFE direction, to move the pulley
stop-pin (4) to the closed position.
NOTE : When the pulley stop-pin (4) is in the fully closed position,
____
the internal hole aligns with the installation hole (3).
(3) Remove the lock pin (2) from the pocket (1).
(4) Install the lock pin (2) in the installation hole (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-942-063
(5) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the fuselage.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 216
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Inflation Reservoir - Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock Pin Assembly
R Figure 203/TASK 25-62-00-991-015
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 217
Feb 01/07
IAC
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-00-040-001
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure Check
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-054
Subtask 25-62-00-010-064
B. Get Access
(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-62-00
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
Pressure Gage - Location
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Pressure Gage - Component Location
R Figure 401A/TASK 25-62-00-991-002-A
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 404
Feb 01/08
IAC
(4) FOR 7506MM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-063
(1) Examine the pressure gage (2) installed on the inflation reservoir
(1).
(2) Make sure that the needle is in the GREEN cursor (GO band).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-62-00
Page 405
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-059
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-00-862-054
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-62-00
Page 406
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-62-00-040-005
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on FAP) - Pressure Check
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 407
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-058
R Subtask 25-62-00-010-069-A
R B. Get Access
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-62-00-991-002-A)
Subtask 25-62-00-010-069
B. Get Access
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)
R
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-62-00-210-067-A
R (2) Make sure that the gage shows the correct pressure.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
Subtask 25-62-00-210-067
R
(1) Examine the pressure gage (2) installed on the inflation reservoir
(1).
(2) Make sure that the needle is in the GREEN cursor (GO band).
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-62-00-410-065-A
R A. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 25-62-00-991-002-A)
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-00-410-065
A. Close Access
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-00-991-002)
R
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-00-862-058
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 411
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
TASK 25-62-00-040-008
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-061
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-068
A. Visual Inspection
NOTE : You can see the pressure gage through the inspection window in
____
the decorative cover.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-00
Page 412
Feb 01/08
IAC
(2) Make sure that the pressure gages show the correct pressure.
1
_ Let the temperature conditions become stable, then examine the
gage (2) again.
2
_ If the pressure gage continues to show an incorrect
indication:
- Stop the operation of the applicable door.
- Refer to the associated MMEL item.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-862-061
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-00
Page 413
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-62-00-040-009
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-062
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-069
A. Visual Inspection
NOTE : You can see the pressure gage through the inspection window in
____
the decorative cover.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 414
Feb 01/08
IAC
(2) Make sure that the gages show the correct pressure.
1
_ Let the temperature conditions become stable, then examine the
gage again.
2
_ If the gage continues to show an incorrect indication:
- Stop the operation of the applicable door.
- Refer to the associated MMEL item.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-862-062
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 415
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199,
TASK 25-62-00-040-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-010-065
A. Get Access
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 416
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-064
A. Inspection:
(2) Make sure that the pointer of the pressure gage is in or above the
green GO band.
(3) If the pointer is above the green GO band upper limit, a GO
condition is permitted.
(4) If the pointer is below the green GO band lower limit, you must:
(a) Wait for temperature conditions to become stable and do Step (1)
again.
or
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-060
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 417
Feb 01/08
IAC
Inflation Reservoir Pressure-Gage
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-00-991-005
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 418
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
TASK 25-62-00-040-006
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 419
Feb 01/08
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-064
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
NOTE : The lock pin (3) and the pressure blanking-plug (7) are kept in a
____
pocket, which attaches to the inflation reservoir (1).
(1) If the inflation reservoir (1) is charged, install the lock pin (3)
in the regulator valve assembly (2).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flaps, during the installation procedure.
(5) Install the blanking plug (7) on the enclosure connection (8).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-040-052
(1) Put the lower edge of the enclosure door (5) in the groove in the
bottom of the enclosure (4).
(2) Close the enclosure door (5) on the three ball-lock assemblies (6).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 420
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Installation of the Enclosure Door
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-00-991-014
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 421
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(3) Push the head of the lock pin (10) with a SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS
HEAD, then:
- Apply force to the enclosure door (5) adjacent to the lock pin (9).
- Remove the screwdriver.
- Continue to push the enclosure door (5) until the lock pin (9)
moves quickly back to a flush position with the surface of the
enclosure door (5).
Subtask 25-62-00-869-054
B. System Consequences
(1) The message SLIDE PRESSURE LOW shows on the programming and test
panel (PTP).
Subtask 25-62-00-869-054-A
B. System Consequences
(1) The message CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE shows on the flight attendant
panel (FAP).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-860-065
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 422
Feb 01/08
IAC
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 423
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-62-00-440-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-010-073
A. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-440-052
A. Reactivation Procedure
(1) Replace the related inflation reservoir, if discharged (Ref. TASK 25-
62-46-000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 424
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199,
TASK 25-62-00-040-007
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-062
NOTE : The lock pin (1) and the pressure blanking-plug (5) are kept in a
____
pocket, which attaches to the inflation reservoir (1).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 425
Feb 01/08
IAC
Installation of the Enclosure Door
Figure 404/TASK 25-62-00-991-013- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 426
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Installation of the Enclosure Door
Figure 404/TASK 25-62-00-991-013- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 427
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(1) If the inflation reservoir (1) is charged, install the lock pin (3)
in the regulator valve assembly (2).
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
(4) Install the blanking plug (5) on the enclosure connection (4).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-040-053
(1) Put the lower edge of the enclosure door (8) in the groove in the
bottom of the enclosure (6).
(2) Close the enclosure door (8) on the three ball-lock assemblies (7).
(3) Push the head of the lock pin (12) with a SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS
HEAD, then:
- Apply force to the enclosure door (8) adjacent to the lock pin
(13).
- Remove the screwdriver.
- Continue to push the enclosure door (8) until the lock pin (13)
moves quickly back to a flush position with the surface of the
enclosure door (8).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 428
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(5) If an AFT emergency-exit escape-slide is removed, install the fairing
(10):
(a) Engage the tongue-tabs (9) behind the belly fairing, and close
the fairing (10).
(b) Push the latch (11) into the fairing (10) until it engages behind
the belly fairing.
(c) Make sure that the latch (11) is flush with the outside surface
of the fairing (10).
Subtask 25-62-00-869-055
B. System Consequences
(1) On the programming and test panel (PTP), if the cabin assignment
model (CAM) is programmed to monitor the inflation reservoirs (1):
- the message SLIDE PRESSURE LOW will show.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-860-063
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 429
Feb 01/08
IAC
TASK 25-62-00-440-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-010-072
A. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-440-051
A. Reactivation Procedure
(1) Replace the related inflation reservoir, if discharged (Ref. TASK 25-
62-49-000-001) (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-400-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 430
Feb 01/08
IAC
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________
TASK 25-62-00-710-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 501
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-056
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is energized from external power
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU
(Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-010) or with the TEST EMER LIGHT SYS
pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).
(3) Install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (2) in the
emergency control-handle (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 502
May 01/08
IAC
R Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
Figure 501/TASK 25-62-00-991-010
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 503
Nov 01/03
IAC
(4) Make sure that the emergency control-handle is set to the
DISARMED/MANUAL position.
(b) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft fuselage.
1
_ Refer to the FIGURE for the dimensions and position of the
protection.
2
_ Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) to
attach the protection on to the surface of the fuselage below
the door sill.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 504
Feb 01/08
IAC
(7) Ground safety procedure:
(a) Below the applicable door, make sure that an area with
approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is clear of all
miscellaneous equipment.
(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the escape-slide hits the
ground.
(8) Push the pushbutton (7), and pull the support arm (8) to get access
to the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder:
(a) Record the pressure value shown on the gage to control if the
correct pressure is shown. Refer to the values given in the
charging procedure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001).
(9) Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).
(a) Make sure that the pressure gage (4) shows the correct value.
1
_ A correct indication is shown when the gage needle is:
- Over the green cursor (green GO band)
- To the right of the green cursor.
2
_ An incorrect indication is shown when the gage needle is:
- To the left of the green cursor.
(11) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), set the EMER EXIT
LT switch (11) to the ARM position.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 505
May 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-710-051
R (1) Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers; one
R opposite to the door and one parallel to the door.
(2) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (2) and set the
emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position.
R (a) Start the stopwatch while the door starts to move up in the door
R cut-out.
(b) Stop the stopwatch when the escape-slide is fully extended and
R hangs below the horizontal position. The escape-slide then
R continues to lower to the ground.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU SET THE DOOR CONTROL HANDLE TO OPEN.
_______
THE DOOR OPENS WITH SUDDEN FORCE. YOU MUST RELEASE THE DOOR
CONTROL HANDLE TO PREVENT INJURY.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 506
Nov 01/07
IAC
R WARNING : IF THE ESCAPE SLIDE DOES NOT INFLATE AUTOMATICALLY, MAKE
_______
R SURE THAT:
R - NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT ARE IN THE SLIDE DEPLOYMENT AREA,
R AND
R - THE DOOR IS IN ITS FULLY OPEN AND LOCKED POSITION, AND
R - THE SLIDE IS FULLY RELEASED OUTSIDE THE CABIN,
R THEN PULL THE MANUAL HANDLE TO INFLATE THE SLIDE.
(b) Lift the door control-handle (6) and quickly release it.
R (6) Put the safety barrier strap (1) in position across the exit.
R (7) Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an
analysis of the deployment sequence.
R (8) Disconnect the light harness from the cabin emergency lighting:
R (9) Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information
with the deployed escape-slide after it is removed for restoration.
R (10) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), set the EMER EXIT
LT switch (11) to the OFF position.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 507
Nov 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-860-057
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(8) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the fuselage.
(10) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 508
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
TASK 25-62-00-710-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 509
Nov 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-060
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU
(Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-010) or with the TEST EMER LIGHT SYS
pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 510
May 01/08
IAC
Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
Figure 502/TASK 25-62-00-991-008
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 511
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Do a visual check of the inflation reservoir (3):
(c) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
1
_ Remove the access panel 151KW.
2
_ Examine the pressure gage (6) of the inflation reservoir (3)
with a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE.
1
_ Remove the access panel 152KW.
(f) Record the pressure value shown on the gage (6) to control if the
value is correct.
(g) Make sure that the lock pin (4) is not installed in the regulator
valve assembly (5).
(a) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft wing.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 512
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(c) Attach the protection material in position:
1
_ Refer to the FIGURE for the approximate dimensions and
position of the protection.
2
_ Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) to
attach the protection to the upper surface of the wing.
(a) Below the applicable offwing escape-slide, make sure that an area
with a radius of 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) is clear of all other
equipment.
(c) Put plastic sheet in position where the offwing escape-slide hits
the ground.
1
_ Close the aft cargo-compartment door, if you do a test of the
right offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 513
May 01/08
R
IAC
(a) Set the slat/flap control-lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009).
(d) On the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that the EMER EXIT
LT switch (1) is set to the ARM position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-710-052
(1) Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers, one
opposite to the door and one parallel to the door.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 514
May 01/08
IAC
Offwing Escape-Slide - Operation
Figure 503/TASK 25-62-00-991-009
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 515
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) Stop the stopwatch when the offwing escape-slide is fully
extended and hangs below the horizontal position. The offwing
escape-slide then continues to lower to the ground.
(4) Pull down the cover flap (2) from the hatch (4) and remove it.
(5) Pull down the lever (1) and hold it in this position, then carefully
pull the top of the hatch (4) inboard.
R (6) Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an
analysis of the deployment sequence.
R (7) Hold the lower handle (3) with your other hand, and lift the hatch
(4) away from the opening.
(a) Use masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
074) and attach a coin to the proximity switch (5).
R (10) Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information
with the deployed offwing escape-slide after it is removed for
restoration.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 516
Feb 01/08
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-860-061
(1) Remove the deployed offwing escape-slide and enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-
62-42-000-002).
(3) Make sure that you remove the coin from the proximity switch (5)
before you install the hatch.
(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(12) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the upper surface of the
wing.
(14) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 517
Nov 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R TASK 25-62-00-710-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 518
Feb 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-058
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is energized from external power
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU
(Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-010) or with the TEST EMER LIGHT SYS
pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001).
(3) Open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door) from
the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 519
Nov 01/07
IAC
R Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
R Figure 504/TASK 25-62-00-991-011- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 520
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
R Figure 504/TASK 25-62-00-991-011- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 521
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (4) Prevent damage to the fuselage:
R (b) Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft fuselage.
R 1
_ Refer to the FIGURE for the dimensions and position of the
R protection.
R 2
_ Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-069) and
R attach the protection on to the surface of the fuselage below
R the door sill.
R (a) Below the applicable door, make sure that an area with
R approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is clear of all
R miscellaneous equipment.
R (c) Put plastic sheet in position where the escape-slide hits the
R ground.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 522
Feb 01/07
IAC
(d) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to go into
the area behind the safety barrier.
(6) Push the release button (5), and pull the door with the assist handle
(4) to get access to the door-damper and emergency-operation
cylinder:
(a) Record the pressure value shown on the gage to control if the
correct pressure is shown. Refer to the values given in the
pressurization of the pressure accumulator (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
614-002).
(7) Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
410-001).
NOTE : You can see the pressure gage (10) through the inspection
____
window (6) or through the opened access panel (7).
(b) Record the pressure shown on the gage (10) to control if the
correct pressure is shown.
(8) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that
the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to the ARM position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-710-050
R (1) Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers; one
R opposite to the door and one parallel to the door.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 523
Nov 01/07
IAC
(2) Start the video cameras to record the deployment sequence.
(a) Start the stopwatch as the door starts to move up in the door
cut-out.
(b) Stop the stopwatch when the escape-slide is fully extended and
hangs below the horizontal position. The escape-slide then
continues to lower to the ground.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU SET THE DOOR CONTROL HANDLE TO OPEN.
_______
THE DOOR OPENS WITH SUDDEN FORCE. YOU MUST RELEASE THE DOOR
CONTROL HANDLE TO PREVENT INJURY.
(b) Lift the door control-handle (2) and quickly release it.
R (5) Put the safety barrier strap in position across the exit.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 524
Nov 01/07
IAC
R (6) Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an
analysis of the deployment sequence.
(a) Push the release rod (5), and pull the door with the assist
handle (4) until it is in the correct position.
(b) Carefully lower, and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(c) Open the protection cover (12) and set the emergency
control-handle (11) to the DISARMED position.
NOTE : If you open the door again, the light harness stays off,
____
because the emergency control-handle (11) is set in the
DISARMED position.
R (8) Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information
with the deployed escape-slide after it is removed for restoration.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-860-059
(1) Remove the deployed escape-slide from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-47-
000-002).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 525
Nov 01/07
IAC
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(10) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the fuselage.
(12) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 526
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-62-00-780-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-010-074
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-780-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-068
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 527
Feb 01/07
IAC
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
TASK 25-62-00-210-001
Check Pressure at Door Escape-Slide/Slide Raft Pressure Gage (if not connected
to CIDS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 601
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-056
Subtask 25-62-00-010-061
(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 602
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location
Figure 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 603
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) FOR 7506MM
R Subtask 25-62-00-010-061-A
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-210-050
A. Visual Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001)
NOTE : You can see the pressure gage (2) through the inspection
____
window in the decorative-cover (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 604
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Make sure that the gages (2) show the correct pressure.
1
_ Let temperature conditions become stable, then examine the
gage (2) again.
2
_ If the gage (2) continues to show an incorrect indication,
replace the escape-slide/slide raft pack-assembly and/or
inflation reservoir (1).
a
_ At the doors, replace the escape-slide/slide raft
pack-assembly:
- Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-
44-000-002) or the escape-slide raft pack-assembly
(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012).
- Install a new escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-
62-44-400-006) or escape-slide raft pack-assembly
(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007).
b
_ In the aft cargo-compartment, replace the inflation
reservoir (1):
- Remove the inflation reservoir (1) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-
000-001).
- Install a new inflation reservoir (1) (Ref. TASK 25-62-
46-400-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 605
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location
R Figure 601A/TASK 25-62-00-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 606
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location
R Figure 601A/TASK 25-62-00-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 607
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-62-00-210-050-A
R A. Visual Inspection
R (Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 25-62-00-991-001-A)
R NOTE : You can see the pressure gage (2) through the inspection
____
R window in the decorative-cover (3).
R (2) Make sure the gages (2) show the correct pressure.
R 1
_ At the doors:
R - Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-
R 000-002) or the escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK
R 25-62-44-000-012).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 608
Feb 01/07
IAC
R - Install a new escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-
R 44-400-006) or escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK
R 25-62-44-400-007).
R 2
_ And at one of the two other applicable locations:
R - Remove the inflation reservoir (1) (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-000-
R 001).
R - Install the inflation reservoir (1) (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-400-
R 001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-62-00-991-001)
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 609
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R Subtask 25-62-00-410-050-A
R A. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 25-62-00-991-001-A)
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-00-862-056
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 610
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-00-750-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-020-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-750-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-420-052
EFF :
ALL 25-62-00
Page 611
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
TASK 25-62-00-750-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-020-053
A. Remove the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-
62-46-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-00-750-051
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-00-420-053
A. Install the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK
25-62-46-400-001).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-00
Page 612
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199,
R TASK 25-62-00-750-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-62-00-020-055
R A. Remove the inflation reservoir for the door 2/3 escape slide (Ref. TASK
R 25-62-49-000-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-62-00-750-052
R A. Do the hydrostatic test of the inflation reservoir for the door 2/3
R escape slide (Ref. CMM 256521).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-62-00-420-055
R A. Install the inflation reservoir for the door 2/3 escape slide (Ref. TASK
R 25-62-49-400-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-00
Page 613
Feb 01/07
IAC
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING (7504MM,7505MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-42-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 401
Aug 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-481-051
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
(a) set the the flap/slat control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009),
Subtask 25-62-42-941-054
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-020-051
CAUTION : KEEP OFF THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE. IF YOU GO ON IT, YOU CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 402
Aug 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-62-42
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-42-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-42-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
(1) Deflate the offwing escape slide (15):
(a) Push in the flapper valves (1) of the aspirator (2) and release
the pressure from the offwing escape slide (15).
(a) Disconnect the inflation hose (3) from the stowage compartment
assembly (4).
NOTE : Hold the two ends of each connector with a finger and a
____
thumb. Turn one half of the connector a quarter turn (90
degrees) and pull the connector apart.
(e) Loosen the tie-off cord which holds the electrical light
cable-assembly to the grommet of the girt.
1
_ Make sure that you do not cut the tie-off cord.
If you cut it, replace the electrical light cable.
(a) Support the slide and release the LOWER girt assembly (6).
(b) Open the girt flap (9) and find the girt release handle (10).
(c) Remove the girt release handle (10) from the attach velcro (11).
(d) Pull the girt release handle (10) to remove the release pin (12).
(e) Let the lace-up joint (13) open to release the offwing
escape-slide girt (14).
(f) Do step A.(3) again with the FWD girt assembly (7) and the TOP
girt assembly (8).
NOTE : The ground area, where the offwing escape slide (15) is
____
lowered, must be clean and free from sharp objects.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 406
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(a) Carefully lower the offwing escape slide (15) to the ground.
NOTE : The exposed wire of the frangible link can cause damage to
____
the slide inflatable material when the slide is packed.
NOTE : When you roll up a deflated escape slide (15), start from
____
the bottom end of the slide.
(a) Remove and retain the seal attach-plate screws (10) and the
countersunk washers (11).
(b) Remove and retain the seal attach-plate (12) and the seal strips
(9).
(d) Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an
angle and hold it.
(f) Disconnect the inflation hose (16) from the fuselage (15), and
remove the escape slide enclosure (7) from the aircraft.
(i) Make sure that all components are kept together which were
removed with the escape slide enclosure (7) and attached
enclosure door (8):
- Seal attach plate (12)
- Seal strips (9)
- Screws (10)
- Countersunk washers (11).
They are made to operate as a complete assembly.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 407
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
R Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM)
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 408
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM)
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 409
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM)
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 410
Feb 01/08
IAC
NOTE : If parts are damaged or get lost, an order of the
____
components as spare parts is possible (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-
000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001) and (Ref. IPC
533503).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-42-860-052
(2) Install the charged inflation reservoir/s, 7506MM (7507MM) (Ref. TASK
25-62-46-400-001).
(3) Install the offwing escape slide/s, 7504MM (7505MM) (Ref. TASK 25-62-
42-400-001).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 411
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-62-42-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 412
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-861-051
Subtask 25-62-42-010-060
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-42-991-005)
(1) Open the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
(a) Remove the lockpin assembly (4) from the pocket (1).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 413
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(7) Safety precautions in the cockpit:
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
(a) Set the the flap/slat control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-020-050
(1) Remove and keep the seal attach plate screws (10) and the countersunk
washers (11).
(2) Remove and keep the seal attach plate (12) and the seal strips (9).
(4) Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an angle
and hold it.
(6) Disconnect the inflation hose (16) from the fuselage union (15).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 414
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(7) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(9) Remove the escape slide enclosure (7) from the aircraft.
(10) Make sure that all components are kept together which were removed
with the escape slide enclosure (7):
- Seal attach plate (12)
- Seal strips (9)
- Screws (10)
- Countersunk washers (11).
They are made to operate as a complete assembly.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 415
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-62-42-920-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-010-058
A. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-920-051
A. Workshop Procedure
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-42-410-057
A. Close Access
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 416
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
TASK 25-62-42-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 417
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-
861-001).
(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position adjacent
to the AFT cargo compartment exit.
(4) Make sure that the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
position.
(7) Make sure that the applicable inflation reservoir (2) is installed
(Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001) and safetied:
(a) Make sure that the lockpin assembly (4) is installed in the
valve/regulator assembly (3).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 418
Feb 01/08
IAC
(8) If the inflation reservoir (2) is removed, make sure that the
pressure seal cap (5) is installed:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
_______
DISCONNECTED LINE ENDS. THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN DEPLOY IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED AND THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ARE NOT
INSTALLED.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Make sure that the pressure seal cap (5) is installed on the
bulkhead union (6).
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
(a) The flap/slat control lever is set to the 0 position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009).
(a) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position adjacent to the panel 193AT.
(a) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position adjacent to the panel 194AT.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-210-055
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the enclosure door (8) and the
ball locking mechanisms (13).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 419
May 01/08
R
IAC
(2) Make sure:
- the enclosure door (8) has a flush surface with the outside surface
of its escape slide enclosure (7).
- that all 3 ball lock pins (18) are flush with the outside surface
of each ball lock mechanism (13).
- Make sure that the slide enclosure ball locks are clean and free of
paint.
NOTE : If the enclosure door (8) and the ball lockpins (18) are not
____
in the correct position, you must replace the escape slide
enclosure (7).
Subtask 25-62-42-420-052
R NOTE : The enclosure doors for the offing escape-slides are delivered
____
R with black conductive paint. They must be painted before
R installation. For the paint in that area you can refer to the
R customized external painting drawing. The SRM also specifies the
R type of materials you must use for different fuselage sections.
(2) Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an angle
and hold it.
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(4) Connect the inflation hose (16) to the fuselage union (15) and torque
to between 3.0 and 3.2 m.daN (22.12 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
The elbow fitting of the inflation hose must have a specified
orientation for the correct installation: 5 degree angle to the top
side of the enclosure.
(7) Close the escape slide enclosure (7) and tighten the studs (17).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 420
May 01/08
IAC
(8) Put the seal strips (9) and the seal attach plate (12) in position
and install the countersunk washers (11) and the screws (10).
Subtask 25-62-42-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the emergency lighting system (Ref. TASK 33-
51-00-710-001) or (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-42-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(a) Remove the lockpin assembly (4) from the valve/regulator assembly
(3).
(6) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 421
Nov 01/07
IAC
(8) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(9) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-42-862-051
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-42
Page 422
May 01/07
IAC
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING (7504MM,7505MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-42-210-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-42
Page 601
May 01/06
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-861-050
Subtask 25-62-42-010-056
B. Get Access
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
(1) Set the slat/flap control lever to position 0 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
866-009).
(3) Put the warning notice on the slat/flap control lever to tell persons
not to operate the flaps.
(4) Put the warning notice on the inside of the emergency hatches to tell
persons not to open the hatches.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-42
Page 602
May 01/06
IAC
(5) Put the access platform in position at the escape slide
stowage-compartment:
- 193AT on the left side,
- 194AT on the right side.
Subtask 25-62-42-110-050
C. Cleaning Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint free cloth , if necessary. Make sure the area is dry
before you continue.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-42-210-053
(2) If cracks and/or delamination are found in the inspection area, refer
to the permitted damage limits as follows:
(a) Delamination:
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-42
Page 603
May 01/06
IAC
Offwing Escape Slide Container (from outside)
Figure 601/TASK 25-62-42-991-006
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-42
Page 604
May 01/06
IAC
- two or more areas of damage must not be greater than 100 cm2
(15.50 in.2),
(b) Cracks:
(3) If cracks and/or delamination are less than the permitted limits
given, the offwing slide container assembly can stay installed until
the next scheduled maintenance check.
(4) If cracks and/or delamination are more than the permitted limits
given, the offwing escape slide container must be replaced.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-42-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-42
Page 605
May 01/06
IAC
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-42-862-050
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-42
Page 606
May 01/06
IAC
RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-43-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-051
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-62-43-010-050
B. Get Access
(a) Remove the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exits as
necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
(g) Remove the air conditioning duct(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 21-
20-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-020-053
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (2).
(b) Carefully loosen the knurled sleeve nut (2) and remove the
collets from the cable joint.
(c) Disconnect the flexible control assembly (1) from the release
cable assembly (21).
(b) Remove the pin (4) and the washers (5) and disconnect the
flexible control assembly (1) from the bellcrank (6).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the conduit adjust
nuts (7) and (8).
(d) Remove the bolt (9), the washer (10) and the nut (11).
(e) Remove the bolt (12) and the nut (13) and the flange (14).
(f) Remove the old sealant from the flange (14), the bolts (9) and
(12) and the nuts (11) and (13).
(g) Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the bracket attach
nuts (15) and (16).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
Flexible Control Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-43-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Flexible Control Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-43-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
(h) Remove the screws (17), the washers (18), the nuts (19) and the
clamps (20).
(3) Remove the flexible control assembly (1) from the aircraft structure.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-43-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-860-051
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) Make sure that the related access panel is removed:
FOR 5000WM
151KW
FOR 5001WM
152KW
(a) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the emergency
exits are removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(b) Make sure that the emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK
52-21-11-000-001).
(c) Make sure that the cove light panels are removed:
FOR 5000WM
241DW, 241MW, 241QW, 241TW, 241WW
FOR 5001WM
242DW, 242MW, 242QW, 242TW, 242WW (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(f) Make sure that the emergency exit-frame linings are removed:
FOR 5000WM
241CW, 241LW
FOR 5001WM
242CW, 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(g) Make sure that the air conditioning ducts are removed as
necessary (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-420-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the flange attach bolts
(9) and (12) and the nuts (11) and (13).
(3) Put the flange (14) in position and install and tighten the bolt (12)
and the nut (13).
(4) Install and tighten the bolt (9), the washer (10) and the nut (11).
(6) Connect the flexible control assembly (1) to the bellcrank (6) and
install the pin (4) and the washers (5) and safety with a new cotter
pin (3) (3).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
(7) Tighten the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) with your fingers.
(8) Put the clamps (20) in position and install and tighten the screws
(17), the washers (18) and the nuts (19) with your fingers.
NOTE : Make sure that the conduit of the flexible control assembly at
____
FR47 has a minimum bend radius of 180.0 mm (7.1 in.).
(9) At FR47, loosen the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) and make an
adjustment of the conduit-housing to get these dimensions:
(a) Set the release cable protrusion from the conduit housing end
face to 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm (0.45 +0.07 -0.07 in.).
(b) Set the distance between the conduit housing end face and the
attach bracket upper-face to 67.0 +2.0 -2.0 mm (2.64 +0.08 -0.08
in.).
(11) Tighten the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) and safety them with
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 25-62-43-410-054
(a) Install the emergency exit hatches and put them in the
DISARMED/MANUAL position (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
(a) Remove the cap and connect the TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE
SLIDE (TLW101) adapter to the flexible control assembly.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 411
May 01/08
IAC
(4) Put the forward emergency exit hatch in the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position
and remove the hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
NOTE : During the removal of the hatch the flexible control assembly
____
is operated when the latch pin moves the release lever.
(5) Make sure that the test tool cursor has moved to show a minimum
indication of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.).
(6) If the test tool cursor shows less than the minimum indication,
adjust the flexible control assembly as follows:
Subtask 25-62-43-820-050
C. Adjustment:
(1) Make sure that the test tool cursor has moved to show a minimum
indication of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.).
(2) If the test tool cursor shows less than the minimum indication,
adjust the flexible control assembly as follows:
(b) Adjust the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (8) on the flexible
control assembly to make an adjustment of the conduit length,
(3) Do steps 5.A (3) and (4) and 5.B.(1) and (2) with the rear emergency
exit hatch.
(4) Safety the flange attach bolt (9) to the conduit adjust nut (7) with
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(5) Safety the flange attach nut (11) to the conduit adjust nut (8) with
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(6) Remove the test tool from the flexible control assembly (1).
(7) Connect the flexible control assembly (1) to the release cable
assembly (21). Install the two collets and tighten the knurled sleeve
nut (2).
NOTE : When you install the collets, the slots in the collets should
____
point to you. This lets you do a visual check, that the inner
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
cable stays connected while you tighten the knurled sleeve nut
(2).
Subtask 25-62-43-710-050
D. Do this test:
(1) At the lower end of the release lever, try to lift the lever up with
one finger. A strong resistance to lever movement shows that the
joint between the flexible control assembly (1) and release cable
assembly (21) is satisfactory.
(2) A low resistance to lever movement shows that the cable joint is not
correct. Loosen the knurled sleeve nut (2), remove the two collets
and make the cable joint again. Do step A again.
(3) Safety the knurled sleeve nut (2) with lockwirwe MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-43-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
(8) Install the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001).
(9) Remove the lockpin assembly from the valve/regulator assembly of the
inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).
(12) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-43-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-052
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-62-43-010-051
B. Get Access
(3) Remove the cove light panels 241KW (242KW) and 241GW (242GW)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(4) Remove the emergency-exit frame linings 241JW (242JW) and 241FW
(242FW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(5) Remove the air conditioning duct if necessary to get access to the
rigid control assembly (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-020-054
(2) Remove the pin (2), the spacers and space washers (3) and disconnect
the rigid control assembly (4) from the latch lever (5).
(3) Remove the bracket attach bolts (6) and the nuts (7).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Rigid Control Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-43-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 417
May 01/02
IAC
Rigid Control Assembly
Figure 402A/TASK 25-62-43-991-002-A
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 418
Feb 01/07
IAC
(5) Remove the pins (9), the washers (10) and the handles (11) from the
rigid control assembly (4).
(6) Remove the flange attach bolts (12) and the nuts (13).
(7) Remove the bolts (14), the nuts (15) and the clamps (16).
(8) Remove the rigid control assembly (4) from the aircraft structure.
(9) Remove the old sealant from the bolts (6) and (12) and the nuts (7)
and (13).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 419
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-43-400-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 420
Feb 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-860-052
A. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exits
are removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 421
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Make sure that the cove light panels 241KW (242KW) and 241GW (242GW)
are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(4) Make sure that emergency-exit frame linings 241JW (242JW) and 241FW
(242FW) are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(5) Make sure that the air conditioning duct is removed as necessary
(Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-420-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 422
Feb 01/07
IAC
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the bracket attach bolts
(6) and the nuts (7) and the flange attach bolts (12) and the
nuts (13).
(3) Install and tighten the bracket attach bolts (6) and the nuts (7).
(4) Install and tighten the flange attach bolts (12) and the nuts (13).
(5) Put the clamps (16) in position and install and tighten the bolts
(14) and the nuts (15).
(6) Put the handles (11) in position and install the pins (9), the
washers (10) and safety with new cotter pins (8) (8).
(7) Connect the rigid control assembly (4) to the latch lever (5) with
the pin (2), the spacers and space washers (3) and safety with a new
cotter pin (1) (1).
Subtask 25-62-43-820-051
(1) Move the latch lever (5) to the rear until it touches the latch lever
bracket (21) at point A.
(2) Move the bellcrank (17) to the rear until it touches the latch lever
stop-bolt at point B.
(3) Remove the lockwire and turn the adjust nut (18) until the full
spring dimension of the over-center spring strut (19) is 52.00 +0.5
-0.5 mm (2.05 +0.02 -0.02 in.).
(4) Safety the adjust nut (18) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(5) Remove the lockwire and turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) until you
get a clearance of 0.50 mm (0.02 in.) at point A. Measure the
clearance between the lip of the latch lever (5) and the top of the
latch lever bracket (21).
(6) Turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) 5 full turns more in the direction
to loosen the linkage of the rigid control assembly (4).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 423
Feb 01/07
IAC
(7) Safety the sleeve adjust nuts (20) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(8) Remove the lockwire and turn the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod
(22) until the release levers (23) touch the stops (24).
(9) Measure the clearance between the latch lever stop-bolt and the
bellcrank (17) at point B. You must have a clearance of 0.30 +0.1
-0.1 mm (0.012 +0.004 -0.004 in.).
(10) If the clearance is not in these limits, do steps (8) and (9) again.
(11) Safety the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod (22) with lockwire
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 25-62-43-820-051-A
(1) Move the latch lever (5) to the rear until it touches the latch lever
bracket (21) at point A.
(2) Move the bellcrank (17) to the rear until it touches the latch lever
stop-bolt at point B.
(3) Remove the lockwire from the spring strut adjust-nut (18).
(4) Adjust the over-center spring strut (19) until the full dimension
between the flanges of both end bushes (26) is 53.00 +0.5 -0.5 (2.09
+0.02 -0.02 in.).
(5) Safety the spring strut adjust-nut (18) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(7) Remove the lockwire and turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) until you
get a clearance of 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) at point A. Measure the
clearance between the lip of the latch lever (5) and the top of the
latch lever bracket (21).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 424
Feb 01/07
IAC
(8) Turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) 5 full turns more in the direction
to loosen the linkage of the rigid control assembly (4).
(9) Safety the sleeve adjust nuts (20) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(10) Remove the lockwire and turn the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod
(22) until the release levers (23) touch the stops (24).
(11) Measure the clearance between the latch lever stop-bolt and the
bellcrank (17) at point B. You must have a clearance of 0.3 +0.1
-0.1 mm (0.012 +0.004 -0.004 in.).
(12) If the clearance is not in these limits, do steps (10) and (11)
again.
(13) Safety the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod (22) with lockwire
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-43-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 425
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-43-000-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 426
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 427
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-050
Subtask 25-62-43-010-058
B. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(3) Put the warning notice on the AFT cargo-compartment door to tell
persons not to close the door.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 428
Feb 01/07
IAC
(5) Remove the passenger seats in the area of the applicable emergency
exit hatches (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(a) Remove the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(8) Remove the insulation blankets in the area that you are working
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).
Subtask 25-62-43-010-058-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(3) Put the warning notice on the AFT cargo-compartment door to tell
persons not to close the door.
(5) Remove the passenger seats in the area of the applicable emergency
exit hatches (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 429
Feb 01/07
IAC
(6) Remove the applicable emergency exit hatches
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(8) Remove the insulation blankets in the area that you are working
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-020-056
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire (4) from the knurled sleeve-nut (5).
(2) Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut (5) fully to get access to the two
collets (7).
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
(a) Carefully remove the end of the release cable-assembly (2) from
the related slot of the flexible control-cable (1).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 430
Feb 01/07
IAC
Release-Cable Connection
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-43-991-009
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 431
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire into the
release cable-assembly (2).
(5) Remove the protective plug (6) from the pocket (3).
(6) Put the two collets (7) in their position on the end of the release
cable-assembly (2).
(7) Move the knurled sleeve-nut (5) up and install the protective plug
(6).
Subtask 25-62-43-020-055
(a) Remove the cotter pin (7) and the washer (8).
(c) Remove the clevis-pin (9) and the flexible control-cable (11)
together with the washers (10).
(d) Remove the cotter pin (6) and the washer (5).
(g) Remove the clevis-pin (4) and the rigid control-cables (1)
together with the bushes (2) and (3).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 432
Feb 01/07
IAC
R Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
R Figure 404/TASK 25-62-43-991-003
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 433
Nov 01/00
IAC
R Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
R Figure 404A/TASK 25-62-43-991-003-A
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 434
Nov 01/00
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 404B/TASK 25-62-43-991-003-B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page 435
Feb 01/07
IAC
Release-Mechanism Proximity-Detector Assembly
Figure 405/TASK 25-62-43-991-004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-43
Page 436
May 01/06
IAC
Release-Mechanism Proximity-Detector Assembly
Figure 405A/TASK 25-62-43-991-004-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page 437
Feb 01/07
IAC
Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly
Figure 406/TASK 25-62-43-991-005
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 438
May 01/06
IAC
Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly
Figure 406A/TASK 25-62-43-991-005-A
R
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 439
May 01/06
IAC
Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly
Figure 406B/TASK 25-62-43-991-005-B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page 440
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-62-43
Page 441
May 01/06
IAC
Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly
Figure 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-43
Page 442
May 01/06
IAC
Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly
Figure 407/TASK 25-62-43-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-43
Page 443
May 01/06
IAC
Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly
Figure 407A/TASK 25-62-43-991-006-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page 444
Feb 01/07
IAC
Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly
Figure 407A/TASK 25-62-43-991-006-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page 445
Feb 01/07
IAC
Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly
Figure 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-43
Page 446
May 01/06
IAC
Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly
Figure 408/TASK 25-62-43-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-43
Page 447
May 01/06
IAC
(b) Remove the nuts (33), the bolts (35), the washers (34) and the
proximity-detector assemblies (20).
1
_ Remove the nut (32) and the serrated-washer (31) from the
actuating-rod (22).
2
_ Remove the target assembly (30), the rod-guide (29) and the
washer (28).
3
_ Remove the nut (24) and the washer (23) from the bush (21).
4
_ Remove the bush (21).
5
_ Carefully remove the actuating-rod (22) from the
switch-bracket (36).
6
_ Remove the spring (26), the bush (27), the nut (24) and the
washers (23) and (25) from the switch-bracket (36).
(b) Remove the castellated nuts (41) and the washers (42).
(d) Hold the tie-rod assembly (49) and remove the bolt (45) and the
washer (43).
(e) Release the tie-rod assembly (49) from the lever assembly and
remove the bushes (47) and (48).
(g) Hold the tie-rod end (58) and remove the bolt (46) and the washer
(44).
(h) Release the tie-rod end (58) from the lever assembly and remove
the bushes (56) and (57).
(i) Remove the tie-rod end (58) and the spring (59) from the eye-end
fitting (60).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 448
May 01/06
IAC
(j) Remove and discard the cotter pin (50).
(k) Remove the castellated nut (51) and the washer (52).
(m) Hold the tie-rod assembly (49) and remove the bolt (53).
(n) Release the tie-rod assembly (49) from the camshaft assembly and
remove the bushes (54) and (55).
(p) Remove the castellated nut (62) and the washer (63).
(r) Hold the eye-end fitting (60) and remove the bolt (65) and the
washer (64).
(s) Release the eye-end fitting (60) from the bracket (72) and remove
the bushes (66) and (67).
(u) Remove the nuts (71) and the bolts (70), and the bracket (72)
from the frame structure.
(a) Remove the nuts (81), the bolts (80) and the release-mechanism
lever assembly (82).
(b) Remove the lever assembly (83) from the lever bracket:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (85).
2
_ Remove the castellated nut (86), the washer (87) and the bolt
(88).
3
_ Remove the lever assembly (83) together with the washers (84)
from the lever bracket (94).
4
_ Record the location of the bushes (89) and (90).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 449
May 01/06
IAC
5
_ Remove the bushes (89) and (90).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the setscrew (93) and the
locking device (92).
(d) Remove the nut (91), the locking device (92) and the setscrew
(93).
1
_ Carefully remove the double lever (105) together with the
bushes (104) and the washers (103).
2
_ Remove the bushes (104) from the the double lever (105).
3
_ Remove the nuts (99).
4
_ Remove the lever (101), the bushes (98) and the washers (97).
5
_ Remove the bolts (95) and the washers (96) from the lever
(100).
6
_ Remove the bushes (102) from the levers (100) and (101).
(c) Remove the castellated nut (111) and the washer (112).
(d) Remove the release lever (113) and the spacer (114).
(f) Remove the nuts (117), the bolts (116) and the bearing flange
(118) from the frame structure.
(g) Remove and discard the lock-wire from the screws (125) and (128).
(h) Remove the screw (125) the washer (126) and the release lever
(127).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 450
May 01/06
IAC
(i) Disassemble the release lever:
1
_ Remove the screw (128) and the washer (129).
2
_ Remove the lever (130) from the release lever (127).
(j) Remove the nuts (122), the bolts (123) and the bearing flange
(124) from the frame structure.
(k) Remove the camshaft assembly (121) together with the bearing
flanges (118) and (124).
(l) Remove the bearing flanges (118) and (124) from the shaft ends of
the camshaft assembly (121).
1
_ Remove the bush (144).
2
_ Carefully pull the shaft (130) out of the camshaft (135).
3
_ Remove the nut (143) and the bolt (141).
4
_ Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft:
a
_ Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft (135).
5
_ Remove the torsion spring (140) and the washers (139) from the
camshaft (135).
6
_ Remove the nut (138) and the bolt (131).
7
_ Remove the levers (132) and (137) together with the bush (134)
from the camshaft (135).
8
_ Remove the washers (133) and (136) from the camshaft (135).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 451
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 014-099, 901-999,
Subtask 25-62-43-020-055-A
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 452
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 014-099,
(a) Remove the cotter pin (7) and the washer (8).
(c) Remove the clevis-pin (9) and the flexible control-cable (11)
together with the washers (10).
(d) Remove the cotter pin (6) and the washer (5).
(g) Remove the clevis-pin (4) and the rigid control-cable(s) (1)
together with the spacers (2) and (3).
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 453
Feb 01/07
IAC
Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly
Figure 408A/TASK 25-62-43-991-007-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page 454
Feb 01/07
IAC
Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly
Figure 408A/TASK 25-62-43-991-007-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page 455
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Remove the release-mechanism proximity-detector assembly(ies)
(referred to as the proximity-detector assembly):
(b) Remove the nuts (33), the bolts (35), the washers (34) and the
proximity-detector assembly (20).
1
_ Remove the nut (32) and the serrated-washer (31) from the
actuating-rod (22).
2
_ Remove the target assembly (30), the rod-guide (29) and the
washer (28).
3
_ Remove the nut (24) and the washer (23) from the bush (21).
4
_ Remove the bush (21).
5
_ Carefully remove the actuating-rod (22) from the
switch-bracket (36).
6
_ Remove the spring (26), the bush (27), the nut (24) and the
washer (23) and (25) from the switch-bracket (36).
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 456
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
(b) Remove the castellated nuts (46) and the washers (47).
(d) Hold the tie-rod assembly (54), and remove the bolt (50) and the
washer (48).
(e) Release the tie-rod assembly (54) from the lever assembly and
remove the bushes (52) and (53).
(h) Release the spring-rod assembly (63) from the lever assembly and
remove the bushes (61) and (62).
(j) Remove the castellated nut (56) and the washer (57).
(l) Hold the tie-rod assembly (54) and remove the bolt (58).
(m) Release the tie-rod assembly (54) from the camshaft assembly and
remove the bushes (59) and (60).
(o) Remove the castellated nut (65) and the washer (66)
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 457
Feb 01/07
IAC
(q) Hold the spring-rod assembly (63) and remove the bolt (68) and
the washer (67).
(r) Release the spring-rod assembly (63) from the bracket (75) and
remove the bushes (69) and (70).
1
_ Remove the eye-end fittings (42) and (44) from the bellows
(40).
2
_ Remove the bushes (41) and the spring (43) from the bellows
(40).
(u) Remove the nuts (74) and the bolts (73), and the bracket (75)
from the frame structure.
(a) Remove the nuts (81), the bolts (80) and the release-mechanism
lever assembly (82).
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (85).
2
_ Remove the castellated nut (86), the washer (87) and the bolt
(88).
3
_ Remove the lever assembly (83) together with the washers (84)
from the lever bracket (94).
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 458
Feb 01/07
IAC
4
_ Record the location of the bushes (89) and (90).
5
_ Remove the bushes (89) and (90).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the setscrew (93) and the
locking device (92).
(d) Remove the nut (91), the locking device (92) and the setscrew
(93).
1
_ Carefully remove the double lever (105) together with the
bushes (104) and the washers (103).
2
_ Remove the bushes (104) from the double lever (105).
3
_ Remove the nuts (99).
4
_ Remove the lever (101), the bushes (98) and the washers (97).
5
_ Remove the bolts (95) and the washers (96) from the lever
(100).
6
_ Remove the bushes (102) from the levers (100) and (101).
(c) Remove the castellated nut (111) and the washer (112).
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 459
Feb 01/07
IAC
(d) Remove the release lever (113) and the spacer (114).
(f) Remove the nuts (117), the bolts (116) and the bearing flange
(118) from the frame structure.
(g) Remove and discard the lock-wire from the screws (125) and (128).
(h) Remove the screw (125), the washer (126) and the release lever
(127).
1
_ Remove the screw (128) and the washer (129).
2
_ Remove the lever (130) from the release lever (127).
(j) Remove the nuts (122), the bolts (123) and the bearing flange
(124) from the frame structure.
(k) Remove the camshaft assembly (121) together with the bearing
flanges (118) and (124).
(l) Remove the bearing flanges (118) and (124) from the shaft ends of
the camshaft assembly (121).
1
_ Remove the bush (144).
2
_ Carefully pull the shaft (130) out of the camshaft (135).
3
_ Remove the nut (143) and the bolt (141).
4
_ Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft:
a
_ Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft (135).
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 460
Feb 01/07
IAC
5
_ Remove the torsion spring (140) and the washers (139) from the
camshaft (135).
6
_ Remove the nut (138) and the bolt (131).
7
_ Remove the levers (132) and (137) together with the bush (134)
from the camshaft (135).
8
_ Remove the washers (133) and (136) from the camshaft (135).
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 461
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
TASK 25-62-43-400-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 462
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 463
Aug 01/07
IAC
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-11-11-911-001 WIRELOCKING
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Seats
25-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Seats
25-23-47-000-002 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-400-002 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW,
(242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
25-62-00-081-001 Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-62-00-481-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing
Escape-Slide Systems
25-80-00-000-001 Removal of the Insulation Blankets
25-80-00-400-001 Installation of the Insulation Blankets
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-73-11-000-003 Removal of the Proximity Switches (5WN1, 5WN2) of the
FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-000-004 Removal of the Proximity Switches (6WN1, 6WN2) of the
Aft Emergency Exits
52-73-11-400-003 Installation of the Proximity Switches (5WN1, 5WN2)
of the FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-400-004 Installation of the Proximity Switches (6WN1, 6WN2)
of the Aft Emergency Exits
25-62-43-991-009 Fig. 403
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 464
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 465
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 466
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-860-055
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice, to tell persons not to close the
door, is in position on the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(5) Make sure that the special precautions for the offwing escape-slide
system(s) have been obeyed (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(6) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the applicable
emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatches are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(a) Make sure that the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(9) Make sure that the insulation blankets, in the area that you are
working, are removed (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 467
Feb 01/07
IAC
(10) Make sure that the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2 are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-003).
(11) Make sure that the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2 are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-004).
Subtask 25-62-43-860-055-A
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the AFT
cargo-compartment door.
(4) Make sure that the warning notice, to tell persons not to close the
door, is in position on the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(5) Make sure that the special precautions for the offwing escape-slide
system(s) have been obeyed (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001).
(6) Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the applicable
emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatches are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
(a) Make sure that the cove light panel 241MW (242MW) is removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(b) Make sure that the emergency-exit door-frame lining 241FW (242FW)
is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002).
(9) Make sure that the insulation blankets, in the area that you are
working, are removed (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 468
Feb 01/07
IAC
(10) Make sure that the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2 are removed
(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-43-210-054
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) a clean cloth and a nonmetallic
scraper.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page 469
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012,
Subtask 25-62-43-420-054
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : You will find punch marks on the camshaft (135), on the
____
shaft (130) and on the lever (142) to make the assembly
easier.
1
_ Put the washers (133) and (136) in position on the shaft
(135).
2
_ Put the lever (132) and (137) together with the bush (134) in
position on the shaft (135).
3
_ Install the bolt (131) and the nut (138).
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 470
May 01/06
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-62-43
Page 471
May 01/06
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008- 14 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 472
May 01/06
R
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008- 24 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 473
May 01/06
R
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008- 34 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 474
May 01/06
R
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008- 44 (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 475
May 01/06
IAC
4
_ Put the washers (139) in position on the shaft (135).
5
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the torsion
spring (140).
6
_ Put the torsion spring (140) in position on the camshaft (135)
7
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140) is
engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (137).
8
_ Install the lever (142):
a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the camshaft (135) and the lever (142).
b
_ Apply a force on the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
and adjust a pre-tension to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN
(77.43 and 92.83 lbf.in)
c
_ Install the lever (142) on the camshaft (135).
NOTE : The punch mark G on the lever (142) must align
____
with the punch mark H on the camshaft (135).
d
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
is engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (142).
e
_ If the pre-tension of the torsion spring (140) is not in
the limits to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN (77.43 and
92.83 lbf.in) you can adjust the pre-tension with the lever
(142).
f
_ Install the bolt (141) and the nut (143).
9
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the inner splines
of the camshaft (135) and to the splines in the middle of the
shaft (130).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 476
May 01/06
IAC
10
__ Carefully push the shaft (130) through the opening of the
camshaft (135) until you can align the two punch marks E and
F.
11
__ Align the two punch marks E and F and continue to push the
shaft (130) into the camshaft (135).
12
__ Install the bush (144).
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft-end
splines of the camshaft assembly (121).
2
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surfaces of
the bearing flanges (118) and (124).
3
_ Put the bearing flanges (118) and (124) in position on the
shaft-ends of the camshaft assembly (121).
4
_ Put the camshaft assembly (121) in position.
5
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads
of the bolts (116) and (123), and to the thread of the
stop-screw (115).
6
_ Put the bearing flange (124) in position on the frame
structure.
7
_ Install the bolts (123) and the nuts (122).
8
_ Put the bearing flange (118) in position on the frame
structure.
9
_ Install the bolts (116), the stop screw (115) and the nuts
(117).
10
__ Install the bolt (119) and the nut (120).
11
__ Install the release-lever (127):
a
_ Put the lever (130) in position on the release-lever (127).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 477
May 01/06
IAC
b
_ Install the screw (128) and the washer (129) but tighten
the screw by hand only.
c
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the release-lever (127).
d
_ Install the release-lever (127) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
e
_ Install the bolt (125) and the washer (126).
12
__ Install the release-lever (113):
a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the release-lever (113).
b
_ Put the spacer (114) in position on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
c
_ Install the release-lever (113) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
d
_ Install the washer (112) and the castellated nut (111).
e
_ Install the new cotter pin (110).
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (102).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 478
May 01/06
IAC
2
_ Put the bushes (102) in position in the levers (100) and
(101).
3
_ Put the washers (96) and the bolts (95) together with the
washers (97) and the bushes (98) in position on the lever
(100).
4
_ Put the lever (101) in position and install the nuts (99), but
do not tighten the nuts at this time.
5
_ Make sure that the levers (100) and (101) are aligned and
tighten the nuts (99).
6
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (104).
7
_ Put the bushes (104) in position in the double lever (105).
8
_ Put the double lever (105) in its position between the levers
(100) and (101).
9
_ Adjust the lever assembly (83):
a
_ Measure the distance between the double lever (105) and the
levers (100) and (101) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL B).
b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this
tolerance, adjust the distance with the washers (103).
1
_ Install the setscrew (93), the locking device (92) and the nut
(91).
2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (89)
and (90).
3
_ Put the bushes (89) and (90) in position in the lever bracket
(94) as recorded in the removal procedure.
4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt (88).
5
_ Put the lever assembly (83) in position in the lever bracket
(94) and install the bolt (88).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 479
May 01/06
IAC
6
_ Adjust the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):
a
_ Measure the distance between the lever assembly (83) and
the lever bracket (94) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL B).
b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this
tolerance, adjust the distance with the washers (84).
d
_ Remove the bolt (88) and install the washers (84) as
necessary.
7
_ Install the bolt (88), the washer (87) and the castellated nut
(86).
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
release-mechanism lever assembly (82).
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
bracket (72).
(c) Put the bracket (72) in position and install the bolts (69) and
(70), and the nuts (68) and (71).
(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (54) and
(55).
(e) Put the bushes (54) and (55), together with the tie-rod assembly
(49), in position on the camshaft-assembly as recorded in the
removal procedure.
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 480
May 01/06
IAC
(f) Install the bolt (53), the washer (52) and the castellated nut
(51).
(h) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (47) and
(48).
(i) Put the bushes (47) and (48), together with the other end of the
tie-rod assembly (49), in position on the lever-assembly as
recorded in the removal procedure.
(j) Install the bolt (45) and the washer (43) to hold the tie-rod
assembly (49) in position.
(k) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft-end of the
eye-end fitting (60) and on the bushes (66) and (67).
(l) Put the bushes (66) and (67), together with the eye-end fitting
(60), in position on the bracket (72) as recorded in the removal
procedure.
(m) Install the bolt (65), the washers (64) and (63), and the
castellated nut (62).
(o) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (59), and
the bushes (56) and (57)
(p) Put the spring (59) together with the tie-rod end (58) in
position on the eye-end fitting (60).
(q) Put the bushes (56) and (57), together with the tie-rod end (58),
in position on the lever assembly as recorded in the removal
procedure.
(r) Install the bolt (46) and the washer (44) to hold the tie-rod end
(58) in position.
(s) Install the washers (42) and the castellated nuts (41).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 481
May 01/06
IAC
(4) Install the release-mechanism proximity-detector assemblies
(referred to as the proximity-detector assemblies):
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the actuating rod
(22).
2
_ Put the actuating rod (22) a short distance in position in the
switch-bracket (36).
3
_ Put the washer (23), the nut (24) and the washer (25) in
position on the actuating rod (22).
4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (26).
5
_ Put the spring (26) and the bush (27) in position in the
switch-bracket (36) and push the actuating rod (22) in
position.
6
_ Put the bush (21) in position and install the washer (23) and
the nut (24).
7
_ Put the washer (28), the rod-guide (29) and the target
assembly (30) in position.
8
_ Put the serrated washer (31) in position and install the nut
(32).
(f) Put the pins (38) in position in the frame structure and install
the nuts (37).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 482
May 01/06
IAC
(5) Adjust the over-center spring-rod assembly (reffered to as the
spring-rod assembly):
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 25-62-43-991-008)
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (1) of
the eye-end fitting.
(c) Move the latch lever rearward until it touches the lever bracket
at POINT A.
(d) Move the double lever rearward until it touches the latch lever
stop-bolt (2) at POINT B.
(e) Turn the adjusting-rod (3) and adjust the spring-rod assembly to
52.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (2.0472 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
(g) Safety the lock-nut (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the clevis-pin (4).
(b) Put the rigid control-cables (1) together with the spacers (2)
and (3), as recorded in the removal procedure, in position and
install the clevis-pin (4).
(c) Put the washer (5) in position and install the new cotter pin
(6).
(7) Adjust the distance between the latch lever and the lever bracket:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (4) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) of the rigid control-cables (5).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 483
May 01/06
IAC
(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) and adjust the distance between
the latch lever and the lever bracket at POINT A to 0.5 +0.1 -
0.1 mm (0.0196 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance, between the top of the lever bracket
____
and the lip of the latch lever, with a feeler gage.
(f) Safety the lock-nuts (4) and the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(8) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (7) of
the tie-rod (8).
(c) Make sure that the release lever (14) touches the stop screw (15)
at POINT D (see DETAIL C).
(e) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever
at POINT B to 0.3 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0118 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance, between the double lever and the
____
latch lever stop-bolt (2) with a feeler gage.
(f) Make sure that the eye-ends of the tie-rod (8) are in safety.
(h) Safety the lock-nuts (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 484
May 01/06
IAC
(9) Adjust the clearence between the release levers and the release pins
of the emergency-exit hatches:
1
_ Put the AFT emergency-exit hatch in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (10)
of the setscrew (9).
3
_ Loosen the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
4
_ Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is
in the ARMED Position (see DETAIL D).
5
_ Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at
POINT C (see DETAIL A).
6
_ Move the emergency-exit hatch until you can measure the
distance between the release lever (14) and the release pin
(16).
7
_ Turn the setscrew (9) and adjust the distance between the
release lever (14) and the release pin (16) to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5
mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
8
_ Tighten the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
9
_ Safety the lock-nut (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
10
__ Remove the AFT emergency-exit hatch.
1
_ Put the FWD emergency-exit hatch in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ If necessary loosen the bolt (19).
3
_ Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is
in the ARMED Position (see DETAIL D).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 485
May 01/06
IAC
4
_ Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at
POINT C (see DETAIL A).
5
_ Move the emergency hatch until you can measure the distance
between the release lever (17) and the release pin (21).
6
_ Move the lever (20) to adjust the distance between the lever
(17) and the release pin (21).
7
_ Adjust the distance between the lever (17) and the release pin
(21) with a feeler gage to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -
0.0196 in.).
8
_ Tighten the bolt (19).
9
_ Safety the bolts (18) and (19) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
10
__ Remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the clevis-pin (9).
(b) Put the flexible control-cable (11) together with the washers
(10) in position and install the clevis-pin (9).
(c) Put the washer (8) in position and install the new cotter pin
(7).
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (11) and
the sleeve adjust-nut (12) of the flexible control-cable (13).
(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nut (12) and adjust the distance at the
end of the flexible control-cable (13) to 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 486
May 01/06
IAC
(d) Do a check of the adjusted distance at the end of the flexible
control-cable (13):
1
_ Pull the end of the flexible control-cable (13) three times.
2
_ Measure the distance at the end of the flexible control-cable
(13) with a slide gage.
3
_ If the distance is not in the limits of 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.), do the steps (c) and (d) again.
(f) Safety the lock-nuts (11) and the sleeve adjust-nut (12) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(b) Install the TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101) on
the flexible control assembly (see DETAIL L):
1
_ Remove the protective plug and the two collets from the test
tool.
2
_ Carefully engage the test tool into the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).
3
_ Put the two collets in position, on the connection of the test
tool and the flexible control-assembly.
4
_ Move the knurled sleeve-nut up and install it to the flexible
control-assembly.
(d) Make sure that the release pin (16) of the FWD emergency-exit
hatch is in the ARMED position (see DETAIL D).
(e) Make sure that the release lever (14) is in the INACTIVATED
position (see DETAIL C).
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 487
May 01/06
IAC
(f) Open and remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.
NOTE : During the opening of the hatch, the release pin (16)
____
moves the release lever (14) and the flexible
control-cable (13) is operated.
(g) Make sure that the test-tool cursor has moved and shows a minimum
cable-travel of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.).
(h) If the test-tool cursor shows less than the minimum cable-travel
of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.), you must adjust the flexible
control-assembly.
1
_ Put the emergency-exit hatches back in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the adjust nuts
(22) and (23) of the flexible control-assembly.
3
_ Loosen the adjust nuts (22) and (23).
4
_ Turn the adjust nuts (22) and (23) to adjust the cable-travel.
5
_ Tighten the adjust nuts (22) and (23).
(j) Do a check of the adjusted cable-travel and do the steps (a) thru
(h) again
(k) Safety the adjust nuts (22) and (23) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
1
_ Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut fully and remove the two
collets.
2
_ Carefully remove the test tool from the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).
3
_ Put the two collets in position on the test tool, move the
knurled sleeve-nut up and install the plug.
R
EFF :
001-012, 25-62-43
Page 488
May 01/06
IAC
**ON A/C 014-099,
Subtask 25-62-43-420-054-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
NOTE : You will find punch marks on the camshaft (135), on the
____
shaft (130) and on the lever (142) to make the assembly
easier.
1
_ Put the washers (133) and (136) in position on the shaft
(135).
2
_ Put the lever (132) and (137) together with the bush (134) in
position on the shaft (135).
3
_ Install the bolt (131) and the nut (138).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 489
May 01/06
R
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409A/TASK 25-62-43-991-008-A14 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 490
May 01/06
R
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409A/TASK 25-62-43-991-008-A24 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 491
May 01/06
R
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409A/TASK 25-62-43-991-008-A34 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 492
May 01/06
R
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409A/TASK 25-62-43-991-008-A44 (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 493
May 01/06
IAC
4
_ Put the washers (139) in position on the shaft (135).
5
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the torsion
spring (140).
6
_ Put the torsion spring (140) in position on the camshaft (135)
7
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140) is
engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (137).
8
_ Install the lever (142):
a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the camshaft (135) and the lever (142).
b
_ Apply a force on the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
and adjust a pre-tension to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN
(77.43 and 92.83 lbf.in)
c
_ Install the lever (142) on the camshaft (135).
NOTE : The punch mark G on the lever (142) must align
____
with the punch mark H on the camshaft (135).
d
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
is engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (142).
e
_ If the pre-tension of the torsion spring (140) is not in
the limits to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN (77.43 and
92.83 lbf.in) you can adjust the pre-tension with the lever
(142).
f
_ Install the bolt (141) and the nut (143).
9
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the inner splines
of the camshaft (135) and on the splines in the middle of the
shaft (130).
R
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 494
May 01/06
IAC
10
__ Carefully push the shaft (130) through the opening of the
camshaft (135) until you can align the two punch marks E and
F.
11
__ Align the two punch marks E and F and continue to push the
shaft (130) into the camshaft (135).
12
__ Install the bush (144).
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft-end
splines of the camshaft assembly (121).
2
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surfaces of
the bearing flanges (118) and (124).
3
_ Put the bearing flanges (118) and (124) in position on the
shaft-ends of the camshaft assembly (121).
4
_ Put the camshaft assembly (121) in position.
5
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads
of the bolts (116) and (123), and on the thread of the
stop-screw (115).
6
_ Put the bearing flange (124) in position on the frame
structure.
7
_ Install the bolts (123) and the nuts (122).
8
_ Put the bearing flange (118) in position on the frame
structure.
9
_ Install the bolts (116), the stop screw (115) and the nuts
(117).
10
__ Install the bolt (119) and the nut (120).
11
__ Install the release-lever (127):
a
_ Put the lever (130) in position on the release-lever (127).
R
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 495
May 01/06
IAC
b
_ Install the screw (128) and the washer (129) but tighten
the screw by hand only.
c
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the release-lever (127).
d
_ Install the release-lever (127) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
e
_ Install the bolt (125) and the washer (126).
12
__ Install the release-lever (113):
a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the release-lever (113).
b
_ Put the spacer (114) in position on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
c
_ Install the release-lever (113) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
d
_ Install the washer (112) and the castellated nut (111).
e
_ Install the new cotter pin (110).
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (102).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 496
May 01/06
IAC
2
_ Put the bushes (102) in position in the levers (100) and
(101).
3
_ Put the washers (96) and the bolts (95) together with the
washers (97) and the bushes (98) in position on the lever
(100).
4
_ Put the lever (101) in position and install the nuts (99), but
do not tighten the nuts at this time.
5
_ Make sure that the levers (100) and (101) are aligned and
tighten the nuts (99).
6
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (104).
7
_ Put the bushes (104) in position in the double lever (105).
8
_ Put the double lever (105) in its position between the levers
(100) and (101).
9
_ Adjust the lever assembly (83):
a
_ Measure the distance between the double lever (105) and the
levers (100) and (101) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL B).
b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance
adjust the distance with the washers (103).
1
_ Install the setscrew (93), the locking device (92) and the nut
(91).
2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (89)
and (90).
3
_ Put the bushes (89) and (90) in position in the lever bracket
(94) as recorded in the removal procedure.
4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt (88).
5
_ Put the lever assembly (83) in position in the lever bracket
(94) and install the bolt (88).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 497
May 01/06
IAC
6
_ Adjust the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):
a
_ Measure the distance between the lever assembly (83) and
the lever bracket (94) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL B).
b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance
adjust the distance with the washers (84).
d
_ Remove the bolt (88) and install the washers (84) as
necessary.
7
_ Install the bolt (88), the washer (87) and the castellated nut
(86).
8
_ TORQUE the castellated nut (86) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in) and install the new cotter pin (85).
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
release-mechanism lever assembly (82).
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
bracket (75).
(c) Put the bracket (75) in position and install the bolts (71) and
(73), and the nuts (72) and (74).
(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (59) and
(60).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 498
May 01/06
IAC
(e) Put the bushes (59) and (60), together with the tie-rod assembly
(54), in position on the camshaft-assembly as recorded in the
removal procedure.
(f) Install the bolt (58), the washer (57) and the castellated nut
(56).
(h) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (52) and
(53).
(i) Put the bushes (52) and (53), together with the other end of the
tie-rod assembly (54), in position on the lever-assembly as
recorded in the removal procedure.
(j) Install the bolt (50) and the washer (48) to hold the tie-rod
assembly (54) in position.
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (43)
and on the inside surface of the bellows (40).
2
_ Put the spring (43) in position in the bellows (40).
3
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft of the
tie-rod end (44).
4
_ Put the tie-rod ends (42) and (44) together with the bushes
(41) in position.
5
_ Make sure that the tie-rod ends are correctly installed in the
spring (43).
(l) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (69) and
(70).
(m) Put the bushes (69) and (70), together with the spring-rod
assembly (63), in position on the bracket (75) as recorded in the
removal procedure.
(n) Install the bolt (68), the washers (67) and (66), and the
castellated nut (65).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page 499
May 01/06
IAC
(p) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (61) and
(62).
(q) Put the bushes (61) and (62), together with the other end of the
spring-rod assembly (63), in position on the lever assembly as
recorded in the removal procedure.
(r) Install the bolt (51) and the washer (49) to hold the spring-rod
assembly (63) in position.
(s) Install the washers (47) and the castellated nuts (46).
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the actuating rod
(22).
2
_ Put the actuating rod (22) a short distance in position in the
switch-bracket (36).
3
_ Put the washer (23), the nut (24) and the washer (25) in
position on the actuating rod (22).
4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (26).
5
_ Put the spring (26) and the bush (27) in position in the
switch-bracket (36) and push the actuating rod (22) in
position.
6
_ Put the bush (21) in position and install the washers (23) and
the nut (24).
7
_ Put the washer (28), the rod-guide (29) and the target
assembly (30) in position.
8
_ Put the serrated washer (31) in position and install the nut
(32).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page A400
May 01/06
IAC
(c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of
the bolts (35).
(f) Put the pins (38) in position in the frame structure and install
the nuts (37).
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (1) of
the eye-end fitting.
(c) Move the latch lever rearward until it touches the lever bracket
at POINT A.
(d) Move the double lever rearward until it touches the latch lever
stop-bolt (2) at POINT B.
(e) Turn the adjusting-rod (3) and adjust the spring-rod assembly to
53.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (2.0866 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
(g) Safety the lock-nut (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(h) Make sure that the rubber bellows of the over-center spring rod
is in its correct position after you have done the adjustment.
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the clevis-pin (4).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page A401
May 01/06
IAC
(b) Put the rigid control-cables (1) together with the spacers (2)
and (3), as recorded in the removal procedure, in position and
install the clevis-pin (4).
(c) Put the washer (5) in position and install the new cotter pin
(6).
(7) Adjust the distance between the latch lever and the lever bracket:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (4) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) of the rigid control-cables (5).
(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) and adjust the distance between
the latch lever and the lever bracket at POINT A to between 0.5
+0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0196 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance, between the top of the lever bracket
____
and the lip of the latch lever with a feeler gage.
(d) Loosen the sleeve adjust nuts (6) FIVE FULL TURNS.
(f) Safety the lock-nuts (4) and the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(8) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (7) of
the tie-rod (8).
(c) Make sure that the release lever (14) touches the stop screw (15)
at POINT D (see DETAIL C)
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page A402
May 01/06
IAC
(e) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever
at POINT B to 0.3 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0118 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance, between the double lever and the
____
latch lever stop-bolt (2) with a feeler gage.
(f) Make sure that the eye-ends of the tie-rod (8) are in safety.
(h) Safety the lock-nuts (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(9) Adjust the clearence between the release levers and the release pins
of the emergency-exit hatches:
1
_ Put the AFT emergency-exit hatch in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (10)
of the setscrew (9).
3
_ Loosen the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
4
_ Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is
in the ARMED Position (see DETAIL D).
5
_ Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at
POINT C (see DETAIL A).
6
_ Move the emergency-exit hatch until you can measure the
distance between the release lever (14) and the release pin
(16).
7
_ Turn the setscrew (9) and adjust the distance between the
release lever (14) and the release pin (16) to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5
mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page A403
May 01/06
IAC
8
_ Tighten the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
9
_ Safety the lock-nut (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
10
__ Remove the AFT emergency-exit hatch.
1
_ Put the FWD emergency-exit hatch in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ If necessary loosen the bolt (19).
3
_ Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is
in the ARMED Position (see DETAIL D).
4
_ Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at
POINT C (see DETAIL A).
5
_ Move the emergency hatch until you can measure the distance
between the release lever (17) and the release pin (21).
6
_ Move the lever (20) to adjust the distance between the lever
(17) and the release pin (21) with a feeler gage
to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
7
_ Tighten the bolt (19).
8
_ Safety the bolts (18) and (19) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
9
_ Remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the clevis-pin (9).
(b) Put the flexible control-cable (11) together with the washers
(10) in position and install the clevis-pin (9).
(c) Put the washer (8) in position and install the new cotter pin
(7).
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page A404
May 01/06
IAC
(11) Adjust the flexible control-cable:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (11) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (12) of the flexible control-cable (13).
(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nut (12) and adjust the distance at the
end of the flexible control-cable (13) to 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.).
1
_ Pull the end of the flexible control-assembly (13) three
times.
2
_ Measure the distance at the end of the flexible control-cable
(13) with a slide gage.
3
_ If the distance is not in the limits of 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.), do the steps (c) thru (e) again.
(f) Safety the lock-nuts (11) and the sleeve adjust-nut (12) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(b) Install the TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101) on
the flexible control assembly (see DETAIL L):
1
_ Remove the protective plug and the two collets from the test
tool.
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page A405
May 01/06
IAC
2
_ Carefully engage the test tool into the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).
3
_ Put the two collets in position, on the connection of the test
tool and the flexible control-assembly.
4
_ Move the knurled sleeve-nut up and install it to the flexible
control-assembly.
(d) Make sure that the release pin (16) of the FWD emergency-exit
hatch is in the ARMED position (see DETAIL D).
(e) Make sure that the release lever (14) is in the INACTIVATED
position (see DETAIL C).
NOTE : During the opening of the hatch, the release pin (16)
____
moves the release lever (14) and the flexible
control-cable (13) is operated.
(g) Make sure that the test-tool cursor has moved and shows a minimum
cable-travel of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.).
(h) If the test-tool cursor shows less than the minimum cable-travel
of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.), you must adjust the flexible
control-assembly.
1
_ Put the emergency-exit hatches back in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the adjust nuts
(22) and (23) of the flexible control-assembly.
3
_ Loosen the adjust nuts (22) and (23).
4
_ Turn the adjust nuts (22) and (23) to adjust the cable-travel.
5
_ Tighten the adjust nuts (22) and (23).
(j) Do a check of the adjusted cable-travel and do the steps (a) thru
(h) again
EFF :
014-099, 25-62-43
Page A406
May 01/06
IAC
(k) Safety the adjust nuts (22) and (23) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
1
_ Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut fully and remove the two
collets.
2
_ Carefully remove the test tool from the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).
3
_ Put the two collets in position on the test tool, move the
knurled sleeve-nut up and install the plug.
Subtask 25-62-43-420-054-B
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R
EFF :
014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page A407
Feb 01/07
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409B/TASK 25-62-43-991-008-B14 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A408
Feb 01/07
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409B/TASK 25-62-43-991-008-B24 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A409
Feb 01/07
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409B/TASK 25-62-43-991-008-B34 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A410
Feb 01/07
IAC
Adjustments
Figure 409B/TASK 25-62-43-991-008-B44 (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A411
Feb 01/07
IAC
(1) Install the release-mechanism camshaft assembly:
NOTE : You will find punch marks on the camshaft (135), on the
____
shaft (130) and on the lever (142) to make the assembly
easier.
1
_ Put the washers (133) and (136) in position on the shaft
(135).
2
_ Put the lever (132) and (137) together with the bush (134) in
position on the shaft (135).
3
_ Install the bolt (131) and the nut (138).
4
_ Put the washers (139) in position on the shaft (135).
5
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the torsion
spring (140).
6
_ Put the torsion spring (140) in position on the camshaft (135)
7
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140) is
engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (137).
8
_ Install the lever (142):
a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the camshaft (135) and the lever (142).
b
_ Apply a force on the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
and adjust a pre-tension to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN
(77.43 and 92.83 lbf.in).
c
_ Install the lever (142) on the camshaft (135).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A412
Feb 01/07
IAC
NOTE : The punch mark G on the lever (142) must align
____
with the punch mark H on the camshaft (135).
d
_ Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140)
is engaged in the related locating-hole of the lever (142).
e
_ If the pre-tension of the torsion spring (140) is not in
the limits to between 0.875 and 1.049 m.daN (77.43 and
92.83 lbf.in) you can adjust the pre-tension with the lever
(142).
f
_ Install the bolt (141) and the nut (143).
9
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the inner splines
of the camshaft (135) and on the splines in the middle of the
shaft (130).
10
__ Carefully push the shaft (130) through the opening of the
camshaft (135) until you can align the two punch marks E and
F.
11
__ Align the two punch marks E and F and continue to push the
shaft (130) into the camshaft (135).
12
__ Install the bush (144).
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft-end
splines of the camshaft assembly (121).
2
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surfaces of
the bearing flanges (118) and (124).
3
_ Put the bearing flanges (118) and (124) in position on the
shaft-ends of the camshaft assembly (121).
4
_ Put the camshaft assembly (121) in position.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A413
Feb 01/07
IAC
5
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads
of the bolts (116) and (123), and on the thread of the
stop-screw (115).
6
_ Put the bearing flange (124) in position on the frame
structure.
7
_ Install the bolts (123) and the nuts (122).
8
_ Put the bearing flange (118) in position on the frame
structure.
9
_ Install the bolts (116), the stop screw (115) and the nuts
(117).
10
__ Install the bolt (119) and the nut (120).
11
__ Install the release-lever (127):
a
_ Put the lever (130) in position on the release-lever (127).
b
_ Install the screw (128) and the washer (129) but tighten
the screw by hand only.
c
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the release-lever (127).
d
_ Install the release-lever (127) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
e
_ Install the bolt (125) and the washer (126).
12
__ Install the release-lever (113):
a
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splines of
the release-lever (113).
b
_ Put the spacer (114) in position on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A414
Feb 01/07
IAC
c
_ Install the release-lever (113) on the shaft-end of the
camshaft assembly (121).
d
_ Install the washer (112) and the castellated nut (111).
e
_ Install the new cotter pin (110).
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (102).
2
_ Put the bushes (102) in position in the levers (100) and
(101).
3
_ Put the washers (96) and the bolts (95) together with the
washers (97) and the bushes (98) in position on the lever
(100).
4
_ Put the lever (101) in position and install the nuts (99), but
do not tighten the nuts at this time.
5
_ Make sure that the levers (100) and (101) are aligned and
tighten the nuts (99).
6
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (104).
7
_ Put the bushes (104) in position in the double lever (105).
8
_ Put the double lever (105) in its position between the levers
(100) and (101).
9
_ Adjust the lever assembly (83):
a
_ Measure the distance between the double lever (105) and the
levers (100) and (101) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL B).
b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A415
Feb 01/07
IAC
c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance
adjust the distance with the washers (103).
1
_ Install the setscrew (93), the locking device (92) and the nut
(91).
2
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (89)
and (90).
3
_ Put the bushes (89) and (90) in position in the lever bracket
(94) as recorded in the removal procedure.
4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt (88).
5
_ Put the lever assembly (83) in position in the lever bracket
(94) and install the bolt (88).
6
_ Adjust the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):
a
_ Measure the distance between the lever assembly (83) and
the lever bracket (94) with a feeler gage (see DETAIL B).
b
_ Make sure that the distance is not more than
0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
c
_ If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance
adjust the distance with the washers (84).
d
_ Remove the bolt (88) and install the washers (84) as
necessary.
7
_ Install the bolt (88), the washer (87) and the castellated nut
(86).
8
_ TORQUE the castellated nut (86) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in) and install the new cotter pin (85).
(c) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
release-mechanism lever assembly (82).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A416
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Install the release-mechanism tie-rod assembly:
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
bracket (75).
(c) Put the bracket (75) in position and install the bolts (71) and
(73), and the nuts (72) and (74).
(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (59) and
(60).
(e) Put the bushes (59) and (60), together with the tie-rod assembly
(54), in position on the camshaft-assembly as recorded in the
removal procedure.
(f) Install the bolt (58), the washer (57) and the castellated nut
(56).
(h) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (52) and
(53).
(i) Put the bushes (52) and (53), together with the other end of the
tie-rod assembly (54), in position on the lever-assembly as
recorded in the removal procedure.
(j) Install the bolt (50) and the washer (48) to hold the tie-rod
assembly (54) in position.
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (43)
and on the inside surface of the bellows (40).
2
_ Put the spring (43) in position in the bellows (40).
3
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft of the
tie-rod end (44).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A417
Feb 01/07
IAC
4
_ Put the tie-rod ends (42) and (44) together with the bushes
(41) in position.
5
_ Make sure that the tie-rod ends are correctly installed in the
spring (43).
(l) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (69) and
(70).
(m) Put the bushes (69) and (70), together with the spring-rod
assembly (63), in position on the bracket (75) as recorded in the
removal procedure.
(n) Install the bolt (68), the washers (67) and (66), and the
castellated nut (65).
(p) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (61) and
(62).
(q) Put the bushes (61) and (62), together with the other end of the
spring-rod assembly (63), in position on the lever assembly as
recorded in the removal procedure.
(r) Install the bolt (51) and the washer (49) to hold the spring-rod
in position.
(s) Install the washers (47) and the castellated nuts (46).
1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the actuating rod
(22).
2
_ Put the actuating rod (22) a short distance in position in the
switch-bracket (36).
3
_ Put the washer (23), the nut (24) and the washer (25) in
position on the actuating rod (22).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A418
Feb 01/07
IAC
4
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spring (26).
5
_ Put the spring (26) and the bush (27) in position in the
switch-bracket (36) and push the actuating rod (22) in
position.
6
_ Put the bush (21) in position and install the washer (23) and
the nut (24).
7
_ Put the washer (28), the rod-guide (29) and the target
assembly (30) in position.
8
_ Put the serrated washer (31) in position and install the nut
(32).
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the mating surface of the
proximity-detector assembly (20).
(f) Put the pin (38) in position in the frame structure and install
the nut (37).
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (1) of
the eye-end fitting.
(c) Move the latch lever rearward until it touches the lever bracket
at POINT A.
(d) Move the double lever rearward until it touches the latch lever
stop-bolt (2) at POINT B.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A419
Feb 01/07
IAC
(e) Turn the adjusting-rod (3) and adjust the spring-rod assembly to
53.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (2.0866 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
(g) Safety the lock-nut (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(h) Make sure that the rubber bellows of the spring-rod assembly is
in its correct position after you have done the adjustment.
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the clevis-pin (4).
(b) Put the rigid control-cable (1) together with the spacers (2) and
(3), as recorded in the removal procedure, in position and
install the clevis-pin (4).
(c) Put the washer (5) in position and install the new Cotter pin
(6).
(7) Adjust the distance between the latch lever and the lever bracket:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (4) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) of the rigid control-cable (5).
(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nut (6) and adjust the distance between
the latch lever and the lever bracket at POINT A to 0.5 +0.1 -
0.1 mm (0.0196 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance, between the top of the lever bracket
____
and the lip of the latch lever with a feeler gage.
(d) Loosen the sleeve adjust nut (6) FIVE FULL TURNS.
(f) Safety the lock-nuts (4) and the sleeve adjust-nut (6) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A420
Feb 01/07
IAC
(8) Adjust the clearence between the double lever and the latch lever:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (7) of
the tie-rod (8).
(c) Make sure that the release lever (14) touches the stop screw (15)
at POINT D (see DETAIL C).
(e) Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever
at POINT B to 0.3 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0118 +0.0039 -0.0039 in.).
NOTE : Measure the distance between the double lever and the
____
latch lever stop-bolt (2) with a feeler gage.
(f) Make sure that the eye-ends of the tie-rod (8) are in safety.
(h) Safety the lock-nuts (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(b) Move the lever (19) to adjust the distance between POINT X and
POINT Y on the release lever (16) to 73.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (2.8740
+0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A421
Feb 01/07
IAC
(d) Safety the bolts (17) and (18) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(10) Adjust the clearence between the release lever and the release pin of
the emergency hatch:
(b) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (10) of
the setscrew (9).
(d) Make sure that the release pin (20) of the emergency hatch is in
the ARMED Position (see DETAIL F).
(e) Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at POINT
C (see DETAIL A).
(f) Move the emergency hatch until you can measure the distance
between the release lever (14) and the release pin (20) (see
DETAIL G).
(g) Turn the setscrew (9) and adjust the distance between the release
lever (14) and the release pin (20) to 1.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.0393
+0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
(i) Safety the lock-nut (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
(Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the clevis-pin (9).
(b) Put the flexible control-cable (11) together with the washers
(10) in position and install the clevis-pin (9).
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A422
Feb 01/07
IAC
(c) Put the washer (8) in position and install the new cotter pin
(7).
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (11) and
the sleeve adjust-nuts (12) of the flexible control-cable (13).
(c) Turn the sleeve adjust-nut (12) and adjust the distance at the
end of the flexible control-cable (13) to 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.).
1
_ Pull the end of the flexible control-cable (13) three times.
2
_ Measure the distance at the end of the flexible control-cable
(13) with a slide gage.
3
_ If the distance is not in the limits of 11.5 +1.7 -1.7 mm
(0.4527 +0.0669 -0.0669 in.), do the steps (c) and (d) again.
(f) Safety the lock-nuts (11) and the sleeve adjust-nut (12) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
(b) Install the TEST TOOL - RELEASE CABLE , ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101) on
the flexible control assembly (see DETAIL K):
1
_ Remove the protective plug and the two collets from the test
tool.
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A423
Feb 01/07
IAC
2
_ Carefully engage the test tool into the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).
3
_ Put the two collets in position, on the connection of the test
tool and the flexible control-assembly.
4
_ Move the knurled sleeve-nut up and install it to the flexible
control-assembly.
(d) Make sure that the release pin (20) of the FWD emergency-exit
hatch is in the ARMED position (see DETAIL G).
(e) Make sure that the release lever (14) is in the INACTIVATED
position (see DETAIL C).
NOTE : During the opening of the hatch, the release pin (20)
____
moves the release lever (14) and the flexible
control-cable (13) is operated.
(g) Make sure that the test-tool cursor has moved and shows a minimum
cable-travel of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.).
(h) If the test-tool cursor shows less than the minimum cable-travel
of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.), you must adjust the flexible
control-assembly.
1
_ Put the emergency-exit hatches back in the installed position
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the adjust nuts
(21) and (22) of the flexible control-assembly.
3
_ Loosen the adjust nuts (21) and (22).
4
_ Turn the adjust nuts (21) and (22) to adjust the cable-travel.
5
_ Tighten the adjust nuts (21) and (22).
(j) Do a check of the adjusted cable-travel and do the steps (a) thru
(h) again
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-43
Page A424
Feb 01/07
IAC
(k) Safety the adjust nuts (21) and (22) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
1
_ Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut fully and remove the two
collets.
2
_ Carefully remove the test tool from the related slot of the
flexible control-cable (13).
3
_ Put the two collets in position on the test tool, move the
knurled sleeve-nut up and install the plug.
Subtask 25-62-43-420-055
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
(a) Remove the protective plug (6) from the knurled sleeve-nut (5) to
get access to the two collets (7).
(c) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire into the
release cable-assembly (2).
(d) Put the protective plug (6) back in the pocket (3).
(2) Carefully engage the end of the release cable-assembly (2) into the
related slot of the flexible control-assembly (1).
(3) Put the two collets (7) in their position, on the connection of the
release cable-assembly (2) and the flexible control-assembly (1).
(4) Move the knurled sleeve-nut (5) up and install it to the flexible
control-assembly (1).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page A425
Feb 01/07
IAC
(5) Safety the knurled sleeve-nut (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-43-410-056
A. Close Access
(3) Do the special precautions after you have worked on the offwing
escape-slide system(s) (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).
(4) Remove the warning notice from the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(5) Remove the access platform from the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(6) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(a) Install the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)
and 241MW (242MW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page A426
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
Subtask 25-62-43-410-056-A
A. Close Access
(2) Do the special precautions after you have worked on the offwing
escape-slide system(s) (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001).
(3) Remove the warning notice from the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(4) Remove the access platform from the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(5) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 25-62-43-862-050
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-43
Page A427
Feb 01/07
IAC
_________________________________________________________
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT (7500MM,7501MM,7502MM,7503MM)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 25-62-44-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-054
EFF :
ALL 25-62-44
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021-A13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021-A23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-44-991-021-A33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that
the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to the OFF position.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(b) Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is set to the
DISARMED/MANUAL position, with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4) installed.
(4) Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-020-075-A
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative-cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9), to disengage the spring clips.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
2
_ Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative-cover (20), from
the attach-strips (16), and remove it.
(b) Type 3:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative-cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9), to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Disengage the spring loaded bolts (73) and remove the
decorative-cover (20).
(a) Install the lock pin (18) in the regulator valve assembly (19).
(3) Get access to the girt bar (10) and the floor fittings (26):
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL
_______
START THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE
ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.
(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and set
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position.
(b) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN
_______
THE PACK ASSEMBLY.
1
_ Push the spring pawls (29), to release the girt bar (10).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
2
_ Pull the girt bar (10) inboard, from the floor fittings (26).
3
_ Put the girt bar (10) on the cabin floor, inboard of the floor
fittings (26).
(e) Carefully lower, and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(b) Remove the bolts (24) and the washers (25), and keep them with
the aircraft.
(c) Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14), and
continue to hold it.
(f) Lift the pack-assembly (9) from the supports (14), and put it
down carefully on the cabin floor.
(5) Remove the girt bar (10) from the girt assembly (11):
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE
_______
PACK ASSEMBLY.
(a) Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) Carefully pull the girt bar (10) out of the girt assembly (11).
(c) If you cannot pull the girt bar (10) out of the girt assembly
(11), do these steps:
1
_ Pull open the burr-strips of the girt assembly (11).
2
_ Pull the HANDLE (31), and open the lace-up joint (34).
3
_ Remove the girt bar (10) from the opened girt assembly (11).
4
_ Keep the girt bar (10) with the door.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
TASK 25-62-44-000-012
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-066
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 409
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-030- 15 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 410
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-030- 25 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 411
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-030- 35 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 412
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-030- 45 (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 413
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
R Figure 402/TASK 25-62-44-991-030- 55 (SHEET 5)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 414
Aug 01/06
IAC
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that
the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to the OFF position.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(b) Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is set to the
DISARMED/MANUAL position, with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4) installed.
(4) Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-020-083
(a) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(b) Hold the door in this position and do not let the door open
fully.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 415
Aug 01/06
IAC
(c) Under the pack-assembly (9) disengage the straps (21), between
the decorative-cover (20) and the girt assembly (11).
(d) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative-cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9), to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative-cover (20) from
the attach-strips (16) and remove it.
(f) Type 3:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative-cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9), to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Disengage the spring loaded bolts (73) and remove the
decorative-cover (20).
(a) Install the lock pin (18) in the regulator valve assembly (19).
(3) Get access to the girt bar (10) and the floor fittings (26):
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL
_______
START THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE
ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.
(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and set
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 416
Aug 01/06
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-62-44
Page 417
Aug 01/06
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-62-44
Page 418
Aug 01/06
IAC
R (b) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
R CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN
_______
R THE PACK ASSEMBLY.
R 1
_ Push the spring pawls (29), to release the girt bar (10).
R 2
_ Pull the girt bar (10) inboard from the floor fittings (26).
R 3
_ Put the girt bar (10) on the cabin floor, inboard of the floor
R fittings (26).
R (e) Carefully lower, and lock the door with the door control-handle
R (2).
R (a) Remove the upper attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one of
R the two procedures:
R (b) Procedure 1:
R 1
_ Hold the pack-assembly (9).
R 2
_ Pull the PULL handles (44), to disengage the quick-release
R latches (43) from the mounting pins (42).
R (c) Or.
R (d) Procedure 2:
R 1
_ Loosen the link nut (46).
R 2
_ Remove the attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47), from the
R stud assembly (45).
R 3
_ Keep the attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47), with the
R pack-assembly (9).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 419
May 01/06
IAC
R 4
_ Hold the pack-assembly (9).
R 5
_ Remove the stud assemblies (45) with the allen key (49) from
R the door.
R NOTE : Make sure the allen key (49) goes through the wire loop
____
R (50).
R 6
_ Keep the stud assemblies (45) with the pack-assembly (9).
R (e) Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14), and
R continue to hold it.
R (h) Lift the pack-assembly (9) from the supports (14) and put it on
R the cabin floor.
R (5) Remove the girt bar (10) from the girt assembly (11):
R CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE
_______
R PACK ASSEMBLY.
R (b) Remove the loop (35) of the survival-kit lanyard (white) (36),
R from the trigger lever (37).
R (c) Pull open the blue (38) and the green (39) burr-strips.
R (d) Remove the release strap (yellow) (40) from the trigger lever
R (37).
R (e) Pull the HANDLE (31), and open the lace-up joint (34).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 420
May 01/06
IAC
R (f) Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).
R (g) Remove the girt bar (10) from the open girt assembly (11).
R (7) Make sure that these removed components are kept together with the
R pack-assembly (9):
R - Attach-link (46) and PULL handle (47)
R - Stud assemblies (45).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 421
May 01/06
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-62-44-000-010
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 422
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-060
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-020-081
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR. SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Safety the related open passenger/crew door with the safety barrier
strap (8).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 423
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape-Slide - Inflated
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-44-991-020-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 424
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape-Slide - Inflated
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-44-991-020-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 425
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) Release the inflated escape-slide (7) from the aircraft:
1
_ Make sure that the ground area where the escape-slide (7) is
lowered is clean and clear from sharp objects.
(c) Pull the mooring line (32) from the girt pocket (33).
(d) Hold the escape-slide (7) with the mooring line (32).
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to hold the escape-slide (7) and
____
lower it to the ground.
(3) Remove the girt-bar (10) from the floor fittings (26):
(a) Push the spring pawls (29) and pull the girt bar (10) inboard
from the floor fittings (26).
(b) Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).
(6) Lift the empty pack-assembly soft-cover (12) and close the door with
the door control-handle (2) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
(7) Remove the decorative cover (20) from the pack-assembly (9):
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 426
Aug 01/07
IAC
More force is necessary to pull apart dual-lock reclosable
fastener-strips than for burr-strips. You hear a continual
click sound as the two halves are pulled apart.
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9) to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative cover (20) from
the attach-strips (16) and remove it.
(b) Type 3:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9) to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Disengage the spring loaded bolts (73) and remove the
decorative cover (20).
(b) Remove the bolts (24) and the washers (25) and keep them with the
aircraft.
(c) Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14) and
hold it.
(f) Lift the pack-assembly (9) from the supports (14), and remove it
from the aircraft.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 427
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(a) Push in the flapper valves (5) of the aspirator (6) to release
the pressure from the escape slide (7).
R NOTE : The exposed wire of the broken frangible link can cause
____
R damage to the slide inflatable material when the slide is
R packed.
R (d) Carefully put the escape-slide (7) and the pack-assembly (9) in a
clean box without sharp objects.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-44-860-061
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 428
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-44-400-006
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 429
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-062
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 430
Feb 01/07
IAC
(a) Make sure that the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder
is DISARMED (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(5) Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-560-051
(c) Make sure that the locking assembly (18) is installed in the
regulator valve assembly (19).
(d) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R (g) Make sure that the connector (61) between the pull-handle cable
R (62) and the inflation cable is connected.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 431
May 01/08
IAC
Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation
R Figure 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-003-B13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-62-44
Page 432
Aug 01/06
IAC
Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation
R Figure 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-003-B23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-62-44
Page 433
Aug 01/06
IAC
Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation
R Figure 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-003-B33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-62-44
Page 434
Aug 01/06
IAC
(h) Make sure that the connector (58) between the cable and loop
assembly (57) and the cover release-cable (59) is disconnected.
When you must disconnect the connector (58):
1
_ Carefully loosen the sleeve nut until you can remove the
ball-end of the cable and loop assembly from the body.
(i) Make sure that the related pressure gage (53) shows the correct
pressure.
1
_ A correct indication is shown when:
- The gage needle is in the green cursor (green GO band).
- The gage needle is to the right of the green cursor.
2
_ An incorrect indication is shown when:
- The gage needle is to the left of the green cursor.
(2) Install the electrical harness (22) on the correct side of the
pack-assembly (9):
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 435
Aug 01/07
IAC
(b) Pull the electrical harness (22) out from between the
girt-assembly halves in the direction of the door support-arm.
NOTE : The electrical harness must come out of the side of the
____
girt assembly in flight direction.
(d) Pull open the burr-strips (Velcro) (54), (55) and (56).
1
_ Refer to the instructions on the soft-cover of the
pack-assembly (9).
Make sure that the quick-release connector (22) is installed
next to the STOW PLUG HERE mark/placard.
(3) Make sure that the two connectors (58) and (61) are connected:
- Between the cable and loop-assembly (57) and the cover
release-cable (59).
- Between the pull-handle cable (62) and the inflation cable (60).
Subtask 25-62-44-420-064
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 436
Feb 01/07
IAC
(1) Install the girt bar (10) in the girt assembly (11):
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE
_______
PACK ASSEMBLY.
(a) Carefully push the girt bar (10) through the girt assembly (11).
(b) Make sure that the visual indicator (30) points inboard and is on
the side of the girt assembly (11) in flight direction.
(c) Put the loop of the mooring line (32) on the end of the girt bar
(10).
(d) Make sure that the loop is on the left side of the girt bar (10)
when you look outboard.
(e) If you cannot push the girt bar (10) through the girt assembly
(11), do these steps:
1
_ Pull open the burr-strips of the girt assembly (11).
2
_ Pull the handle (31) and open the lace-up joint (34).
3
_ Install the girt bar (10).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 25-62-44-991-019-A)
4
_ Safety the parachute pin with nylon cord.
(2) Connect the connector (58) between the cable and loop assembly (57)
and the cover release-cable (59):
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-003-B)
(a) Put the ball-end of the cable and loop-assembly (57) into the
body.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 437
Nov 01/07
IAC
Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar
Figure 405/TASK 25-62-44-991-019-A12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 438
Feb 01/07
IAC
Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar
Figure 405/TASK 25-62-44-991-019-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 439
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Install the pack-assembly (9) on the door:
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
1
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads
of the bolts (24).
(g) Install the bolts (24) and the washers (25) and torque the bolts
(24) to between 1.6 and 1.8 m.daN (11.79 and 13.27 lbf.ft).
(h) Make sure that there is no play between the packboard (13) and
the door.
(4) Install the girt bar (10) in the floor fittings (26):
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL
_______
START THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE
ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.
(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and set
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
(b) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 440
May 01/07
IAC
(c) Hold the door to prevent it to open fully.
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN
_______
THE PACK ASSEMBLY.
1
_ Push the girt bar (10) into the floor fittings (26) until the
spring pawls (29) click into position.
2
_ Make sure that the girt assembly (11) is folded outboard,
R immediately over the girt bar (10). See Detail Section K-K.
(e) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
R (f) Make sure that the control-shaft levers (28) engage correctly in
R the holes of the girt bar (10).
(h) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(j) Make sure that the girt bar (10) has engaged correctly with the
telescopic forks (27) of the door structure.
(k) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(m) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(o) Make sure that the girt bar (10) has engaged correctly in the
floor fittings (26).
(p) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(q) Make sure that the girt (10) can move freely:
1
_ Move the emergency control-handle (3) from the ARMED to the
DISARMED position four times.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 441
May 01/07
IAC
(r) Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position and
install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).
(5) Remove the lockpin assembly (18) from the valve/regulator assembly
(19).
(6) Put the lockpin assembly (18) in the stowage pocket on the soft-cover
(12) of the pack-assembly (9).
1
_ Align the tongues on the bottom side of the top edge of the
decorative cover (20) with the slots (17) on the packboard
(13).
2
_ Press the top edge of the decorative cover (20) on to the
attach-strips (16).
3
_ Push the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
pack-assembly (9) until the spring clips engage.
(b) Type 3:
1
_ Engage the spring loaded bolts (73).
2
_ Push the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
pack-assembly (9) until the spring clips engage.
(c) Make sure that you can see the gage through the hole in the
decorative cover (20).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 442
May 01/07
IAC
(8) Do a visual inspection of the visual indicator (30) and its related
ARMED indication:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-62-44-991-017)
(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and set
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
1
_ If necessary, install new self-adhesive placards (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-400-007) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-52 P.Block 001).
2
_ Make sure that the point of the self-adhesive arrow (67)
aligns with the RED mark.
3
_ If not, re-position the self-adhesive arrow (67).
R (d) Make sure that you can see the RED mark through the hole in the
R bracket (80), if installed.
R (e) Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position and
install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).
Subtask 25-62-44-710-059
(2) Do the operational test of the emergency lights (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-
710-001) or (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-010).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on each door to tell persons not to open the
door during the CIDS test.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 443
May 01/07
IAC
R Visual Indicator - Adjustment
R Figure 406/TASK 25-62-44-991-017- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-62-44
Page 444
May 01/07
IAC
R Visual Indicator - Adjustment
R Figure 406/TASK 25-62-44-991-017- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-62-44
Page 445
May 01/07
IAC
Monitoring, through CIDS
Figure 407/TASK 25-62-44-991-026
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 446
May 01/07
IAC
Monitoring, through CIDS
Figure 407A/TASK 25-62-44-991-026-A
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 447
May 01/07
R
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the SYSTEM STATUS line - The SYSTEM STATUS page shows the
selection-key. message SLIDES PRESS OK.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-44-410-071
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door back to a serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-
002).
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 448
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Subtask 25-62-44-862-052
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 449
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
TASK 25-62-44-000-011
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-063
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 450
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-62-44
Page 451
Aug 01/07
IAC
Escape Slide Raft - Inflated
Figure 408/TASK 25-62-44-991-029- 14 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 452
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Escape Slide Raft - Inflated
Figure 408/TASK 25-62-44-991-029- 24 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 453
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Escape Slide Raft - Inflated
Figure 408/TASK 25-62-44-991-029- 34 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 454
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Escape Slide Raft - Inflated
Figure 408/TASK 25-62-44-991-029- 44 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 455
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-020-082
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR. SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Safety the related open passenger/crew door with the safety-barrier
strap (8).
(b) Release the inflated escape-slide raft (7) from the aircraft:
1
_ Make sure that the ground area, where the escape-slide raft
(7) is lowered, is clean and clear from sharp objects.
(d) Remove the loop (35) of the survival-kit lanyard (white) (36)
from the release trigger (37).
(e) Pull open the blue (38) and green (39) burr-strips.
(f) Remove the release strap (yellow) (40) from the release trigger
(37).
(g) Pull the mooring line (32) from the girt pocket (33).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 456
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(h) Hold the escape slide raft (7) with the mooring line (32).
(3) Remove the girt bar (10) from the floor fittings (26):
(b) Hold the release trigger (37) and move the telescopic end-fitting
R (41) in the direction shown in Detail G.
(c) Remove the girt bar (10) from the floor fittings (26).
(d) Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).
(6) Remove the decorative cover (20) from the pack-assembly (9):
(a) Disengage the straps (21) from the straps on the lower inside
edge of the decorative cover (20).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 457
Aug 01/07
IAC
(b) Types 1 and 2:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9), to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative cover (20) from
the attach-strips (16) and remove it.
(c) Type 3:
1
_ Pull the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the
pack-assembly (9) to disengage the spring clips.
2
_ Disengage the spring loaded bolts (73) and remove the
decorative cover (20).
(a) Remove the upper attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one of
the two procedures:
1
_ Procedure 1:
a
_ Hold the pack-assembly (9).
b
_ Pull the PULL handles (44) to disengage the quick-release
latches (43) from the mounting pins (42).
2
_ Procedure 2:
a
_ Loosen the link nut (46).
b
_ Remove the attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47) from the
stud assembly (45).
c
_ Keep the attach-link (48) and PULL handle (47) with the
pack-assembly (9).
d
_ Hold the pack-assembly (9).
e
_ Remove the stud assemblies (45) with the allen key (49)
from the door.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 458
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
NOTE : The allen key (49) must go through the wire loop
____
(50).
f
_ Keep the stud assemblies (45) with the pack-assembly (9).
(b) Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14) and
hold it.
(a) Open the flapper valves (5) of the aspirator (6) to release the
pressure from the escape-slide raft (7).
R NOTE : The exposed wire of the broken frangible link can cause
____
R damage to the slide inflatable material when the slide is
R packed.
R (d) Carefully put the escape-slide raft (7), the pack-assembly (9)
and related components in a clean box without sharp objects.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 459
Aug 01/07
IAC
R (e) Return them to one of the two locations for servicing:
- The workshop (Ref. CMM 256120)
- The manufacturer
Subtask 25-62-44-860-064
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 460
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-44-400-007
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 461
Nov 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-065
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE DOOR IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 462
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
(b) Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is set to the
DISARMED/MANUAL position with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
(98D52103500000) (4) installed.
(5) Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-560-052
1
_ Make sure that the lockpin assembly (18) is installed in the
regulator valve assembly (19).
(c) Make sure that the routing of the inflation cable (51) is
correct.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INFLATION CABLE IS NOT PULLED OUT
_______
FROM THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF IT IS PULLED OUT, DO NOT PUT
IT BACK, BUT REPLACE THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF THE
INFLATION CABLE IS PUT BACK INCORRECTLY, IT CAN PREVENT
THE INFLATION OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE RAFT.
1
_ An incorrect routing is given, if:
- The inflation cable is pulled out of the pack-assembly.
- The inflation cable is caught below the inflation reservoir.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 463
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
- The inflation cable is winded round the inflation reservoir.
(d) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(g) Make sure that the connector (61) between the pull-handle cable
(62) and the inflation cable is connected.
(h) Make sure that the connector (58) between the cable and loop
assembly (57) and the cover release-cable (59) is disconnected.
If you must disconnect the connector (58):
1
_ Carefully loosen the sleeve nut until you can remove the
ball-end of the cable and loop assembly (57) from the body.
(i) Make sure that the related pressure gage (53) shows the correct
pressure.
1
_ A correct indication is shown when:
- The gage needle is in the green cursor (green GO band).
- The gage needle is to the right of the green cursor.
2
_ An incorrect indication is shown when:
- The gage needle is to the left of the green cursor.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 464
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(2) Install the electrical harness (22) on the correct side of the
pack-assembly (9):
(b) Pull the electrical harness (22) out from between the
girt-assembly halves in the direction of the door support-arm.
NOTE : The electrical harness (22) must come out of the side of
____
the girt assembly in flight direction.
(d) Pull open the burr-strips (Velcro) (54), (55) and (56).
1
_ Refer to the instructions on the soft-cover of the
pack-assembly (9).
Make sure that the quick-release connector (22) is installed
next to the STOW PLUG HERE mark/placard.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 465
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-62-44-710-060
(a) Hold the girt bar (10) and pull the trigger lever (37) in the
direction shown.
(b) Hold the trigger lever (37) and move the telescopic end-fitting
(41) in and out of the girt bar (10).
(c) Make sure that the telescopic end-fitting (41) can move freely in
the girt bar (10).
(2) Do a visual inspection of the pin (69). Make sure that there is no
corrosion.
Subtask 25-62-44-420-065
(1) Install the girt bar (10) in the girt assembly (11):
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE
_______
PACK ASSEMBLY.
(b) Pull the handle (31) and open the lace-up joint (34).
NOTE : Safety the parachute pin with nylon cord, that has a
____
minimum breaking strain of 9.0 lb (4.0823 kg). The nylon
cord has to agree with specification V-T-295, type II,
R class A, size E (p/n M11944-4 Vendor Air
R Cruisers/Aerazur).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 466
Nov 01/07
IAC
Girt Bar - Operational Test and Pin Inspection
Figure 409/TASK 25-62-44-991-016
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 467
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar
Figure 410/TASK 25-62-44-991-031- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 468
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar
Figure 410/TASK 25-62-44-991-031- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 469
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar
Figure 410/TASK 25-62-44-991-031- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 470
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(2) Connect the connector (58) between the cable and loop assembly (57)
and the cover release-cable (59):
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 25-62-44-991-003-B)
R (a) Put the ball-end of the cable and loop assembly (57) into the
R body.
(b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(f) Install the upper attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one
of the two procedures:
(g) Procedure 1:
1
_ Make sure that the head of each mounting pin (42) extends a
minimum of 25.0 mm (0.98 in.) from the door.
2
_ Make sure that the quick-release latches (43) are in a good
condition and retracted to the disengaged position.
3
_ Push the pack-assembly (9) against the door.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 471
Aug 01/07
IAC
4
_ Engage the quick-release latches (43):
a
_ Use your fingers to engage the quick-release latches (43)
with the mounting pins (42).
5
_ Make sure that there is no play between the packboard (13) and
the door.
6
_ If there is play, carefully tighten the mounting pins (42)
until the movement stops.
- If you must tighten the mounting pins (42), make sure that
you do not cause the quick-release latches (43) to
disengage.
(h) Procedure 2:
1
_ Push the pack-assembly (9) against the door.
2
_ Install the stud assemblies (45) in the door.
3
_ Carefully tighten the stud assemblies (45) with the allen key
(49) and torque to 53.09 lbf.in (0.59 m.daN).
4
_ Make sure that there is no play between the packboard (13) and
the door.
5
_ Connect the PULL handles (47) to the wire loops (50) with the
attach links (48).
6
_ Tighten the link nut (46).
(4) Install the girt bar (10) in the floor fittings (26):
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL
_______
START THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE
ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE PACK-ASSEMBLY.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 472
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and set
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
(b) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
CAUTION : DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN
_______
THE PACK ASSEMBLY.
1
_ Push the girt bar (10) into the floor fittings (26) until the
spring pawls (29) click into position.
2
_ Make sure that the girt assembly (11) is folded outboard,
immediately over the girt bar (10). See DETAIL SECTION T-T.
(e) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(f) Make sure that the control-shaft levers (28) have engaged
correctly in the holes in the girt bar (10).
(j) Make sure that the girt bar (10) has engaged correctly with the
telescopic forks (27) of the door structure.
(k) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(m) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(o) Make sure that the girt bar (10) has engaged correctly in the
floor fittings (26).
(p) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 473
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(q) Make sure that the girt bar (10) can move freely:
1
_ Move the emergence control-handle (3) from the ARMED to the
DISARMED position four times.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INFLATION CABLE IS NOT PULLED OUT FROM
_______
THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF IT IS PULLED OUT, DO NOT PUT IT BACK,
BUT REPLACE THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF THE INFLATION CABLE IS
PUT BACK INCORRECTLY, IT CAN PREVENT THE INFLATION OF THE
ESCAPE-SLIDE RAFT.
(a) Make sure that the inflation cable (51) has not pulled out of the
R pocket (52). See Detail N.
(6) Remove the lockpin assembly (18) from the valve/regulator assembly
(19).
(7) Put the lockpin assembly (18) in the stowage pocket of the soft-cover
(12) of the pack-assembly (9).
1
_ Align the tongues on the bottom side of the top edge of the
decorative cover (20) with the slots (17) on the packboard
(13).
2
_ Press the top edge of the decorative cover (20) on to the
attach-strips (16).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 474
Aug 01/07
IAC
3
_ Push the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
pack-assembly (9) until the spring clips engage.
(b) Type 3:
1
_ Engage the spring loaded bolts (73).
2
_ Push the lower edge of the decorative cover (20) against the
pack-assembly (9) until the spring clips engage.
(c) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(e) Under the pack-assembly (9) engage the straps (21) between the
decorative cover (20) and the girt assembly (11).
(f) Pull the straps (21) tight and put the loose ends between the
straps (21) and the pack-assembly (9).
(g) Carefully lower and lock the door with the door control-handle
(2).
(h) Make sure that you can see the gage through the hole in the
decorative cover (20).
(9) Do a visual inspection of the visual indicator (30) and its related
ARMED indication:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 25-62-44-991-017)
(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and set
the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
1
_ If necessary, install new self-adhesive placards (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-400-007) and (Ref. AMM 11-32-52 P. Block 001).
2
_ Make sure that the point of the self-adhesive arrow (67)
aligns with the RED mark.
R 3
_ If not, re-position the self-adhesive arrow (67).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 475
Aug 01/07
IAC
(c) Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position and
install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).
Subtask 25-62-44-710-061
(2) Do the operational test of the emergency lights (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-
710-001) or (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-010).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on each door to tell persons not to open the
door during the CIDS test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the SYSTEM STATUS line - The SYSTEM STATUS page shows the
selection-key. message SLIDES PRESS OK.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 476
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the DSPL ON pushbutton - The main menu page shows.
switch.
NOTE : The screen sets to off
____
automatically after 10 minutes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-44-410-072
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the door back to a serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-
002).
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-44-862-053
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-44
Page 477
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-62-44-920-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-010-067-A
A. Get Access
Subtask 25-62-44-010-067
A. Get Access
R
EFF :
ALL 25-62-44
Page 478
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-44-280-050-A
A. Workshop Procedure
Subtask 25-62-44-280-050
A. Workshop Procedure
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-44-410-069-A
A. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 25-62-44
Page 479
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-62-44-410-069
A. Close Access
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-62-44
Page 480
Aug 01/07
IAC
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-46-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-62-46
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-46-861-050
Subtask 25-62-46-010-050
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001-A)
(3) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to ON.
Subtask 25-62-46-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-46-020-050-A
(a) Remove the lock pin (12) from the pocket (3).
(b) Install the lock pin (12) in the regulator valve assembly (6).
(c) If you cannot install the lock pin (12) in the regulator valve
assembly (6) refer to (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-820-001).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) from the sleeve nut (18).
(3) Loosen the sleeve nut (18) fully to get access to the two clips (31).
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE
_______
WIRE- CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY.
WEIGHT ON THE PULLEY CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN
CAUSE THE END OF THE WIRE TO BREAK.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
(a) Carefully pull the end of the wire (25) out of the slot of the
flexible control-assembly (1).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM)
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001-A13 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM)
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001-A23 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM)
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001-A33 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire (25) into the
wire-control assembly (2).
(6) Remove the protection plug (32) from the pocket (3).
(7) Put the two clips (31) into the sleeve nut (18) and install the
protection plug (32).
(11) Disconnect the hose assembly (10) from the bulkhead connection (9).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
_______
DISCONNECTED LINE ENDS. THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN DEPLOY IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED AND THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ARE NOT
INSTALLED.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the pocket (3).
(b) Install the pressure seal cap (20) on the bulkhead connection
(9).
(14) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16) and the spacer
(17).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
(a) Hold the inflation reservoir (5) and loosen the clamps (13).
(b) Remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).
Subtask 25-62-46-020-052
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) from the sleeve nut (18).
(2) Loosen the sleeve nut (18) fully to get access to the two clips (31).
NOTE : Keep the clips (31), until you have removed the inflation
____
reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
(a) Carefully pull the end of the wire (25) out of the slot of the
flexible control-assembly (1).
(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire (25) into the
wire-control assembly (2).
(8) Disconnect the hose assembly (10) from the bulkhead connection (9):
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
(9) Safety the bulkhead connection (9):
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
_______
DISCONNECTED LINE ENDS. THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN DEPLOY IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED AND THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ARE NOT
INSTALLED.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the pocket (3).
(b) Install the pressure seal cap (20) on the bulkhead connection
(9).
(10) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16) and the spacer
(17).
(a) Hold the inflation reservoir (5) and loosen the clamps (13).
(b) Remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).
(12) Before you remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the aircraft do
these steps:
- Use your thumb and carefully push the end of the wire (25) back
into the wire-control assembly (2) until it stops.
- Keep a light pressure on the end of the wire (25).
- Put a punch (26) through the hole in the regulator valve
assembly (6), to release the internal pulley.
- Put an ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN (29) into the hexagonal socket (27).
- Slowly turn the Allen key (29) until the stop pin (28) is
adjacent to the BLACK mark (30) (closed position).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
NOTE : When you turn the Allen key (29) the end of the wire (25)
____
is pulled back into the wire-control assembly (2).
(b) Remove the protection plug (32) from the pocket (3).
(c) Put the two clips (31) into the sleeve nut (18) and install the
protection plug (32).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-46-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-46-860-050-A
(1) Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-
00-861-001).
(2) Make sure the AFT cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
(3) Make sure the access platform is in position adjacent to the AFT
cargo-compartment exit.
(4) Make sure the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON
position.
(a) Make sure that the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX is removed.
(a) Make sure that the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX is removed.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-62-46-865-052
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-46-560-050
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
_______
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED
WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF
EXPLOSION.
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
(a) Make sure that the lock pin (12) is installed in the regulator
valve assembly (6).
(a) Loosen the nut (39) and turn the hose assembly (10) 180 deg.
(b) Torque the nut (39) to between 3.00 and 3.20 m.daN (22.12 and
23.59 lbf.ft).
(3) Make sure that the inflation reservoir (5), the hose assembly (10)
and the wire-control assembly (2) are in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the pressure gage (11) (referred to as gage) shows the
correct pressure.
(a) If you can see RED index-marks (38) on the pulley assemblies (4)
and (7), do these steps:
(b) Make sure that the RED index-marks (38) are opposite each other,
or in the permitted tolerance. A tolerance of 1.00 mm (0.039 in.)
is permitted between the center lines of each index-mark.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
(c) If the RED index-marks (38) are not opposite each other, or in
the permitted tolerance, do these steps:
1
_ Loosen the bolt (36) and the nut (37).
2
_ Turn the two shells (35) until the RED index-marks (38) align,
or are in the permitted tolerance.
3
_ Tighten the bolt (36) and the nut (37) and torque the nut (37)
to between 0.95 and 1.05 m.daN (84.07 and 92.92 lbf.in).
Subtask 25-62-46-420-050-A
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
_______
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED
WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF
EXPLOSION.
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.
(1) Install the inflation reservoir (5) in the support bracket (8). Make
sure that it touches the back of the support bracket (8).
(2) Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the bulkhead connection (9).
(3) Put the pressure seal cap (20) in the pocket (3).
(4) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(5) Connect the hose assembly (10) to the bulkhead connection (9) and
torque it to between 3.0 and 3.2 m.daN (22.12 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
(6) Carefully put the hose assembly (10) adjacent to the support bracket
(8).
(7) Make sure that there are no kinks in the hose assembly (10).
(8) Install and tighten the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16)
and the spacer (17).
(11) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(12) Remove the blanking plug (22) from the socket (24) and connect it to
the dummy socket (23).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 415
May 01/08
R
IAC
(13) Connect the electrical connector (21) to the socket (24):
- FOR 7506MM
7555VC-A
- FOR 7507MM
7556VC-A.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE
_______
WIRE- CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY.
WEIGHT ON THE PULLEY CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN
CAUSE THE END OF THE WIRE TO BREAK.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL
_______
ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
R NOTE : To prevent incorrect adjustment, the end of the wire and the
____
R wire-control assembly must be clean and free of dirt.
(a) Remove the protection plug (32) from the sleeve nut (18) to get
access to the two clips (31).
(b) Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire (25) into the
wire-control assembly (2).
(e) Carefully push the end of the wire (25) into the slot of the
flexible control-assembly (1).
(f) Put the two clips (31) around the connection of the two control
assemblies and tighten the sleeve nut (18).
NOTE : When you install the clips (31), the slots in the clips
____
must point to you. Through the slot, you can do a visual
check that the wire (25) stays connected while you tighten
the sleeve nut (18).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 416
May 01/08
IAC
(g) Safety the sleeve nut (18) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (19).
1
_ Loosen the nuts (40) and (41) to adjust the support bracket
(8).
2
_ Move the support bracket (8) in FWD or AFT direction until
there is no tension.
3
_ Tighten the nuts (40) and (41).
1
_ At the pulley assembly (4) remove the lockwire (34) and loosen
the nut (33).
NOTE : When you loosen the nut (33), the torsion is released
____
automatically. The nut (33) at the pulley assembly (7)
is installed with loctite.
2
_ Torque the nut (33) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).
3
_ Safety the nut (33) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010) (34).
(16) Remove the lock pin (12) from the regulator valve assembly (6).
Subtask 25-62-46-865-051
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
153RH, 162RH
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 417
Feb 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-62-46-710-052
NOTE : This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
____
is programmed to monitor the slide-bottles.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the SYSTEM STATUS line - The SYSTEM STATUS page shows the
selection-key. message SLIDES PRESS OK.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-46
Page 418
May 01/07
IAC
Pressure Indication Test through CIDS
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-46-991-003
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 25-62-46
Page 419
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Disconnect the connector (21): - After approximately 3 minutes the
FOR 7506MM SYSTEM STATUS page shows the message
7555VC-A. SLIDES PRESS LOW.
FOR 7507MM
7556VC-A.
- Push the line selection-key - The message CHECK SLIDE PRESS shows
next to the message SLIDES on the first line.
PRESS LOW.
- The applicable emergency exit
location shows on the next line:
FOR 7506MM
EMER L.
FOR 7507MM
EMER R.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-62-46
Page 420
May 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
R Subtask 25-62-46-710-052-A
R NOTE : This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
____
R is programmed to monitor the slide-bottles.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-46
Page 421
May 01/07
IAC
Operational Test - Monitoring
Figure 402A/TASK 25-62-46-991-003-A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-62-46
Page 422
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4. At the applicable inflation
R reservoir (5):
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-46-410-050
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-46-991-001-A)
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 423
May 01/07
IAC
(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-46-862-050
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-999, 25-62-46
Page 424
May 01/07
IAC
SLIDE - ESCAPE, DOOR 2/3 (7770MM,7771MM,7772MM,7773MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-47-000-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-47-860-050
(1) Make sure that the EMER EXIT switch 4WL on the SIGNS panel 25VU is
set to the OFF position (Ref. 23-73-00).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-47-020-053
A. Removal:
NOTE : The removal procedures are given for the inflated slide assembly
____
at the left door 2. The procedures for inflated slides at the
right door 2 and the left and right doors 3 are almost the same.
(1) At the top of the escape-slide assembly, find the quick release
handle (1).
NOTE : A soft flap cover (2) protects the quick release handle (1).
____
Velcro holds the flap placarded: FOR DITCHING USE ONLY. LIFT
FLAP - PULL HANDLE and the handle in position.
(2) Lift the flap (2) and hold the quick release handle (1).
(3) Make sure that the area below the escape-slide is clear.
(4) Pull the quick release handle (1) up and release the escape-slide
assembly (3).
NOTE : When you pull the handle up, the handle, attached cable
____
assembly and parachute (release) pins will detach fully from
the slide. You must retain the handle and its attached
assembly.
(5) Push in the flapper valves (4) of the aspirator (5) and release the
pressure from the detached escape-slide assembly (3).
(6) Remove the blow out door (7) from the escape slide assembly (3).
NOTE : Two straps with snap-fasteners attach the blow out door to the
____
escape-slide assembly.
(8) Remove the mooring line from the attach ring in the escape-slide
stowage compartment (6).
NOTE : You can not see the mooring line until the escape slide
____
assembly (3) is released from the aircraft.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape-Slide - Inflated
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-47-991-002
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
(9) Roll up the deflated escape-slide assembly (3).
(10) Remove the escape-slide stowage compartment (6) (Ref. TASK 25-62-47-
000-001).
NOTE : Make sure that you keep the stowage compartment (6), the
____
escape-slide (3), the blow out door (7), the handle and its
attached assembly (1) together. They are made to operate as a
complete assembly from a specified door.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-47-860-052
(1) Replace the diaphragm at the door damper and emergency operation
cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-002).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-47-000-001
NOTE : The removal procedures are given for the escape-slide stowage
____
compartment installed below the left door 2; the procedures for
compartments installed below the right door 2 and the left and right
doors 3 are almost the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-47-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Install the lockpin assembly in the operating head of the inflation
reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the EMER EXIT switch 4WL on the SIGNS panel 25VU is
set to the OFF position (Ref. 23-73-00).
(3) Put the operating striker lever of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder in the DISARMED position (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
003).
(4) Make sure that the door is closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-
001) or (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-002).
(5) Make sure that the slide control handle is in the DISARMED position
and that the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) is installed .
(6) Put a warning notice on the door to tell persons not to open the
door.
(7) If you must remove the escape-slide stowage compartments below the
left and right doors 3, you must do as follows:
(a) Set the slat/flap control lever to position 0 (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-866-009).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-47-020-052
A. Removal Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-47-991-001)
(1) If you must remove the escape-slide stowage compartments below the
left and/or right doors 3, you must:
(a) Open the quick-release latch mechanism (1) on the belly fairing
panel (2).
(b) Disengage the belly fairing panel (2) and let it hang on its
attach straps.
(2) Hold the stowage compartment attach-panel (3) and loosen the panel
attach studs (4).
(3) Carefully move the top of the stowage compartment (5) outboard at an
angle and hold it.
(4) Remove and keep the screw (6) and the washer (7) and disconnect the
bonding strap (8).
(7) Lift the escape-slide stowage compartment (5) out of the stowage
compartment recess and hold it.
(8) Hold the inflation hose (17) and disconnect the end assembly (10)
from the fuselage union (11).
NOTE : Make sure you do not twist the inflation hose (17) when you
____
disconnect the end assembly (10); this could damage the
inflation hose.
(10) Remove the escape-slide stowage compartment (5) from the aircraft.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape Slide Stowage Compartment - Component Location
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-47-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
Escape Slide Stowage Compartment - Component Location
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-47-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-47-400-001
NOTE : The installation procedures are given for the escape-slide stowage
____
compartment located below the left door 2; the procedures for
compartments located below the right door 2 and the left and right doors
3 are almost the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 410
May 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-47-860-051
(1) Make sure that the lockpin assembly is installed in the operating
head of the inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the EMER EXIT switch 4WL on the SIGNS panel 25VU is
set to the OFF position (Ref. 23-73-00).
(3) Make sure that the operating striker lever of the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder is in the DISARMED position (Ref. TASK
52-22-00-860-003).
(4) Make sure that the slide control handle is in the DISARMED position
and that the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) is installed.
(5) Close the door and make sure it is locked (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-
001) or (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-002).
(6) Make sure that a warning notice is on the door to tell persons not to
open the door.
(7) If you must install the escape-slide stowage compartments below the
left and right doors 3, you must make sure that:
(a) The slat/flap control lever is set to position 0 (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) The LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.
Subtask 25-62-47-210-052
(1) If the inflation reservoir is removed, make sure that the pressure
seal caps are installed on the disconnected reservoir hose assemblies
(Ref. TASK 25-62-49-000-001).
NOTE : The escape slides for the left and right doors 2 and 3 are not
____
interchangeable. The location pin (13), installed on the
aircraft stowage-compartment recess, prevents incorrect
installation.
(3) Make a visual inspection of the door lock mechanism on the stowage
compartment blow-out door.
(4) Examine the blow-out door catches. Make sure that the ball lockpin
(15) makes a continuous surface with the door catch insert (16) and
the blow-out door (14).
(5) Make sure that the slide enclosure ball locks are clean and free of
paint.
NOTE : If the ball lockpin (15) is not in the correct position, you
____
must replace the escape-slide stowage compartment (5).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-47-420-053
A. Installation Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 25-62-47-991-001)
(1) Lift the escape-slide stowage compartment (5) adjacent to the stowage
compartment recess and hold it.
(2) Remove the blanking plugs and install the inflation hose end-assembly
(10) on the fuselage union (11).
R (a) Torque the inflation hose end-assembly (10) to between 3.90 and
R 4.30 m.daN (28.76 and 31.71 lbf.ft).
NOTE : Twisting the inflation hose when you tighten the end
____
assembly on the fuselage union can damage the inflation
hose.
(4) Carefully move the top of the escape-slide stowage compartment (5)
outboard at an angle and hold it.
(5) Put the bonding strap (8) in position and install and tighten the
screw (6) and the washer (7). Make any damage to the protective
coating and/or sealant (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
R (7) Do a check of the inflation hose. If the hose is twisted, loosen the
R inflation hose attach-nut and remove the twist.
NOTE : If the hose is twisted, it could restrict the gas flow from
____
the inflation reservoir to the escape slide.
R (8) Tighten the inflation hose attach-nut and torque it to between 3.90
R and 4.30 m.daN (28.76 and 31.71 lbf.ft).
(9) Put the escape-slide stowage compartment (5) in position and install
and torque the panel attach studs (4) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 413
May 01/07
IAC
(10) If you install the escape-slide stowage compartment (5) below the
left and/or right passenger/crew door 3, you must:
Subtask 25-62-47-710-050
B. Test:
(1) Do the operational test of the emergency lighting system (Ref. TASK
33-51-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-47-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the lockpin assembly from the operating head of the inflation
reservoir.
(3) Put the lockpin assembly in the stowage pocket installed on the
inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-400-001).
(4) Put the door back to the serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
860-004).
(8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-47-920-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-47-020-051
A. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-47-280-050
A. Workshop Procedure
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-47-420-052
A. Close Access
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-47
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
RELEASE MECHANISM - ESCAPE SLIDE, DOOR 2/3 - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-62-48-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 401
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-48-861-050
Subtask 25-62-48-860-051
(2) Open the emergency exit door(s) from the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001) or from the outside (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
010-002).
(3) Put the warning notice(s) on the Emergency Exit Door(s) to tell
persons not to close the door(s).
Subtask 25-62-48-010-050
C. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-48-991-001, 402/TASK 25-62-48-991-002, 403/TASK
25-62-48-991-003)
(1) Do the special precautions on the door damper and the emergency
operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003).
R (2) Install the PIN-SAFETY - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (27) in the related
rigging hole of the lever (28).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 402
Feb 01/08
IAC
(a) Open the overhead-stowage compartment-door(s) (3) above the
Emergency Exit Door(s).
NOTE : This step is only necessary when the LH FWD Emergency Exit
____
Door is also a Passenger/Crew Door.
(4) Install the lockpin assembly in the operating head of the inflation
reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-000-001).
- of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door, Zone 231 (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-004).
- of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door, Zone 232 (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-009).
- of the LH AFT Emergency Exit Door, Zone 251 (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-010).
- of the RH AFT Emergency Exit Door, Zone 252 (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-010).
R (6) Install the PIN-RIGGING - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM (55) in the related
rigging hole of the lever assembly (54).
R (7) Install the PIN-RIGGING - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM (44) in the related
rigging hole of the release lever (43).
(8) Remove the insulation blankets in the area that you are working.
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 403
Feb 01/08
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-48-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-48-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-48-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-62-48
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-48-991-002- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-48-991-002- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 25-62-48-991-002- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
25-62-48
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-48-991-003- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-48-991-003- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 25-62-48-991-003- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-48-020-050
(b) Remove the pin (11), the washers (12) and (10), and disengage the
eye-end of the control cable (9) from the override clutch (14).
(d) Remove the pin (51), the washers (52) and (56), and disengage the
other eye-end of the control cable (9) from the lever assembly
(54).
(e) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknuts (63) and (64).
(g) Remove the nuts (59), the screws (61), the washers (60) and the
clamps (62) from the door-frame structure.
NOTE : Do not remove the clamps (62) from the control cable (9).
____
(h) Disengage the control cable (9) from the brackets (65) and remove
it.
(b) Remove the pin (40) and the washer (41), and disengage the rod
assembly (46) from the release lever (43).
(d) Remove the pin (48) and the washer (49), disengage the rod
assembly (46) from the lever assembly (54) and remove it.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Remove the override clutch:
(a) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (27) from the related
rigging hole of the lever (28).
(b) Remove the dome nut (30) and the washer (29).
(c) Remove the lever (28) and the sleeve (26) from the shaft (16).
(d) Remove the screws (22) and (25), and the washers (21) and (24).
(f) Remove the spring element (17) from the bearing-assembly (18).
(h) Carefully pull the shaft (16) through the door-frame structure
out of the bearing-assembly (6) until you can remove the spacers
(7) and the sleeve (8).
(j) Carefully continue to pull the shaft (16) through the door-frame
structure until you can easily remove the override clutch (14).
(k) Fully remove the shaft (16) through the door-frame structure.
(4) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5) and the bearing assembly (6).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 416
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-48-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 417
Feb 01/08
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-11-11-911-001 WIRELOCKING
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-23-47-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD
Emergency Exit Door, zone 231
25-23-47-000-009 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the RH FWD
Emergency Exit Door, zone 232
25-23-47-000-010 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH AFT
Emergency Exit Doors, zones 251/252.
25-23-47-400-004 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH FWD
Emergency Exit Door, zone 231
25-23-47-400-009 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the RH FWD
Emergency Exit Door, zone 232
25-23-47-400-010 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the LH/RH
AFT Emergency Exit Doors, zones 251/252.
25-62-49-000-001 Inflation Reservoir, Escape-Slide - Removal
25-62-49-400-001 Inflation Reservoir, Escape-Slide - Installation
25-80-00-000-001 Removal of the Insulation Blankets
25-80-00-400-001 Installation of the Insulation Blankets
52-22-00-010-001 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
Passenger Compartment
52-22-00-010-002 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Outside
52-22-00-410-001 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
Passenger Compartment
52-22-00-410-002 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the Outside
52-22-00-820-004 Adjustment of the Slide Release Mechanism
52-22-00-860-003 Special Precaution before Maintenance on the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
52-22-00-860-004 Special Precaution after Maintenance on the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
25-62-48-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 418
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-48-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform(s) are in position at the
applicable Emergency Exit Door(s).
(3) Make sure that the Emergency Exit Door(s) are open (Ref. TASK 52-22-
00-010-001), or (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-002).
(4) Make sure that the warning notice(s) are in position on the Emergency
Exit Door(s), to tell persons not to close the door(s).
(5) Make sure that the special precaution on the door damper and the
emergency operation cylinder is made (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-003).
(b) Make sure that the inflation-reservoir access-panel (1) above the
Emergency Exit Door is removed from the door frame lining.
NOTE : This step is only necessary when the LH FWD Emergency Exit
____
Door is also a Passenger/Crew Door.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 419
Feb 01/07
IAC
(7) Make sure that the lockpin assembly is installed in the operating
head of the inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-000-001).
- of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door, Zone 231 are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-004).
- of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door, Zone 232 are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-009).
- of the LH AFT Emergency Exit Door, Zone 251 are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-010).
- of the RH AFT Emergency Exit Door, Zone 252 are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-010).
R (9) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM (55) is
installed in the related rigging hole of the lever assembly (54).
R (10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM (44) is
installed in the related rigging hole of the release lever (43).
(11) Make sure that the insulation blankets in the area that you are
working, are removed (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 420
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-48-210-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) a clean cloth and a
nonmetallic scraper.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 421
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-62-48-420-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS
_______
PROCEDURE.
WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS
_______
PROCEDURE.
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the mating surface of the
bearing-assembly (6).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 422
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) Put the bearing-assembly (6) in position and install the washers
(5) and the screws (4).
NOTE : There are punch marks located on the override clutch (14), on
____
the shaft (16) and on the lever (28) to make the installation
procedure easier.
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the shaft (16).
(b) Push the shaft (16) a short distance through the door-frame
structure.
(c) Hold the override clutch (14) in position and align the punch
marks on the shaft (16) and the override clutch (14).
(d) Carefully push the shaft (16) through the opening of the override
clutch (14) until you can see it at the other side of the
opening.
(f) Hold the sleeve (8) in position and carefully continue to push
the shaft (16) through the sleeve (8) in the bearing-assembly
(6).
(g) Adjust the gap between the shaft (16) and the bearing-assembly
(6) (see detail E):
1
_ Put the bearing-assembly (18) in position and install the
washers (21) and (24), and the screws (22) and (25).
2
_ Measure the distance between the shaft (16) and the
bearing-assembly (6) with a feeler gage.
3
_ Make sure that the gap is not less than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.),
or more than 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.).
4
_ If the distance between the shaft (16) and the
bearing-assembly (6) is not in this tolerance, you must adjust
the gap with the washer(s) (7):
washer AN960C616,
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 423
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
and/or
washer AN960C616L,
and/or
washer AN960C616LL.
5
_ Remove the screws (22) and (25), the washers (21) and (24),
and the bearing-assembly (18).
6
_ Carefully pull the shaft (16) out of the bearing-assembly (6)
until you can install the washers (7) on the shaft (16).
7
_ Carefully push the shaft (16) back in the bearing-assembly
(6).
WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS
_______
PROCEDURE.
1
_ Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the mating surface of
the bearing-assembly (18).
2
_ Put the bearing-assembly (18) in position and install the
washers (21) and (24), and the screws (22) and (25).
(l) Install the sleeve (26) and hold the lever (28) in position.
(m) Hold the override clutch (14) in position and align the punch
marks on the lever (28) and the shaft (16).
(n) Install the lever (28), the washer (29) and the dome nut (30).
R (o) Install the PIN-SAFETY - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (27) in the related
rigging hole of the lever (28).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 424
Feb 01/08
IAC
(4) Install the release-mechanism rod-assembly (46) (refer to as the rod
assembly):
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the pin (40).
(b) Put the eye-end of the rod assembly (46) in position at the
release lever (43).
(c) Install the pin (40), the washer (41) and the new cotter pin-
corrosion resistant steel MS24665-151 (42).
(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the pin (48).
(e) Put the other eye-end of the rod assembly (46) in position at the
lever assembly (54).
(f) Install the pin (48) the washer (49), and the new cotter pin-
corrosion resistant steel MS24665-151 (50).
NOTE : If you cannot install the pin (48) easily, adjust the rod
____
assembly (46).
1
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (45)
and (47) on the rod assembly (46).
2
_ Loosen the lock-nuts (45) and (47).
3
_ Turn the eye-ends IN or OUT to adjust the rod assembly (46)
until you can easily install the pin (48).
4
_ Tighten the lock-nuts (45) and (47).
5
_ Safety the lock-nuts (45) and (47) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
6
_ Make sure that the eye-ends of the rod assembly (46) are in
safety.
(a) Put the control cable (9) in position in the slots of the
brackets (65) and tighten the lock-nuts (63) and (64) by hand.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 425
Feb 01/07
IAC
(b) Put the clamps (62) with the control cable (9) in position and
install the screws (61), the washers (60) and the nuts (59).
(d) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the pin (11).
(e) Put the eye-end of the control cable (9) together with the
washers (10) in position at the override clutch (14) and install
the pin (11).
(f) Install the washer (12) and the new cotter pin-corrosion
resistant steel MS24665-151 (13).
(h) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the pin (51).
(i) Put the other eye-end of the control cable (9) together with the
washers (56) in position at the lever assembly (54) and install
the pin (51).
(j) Install the washer (52) and the new cotter pin-corrosion
resistant steel MS24665-151 (53).
(k) Allign the clamps (62) and tighten the nuts (59).
(l) Make sure that the control cable (9) is correctly installed in
the brackets (65) and tighten the lock-nuts (63) and (64).
1
_ Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (57)
and the adjusting-nut (58) on the control cable (9).
2
_ Loosen the lock-nuts (57).
3
_ Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (27) from the
related hole of the lever (28).
4
_ Turn the adjusting-nut (58) until the lever (28) touches the
stop-screw (23).
5
_ Turn the adjusting-nut (58) THREE FULL TURNS in the opposite
direction to make a gap between the lever (28) and the
lock-nut (23).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 426
Feb 01/07
IAC
6
_ Tighten the lock-nuts (57) on the control cable (9).
7
_ Safety the lock-nuts (57) and the adjusting-nut (58) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-
001).
8
_ Slowly turn the lever (28) and make sure that the spring
plunger of the spring element (17) engages in its position in
the lever (28).
(n) Safety the lock-nuts (63) and (64) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001).
Subtask 25-62-48-820-052
C. Do this Adjustment
Subtask 25-62-48-942-051
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-48-410-050
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-48-991-001, 402/TASK 25-62-48-991-002, 403/TASK
25-62-48-991-003)
(1) Remove the RIGGING PIN - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM (55) from the
related rigging hole of the lever assembly (54).
(2) Remove the RIGGING PIN - SLIDE RELEASE MECHANISM (44) from the
related rigging hole of the release lever (43).
(3) Remove the lockpin assembly from the operating head of the inflation
reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-49-400-001).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 427
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Close the the inflation reservoir(s):
NOTE : This step is only necessary when the LH FWD Emergency Exit
____
Door is also a Passenger/Crew Door.
- of the LH FWD Emergency Exit Door, Zone 231 (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
400-004).
- of the RH FWD Emergency Exit Door, Zone 232 (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
400-009).
- of the LH AFT Emergency Exit Door, Zone 251 (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
400-010).
- of the RH AFT Emergency Exit Door, Zone 252 (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
400-010).
(7) Do the special precautions on the door damper and the emergency
operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-004).
(8) Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE RELEASE LEVER (27) from the related
rigging hole of the lever (28).
(9) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(10) Close the Emergency Exit Door(s) from the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001) or the outside (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-
002).
(11) Remove the access platform(s) from the applicable Emergency Exit
Door(s).
Subtask 25-62-48-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-48
Page 428
Feb 01/07
IAC
_____________________________________________________________
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, DOOR 2/3 (7774MM,7775MM,7776MM,7777MM)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 25-62-49-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-49-861-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-62-49-010-050
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-49-991-001)
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that
the EMER EXIT LT switch is set to the OFF position.
(2) Open the necessary emergency exit-door from the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position, to tell persons not to close the
door.
(5) Do one of the two applicable steps to get access to the inflation
reservoir:
- Push the quick-release fasteners (22) and open the access panel
(1).
- Open the door of the overhead stowage compartment and push the
quick-release fasteners (22) to release the cover (2). Carefully
remove the cover (2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-49-020-052
(a) Remove the lock pin (3) from the pocket (4).
(b) Install the lock pin (3) in the regulator valve assembly of the
inflation reservoir (19).
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Remove the lockwire and open the spring safety clamp (5) on the
automatic release-lever mechanism (21) (referred to as
release-lever).
(3) Disconnect the nipple (6) of the automatic inflation cable (25) from
the release-lever (21).
NOTE : The automatic inflation cable (25) is a component part of, and
____
must remain with, the inflation reservoir (19). If you must
remove:
(4) Push in the release stud (7) and disconnect the manual inflation
cable (8) from the regulator valve assembly.
(5) Remove and keep the screw (9) and the washer (10) and disconnect the
bonding strap (11) from the mounting bracket (24).
(8) Disconnect the inflation hose assembly (13) from the inflation
reservoir union (14) on the regulator valve assembly.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-49-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-49-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
Inflation Reservoir
Figure 401/TASK 25-62-49-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
(9) Safety the disconnected hose and union assemblies:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
_______
DISCONNECTED HOSE ASSEMBLIES. IF NOT, THE SLIDES CAN BEGIN
TO INFLATE AND START TO DEPLOY WHEN THE AIRCRAFT
PRESSURIZES DURING FLIGHT.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE SLIDES IN FLIGHT CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Remove the pressure seal caps from the pocket (4).
(b) Put the pressure seal caps on the disconnected hose and union
assemblies.
(a) Loosen the clamp nut until you can open the clamp (15), which is
adjacent to the regulator valve assembly.
(c) Hold the inflation reservoir (19) and remove the positioning pin
(17) from the mounting bracket (24).
(12) Loosen the clamp (26) and remove and retain the pocket (4) and the
clamp (26) from the inflation reservoir (19).
NOTE : The pocket (4) and the clamp (26) are not inflation reservoir
____
component parts; you must install them on the replacement
inflation reservoir.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-62-49-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-49-860-052
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that
the EMER EXIT LT switch is set to the OFF position.
(3) Make sure that the necessary emergency exit-door is open from the
passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
(4) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE is in position, to tell persons not
to close the door.
(5) Make sure that the exit safety barrier strap is in position.
(6) Make sure that you have access to the inflation reservoir with one of
the two applicable steps:
- The access panel (1) is open.
- The door of the overhead stowage compartment is openned and the
cover (2) is removed.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-62-49-560-050
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
_______
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED
WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF
EXPLOSION.
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.
(a) Make sure that the lockpin assembly (3) is installed in the
regulator valve assembly of the inflation reservoir (19).
(2) Do a check of the inflation reservoir assembly. Make sure that the
inflation reservoir (19) and all attached components are in a
satisfactory condition.
(3) Make sure that the automatic inflation cable (25) is installed in the
regulator valve assembly of the inflation reservoir (19).
(4) Do a check of the inflation reservoir pressure gage (20). Make sure
that:
- The gage is in a satisfactory condition.
- The pointer is in the green GO band (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-210-001).
(5) Put the stowage pocket (4) and the stowage pocket attach clamp (26)
in position on the inflation reservoir (19) and tighten the attach
clamp (26).
(6) Do a check and make sure that the manual inflation handle (27) is in
its correct position.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 410
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-62-49-420-052
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
_______
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED
WITH EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF
EXPLOSION.
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.
(1) Put the free end of the inflation reservoir (19) in the attach clamp
(16) and hold the inflation reservoir (19) in position. Do not
tighten the attach clamp (16).
(2) Install the positioning pin (17) in the mounting bracket (24).
NOTE : The positioning pin (17) will align the inflation reservoir
____
(19) to the correct installation position for the inflation
cable assemblies (8) and (25).
(5) Torque the attach clamps (15) and (16) to 0.38 m.daN (33.62 lbf.in).
(6) Remove the pressure seal caps from the inflation hose assembly (13)
and the inflation reservoir union (14).
(7) Put the pressure seal caps in the stowage pocket (4).
(8) Tighten the inflation hose assembly (13) on the inflation reservoir
union (14), and torque to between 3.90 and 4.30 m.daN (28.76 and
31.71 lbf.ft).
(9) Push in the release stud (7) and insert the ball end of the manual
inflation cable (8) in the regulator valve assembly.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 411
Feb 01/07
IAC
(10) Let go of the release stud (7).
(11) Carefully pull the manual inflation cable (8) and make sure that the
ball end is correctly installed.
(12) Install the nipple (6) of the automatic inflation cable (25) in the
release-lever (21).
NOTE : When you close the spring safety clamp on the release-lever,
____
you must safety the clamp in position with lockwire. Wind the
lockwire around the two splayed ends of the spring clamp arms
and twist the ends of the lockwire together.
(14) Safety the spring safety clamp (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(16) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(18) Put the bonding strap (11) in position and install and tighten the
screw (9) and the washer (10). Make good any damage to the protective
coating and/or sealant (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(19) Remove the lockpin assembly (3) from the regulator valve assembly of
the inflation reservoir (19).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-62-49-410-050
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-62-49-991-001)
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Do one of the two applicable steps:
- Close the access panel (1) and push the quick-release fasteners
(22) to lock the access panel (1).
- Install the cover (2) and push the quick-release fasteners (22) to
lock the cover (2). Close the door of the overhead stowage
compartment.
(3) Put the exit safety barrier strap in the retracted position.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-62-49-862-050
EFF :
101-199, 25-62-49
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The evacuation signaling equipment is operated by the captain or purser in
an emergency (on the ground or on water) if the aircraft has to be
evacuated. The system gives a signal to the cabin crew to start the
evacuation of the passengers and crew. The essential busbar supplies
electrical power to the system.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2WP CAPT & PURS 21VU 211
3WP COMMAND 21VU 211
5WP WARNING HORN 48VU 210
7WP HORN SHUT OFF 21VU 211
3. __________________
System Description
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 1
Feb 01/08
IAC
R Overhead Panel Evacuation Signaling Components
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 2
Nov 01/03
IAC
Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Cabin
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-63-00
Page 3
Feb 01/08
IAC
Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Cabin
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-63-00
Page 4
Feb 01/08
IAC
Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Cabin
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 5
May 01/06
R
IAC
Location of CIDS, Director - Avionics Compartment
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 6
May 01/06
R
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-63-00
Page 7
May 01/06
IAC
- EVAC ALERT indicator lights (optional) on the standart AREA CALL
panels.
(2) The components of the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) installed in the AFT
utility area that interface with the evacuation signaling system
include:
- Decoder/Encoder Units type DEU A and DEU B, located in the overhead
compartmend,
- cabin loudspeakers.
(1) The CIDS components that interface with the evacuation signaling
system installed in the avionics compartment include:
- two CIDS directors. No. 1 (Active) is installed on panel 87VU and
No. 2 (Hot-standby) is installed on panel 88VU in equipment rack
137MCU. Each director contains an Onboard Reprogrammable-Memory
(OBRM).
R
(1) The evacuation signaling components, interfaces and signal sources
include:
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 8
Feb 01/08
IAC
(b) In the FWD utility area,
- On the Additional Attendant Panel (AAP), an EVAC button and an
EVAC RESET button. They each have an internal indicator light.
- On the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP), an EVACUATION ALERT
message is shown with an indicator light.
- On the Area Call Panel (ACP), an EVAC ALERT indicator light is
installed.
(2) The components of the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) installed in the AFT
utility area that have an interface with the EVAC system include:
- Decoder/Encoder Units type DEU A and DEU B, located in the overhead
area.
- Cabin loudspeakers.
(1) The CIDS components that have an interface with the EVAC system
installed in the avionics compartment include:
- Two CIDS directors. No. 1 (Active) is installed on panel 87VU and
No. 2 (Hot-standby) is installed on panel 88VU in equipment rack
137MCU. Each director contains an Onboard Reprogrammable-Memory
(OBRM).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-63-00
Page 9
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. _________
Interface
The evacuation and signaling equipment has interfaces with:
- the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).
5. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
(Ref. Fig. 005)
(1) Discrete input signals, supplied to the No. 1 CIDS director (active)
from the cockpit, control the evacuation signaling equipment. If the
No. 1 CIDS director becomes unserviceable, the No. 2 CIDS director
(hot-standby) keeps the system in operation. Facilities to supply
other input signals to the CIDS director from the AFT utility area or
the FAP are optional.
(1) The COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP supplies the electrical ground
connection for the evacuation command signals of the system.
Operation of the COMMAND pushbutton switch to the ON position causes:
- The ON indicator light (part of the switch) to come on.
- Transmission of a signal from the CIDS director to the warning horn
5WP.
- The EVAC indicator light (part of the COMMAND switch) to come on.
- A flashed indication for a general alert.
(2) The CAPT & PURS and CAPT (only) selector switch 2WP, selects who is
able to activate an EVAC ALERT.
The selection sequence of the switch is:
Switch set to CAPT & PURS position
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I COCKPIT COMMAND SWITCH I
I I-------------------------------------------------
I I OFF I ON I
-----------------------------I------------------------I------------------------
I PURSER I OFF I No alert I Alert I
I CONTROL I--------------I------------------------I------------------------
I SWITCH I ON I Alert I Alert I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Switch set to CAPT position
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 10
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
Principle Diagram, Evacuation Signaling Equipment
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 11
May 01/06
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I COCKPIT COMMAND SWITCH I
I I-------------------------------------------------
I I OFF I ON I
-----------------------------I------------------------I------------------------
I PURSER I OFF I No alert I Alert I
I CONTROL I--------------I------------------------I------------------------
I SWITCH I ON I Alert I Alert I
I I I cockpit only I I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Operation of the HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton switch 7WP cancels the
evacuation tone transmission to the warning horn 5WP in the cockpit.
(1) FAP:
(b) If the COMMAND switch 3WP (on the overhead panel in the cockpit)
is selected ON, a visual EVAC ALERT indication comes on steady or
flashes (optional).
(c) Facilities for other EVAC CMD and EVAC indications (optional) are
installed at the AFT ATTENDANT stations and AREA CALL panels (in
the AFT utility area).
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 12
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________
TASK 25-63-00-710-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-63-00-010-053
Subtask 25-63-00-010-054
R
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 501
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-63-00-710-054
A. Operational Test
Subtask 25-63-00-710-052
B. Operational Test
R
EFF :
ALL 25-63-00
Page 502
Aug 01/07
IAC
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
The first aid equipment is installed in the aircraft at different
locations/stowage compartments, near to an exit (utility areas). It is easy
to get access to the equipment, which is kept prepared for immediate use, if
an on-board emergency occurs.
2. __________________
Component Location
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41MM KIT-FIRST AID 211 25-10-00
7588MM DEFIBRILLATOR 200 25-10-00
7589MM RESUSCITATOR KIT 200 25-64-00
7596MM ASPIRATOR 200 25-10-00
7600MM FIRST AID KIT 200 25-64-00
7603MM FIRST AID EQUIP 200 25-10-00
7610MM DOCTORS KIT 200 25-64-00
7732MM RESPIRATOR 200 25-64-00
7737MM BOTTLE, EYEWASH 200 25-10-00
EFF :
ALL 25-64-00
Page 1
Nov 01/07
IAC
R First Aid Equipment - Component Location
R Figure 001
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-64-00
Page 2
Nov 01/07
IAC
First Aid Equipment - Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-64-00
Page 3
May 01/07
IAC
First Aid Equipment - Component Location
R Figure 001B
R
EFF :
902-999, 25-64-00
Page 4
Nov 01/07
IAC
3. _____________________
Component Description
First aid kits are kept at various locations in the aircraft. The kits
contain medication to give aid to passengers or crew members who become
ill, or suffer light injury. The contents of each kit is kept in a
hermetically-sealed waterproof container. An in service life, usually
of five years, is given to each first aid kit. The life expired date is
printed on the front of the waterproof container. To avoid damage to the
kit equipment, remove the first aid kit from the parked aircraft if the
cabin temperature is below -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F), or above 40 deg.C
(104.00 deg.F).
Keep the first aid kit in a place with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C
(33.80 deg.F) and 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.
Pillows, blankets and thermal blankets are kept in the aircraft to give
to passengers who feel cold during low cabin temperatures. An
air-sickness bag is also kept in the seat pocket.
A doctors medical kit is kept in the aircraft for the use of a doctor, if
on board. The kit contains medicines and equipment to help passengers or
crew members who are badly injured or taken dangerously ill. To avoid
damage to the kit equipment, remove the doctors kit from the parked
aircraft if the cabin temperature is below 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F), or
above 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F).
Keep the doctors kit in a place with a temperature between these two
temperatures.
EFF :
ALL 25-64-00
Page 5
Nov 01/07
IAC
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________
TASK 25-64-00-200-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-64-00-010-050
A. Get Access
R (2) Remove the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM from the stowage
R compartment(s).
R For the locations of the first aid kit(s) refer to the paragraph
R Component Location of the Description and Operation.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-64-00-210-050
A. Inspection
R
(1) Examine the hermetic seal of the first aid kits for condition.
(2) Read the label on the first aid kits to make sure that their use-life
has not expired.
R NOTE : Replace the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM with new items if
____
R the use-life has expired or the kit(s) are damaged/used.
EFF :
ALL 25-64-00
Page 601
Aug 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-64-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-64-00
Page 602
Aug 01/07
IAC
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The miscellaneous emergency equipment is installed in the aircraft at
different locations/stowage compartments, near to an exit (utility areas).
It is easy to get access to the equipment, which is kept prepared for
immediate use, if an on-board emergency occurs.
2. __________________
Component Location
3. __________________
System Description
The ELT system transmits on 3 frequencies, 121.5 MHz (Civil) and 243 MHz
(Military) homing-signals and 406 MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT satellite
system. The battery-pack, installed in the ELT housing, supplies the
power to operate the system.
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 1
Aug 01/07
IAC
Miscellaneous Emergency Equipment - Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-65-00
Page 2
May 01/06
IAC
Miscellaneous Emergency Equipment - Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-65-00
Page 3
May 01/06
IAC
Miscellaneous Emergency Equipment - Component Location
Figure 001 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-65-00
Page 4
May 01/06
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-65-00
Page 5
May 01/06
IAC
R Miscellaneous Emergency Equipment - Component Location
R Figure 001A
EFF :
101-199, 25-65-00
Page 6
May 01/07
IAC
Miscellaneous Emergency Equipment - Component Location
Figure 001B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-65-00
Page 7
Aug 01/07
IAC
ELT System - Component Location
Figure 002
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 8
Aug 01/07
IAC
ELT System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 003
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 9
Aug 01/07
IAC
The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local
User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT is in range. The LUT receiving range is
a radius of approximately 2.500 km (1367.00 NM). When the LUT is not in
receiving range, the satellite system stores the distress signal until
transmission is possible. The LUT automatically processes the distress
signal to identify and show the position of the aircraft to a radius of
approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The processed data is transmitted to
a Mission Control Center (MCC). The MCC sends the data to an applicable
Rescue Coordination Center (RCC), where Search And Rescue (SAR)
operations are started. The 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz signals are used to
find the aircraft in the final stage of SAR operation.
4. _________
Interface
(Ref. Fig. 003)
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. Megaphone
R
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 10
Aug 01/07
IAC
Megaphone - Component Description
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 902-999, 25-65-00
Page 11
Aug 01/07
IAC
Megaphone - Component Description
Figure 004A
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-901, 25-65-00
Page 12
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 902-999,
A. Megaphone
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
B. Flashlight
R
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 13
Aug 01/07
IAC
C. Crash Axe (Cockpit - 19MM), (Cabin - 7620MM)
The crash axe is used to cut through light structures, panels and windows
to get access or exit in an emergency. The insulated handle is resistant
to high voltages.
The transmitter and mercury switch are kept in one half of the
housing. This half of the housing is fluorescent RED or international
ORANGE, and water-tight. The mercury switch S1 controls the power
supply between the battery and the transmitter. The power is supplied
only when the ELT is held in a upright position (approx. 70 deg from
vertical).
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 14
Feb 01/08
IAC
ELT - Component Description
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-65-00
Page 15
Aug 01/07
IAC
ELT - Component Description
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-65-00
Page 16
Aug 01/07
IAC
The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local
User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT is in range. The LUT receiving
range is a radius of approximately 2,500 km (1367.00 NM). When the
LUT is not in receiving range, the satellite system keeps the
distress signal until transmission is possible. The LUT automatically
processes the signal to identify and show the position of the
aircraft to a radius of approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The
processed data is transmitted to a Mission Control Center (MCC). The
MCC sends the data to an applicable Rescue Coordination Center (RCC),
where Search And Rescue (SAR) operations are started. The 121.5 MHz
and 243 MHz signals are used to find the aircraft in the final stage
of SAR operation.
The battery is kept in the other half of the housing and supplies
power to the transmitter. The battery operates when fully put in
water (salt or fresh) or any other water based fluids (tea, coffee,
soup or urine). Holes in the end cover of the battery housing let the
water in. The displaced air is removed through vent holes in the top
of the battery housing. External test points (3) on the battery
housing let you check the battery condition and test the ELT.
The lanyard assembly has a 18.3 m (60.0 ft.) braided nylon cord
attached to a flexible stainless-steel yoke cable. The yoke cable is
attached with loops to the battery housing and the nylon cord is
wound on a holder card. They are wound around the battery housing and
held in position with water-soluble tape. The free end of the nylon
cord is held in position with a lanyard guide and the folded antenna
with approximately 1.4 m (4.0 ft.) to attach to a life raft.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 25-65-00
Page 17
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(5) Liquid Container
The plastic liquid container is wound around the battery housing and
held in position with the lanyard assembly. The container is used to
operate the ELT on land.
The ELT transmits on three frequencies, 121.5 MHz (Civil) and 243 MHz
(Military) homing-signals, and 406 MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT satellite
system. The battery-pack supplies the power to operate the ELT, for a
minimum time of 48 hours at -20.0 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F).
The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local
User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT is in range. The LUT receiving
range is a radius of approximately 2,500 km (1367.00 NM). When the
LUT is not in receiving range, the satellite system keeps the
R
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 18
Aug 01/07
IAC
distress signal until transmission is possible. The LUT automatically
processes the signal to identify and show the position of the
aircraft to a radius of approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The
processed data is transmitted to a Mission Control Center (MCC). The
MCC sends the data to an applicable Rescue Coordination Center (RCC),
where Search and Rescue (SAR) operations are started. The 121.5 MHz
and the 243 MHz signals are used to find the aircraft in the final
stage of SAR operation.
Protective gloves are made of materials that are resistant to heat. They
are supplied for use if a fire occurs and to handle overheated equipment.
A safety on board card is put in the rear pocket of each passenger seat.
The card shows the passenger, with the aid of illustrations:
- Take-off and landing procedures.
- Emergency exit and escape-slide locations.
- Emergency landing procedures.
- How to use an oxygen mask.
- Floor-level escape-path markings.
- How to use a life vest.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 19
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
G. ELT System
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 20
Aug 01/07
IAC
ELT - Component Description
Figure 006
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 21
Aug 01/07
IAC
- An adapter cable (141MX) and programming-dongle connector (110MX-A)
(if installed).
- Maintenance-dongle.
The antenna is folded back on itself and kept in loops on the straps,
when the ELT is installed in the aircraft. When you remove the
antenna it will spring quickly back to a straight position. The
antenna is attached to the housing by a stainless-steel cord. The
tether is attached to a strap, and together with the antenna is used
in portable mode.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 22
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
RCP - Component Description
Figure 007
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 23
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
(4) Antenna (112MX)
(Ref. Fig. 008)
H. Antenna (112MX)
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The antenna is installed on the upper external fuselage between FR64 and
FR65 and held in position with six screws. It transmits three-frequency
omni-directional signals, if an emergency locator transmitter (ELT) is
installed and operates. It has a radiating element placed in a printed
circuit which is enclosed in a fiberglass radome on a aluminum-alloy base
plate. The base plate has a BNC connector on the lower side, which is
sealed with an O-ring. The BNC connector is connected by coaxial cable to
the ANT connection on the ELT (if installed). The coaxial cable is
covered in a fire resistant hose/tape.
6. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
A. ELT System
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The two battery-packs supply the power to operate the ELT, installed
in the aircraft, or used in portable mode. The 3 cell battery-pack
supplies power to the electronic board which includes the G-switch,
and the 2 cell battery-pack supplies power to the G-switch.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 24
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Antenna - Component Description
Figure 008
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 25
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
Antenna - Component Description
Figure 009
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 26
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-65-00
Page 27
Aug 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-65-00
Page 28
Aug 01/07
IAC
The 121,5/243 MHz transmitter transmits a sweep distress signal for
more than 48 hours at -20.0 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) in automatic or
manual operation. The distress signal transmits continuously with an
output power of 100 mW on each frequency. The transmission starts
immediately after the BITE test sequence is completed.
The RED indicator and buzzer operate when the ELT operates, or to
indicate the BITE test result. When the ELT operates:
- The RED indicator flashes two times per second during 121,5 MHz
- 243 MHz transmission and one long flash during 406 MHz
transmission.
- The buzzer sounds two beeps per second during 121,5 MHz - 243
MHz transmission and is silent during 406 MHz transmission.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 29
May 01/07
IAC
Set to the ON position for manual operation of the ELT. When you
set the ON/OFF/ARM switch to the ON position, the BITE test
operates automatically before transmission starts.
Set to the ARM position for automatic operation of the ELT. When
you set the ON/OFF/ARM switch to the ARM position from the OFF
position the BITE test operates automatically.
The RCP operates the ELT from a different location in the aircraft,
and is connected to the RCP connector on the ELT. The RCP only
operates when the ELT ON/OFF/ARM switch is set to the ARM position.
The RCP controls and indication have these functions:
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 30
May 01/07
IAC
- And, one long flash during 406 MHz transmission.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 31
May 01/07
IAC
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
TASK 25-65-00-840-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To program the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) after the aircraft has
changed its ICAO registration code.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-65-00-861-056
Subtask 25-65-00-010-057
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 201
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-840-050
NOTE : Some ELTs have been programmed e.g. with a serial code, that
____
is not dependant on the ICAO registration code.
(2) There are different codes used, make sure that the correct code is
programmed.
(3) If you need to program the ELT, do one of the steps that follow:
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-65-00-862-056
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 202
Feb 01/07
IAC
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________________
TASK 25-65-00-740-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-051
Subtask 25-65-00-010-051
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 501
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-860-050
(a) Make sure that on the panel 25VU the ANN LT switch (1) is not set
to the TEST position during the BITE test.
1
_ Set the ON/OFF switch (3) to the ON position.
2
_ Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch (4). The green LED on the VHF1
pushbutton switch (4) comes on.
3
_ Turn the dual selector-knob (2) until you can see the number
121.5 on the STBY/CRS display (7).
4
_ Push the double-arrow pushbutton switch (6).
5
_ The number 121.5 moves to the ACTIVE display (5).
(c) On the audio-control panel (ACP) 2RN1, adjust the volume of the
cockpit loudspeaker as follows:
1
_ Push the VHF1 rotary-pushbutton switch (8).
2
_ Turn the VHF1 rotary-pushbutton switch (8) clockwise to its
maximum position.
(d) Make sure that there are no unwanted signals transmitted from the
ELT during the BITE test.
(e) On the remote-control panel (RCP) 111MX, make sure that the
ON-ARMED-TEST/RESET switch (19) is set to the ARMED position.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 502
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) In the cabin:
Subtask 25-65-00-740-051
B. BITE Test
R CAUTION : DO THE TEST DURING THE FIRST FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE HOUR UTC
_______
R (UNIVERSAL CO-ORDINATED TIME), BETWEEN XX:00 HOURS AND XX:05
R HOURS.
R THIS IS TO PREVENT UNWANTED RESCUE OPERATIONS.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 503
Feb 01/07
IAC
BITE Test - Component Location
Figure 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 504
Feb 01/07
IAC
BITE Test - Component Location
Figure 501/TASK 25-65-00-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 505
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- After 3 seconds the RED indicator
(12) comes on for approximately 3
seconds.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 506
Feb 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-65-00-862-051
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 507
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-65-00-710-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-054
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-710-050
A. Operational Test
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 25-65-00-991-009)
R CAUTION : DO THE TEST DURING THE FIRST FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE HOUR UTC
_______
R (UNIVERSAL CO-ORDINATED TIME), BETWEEN XX:00 HOURS AND XX:05
R HOURS.
R THIS IS TO PREVENT UNWANTED RESCUE OPERATIONS.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 508
May 01/08
IAC
Operational Test - Component Location
Figure 502/TASK 25-65-00-991-009
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 509
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
(a) Make sure that on the panel 25VU the ANN LT switch (1) is not set
to the TEST position during the operational test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-00-862-054
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 510
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 25-65-00-720-001
Remove the Emergency Locator Transmitter for Workshop Test (Battery Check and
Functional Check)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 511
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-052
Subtask 25-65-00-010-053
B. Get Access
NOTE : The location of the ELT(s) are shown with placards, which are
____
bonded on the outside of the stowage compartment(s).
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 512
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
ELT - Component Location
Figure 503/TASK 25-65-00-991-007
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-65-00
Page 513
Feb 01/08
IAC
ELT - Component Location
Figure 503A/TASK 25-65-00-991-007-B
R
EFF :
101-199, 902-999, 25-65-00
Page 514
Feb 01/08
IAC
ELT - Component Location
Figure 503B/TASK 25-65-00-991-007-A
R
EFF :
901-901, 25-65-00
Page 515
Feb 01/08
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-720-050
A. Workshop Procedure
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-00-410-054
A. Close Access
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-65-00-862-052
R
EFF :
ALL 25-65-00
Page 516
Feb 01/08
IAC
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
TASK 25-65-00-720-004
R Remove ELT for Battery Replacement and a subsequent BITE Test including
R Automatic Activation in Shop then Reinstall ELT and do the BITE Test Again
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-00-010-054
A. Aircraft Procedure
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 517
Feb 01/08
IAC
Subtask 25-65-00-960-050-A
B. Workshop Procedure
(1) Refer to the Manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) for the
correct (Ref. CMM 25-63-01) for the correct procedures.
Subtask 25-65-00-410-055
C. Aircraft Procedure
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-00-862-053
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-00
Page 518
May 01/08
IAC
ANTENNA - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT (112MX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-65-14-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-14-941-050
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at the antenna.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-14-020-051
(1) Remove the sealants from the heads / of the screws (1) with a SCRAPER
- NON METALLIC.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
Antenna 112MX
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-14-991-001
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Remove the screws (1).
(3) Lift the antenna (2) carefully away from the fuselage outer skin, and
disconnect the connector (3) from the antenna (2).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-65-14-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-14-860-051
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the antenna.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-14-160-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove old material from the antenna (2) interface and the outer
surface of the fuselage (5) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
(a) Clean the antenna (2) interface and the outer surface of the
fuselage with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(b) Make sure that the area is dry before you continue.
(4) Make sure that there is no paint, corrosion or sealants in the screw
holes of the antenna (2).
Subtask 25-65-14-420-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) on the interface of
the antenna (2).
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the outer surface of the
fuselage (5), that interfaces with the antenna (2).
(2) Remove the masking tape from the screw holes and the hole for the
connector.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(a) Make sure that the O-ring seal (4) (RAYAN P/N 2909) is in a
correct and serviceable condition.
(7) Put the antenna (2) on the outer surface of the fuselage, and install
the screws (1).
(8) Tighten the screws (1) and TORQUE to between 0.40 and 0.50 m.daN
(35.39 and 44.24 lbf.in).
(a) Clean with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003), and a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(12) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (2), and
the surface of the fuselage is not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-005).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-65-14-370-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the bottom
edge of the antenna (2) and on the heads of the screws (1).
(b) Make a smooth contour of the sealant around the bottom edge of
the antenna (2) and the heads of the screws (1).
(e) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) on the sealant on the heads of the screws (1).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-14-942-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-14
Page 409
Feb 01/07
IAC
__________________________________________________________
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY LOCATOR (111MX)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 25-65-18-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-18-861-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-18
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-18-020-050
(1) Hold the front face of the RCP (1) and loosen the captive screws (3).
(2) Carefully remove the RCP (1) until you can get access to the
electrical connector (4).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) and remove the RCP (1).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-18
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
RCP 111MX
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-18-991-001
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-18
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-65-18-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-18-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-18-420-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-18
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Put the RCP (1) in position and connect the electrical connector (4).
(6) Carefully install the RCP (1) and tighten the captive screws (3).
Subtask 25-65-18-740-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-18-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-65-18-862-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-18
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT (110MX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 25-65-35-000-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-861-050
Subtask 25-65-35-010-051
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-35-020-050
(2) Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the material (14) from:
- The electrical connector (8), or the programming dongle (19) (if
installed).
- The RCP connector (12).
(3) Disconnect the antenna connector (9) from the ANT connector (11).
1
_ Connect a maintenance dongle to the RCP connector (12).
2
_ Set the ON/ARM/OFF switch (10) to the ARM position for a short
time.
3
_ Set the ON/ARM/OFF switch (10) back to the OFF position.
4
_ Disconnect the maintenance dongle from the RCP connector (12).
(b) Hold the ELT (5) and release the burr-strips (velcro) on the
straps (3).
(c) Pull the auxiliary-antenna (4) out of the loops (25) on the
straps (3).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
ELT 110MX
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-35-991-001
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
(d) Be careful with the auxiliary-antenna (4), it is held in the
loops (25) folded back on itself. When you remove the
auxiliary-antenna (4) it will move quickly back to a straight
position.
The auxiliary-antenna is (4) attached to the ELT (5) with the
safety strap (17).
(e) Carefully remove the ELT (5) and the auxiliary-antenna (4) from
the bracket (1).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 404
Feb 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-65-35-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-860-050
(1) Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-
00-861-001).
(2) Make sure the ceiling panel 261BC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-
002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-35-560-050
Subtask 25-65-35-420-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 406
Feb 01/07
IAC
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(c) Make sure that they are dry before you continue.
(3) Make sure that the ON/OFF/ARM switch (10) is set to the OFF position.
(a) Carefully hold the ELT (5) and the auxiliary-antenna (4) in
position on the bracket (1).
(e) Pull the straps (3) tight and fasten the burr-strips.
(6) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
(8) Connect the antenna connector (9) to the ANT connection (11).
(9) Safety the connection between the electrical connector (8), or the
programming-dongle (19) (if installed), to the RCP connector (12).
(a) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-020) (14) to the connection.
Subtask 25-65-35-740-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-35-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 25-65-35-862-050
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
R TASK 25-65-35-000-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-65-35-861-052
R Subtask 25-65-35-010-053
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 409
May 01/08
IAC
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-65-35-020-052
R (3) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the bracket (5).
R (b) Set the ON/ARM/OFF switch (6) to the ARM position for a short
R time.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 410
May 01/08
IAC
R TASK 25-65-35-400-003
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 25-65-35-860-052
R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
R 42-00-861-001).
R (2) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
R 42-000-002).
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 411
May 01/08
IAC
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 25-65-35-560-053
R Subtask 25-65-35-420-053
R (1) Make sure that the ON/OFF/ARM switch (6) is in the OFF position.
R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R (6) Connect the electrical connector (1) with the bracket (5).
R Subtask 25-65-35-740-052
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 25-65-35-410-052
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 412
May 01/08
IAC
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
R Subtask 25-65-35-862-052
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 413
May 01/08
IAC
R DONGLE (141 MX)
R Figure 402/TASK 25-65-35-991-004
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-65-35
Page 414
May 01/08
IAC
STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 25-65-41-000-001
NOTE : The procedures are given for the removal of a safety barrier strap from
____
one door; the procedures for the removal of the safety barrier straps
from all doors (left and right) are almost the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-65-41
Page 401
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-41-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform adjacent to the passenger/crew door you will
work from.
(4) Loosen the thermal and acoustical insulation (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-
001) adajcent the drum unit (9).
R Subtask 25-65-41-010-050-A
R A. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform adjacent to the door you will work from.
R (2) Open the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001) and/or (Ref. TASK 52-22-
R 00-010-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-002).
R (4) Loosen the thermal and acoustical insulation (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-
R 001) adajcent the drum unit (9).
EFF :
ALL 25-65-41
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-41-020-050
A. Removal:
(1) Remove the attach screws (14) and the washers (15) from the strap
guide support (7).
(2) Hold the loop end (4) and remove the strap guide support (7).
(3) Let the safety barrier strap (8) slowly retract into the drum unit
(9).
(4) Support the drum unit (9) and remove the screws (12) and the washers
(13).
(b) Remove and keep the base plate (11) from the drum unit (9).
EFF :
ALL 25-65-41
Page 403
Aug 01/07
IAC
Safety Barrier Strap
Figure 401/TASK 25-65-41-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-65-41
Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
TASK 25-65-41-400-001
NOTE : The procedures are given for the installation of a safety barrier strap
____
at one door; the procedures for the installation of the safety barrier
straps at all doors (left and right) are almost the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-41-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-65-41
Page 405
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-41-420-050
A. Installation:
(a) Put the drum unit (9) in position on the base plate (11).
(2) Put the drum unit (9) in position at the passenger/crew door.
R (3) Make sure that the loop end (4) points inboard.
R
R (4) Install and tighten the screws (12) and the washers (13).
R (5) Pull the loop end (4), but do not fully extend the safety barrier
strap (8), and hold it.
R (6) Put the safety barrier strap (8) around the guide pin (5) and put the
R loop end (4) through the guide support bracket (6).
R (7) Put the strap guide support (7) in position and release the loop end
(4).
R (8) Install and tighten the screws (14) and the washers (15).
(b) Install and tighten the screws (1) and the washers (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-41-720-050
A. Do this test:
(1) Pull the loop end (4) and fully extend the safety barrier strap (8)
from its retracted position.
(2) Install the loop end (4) on the latch hook (3).
EFF :
ALL 25-65-41
Page 406
Aug 01/07
IAC
(3) Do a visual check of the safety barrier strap (8), loop end (4) and
latch hook (3). Make sure that they are clean and in a satisfactory
condition.
(4) Lift the loop end (4) off the latch hook (3) and let the safety
barrier strap (8) slowly retract into the drum unit (9).
(5) Make sure that the loop end (4) retracts fully into its stowage and
is held in position (under spring tension from the drum unit) against
the guide support (7).
Subtask 25-65-41-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the thermal and acoustical insulation. (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-
400-001).
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R Subtask 25-65-41-410-050-A
R B. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Install the thermal and acoustical insulation. (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-
R 400-001).
EFF :
ALL 25-65-41
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
R (4) Close the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) and/or (Ref. TASK 52-22-
R 00-410-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-002).
R (6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
101-199, 25-65-41
Page 408
Feb 01/07
IAC
MEGAPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________
TASK 25-65-51-920-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 201
Aug 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-51-861-051
Subtask 25-65-51-010-050
B. Get Access
NOTE : Megaphone locations are shown with placards, which are bonded
____
on the outside of the stowage compartments.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-51-960-050
A. Battery Replacement
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 202
Aug 01/07
IAC
Megaphone - Component Location
Figure 201/TASK 25-65-51-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-65-51
Page 203
May 01/06
IAC
Megaphone - Component Location
Figure 201A/TASK 25-65-51-991-001-C
R
EFF :
101-199, 25-65-51
Page 204
Aug 01/07
IAC
Megaphone - Component Location
Figure 201B/TASK 25-65-51-991-001-B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-65-51
Page 205
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 902-999,
(a) Press the bottom of the cartridge (3), and remove the screw (5).
(c) Press the bottom of the cartridge (3), install and tighten the
screw (5).
Subtask 25-65-51-960-050-A
A. Battery Replacement
R
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 206
Aug 01/07
IAC
(c) Remove and discard the batteries (8).
(a) Put the batteries (8) into the related tubes (two batteries for
each tube) in the housing (7).
Subtask 25-65-51-710-050
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-51-410-050
A. Close Access
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-65-51-862-051
R
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 207
Aug 01/07
IAC
TASK 25-65-51-710-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-51-861-050
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 208
Aug 01/07
IAC
Subtask 25-65-51-020-051
B. Get Access
NOTE : Megaphone locations are shown with placards, which are bonded
____
on the outside of the stowage compartments.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-65-51-710-051
A. Operational Test
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 209
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 902-999,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 25-65-51-710-051-A
A. Operational Test
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 210
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-901,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Put the microphone (2) near to - The volume of your voice increases.
your mouth and speak. Make sure your voice is clear (no
feedback).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-65-51-420-051
A. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 211
Aug 01/07
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-65-51
Page 212
Aug 01/07
IAC
(3) Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-65-51-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-65-51
Page 213
May 01/07
IAC
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The floatation and survival equipment is installed in the aircraft at
different locations. It is easy to get access to the equipment, which is
kept prepared for immediate use, if an on-board emergency occurs.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7582MM LIFE VEST,DEMO 200 25-65-52
7583MM LIFE VEST,FLIGHT CREW 200 25-66-52
7584MM LIFE VEST,CABIN CREW 200 25-66-52
7519MM LIFE RAFT 200 25-66-41
7710MM LIFELINE 200 25-66-00
7518MM SURVIVAL KIT 200 25-66-00
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 1
Aug 01/07
IAC
Life Vests - Component Location
R Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 2
Nov 01/98
IAC
Supplemental Life Raft/s - Component Location
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-00
Page 3
May 01/06
IAC
R Life-Lines - Location and Components
Figure 003
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-00
Page 4
May 01/07
IAC
Life-Lines - Location and Components
Figure 003A
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-66-00
Page 5
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 901-999,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. _____________________
Component Description
Slide rafts are installed at the FWD and AFT passenger/crew doors. The
slide rafts give flotation aid for passengers and crew members during
extended over-water operation (Ref. 25-62-00). When you open a
passenger/crew door in the emergency mode, the slide raft inflates
automatically. When the passengers and crew have boarded a raft, you must
cut the raft mooring line to release it from the aircraft girt bar.
B. Survival Kit
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 6
Aug 01/07
IAC
- An age-limited module.
- A maintenance release record.
- Glucose toffee tablets (if installed).
- A distress signal (if installed).
- An osmosis pump (if installed).
- Two paddles (if installed).
The hand pump lets you add more pressure to the inflatable chambers on
the escape-slide raft and through the topping-off valves. The topping-off
valves are attached to the aspirator assemblies.
NOTE : This result accepts that 1 escape slide raft will not inflate
____
because of damage.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-00
Page 7
May 01/07
IAC
For customers with a seat layout capacity of more than 165 persons
supplemental life rafts are installed in stowage compartments in the
cabin.
Installation and location of the supplementary life rafts are in
accordance with the customers requirements. Inflation and operating
instructions are installed on the life raft cover.
D. Life Vest
(Ref. Fig. 001)
Each life vest has a buoyancy chamber with a waistbelt harness. The
harness has attach clips and adjustable buckles.
The life vests are kept below the passenger seats, in the cabin
attendants seats and on the rear of each cockpit seat.
E. Life Lines
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 8
Aug 01/07
IAC
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,
- Inside each emergency exit hatch recess (top forward corner of the FWD
exit; top rear corner of the AFT exit) and accessible only after the
exit hatch is removed.
- On the upper surface of each wing, approximately above the outer limit
of the engine nacelle.
4. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
A. Survival kits
The survival kits are removed from the stowages and connected to each
escape slide raft. They are connected with a snap hook to the survival
kit lanyard attach loop. The survival kit lanyard attach loop is attached
to the telescopic end fitting of the girt bar. The snap hook is installed
on the survival kit container.
The supplemental life raft is removed from the stowage and put near a
FWD/AFT passenger/crew door from which an escape slide raft has
disengaged. Put the supplemental life raft with the end of the carrying
case, that has a red flap marked LANYARD PULL HANDLE, to point inboard.
Open the red flap marked LANYARD PULL HANDLE and remove the lanyard pull
handle. Attach the lanyard pull handle safely to the door structure to
make sure the inflated supplemental life raft does not drift away. The
lanyard now operates as a mooring line for the supplemental life raft.
Throw the supplemental life raft on the water away from the heavy landed
aircraft. Pull the mooring line from the red flap in the carrying case
until the mooring line is fully extended. Apply a hard pull to the
mooring line to cause the supplemental life raft to inflate.
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 9
Aug 01/07
IAC
After inflation is completed pull the mooring line to put the
supplemental life raft near the doorway to let passengers/crew to board.
To disengage the supplemental life raft from the aircraft use the raft
knife, which is attached to the supplemental life raft to cut the mooring
line. Instructions for operation of the supplemental life raft and use of
the survival equipment and accessories are contained in the survival
manual which is kept in the accessories case.
C. Life Vests
The Instructions for Use are clearly printed on each life vest. When
you pull the JERK TO INFLATE handle, you release the gas in the CO2
cylinder and the bouyancy chamber inflates. If the primary system (CO2
gas cylinder) fails, you can inflate the bouyancy chamber with the oral
inflation tube (or if additional pressure in the life vest becomes
necessary).
D. Life Lines
If an emergency occurs and the aircraft ditches, you must remove the exit
hatches and install the life lines. Snap hooks connect the lines to the
installation points, they are located at each end of the life lines. You
can tighten the life lines after installation when you pull on the tabs
at the two sliding buckles.
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 10
Aug 01/07
IAC
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________
TASK 25-66-00-210-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-66-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the packs that contain the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM,
7584MM, 7585MM, 7586MM) from:
- below the passenger seats,
- the cabin attendant seats,
- the rear of the cockpit seats.
(2) Open the overhead stowage compartments and remove the DEMO life vests
(7582MM).
R (3) Open the overhead stowage compartments and remove the escape-slide
R raft survival-kits.
Subtask 25-66-00-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the packs that contain the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM,
7584MM, 7585MM, 7586MM) from:
- below the passenger seats,
- the cabin attendant seats,
- the rear of the cockpit seats.
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 601
Feb 01/08
IAC
(2) Open the overhead stowage compartments and remove the DEMO life vests
(7582MM).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-66-00-210-051
A. Inspection:
(1) Visually examine the life-vest transparent packs. Make sure that they
are in a satisfactory condition.
(b) Replace life vests that are damaged, and those that are in an
unsatisfactory condition.
(a) Make a check of the pack container for damage. Make sure that the
lead safety seal and lockwire that hold the zip fastener closed
is not broken.
(b) Make sure the operating instructions placard is clean and that
you can easily read it. The placard is installed on the side of
the kit.
(c) Examine the snap-hook that attaches the pack to the kit
attach-loop on the escape-slide raft girt.
Make sure that the snap-hook is not damaged or corroded and
operates correctly.
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 602
Aug 01/07
IAC
NOTE : If you think that the kit or its attach items are in an
____
unsatisfactory condition, you must replace the kit.
(d) Remove the service history card from the kit pocket. Make sure
that the expiration date of the age-limited module has not
expired.
NOTE : The kits have a service cycle because some of the items
____
have life limits. If the service cycle has expired, you
must remove the kit from the aircraft and install a
serviceable kit.
(e) Put the service history card back into the kit pocket.
Subtask 25-66-00-210-051-A
A. Inspection:
(1) Visually examine the life-vest transparent packs. Make sure that they
are in a satisfactory condition.
(b) Replace life vests that are damaged, and those that are in an
unsatisfactory condition.
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 603
Aug 01/07
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-66-00-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Install the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM, 7584MM, 7585MM,
7586MM). Make sure that life vests are installed in all the required
positions.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-66-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM, 7584MM, 7585MM,
7586MM). Make sure that life vests are installed in all the required
positions.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-66-00
Page 604
Feb 01/07
IAC
RAFT - LIFE (7519MM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 25-66-41-920-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-66-41-861-051
Subtask 25-66-41-010-050
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 25-66-41-991-002)
NOTE : The location of the supplemental life raft(s) are shown with
____
R placards, which are bonded on the outside of the stowage
R compartment(s).
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-41
Page 401
May 01/06
IAC
Supplemental Life Raft/s - Location
Figure 401/TASK 25-66-41-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-41
Page 402
May 01/06
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-66-41-280-050
A. Workshop Procedure
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-66-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-66-41-862-051
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-41
Page 403
May 01/06
IAC
RAFT - LIFE (7519MM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________
TASK 25-66-41-210-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-66-41-861-050
Subtask 25-66-41-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the supplemental life raft from the stowage compartment.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-41
Page 601
May 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-66-41-210-052
A. Inspection Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 25-66-41-991-001)
R (1) Examine the supplemental life-raft pack and make sure that the
R gage(s) is/are easy to read.
R (2) Make sure that the pointer in the gage(s) can be clearly seen.
(3) Make sure that the indicated pressure is between 2,700 PSI and 3,150
PSI.
R (4) If the indicated pressure is above or below these limits, replace the
R supplemental life raft.
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-66-41-410-051
A. Close Access
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 25-66-41-862-050
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-41
Page 602
May 01/07
IAC
Supplemental Life Raft/s - Location
Figure 601/TASK 25-66-41-991-001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-66-41
Page 603
May 01/06
IAC
LIFE VEST - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________
TASK 25-66-52-920-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-66-52-861-050
Subtask 25-66-52-010-050
B. Get Access
(2) Remove all life vests from the aircraft for restoration.
EFF :
ALL 25-66-52
Page 401
Nov 01/00
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-66-52-280-050
A. Workshop Procedure
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-66-52-410-050
A. Close Access
Subtask 25-66-52-862-050
EFF :
ALL 25-66-52
Page 402
Nov 01/01
IAC
RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
2. __________________
Component Location
3. __________________
System Description
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 1
Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-00
Page 2
May 01/06
IAC
R Component Location
R Figure 001A
EFF :
101-199, 25-68-00
Page 3
Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location
R Figure 001B
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-68-00
Page 4
Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Details
Figure 002
R
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 5
Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Details
Figure 002A
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-00
Page 6
Feb 01/07
IAC
Component Location and Component Details
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 7
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Lower Sidewall Panels (Dado) - Location and Component Details
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 8
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Air Grills - Location
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 9
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
The rapid-decompression safety-system has:
- Rapid-decompression panels (cargo compartments).
- Dado panels (cabin) (Ref. 25-23-00).
- Air grills (stowages and lavatories).
- Cockpit door (Ref. 52-51-00).
4. _____________________
Component Description
A. Rapid-Decompression Panels
A. Rapid-Decompression Panels
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002A)
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 10
Feb 01/07
IAC
- Protection devices.
The border is cut at each corner. The cut starts at the edge of the
border and continues diagonally to the corner of the
honeycomb-filling. Sealing tape is bonded to the side of the border
that touches the inner lining of the cargo compartment. The cuts in
the border are sealed with this tape.
(2) Frame
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 11
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C ALL
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 12
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
B. Dado Panels
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The dado panel has a decorative panel with a cover assembly, and a
support assembly. The decorative panel is seen from inboard and finishes
the interior lining of the cabin from the upper sidewall-panels to the
floor. It attaches the dado panel to the fuselage structure. The cover
assembly is installed on the outboard side of the decorative panel.
C. Air Grills
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The air grills are installed in some closed modules, for example stowages
and lavatories.
D. Cockpit Door
The cockpit door is installed in the fixed partition between FR13 and
FR14. It has an electrically operated locking mechanism. The locking
mechanism is connected to a control unit, which is located on the
overhead panel. Pressure sensing channels are located on the control
unit, and measure sufficient fall in pressure to release the locking
mechanism (rapid decompression). The sensing channels are independent
from software and/or microprocessor failures.
5. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
A. Rapid-Decompression Panels
(Ref. Fig. 006)
R
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 13
Feb 01/07
IAC
Rapid Decompression Panels - Operation
Figure 006 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 14
May 01/06
R
IAC
Rapid Decompression Panels - Operation
Figure 006 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 15
May 01/06
R
IAC
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cargo compartment, the higher air
pressure pushes on the rapid-decompression panels. The shaped end of the
latch pushes against the edge of the cut-out and causes the latch to move
into the open position. The released rapid-decompression panels are blown
rapidly into the cargo compartments (BLOW-IN). The higher air pressure
can flow from the cabin to the cargo compartment.
B. Dado Panels
(Ref. Fig. 007)
In usual operation the dado panels let the air flow between the Cargo
compartments and the cabin.
C. Air Grills
In usual operation the air grills let the air move freely to and from the
housings (stowages and lavatories).
D. Cockpit Door
In usual operation the cockpit door permits access to and from the
cockpit to the cabin. During flight the cockpit door is closed and
locked.
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 16
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Dado Panels - Operation
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 17
May 01/06
R
IAC
If a rapid-decompression in the cabin occurs, the cockpit door stays
closed and locked. The higher air pressure in the cockpit flows through
various ventilation paths, into the cabin and avionics compartment. The
door frame, frame attachments and lavatory wall are strengthened to
resist the initial high pressure, until the higher air pressure has
decreased.
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 18
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
25-68-00
Page 19
Feb 01/07
IAC
Cockpit Door - Operation
Figure 008 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 20
Feb 01/07
IAC
Cockpit Door - Operation
Figure 008 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-68-00
Page 21
Feb 01/07
IAC
RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
TASK 25-68-00-400-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-00
Page 201
Feb 01/07
IAC
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-68-00-860-050
(d) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the control panel to tell persons not to
use the cargo-loading system.
(3) If you need to install a panel assembly in the AFT or the bulk
cargo-compartment:
(d) In the bulk cargo-compartment set the light switch 8LU to the ON
position.
(e) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the control panel to tell persons not to
use the cargo-loading system.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-00
Page 202
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-68-00-420-050
A. Installation Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 25-68-00-991-001)
NOTE : The panel assembly (1) includes a frame (2), a panel (3) and
____
fasteners (4).
(a) Push the disengaged part of the panel (3) and put your fingers
behind the frame (2).
(b) Carefully pull the frame (2) and the panel (3) out from the
ceiling panel (5) into the cargo-compartment.
(c) Put the frame (2) on a flat surface with the panel (3) on the
top.
(d) Push each latch (8) back to disconnect the catch (9) from the
panel (3).
(a) Do a check of the panel (2), the foam-tape (7) and the
flame-retardant strip (6).
(a) Put the frame (2) on a flat surface with the fasteners (4) on the
top side.
(b) Push all catches (9) that are in the disengaged position to the
closed position.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-00
Page 203
Feb 01/07
IAC
Rapid Decompression Panel - Location and Procedure
Figure 201/TASK 25-68-00-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-00
Page 204
Feb 01/07
IAC
Rapid Decompression Panel - Location and Procedure
Figure 201/TASK 25-68-00-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-00
Page 205
Feb 01/07
IAC
(4) Assembly procedure:
(a) Put the panel (3) on the center of the catches (9) on the frame
(2).
(b) Carefully push the panel (3) until each catch (9) engages.
NOTE : You can hear a click sound when each catch (9) engages
____
correctly.
(c) Make sure that the edge of the frame (2) makes a seal with the
foam-tape (7).
(a) Put the panel assembly (1) on the center of the catches (9) in
the ceiling panel (5).
(b) Carefully push the panel assembly (1) until each catch (9)
engages.
NOTE : You can hear a click sound when each catch (9) engages
____
correctly.
(c) Make sure that the edge of the frame (2) makes a seal with the
foam-tape (7).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-68-00-860-051
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(d) Close the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-00
Page 206
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) If you have installed a panel assembly in the AFT or the bulk
cargo-compartment:
(b) In the bulk cargo-compartment, set the light switch 8LU to the
OFF position.
(c) In the AFT cargo-compartment, set the light switch 8LU to the OFF
position.
(e) Close the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002).
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-00
Page 207
Feb 01/07
IAC
DECOMPRESSION PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 25-68-41-960-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 401
Aug 01/06
IAC
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 402
Feb 01/07
IAC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-68-41-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the panels in the area where you want to replace the
decompression panels:
- in the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment at FR24
(Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
- in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002).
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 403
Feb 01/07
IAC
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 25-68-41-920-050
(c) Remove the screws (4), the washers (5) and the covers (6) from
the dado panel (7).
(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(d) Put the covers (6) in position on the dado panel (7), and install
the washers (5) and the screws (4).
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 404
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Decompression Panel
Figure 401/TASK 25-68-41-991-001
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 405
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 25-68-41-920-051
(a) Push the latches (2) of the latch assemblies back into their
housings, against the spring-tension.
(a) Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the frame assembly
(4).
(b) Remove the screws (8) and the latch assemblies (7).
(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
1
_ Remove the remaining foam-tape (9).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 406
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments
Figure 402/TASK 25-68-41-991-002
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 407
Feb 01/07
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
R Figure 403/TASK 25-68-41-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 408
Aug 01/06
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
R Figure 403/TASK 25-68-41-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 409
Aug 01/06
IAC
2
_ Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape:
a
_ Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape (9) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003), a lint-free
cotton-cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
3
_ Cut the new foam-tape (9) SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
066) to the required shape and length.
4
_ Remove the protective foil from the foam-tape (9).
5
_ Measure a distance of 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) from the edge of the
panel-frame to the area where you install the foam tape (9)
and make a mark (see DETAIL F-F).
6
_ Carefully install the foam-tape (9) in the applicable areas of
the decompression-panel (1).
7
_ Make sure that the distance between the foam-tape (9) and the
edge of the panel-frame is 3.0 (0.12 in.) (see DETAIL F-F).
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 410
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
(g) Make sure that the latches of the latch assemblies (7) move
freely in their housings.
(b) Make sure that the decompression panel (1) is clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Make sure that the position of the decompression panel (1) in the
ceiling panel (3) is symmetrical.
(f) Make sure that all latches (2) of the latch-assemblies are
locked.
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 411
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,
Subtask 25-68-41-920-051-B
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-41
Page 412
Feb 01/07
IAC
(d) If necessary, install new flame-retardant material
(referred to as the strips):
1
_ Remove the remaining strips (8) and the foam-tape (9) from the
ceiling-panel (1) and from the decompression-panel (2).
2
_ Clean the area where you removed the strips and the foam-tape:
a
_ Clean the area where you removed the strips and the
foam-tape with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
3
_ Cut the new foam-tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-066)
(9) to the necessary length.
4
_ Remove the protective foil from the foam-tape (9).
5
_ Carefully install the foam-tape (9) in the applicable areas of
the ceiling-panel (1) and the decompression-panel (2).
6
_ Cut the new Active Fire-Blocking Strip ABS5027C 15-06 (8) to
the necessary length.
7
_ Remove the protective foil from the strips (8).
8
_ Carefully install the strips (8) in the applicable areas of
the ceiling-panel (1) and the decompression-panel (2).
NOTE : When you install the new strips (8), the joints of the
____
strips:
- Should not be in the corners of the installation area
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-41
Page 413
Feb 01/07
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
Figure 403A/TASK 25-68-41-991-006-B12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-41
Page 414
Feb 01/07
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
Figure 403A/TASK 25-68-41-991-006-B22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
101-199, 901-999, 25-68-41
Page 415
Feb 01/07
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
R Figure 403B/TASK 25-68-41-991-006-A12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 416
Aug 01/06
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
R Figure 403B/TASK 25-68-41-991-006-A22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 417
Aug 01/06
IAC
R Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments
R Figure 404/TASK 25-68-41-991-003
EFF :
101-199, 25-68-41
Page 418
Feb 01/07
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments
R Figure 405/TASK 25-68-41-991-004
R
EFF :
901-999, 25-68-41
Page 419
Feb 01/07
IAC
- Should not be parallel to each other.
9
_ Install adhesive tape on each joint of the strips:
a
_ Measure a distance of a minimum of 10 mm (0.3937 in.) on
each end of the strips (8) and make a mark.
b
_ Install BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
079) (10) on each joint of the strips (8) in the area you
have made the marks.
(g) Make sure that the locating-pin of the fastener (5) is correctly
installed in the related locating-hole of the frame (3) (see
DETAIL E).
(h) Install the washers (6) and the nuts (7) but do not tighten the
nuts at this time.
(i) Make sure that the position of the decompression-panel (2) in the
ceiling-panel (1) is symmetrical.
(j) Tighten and TORQUE the nuts (7) (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001).
Subtask 25-68-41-920-051-A
(a) Push the latches (7) of the latch assemblies back into their
housings, against the spring-tension.
R
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 420
Feb 01/07
IAC
(2) Remove the screws (6), the protection-devices (4) and (5), and the
spacers (2) and (3) from the ceiling-panel (6).
(a) Remove the screws (10), the washers (11) and the frame assembly
(9).
(b) Remove the screws (13) and the latch assemblies (12).
(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
1
_ Remove the remaining foam-tape (14).
2
_ Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape:
a
_ Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape (14) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003), a lint-free
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 421
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
cotton-cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
3
_ Cut the new foam-tape (14) SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
066) to the required shape and length.
4
_ Remove the protective foil from the foam-tape (14).
5
_ Measure a distance of 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) from the edge of the
panel-frame to the area where you install the foam tape (14)
and make a mark (see DETAIL F-F).
6
_ Carefully install the foam-tape (14) in the applicable areas
of the decompression-panel (1).
7
_ Make sure that the distance between the foam-tape (14) and the
edge of the panel-frame is 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) (see DETAIL
F-F).
(g) Make sure that the latches of the latch assemblies (12) move
freely in their housings.
(5) Put the spacers (2) and (3), and the protection-devices (4) and (5)
in position on the ceiling-panel (8), and install the screws (6).
(b) Make sure that the decompression panel (1) is clean and in the
correct condition.
R
EFF :
001-012, 014-099, 25-68-41
Page 422
Feb 01/07
IAC
(c) Put the decompression-panel (1) in position on the ceiling-panel
(8) and install it.
(e) Make sure that the position of the decompression panel (1) in the
ceiling panel (8) is symmetrical.
(f) Make sure that all latches (7) of the latch-assemblies are
locked.
Subtask 25-68-41-920-052
(1) Remove the screws (2) and the protective panel (1) from the partition
(3).
(a) Push the latches (4) of the latch assemblies back into their
housings, against the spring-tension.
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 423
Feb 01/07
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24
R Figure 406/TASK 25-68-41-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 424
Feb 01/07
IAC
Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24
R Figure 406/TASK 25-68-41-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 425
Feb 01/07
IAC
(3) Disassemble the decompression panel:
(b) Remove the clamps (8) and the latch assemblies (9) from the
decompression panel (5).
(a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(e) Put the clamp (8) in position, and install the washers (7) and
the screws (6).
(a) Make sure that the decompression-panel (5) is clean and in the
correct condition.
(c) Put the seal (10) in position on the decompression panel (5).
(6) Put the protective panel (1) in position on the partition (3) and
install the screws (2).
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 426
Feb 01/07
R
IAC
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 25-68-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the panels in the area where you have replaced the
decompression panels:
- in the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment at FR24
(Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001).
- in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
- in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 25-68-41
Page 427
Feb 01/07
IAC
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The accessory compartments are located on the inner or on the outer areas of
the pressurized fuselage. The avionics compartments are in the pressurized
area below the cockpit (above the nose landing-gear well). They are
identified as the FWD, the lateral and the AFT avionics compartments.
The compartments have:
- heat and sound insulation,
- maintenance lighting,
- air-cooled racks for the electrical and electronic equipment and their
related units.
The nose landing-gear well is below the avionics compartment and stair bay,
in the areas of Zones 123/124. The main landing-gear well is between the FWD
and AFT cargo compartments, in the areas of Zones 147/148.
Equipment compartments are located in the rear of the aircraft, between FR65
and FR80, in the areas of Zones 171/172, 311/312 and 313/314.
2. __________________
Component Location
A. Avionics Compartments
(a) The FWD avionics compartment is between FR1 and FR9, in the areas
of Zones 121/122. Access to the compartment is through the FWD
avionics compartment door 811 and through the floor access panels
in the cockpit.
(b) The lateral avionics compartment is between FR9 and FR20, in the
areas of Zones 125/126. Access to the lateral avionics
compartment is through:
- the left hand door 812 of the lateral avionics compartment,
- the right hand door 822 of the lateral avionics compartment,
- the floor access panels in the cockpit,
- the floor access panels in the FWD utility area.
(c) The AFT avionics compartment is between FR20 and FR24A, in the
areas of Zones 127/128. Access to the AFT avionics compartment is
through:
- the right hand door 824 of the AFT avionics compartment,
- the floor access panels in the FWD utility area,
- the floor access panels in the FWD cabin area.
EFF :
ALL 25-70-00
Page 1
Feb 01/96
IAC
Accessory Compartments - Locations
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 25-70-00
Page 2
Feb 01/96
IAC
Avionics Compartments - Typical Layout
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 25-70-00
Page 3
Feb 01/96
IAC
B. Landing Gear
C. Equipment Compartments
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
(c) The tail-cone APU air-intake area is between FR78 and FR80, in
the areas of Zones 313/314. It is external to the pressurized
area. Access to the compartment is through the access panel
314AR. The compartment contains the APU system components (Ref.
49-00-00).
EFF :
ALL 25-70-00